Unit 1 How can I get there
教材分析
单元学题问路教学容通吴机器Robin参观科学博物馆途中问路情景展开教学重点够听说读写核心句型—Where is the museum shop —It’s near the door—How can we get there —Turn left at the bookstore够听说读写单词词组 science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital crossing turn left straight right
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型—Where is the… —It’s near the door—How can we get there
—Turn left at the bookstore
·够情景中运句型—Where is the… —It’s…询问点作答
·够情景中运句型—How can we get there —Turn leftright at the…问路描述路线
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读关Robin新功事运单元学核心句型讲述该事时根阅读获信息写出事中关键信息
· 够听说读写单词词组 science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital crossing turn left go straight turn right
·够正确述单词词组描述城市设施位置
·知道英语句子升降调正确语调朗读类型句子
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·够迷路时动寻求帮助
·够适度饮食暴饮暴食
·解英国代表性建筑伦敦眼著名河流泰晤士河特色快餐Fish and chips
·够通图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意通相关细节猜测词义
课时安排
第课时 Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Make a map and talk
第三课时 Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时 Part B Let’s learn & Be a tour guide
第五课时 Part B Read and write
第六课时 Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’ s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求听力重点容进行预测
·够通听录音运基听力技巧勾选正确选项
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意够回答话面问题
·通听录音够正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够情景中恰运句型—Where is the… —It’s…询问点作答
·够语境中助图片等理解新词museum bookstore post office ask sir意思够正确发音
·够运礼貌语寻求帮助
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—Where is the… —It’s…询问点作答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
树立课前评价机制引导鼓励学生课胆表达想法积极发言保持思维开放采取组合作方式分组优胜组
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings①
Teaching purpose②
图猜方位介词（词组）读句子猜点活动帮助学生快速复方位介词关建筑物场词汇面学话做词汇铺垫
Greet students Divide them into several groups The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 Quick review②
Review the words and the phrases of the locations in front of near next to behind between with the pictures （课件出示 表示方位介词图片）
3 Read and guess
Read the sentences and guess what places they are
Teaching purpose③
通情景图引导学生预测吴参观方简单描述城市设施位置学Let’s try板块设置话题背景
4 Leadin③
Present the main scene on page 2（课件出示 Unit 1情景图）
T What can you see in the main scene
Ss We can see a hospital a park a restaurant…
T Here are Wu Yifan and Robin Wu Yifan likes robots very much Where can Wu Yifan go
Ss He can go to the science museum
T Where is the science museum How can he get there Today we’ll learn Unit 1 How can I get there
Write down the title of Unit 1 on the blackboard
Teaching purpose④
利机器创设情境通种功机器激发学生学兴趣吸引注意力先引导学生基语言情境猜测吴场通听力验证预测答案完成Let’s try板块听力练培养学生听前预测惯
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s try④
（1）Freely talk about robots
In a science museum we can see many interesting things of hightech Present some pictures of hightech robots on exhibition （课件出示 做种动作机器图片相应动词词组）
T These robots are so cool What can they do
Ss They can…
（2）Listen and tick
Ask students to read the text content inLet’s try and predict the content of listening and the answers to the questions Then students listen and tick the right options for the questions At last check the answers together （课件出示 教材P4 Let’s try板块题音频答案）
（3）Read the listening material
Learn the key sentences underlined （课件出示 教材P4 Let’s try板块听力材料）
2 Watch and answer
Wu Yifan and Robin are at the science museum now Wu Yifan has something to do Watch the video of Let’s talk and answer the question Lead students to get the main idea of the dialogue （课件出示 教材P4 Let’s talk板块话视频问题）
Q What does Wu Yifan want to do （He wants to buy a postcard and send it）
Compare the differences between buy and send with pictures （课件出示 买明信片寄明信片图片）
Teaching purpose⑤
话中重点词汇做详解基话文做相应拓展提高学生语力时渗透情感目标引导学生外遇困难时够动寻求帮助
3 Get more details⑤
Watch the video of Let’s talkagain and answer the following questions （课件出示 问题①②配图museum shoppost office）
①Where can Wu Yifan buy the postcard Where is the museum shop
②Where can he send the postcard Where is the post office
Highlight the sentence structure Where is… Make brief talks with students while checking the answers （课件出示 问题①②答案）
Write down museum shop post office and the sentence structure Where is… on the blackboard
①Key He can buy the postcard in the museum shop The museum shop is near the door
T What else can you buy in a museum shop
Ss I can also buy some toy robotssoft toystoy machinesbooks…
②Key He can send the postcard in the post office The post office is next to the museum
T Does Robin know where the post office is
Ss No he doesn’t
T So how can they find the post office
Ss They can use a mapThey can ask other people
T Yes If you need help just try to be brave and ask for help
Learn the key words ask sir in detail （课件出示 asksir相关容）
Write down ask sir on the blackboard
T Robin asks a man where the post office is The man is so surprised that Robin can talk It is a talking robot He thinks the museum is a great museum （Simply explain a talking robot and What a great museum）
Teaching purpose⑥
学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演操练话
T Where is the post office
Ss It’s next to the museum （课件出示 nearnext to区）
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑥
（1）Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Let students practice the dialogue in roles in groups
Teaching purpose⑦
通读话画简易图等活动帮助学生深入理解话文组合作环节基手绘图情境引导学生尝试描述博物馆商店邮局位置城市设施中够进行活动丰富学生语言表达
（3）Act out
2 Draw a map for the museum⑦
Students read the dialogue and try to draw a simple map for the museum Work in pairs to make a brief introduction of their maps Then choose two students to come to the front to share their maps They can say like this
The museum shop is… You can…there
The post office is… You can…there
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Create a new dialogue⑧
Teaching purpose⑧
提炼课话容呈现核心语言框架引导学生重构文鼓励学生创编新话巩固课核心词汇句型
T If you are Wu Yifan what gift do you want to buy You can be in a supermarket or anywhere you want to be Create a new dialogue and let’s find out more ideas You can do it like this
Wu Yifan Robin where is the… I want to buy…
Robin It’s…
Wu Yifan Thanks Where is the… I want to…today
Robin I don’t know I’ll ask Excuse me sir
Man Wow A talking robot That’s interesting
Robin Where is the…
Man It’s…
Teaching purpose⑨
引导学生通组交流居住相关城市设施位置拓展喜常进行活动相关表达提高学生语言综合运力
Robin Thanks
The teacher makes a model with two students first Then ask students to work in groups Choose one or two groups to act out
2 Talk about your city⑨
T Now we’ve known something about Wu Yifan’s city Can you talk about something about your citytownvillage
The teacher sets a model and makes a brief conversation with a student first You can use these words park library zoo post office school museum… （课件出示 话练框架）
Teaching purpose⑩
引导学生总结课学核心词汇句型巩固课渗透情感目标
Then students work in groups and talk about the places in their citytownvillage
3 Make a summary⑩
Lead students to make a summary of this class Let them conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned Encourage students to be brave and ask for help if they need
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Write down your new dialogue
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 热身环节快速复方位介词关建筑物场词汇面学话做词汇铺垫通情境图创设情境学Let’s try板块设置话题背景
2 呈现活动浅入深注重培养学生听前预测惯学生引导启发学生思考注重学生思维力培养
3 基课基础设置元化教学活动适拓展丰富学生表达提高语言综合运力
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part by reading the questions
·Be able to understand the recording and tick the right answers
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing the picture and answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and then act out in groups
· Be able to use the sentence structures —Where is the…—It’s… properly to ask and answer about the locations in scenes
·Be able to have a good command of the new words museum bookstore post office ask sir
·Be able to learn to ask for help politely
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Where is the… —It’s… properly to ask and answer about the locations in scenes
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Quick review
3 Read and guess
4 Leadin Present the main scene on page 2 on the PPT
1 Greet the teacher and understand the mode of evaluation
2 Review the words of locations
3 Read and guess what places they are
4 Talk about the main scene on page 2
Review the words and the phrases of locations and buildings through the guessing game Get students prepared for the following learning and set a topic background for the dialogue
Presentation
1 Let’s try
(1) Present pictures and talk with students
(2) Ask students to listen and tick
(3) Present the listening material and teach the key sentences
（1）Freely talk about robots
（2）Listen and tick
（3）Read the listening material
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and attract their attention through a variety of robots with different functions Cultivate students’ habit of making predictions before listening
2 Watch and answer
Play the video of Let’s talk and ask the question Lead students to get the main idea of the dialogue
Watch the video of Let’s talk and answer the question
Get the main idea of the dialogue
Lead students to get a whole perception of the dialogue and the main idea of it with the question
3 Get more details
Play the video of Let’s talk again and ask students to answer the questions
Teach museum shop post office and —Where is… —It’s…
Talk with students and teach the words ask sir in detail It’s time for…
Teach the sentence Time to go home and the word kid
Contrast It’s time for… with It’s time to…
Watch the video of Let’s talk again and answer the questions
Learn museum shop post office and —Where is… —It’s…
Talk with the teacher about more details Learn the words ask sir in detail Understand the sentence Time to go home and the word kid Learn the difference between It’s time for…and It’s time to…
Make corresponding extension based on the context to improve students’ pragmatic ability Penetrate the emotional aim Lead students to ask for help from others when they encounter difficulties
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Read and act
(1)Read after the recording
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Practice in roles in groups
(3)Act out
Lead students to read the dialogue in correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups to practice the dialogue
2 Draw a map for the museum
Read the dialogue and try to draw a simple map for the museum Work in pairs and make a brief introduction of the maps
Help students go deeper into the text Lead students to describe the locations as well as the activities that can be carried out there Enrich students’ expression
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Work in groups Create a new dialogue and find out more ideas
Lead students to reconstruct the text Consolidate the key words and sentence structures by creating new dialogues
2 Talk about your city
Set a model and make a brief conversation with a student first
Talk about the places in their citytownvillage
Extend students’ expression of their preferences and frequent activities Improve their comprehensive language using ability
3 Make a summary
Conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned
Get an overview of the class and penetrate the emotional goal
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Write down your new dialogue
3 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Make a map and talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
· 通图片课件等方式够听说读写关城市设施单词词组：science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital
·解简单构词规律合成词bookstore两词构成
·解简单发音规律双音节词音节词词组重音
·够情景中恰运句型—Where is the… —It’s…开展关问路指路表达
Make a map and talk
·够独立制作图熟练运学词汇介绍场方位
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—Where is the… —It’s…开展关问路指路表达
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､相关视频等
Teaching purpose①
通学生喜爱动画角色——超陆战队中白引入city概念利简单英英释义帮助学生解city词涵文学城市设施单词词组建立语境背景
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet the class
T：In this class I hope you can be confident(☆) openminded(☆☆) and especially creative(☆☆☆)
2 My favourite cartoon—Big Hero①
T：（课件出示：超陆战队中白图片）This is my favourite cartoon—Big Hero He is Baymax Do you know where he lives
Ss：He lives in (Students guess)
T：Look he lives in a city Today we’ll learn something about a city A city is a big town with many streets and buildings where people live and work
3 Leadin②
Teaching purpose②
导入环节动画短视频充分吸引学生注意力利问题设置引导学生关注视频容进行头脑风暴复拓展课题相关词汇丰富学生语言表达
T：Now let’s watch a video What can you see in the city （课件出示：超陆战队视频剪辑）
Ss：Houses policemen…
T：Good job We can also see a police station BRT…
（学生观视频出答案时教师根monster展开师生间简短交流学生回答予补充复拓展关城市设施词汇）
Teaching purpose③
通动画短视频节选片段中film导入新授词汇cinema结合情景图引出关问路指路表达呈现课核心句型
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the word cinema③
T：Good job We can watch a monster film on TV Where else can you watch films
S1 I can watch films on the computers I can…
T：Yes We can watch films at home We can watch films at a cinema
Teach the new word cinema （课件出示：cinema相关容）
Write down cinema on the blackboard
Students read the word in syllables
2 Learn the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s…
Present the picture of the cinema on page 5 （课件出示：教材P5 cinema图片）
T：Where is the cinema (Ask a student to come to the front to point it out on the picture of the main scene)
S1：It’s here
Write down —Where is… —It’s… on the blackboard
Teaching purpose④
bookstorelibrary图片图标进行解两者区学会分辨单词图标掌握合成词基构成方法
Lead students to understand the meaning by highlighting the popcorn and the film recorder on the picture
T：The cinema is near the bookstore
Present the positions of next to and near （出示课件） Compare the locations between these two words
3 Learn the word bookstore④
Present the pictures of a bookstore and a library （课件出示：bookstorelibrary图片）
Teaching purpose⑤
利动画中白阿宏物背景呈现hospitalscience museum助动画情境简单英英释义学生理解词义培养建立英语思维
Lead students to observe and compare the two pictures of bookstore and library on the main scene Present the new word bookstore Divide the word into two words of book and store Students read the word after the recording and learn its regulations of wordformation （课件出示：bookstore单词合成方式图片读音）
Write down bookstore on the blackboard
4 Learn the word hospital⑤
T：We can store many books in a shop We can also store many books in robots So robots know lots of things and give people lots of help （课件出示：带医疗功白图片）
T：Baymax is a medical robot He is a walking hospital
Teach the new word hospital Students read the word in syllables and pay attention to its stress in pronunciation （课件出示：hospital相关容）
Write down hospital on the blackboard
5 Learn the phrases science museum and post office
T：Hiro is a 14yearold boy He is Baymax’s best friend He likes science very much His favourite place is the science museum （课件出示：超陆战队里阿宏科学馆）
Present the phrase science museum on the PPT Lead students to learn the meaning and the pronunciation Let students read in groups in boys and girls （课件出示：science museum相关容）
Write down museum on the blackboard
T：What can you see in a science museum
Ss：I can see…
T：Wow that’s great It sounds interesting I want to go and have a look Where is the science museum
Present the main scene Lead students to spot the science museum on the picture （课件出示：Unit 1情景图）
Ss：It’s near the post office
Teaching purpose⑥
通词汇认读寻找消失建筑物双簧三形式游戏加深学生词汇记忆理解培养学生观察力学生积极参时达寓教乐目
Present the phrase post office Lead students to learn the meaning of post and office Help them get to know its regulation of wordformation Students read after the recording and practice by themselves （课件出示：post office相关容）
Write down post office on the blackboard
T：Where’s the post office
Ss：It’s next to the library
Step 3 Practice
1 Word games⑥
(1) Read and point
Present the main scene on page 2 （课件出示：Unit 1情景图） Ask students to find out what places Wu Yifan and Robin see
Lead students to read the words while pointing Then students practice in pairs
(2)What’s missing？
Ask students to observe the main scene carefully and remember the buildings in the picture Then let students name the buildings quickly when the buildings disappear （课件出示：Unit 1情景图利PPT动画情景图建筑物逐消失）
(3)A twoman act
Firstly the teacher makes a model Read the word but in silence Students guess the word according to the teacher’s shape of the mouth Then ask a student to come to the front of the class and play the game together
Teaching purpose⑦
通场名称词汇分类引导学生观察词汇形式学会辨合成词解简单构词规律发音规律双音节词音节词词组重音
2 Words in groups⑦
Present the words of places and buildings that students have learned Ask students to put them into two groups according to their regulations of wordformation A group of words are like school and a group of words are like bookstore
Then lead students to make a summary of the regulations Students learn about the wordformation of the compound words
Teaching purpose⑧
绘制图描述建筑方位活动巩固课核心词汇句型根图创设语言情境提高学生语言运力学生够熟练运学词汇介绍场方位
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a map and talk⑧
T：Make a map of Sarah’s city Talk about the buildings and their locations in the city Work in pairs You may talk like this
Teaching purpose⑨
引导学生总结课学核心词汇句型学会读图猜测合成词词义
2 Describe your own city
T：Make a map of your own city and describe it You may talk like this
This is my city There is… It’s nearnext to… I often…there
Ask students to introduce their city to the class
3 Make a summary⑨
Lead students to make a summary of this class Let them conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned Lead students to learn to read the pictures and guess the meaning of the compound words
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
4 Read and remember the words and the phrases that you have learned in this class Write down your new dialogue
5 Draw a map and write about your city
6 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 利学生喜爱动画短视频导入引出city概念简单英英释义帮助学生理解词义助培养学生英语思维
2 呈现环节活动易操作词句丰富学生核心词汇理解活动间渡然环环相扣逐层深入
3 操练巩固环节活动形式样通词汇认读寻找消失建筑物双簧三形式游戏仅加深学生词汇记忆理解培养学生观察力
4 根图创设语言情境提高学生语言运力绘制图描述建筑方位活动巩固课核心词汇句型学生够熟练运学词汇介绍场方位实现课教学目标
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital
·Learn some simple rules of wordformation
·Learn some simple pronunciation rules such as the stress on twosyllable words multisyllable words and phrases
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Where is the… —It’s… to ask the way and give directions skillfully in scenes
Make a map and talk
·Be able to make maps and describe the locations independently with the words and the phrases that students have learned
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet the teacher
Present the cartoon character of Baymax to establish the context and background for the following learning
2 My favourite cartoon—Big Hero
Freely talk with the teacher about the video
3 Leadin
Play a video and talk with students
Watch the video and talk with the teacher
Attract students’ attention with the video Enrich students’ expression through brainstorming
Presentation
1 Learn the word cinema
Talk about the screenshot of the video Learn the word cinema
Lead in the new word through a screenshot of the cartoon video Present the key sentence structures by using the main scene
Lead in the activities of asking for directions and giving directions
2 Learn the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s…
Talk about the main scene Learn the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s…
3 Learn the word bookstore
Learn the word bookstore by comparing with library
Lead students to compare the two words and learn the difference
Master the simple rules of wordformation
4 Learn the word hospital
Talk with the teacher about Baymax and learn the word hospital
Help students understand the meaning with simple
EnglishEnglish explanations to develop students’ English thinking
5 Learn the phrases science museum and post office
Talk with the teacher about Hiro and learn the phrases
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Word games
(1)Read and point
(2)What’s missing
(3)A twoman act
Deepen students’ memory and understanding of the words and cultivate their observation ability through various activities
2 Words in groups
Put the words of places and buildings that students have learned into two groups
Make a summary of the regulations and learn about the wordformation of the compound words
Lead students to observe word forms learn to distinguish compound words and get to know some simple rules of wordformation and pronunciation
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Make a map and talk
Talk about the buildings and their locations in the city
Lead students to reconstruct the text Consolidate the key words and sentence structures by creating new dialogues
2 Describe your own city
Make a map of their own city and describe it
Consolidate the key words and sentence structures of this lesson Improve students’ language using ability and enable them to use the target language to introduce locations skillfully
3 Make a summary
Conclude the key words and sentence structures that they have learned
Help students get an overview of the class and lead them to read the pictures and learn to guess the meaning of compound words
Homework
4 Read and remember the words and the phrases that you have learned in this class
5 Draw a map and write about your city
6 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求听力重点容进行预测
·够运基听力技巧完成部分听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—How can we get there —Turn left right at…问路作答
·够语境中助图片等理解新词interesting Italian restaurant pizza street get意思正确发音重点
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课时重点单词句型
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—How can we get there —Turn leftright at…问路作答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
通歌曲导入新课活跃课堂气氛吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣带领快速积极参课堂利歌曲复旧知巩固询问点作答核心句型
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can be brave active and openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 Let’s sing①
T：Let’s watch the cartoon and sing the song—Where is the hospital（课件出示：歌曲Where is the hospital视频）
Teaching purpose②
情景图街景导入通school library post office三建筑物位置关系出示新授单词leftright话中学turn leftturn right做铺垫
3 Leadin②
Present the main scene on page 2 and ask questions according to the scene （课件出示：Unit 1情景图）
T：Where is the hospital Where is the library
Ss：It’s…
T：The school is on the left side of the library The post office is on the right side of the library
Present the new words left right Lead students to learn the new words by hand gestures and read them after the recording （课件出示：leftright相关容）
Write down left right on the blackboard
Teaching purpose③
呈现话公吴迈克通Let’s try板块中两话创设部分Let’s talk板块物场景信息学课核心词组turn left步学话做准备
Step 2 Presentation
1 Tick or cross③
(1)Lead students to read the text content in Let’s try Play the recording （课件出示教材P6 Let’s try板块音频）
Ask the questions
Do Wu Yifan and Mike want to go to the bookstore Where do they want to go
(2) Play the recording for the second time and ask students to tick or cross Then check the answers with students （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s try音频答案）
(3)Present the listening material Students read the dialogue （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s try板块听力材料）
Teaching purpose④
引导学生观察图片信息预测话中发生事情培养学生观察力逻辑推理力预测活动中提升学生想象力语言运力
(4)Highlight the key phrase turn left in the listening material （出示课件） Lead students to express the meaning of the phrase through gestures Help them learn the new phrase
2 Look and predict④
(1)Show the main picture of Let’s talk on the PPT （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块图片）
T：Here we can see Wu Yifan and Mike Where are they
Ss：They are at the cinema
T：They look very happy The film must be very interesting
Present the first sentence of the dialogue Students listen to the recording and imitate the intonation （出示课件）
Teach the exclamatory sentence What an interesting film and the new word interesting
(2)Lead students to predict what will happen next
T：After watching the film where will Wu Yifan and Mike go What do they want to do
Ss：They will go to the They want to (Students guess)
Teaching purpose⑤
观Let’s talk板块动画视频验证刚预测否正确学生词Italian restaurantpizza拓展意利四种特色美食激发学生学兴趣奇心引出文restaurant问路路线描述学生带着问题视频获取关键信息帮助学生逐步理解话容学问路描述路线
3 Watch and talk⑤
Watch the cartoon of Let’s talk for the first time Answer the questions （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块视频呈现问题）
T：Where will Wu Yifan and Mike go What do they want to do
Ss：They will go to the restaurant They want to find something to eat
T：Yes Because they are very hungry
4 Read and find
(1)Watch the first part of Let’s talk （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块视频问题） Answer the question Do you know any Italian food
Present the pictures of an Italian restaurant and some Italian special food spaghetti pizza toasted bread sausage （课件出示：意利餐厅意利美食图片） Lead students to learn the new words Italian restaurant pizza （课件出示：restaurantpizza相关容）
Write down Italian restaurant pizza on the blackboard
Talk about the Italian food with students
T：OK Let’s see how we can get to the Italian restaurant
Present and teach the key sentence How can we get there
(2)Students watch the second part of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块视频问题) Then answer the questions Where is the restaurant How can we get there
T：Where is the restaurant
Ss：It’s next to the park on Dongfang Street
Teach the new word street （课件出示：street相关容）
Write down street on the blackboard
T：How can we get there
Ss：Turn left at the bookstore Then turn right at the hospital
Step 3 Practice
Teaching purpose⑥
通视频读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话熟悉话容加深理解
1 Read and act⑥
(1) Let students watch the cartoon of Let’s talk for the third time Then let them read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块视频）
(2) Work in pairs Students read the dialogue in roles
(3) Let students read the dialogue together Boys play the role of Mike and girls play the role of Wu Yifan
Teaching purpose⑦
通乱话序学生句子重新排序文重构活动引导学生关注语篇中句子句子间逻辑关系根文语言情境判断提高学生语言理解力
（请学生展示时利教师书配套光盘中角色扮演功请学生话配音）
2 Order the sentences⑦
Make the sentences in the dialogue in disorder Ask students to number the sentences Then check the answer with them （课件出示：乱序排序练答案）
3 Make a comparison
T：Compare the following phrases What’s in common What’s the difference
Lead students to observe the forms and summarize the regulations
Teaching purpose⑧
学生情景图话创设情景中进行问路描述路线学生选取出发点目话容样效巩固课核心句型
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Ask for directions⑧
Present the main scene of this unit (课件出示：Unit 1情景图)
Let students work in pairs and ask for directions according to the scene （引导学生块橡皮放置图代表位置根情景图建筑物方位开展问路描述路线话）
Make a model with a student
T：Excuse me Where is the hospital
S1 It’s near the park
T：How can I get there
S1 Turn left at the bookstore It’s on your right
2 Share your favourite place
T：Talk about a cinema or restaurant you like Draw a map to show how you can get there Work in groups and then act out You can make a dialogue with the structure (课件出示：话练框架)
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
7 Practice the dialogue
8 Write down your new dialogue
9 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1歌曲导入活跃课堂气氛快速吸引学生注意力效帮助复节课旧知巩固核心句型
2充分利情景图话创设情景学生语境中创设接真实话开展效问答交流
3教学目标明确重难点突破巧妙环节间层层深入渡然教学环节步学容做铺垫扫清学障碍帮助学生理解更掌握新知
4教学活动注重学生思维品质培养注重观察力逻辑推理力预测等活动中激发学生想象力提升语言运力基课基础适时拓展丰富学生语言输入表达提高语言综合运力
5板书设计中生词重点句型清晰明起纳总结作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the questions and predict the key points of the listening part
·Be able to understand the recording and finish the exercises
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly and fluently and act out in groups
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the sentence structures —How can we get there —Turn leftright at… properly to ask the way and give directions in scenes
·Be able to understand and have a good command of the new words interesting Italian
restaurant pizza street get
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How can we get there —Turn leftright at… properly to ask the way and give directions in scenes
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing
3 Leadin
Present the main scene and ask questions
Teach the words left right
1 Greet the teacher
2 Watch the cartoon and sing the song—Where is the hospital
3 Answer the questions according to the scene
Learn the new words left right and read them after the recording
Lead students to participate in the class quickly and actively
Lead in the new class through the main scene and get students prepared for the following learning
Presentation
1 Tick or cross
(1)Play the recording Then ask questions
(2)Play the recording again and check the answers
(3)Present the listening material
(4)Highlight and teach the key phrase turn left
(1)Read the text content in
Let’s try and listen to the recording Then answer the questions
(2)Listen again and tick or cross
(3)Read the listening material
(4)Learn the phrase turn left
Create the background information of characters and scenes for Let’s talk Get them ready for the next part
2 Look and predict
(1)Show the main picture of Let’s talk on the PPT
Teach the exclamatory sentence and the new word interesting
(2)Lead students to predict what will happen in the dialogue
(1)Talk with the teacher about the picture of Let’s talk Learn the exclamatory sentence and the new word
(2)Predict what will happen in the dialogue
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability and promote their imagination and language using ability
3 Watch and talk
Play the cartoon of Let’s talk for the first time and ask the questions
Watch the cartoon and answer the questions Where will Wu Yifan and Mike go What do they want to do
Verify the prediction through the video Lead students to get the key information with the questions
4 Read and find
(1)Play the first part of the cartoon and ask the question Teach the words restaurant pizza
(2)Play the second part of the cartoon and ask the questions
Teach the word street
(1)Answer the question
Observe the pictures and learn the words restaurant pizza
(2)Answer the questions Find out where the restaurant is and how to get there and learn the word street
Stimulate students’ curiosity and interest in learning
Help students understand the dialogue step by step Lead them to learn how to ask the way and give directions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Read and act
Play the cartoon of Let’s talk
(1)Watch the cartoon again and read after it
(2)Work in pairs Read the dialogue in roles
(3)Read the dialogue together
Lead students to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation
2 Order the sentences
Disorder the sentences in the dialogue and let students number the sentences Then check the answer
Number the sentences and check the answer with the teacher
Improve students’ language comprehension ability and lead students to judge according to the context
3 Make a comparison
Show some phrases on the PPT Lead students to observe the forms and summarize the regulations
Compare the following phrases Observe the forms and summarize the regulations
Let students know how to use at + a small place and on+ a street Master the correct ways of describing locations
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Ask for directions
Present the main scene of this unit
Work in pairs and ask for directions according to the scene
Effectively consolidate the key expressions of this lesson by creating the new dialogues
2 Share your favourite place
Talk about a cinema or restaurant they like Draw a map Work in groups and then act out
Create scenes through the handdrawn map and describe the directions to improve students’ comprehensive language using ability further
Homework
7 Practice the dialogue
8 Write down your new dialogue
9 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Be a tour guide
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
· 通图片课件等方式够听说读写关指明方单词词组：crossing
turn left go straight turn right
·够情景中熟练运句型够运述单词词组指路
Be a tour guide
·通角色扮演够运单元词汇句型指路简单介绍景点
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
▶教学难点
够运单元词汇句型指路简单介绍景点
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
Teaching purpose①
创编节奏明快朗朗口歌谣形式便学生记忆效帮助学生复节课重点词汇句型
1 Greetings
Greet the class Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can be brave active and openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 Let’s chant①
Teaching purpose②
利Let’s learn板块图片创设情境导入环节学指路容设置话题背景
Make a presentation first and show students how to do it Then students clap hands and say the chant and then chant with the teacher （出示课件）
3 Leadin②
Present the picture of Let’s learn Lead students to observe the picture and guess what they are doing （课件出示：教材P7 Let’s learn板块图片）
T：Where are Wu Yifan and Mike
Ss：They are on the street
T：What are they doing there
Ss：Maybe they are asking the way
Step 2 Presentation
6 Learn the word crossing
T：When two streets meet together they will form a…
Ss：Crossing
Present the picture and the word crossing （课件出示：十字路口图片）
Extend the word cross Teach the new words and highlight the differences between these two words
Teaching purpose③
通问题设置引导学生听程中目关注听力文信息理解话容通手势肢体语言帮助学生理解turn leftright含义
Write down crossing on the blackboard
2 Learn the phrases turn rightleft③
(1)Play the short video of Let’s learn （课件出示：教材P7 Let’s learn板块视频） Let students watch the video and think about these two questions
①Where do Wu Yifan and Mike want to go (They want to go to the Italian restaurant)
②How can they get there (Turn left)
Write down turn left on the blackboard
Lead students to express more precisely like this Turn left at the crossing
(2)Present the new phrase turn right Lead students to express the phrase’s meaning through gestures or body language （课件出示：左转右转图片） Students learn the new phrases turn rightleft and read them after the recording
Write down turn right on the blackboard
(3)Present the dialogue Let students read it after the recording （课件出示：教材P7 Let’s learn板块视频）
Teaching purpose④
利形象直观图片辅助说明帮助学生理解词义适时拓展相关单词词组丰富学生语言表达
3 Learn the phrase go straight④
Present a picture of a straight street （课件出示：笔直街道图片）Draw a straight line and a curving line Make a comparison and help students understand the word straight
Write down go straight on the blackboard
T：On this part of the street you can’t turn left or right You can…
Ss：Go straight along the street
T：Excellent
Present the phrase go straight Extend the expressions of Go straight along… and Go straight ahead Students learn the new phrases and read after the recording （出示课件）
4 Listen read and point
（1）Present the four pictures of Let’s learn （课件出示：教材P7 Let’s learn板块四幅图片） Students listen read after the recording and point （出示课件）
（2）Practice in pairs by the game I say you point
Teaching purpose⑤
快速反应组竞赛活动会学生兴致勃勃积极参时帮助学生加深核心词汇理解记忆 图指路活动效帮助学生操练课核心句型
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Quick response
(1)Flash the pictures of crossing turn left go straight turn right on the PPT （出示课件） Students say the words or phrases loudly while the pictures are flashing
(2) Mark a word or a phrase as a bomb Flash the pictures of crossing turn left go straight turn right （出示课件） Students say the words or phrases loudly while the pictures are flashing But when students meet the bomb word or phrase they should keep silent and not read
2 Group competition
（1）One student says these words or phrases The others do the actions
（2）I say you do
（游戏说明：全班学生分四组教师指令学生做动作首先教师示范四指令CrossingTurn leftTurn rightGo straight正确动作然全体学生起立做指令程中动作做错学坐站立学继续参加轮两轮指令站立学组优胜组 ）
3 Can you tell me the way
Teaching purpose⑥
引导学生通角色表演组合作形式相真实语言环境中灵活运课核心词汇句型进行交流时整合旧知名胜古迹进行简描述推荐丰富语言表达
Present several maps（出示课件）Can you ask and answer about the directions You can do it like this：
A Excuse me where is the…
B Turn leftright…
The teacher makes a model with a student at first Then students work in pairs Ask several pairs of students to act out the dialogues
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Be a tour guide⑥
(1)Chen Jie is trying to be a tour guide for Oliver in Beijing Can you help her（课件出示：教材P7 Be a tour guide板块图片）
T：What interesting places can you see on the map
Ss：The Palace Museum Tian’anmen and Beihai Park
T：Well done These are popular places in Beijing They are great fun to visit
Teach the word Palace Students read the Palace Museum Tian’anmen and Beihai Park
(2)Now we are in front of Tian’anmen Go straight and you can see the Palace Museum In the Palace Museum you can feel the Chinese history and culture there
(3)Present a bigger tourist map of Beijing （课件出示：张北京旅游图节选三部分） Students work in groups Then act out Choose the best tour guide
T：Let’s be a tour guide and lead Oliver and other friends to have a good visit of Beijing
2 Introduce a popular place in your hometown
Teaching purpose⑦
引导学生总结课学核心词汇句型学会读图明确方时候胆问路
T：You’ve prepared a handdrawn map of a popular place in your hometown Come to the front and present your map Make a brief introduction Lead us to have a good visit of it I think we’ll visit it one day
3 Make a summary⑦
Lead students to make a summary of this class Let them conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned Lead students to learn to read the maps and be brave to ask for directions when they don’t know the way
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
10 Write a short passage to show a tour of your favourite place in your hometown
11 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 结合节课重点词汇句型创编歌谣节奏明快朗朗口便学生记忆热身环节效帮助学生复节课重点词汇句型
2 合理设置问题引导学生听程中目关注听力文信息培养学生良听力惯听力策略
3 助手势肢体语言图片媒体等直观方式解释单词词组含义帮助学生理解记忆
4 结合话题题教学活动中适时拓展相关词汇丰富学生语言表达学生语言基课拘泥课文词汇句型
5 种游戏操练单词词组学生轻松愉悦氛围中掌握单词词组
6 创设相真实语言环境引导学生组合作交流注重旧知整合提高学生语言表达力时渗透情感目标
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases of directions crossing turn left go straight turn right
·Be able to use the sentence structures and the words above to give directions skillfully in scenes
Be a tour guide
·Be able to use the key words and sentence structures to describe the routes and scenic spots
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key words and sentence structures to describe the routes and scenic spots
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
1 Greet the teacher
2 Clap hands and say the chant Then chant together
Effectively help students review the key words and phrases they learned last class with the chant
3 Leadin
Present the picture of Let’s learn
Observe the picture and guess what they are doing
Set the topic background for the following learning
Presentation
1 Learn the word crossing
Learn the word crossing
Use the picture to help students understand the meaning of the word
2 Learn the phrases turn rightleft
(1)Present the short video of
Let’s learn Let students think about the two questions
(2)Present and teach the phrases turn rightleft
(3)Present the dialogue
(1)Watch the short video of Let’s learn Think about the two questions
(2)Learn the phrases turn rightleft
(3)Read the dialogue after the recording
Lead students to pay attention to the listening text purposefully through questions Use gestures and body language to help them understand the phrases turn leftright go straight Expanding relevant words and phrases in time to enrich students’ language expression
3 Learn the phrase go straight
4 Listen read and point
3 Learn the phrase go straight
4 Listen read after the recording and point Practice in pairs
Practice
1 Quick response
(1) Flashing game
(2) Bomb game
2 Group competition
3 Can you tell me the way
1 Practice the key words through the flashing game and the bomb game
2 (1) One student says The others do
(2)I say you do
3 Ask and answer about the directions according to the maps
Lead students to participate in the games and activities actively which can help them memorize and deepen their understanding of the key words and sentence structures
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Be a tour guide
Be a tour guide for Oliver in Beijing
Lead students to use the key words and phrases flexibly to communicate through role play
2 Introduce a popular place in your hometown
Prepare a handdrawn map of a popular place in their hometown and make a brief introduction
Create the situation to consolidate the key expressions Penetrate the emotional goal to help students know more about famous attractions in their hometown
3 Make a summary
Conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned
Lead students to get an overall view of the class Help them to read the maps and be brave to ask for directions
Homework
10 Write a short passage to show a tour of your favourite place in your hometown
11 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够正确听说认读单词：BDS gave feature follow far tell
·够讨车辆中种工具帮助找想方激活已背景知识储备词汇
·够通阅读问题语篇中捕捉类型信息训练根文猜新词力
·够通推理获教材提供阅读理解题根阅读获取信息写出文章梗概
·知道英语句子升降调教师帮助找般规律正确朗读句子
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课重点单词句型
▶教学难点
够通阅读问题语篇中捕捉类型信息训练根文猜新词力
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
Teaching purpose①
树立课前评价机制引导鼓励学生课胆表达想法积极发言保持思维开放采取组合作方式分组优胜组
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading
1 Greetings①
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can act bravely actively and be openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
Teaching purpose②
现代古代寻找路线时工具导入课核心生词BDS学生解compass指南针罗盘
2 Free talk②
T：What will you do if you don’t know the way （课件出示：现代迷路图片）
S1 I will ask the policeother people for help
S2 I will use the BDS on my mobile phone
S3 I will use a map
…
（课件出示：图图片寻求警察帮助图片BDS图片）
Present the new word BDS according to the student’s answer （课件出示：BDS相关容） Students learn the word through the picture
T：What about the people in ancient times They don’t have mobile phones or computers How can they find the way （课件出示：古代迷路图片）
S1 They can use a compass
S2 They can look at the stars
…
T：Wow you’ve known a lot That’s great （课件出示：星星图片指南针图片）
Teaching purpose③
教师呈现图片学生识图读词根问题选择正确答案培养学生学力创设情境导入课生词面学文扫清阅读障碍
Present the new word compass according to the student’s answer （课件出示：compass相关容） Students learn the word through the picture and read the word
Students learn to find a place through different ways
3 Read and choose③
(1)Present the four pictures of map compass BDS stars （课件出示：教材P8 Read and write板块四幅图片）
T：Do you know these things
Ss：Yes They are map compass BDS and stars
T：What are they for
Ss：They can help us find the way
T：Excellent Now let’s read the words
(2)Lead students to read the words and understand the meaning of them through the pictures
T：You are in a car Which of these can help you find a place
Ss：BDS
T：Good job
(3)Present a short video of using BDS in a car （课件出示：车BDS视频）
Teaching purpose④
观察图片预测文容快速阅读话整体感知文初步理解情节发展程梳理吴迈克意利餐厅途中方
T：If we want to go to a place far away but don’t know the way we can follow the BDS The voice prompts of the BDS will tell us the way
With the help of the video the teacher uses gestures and body language to help students understand the meaning of far follow tell in context
If we want to go to a place far away but don’t know the way We can follow the BDS The voice prompts of the BDS will tell us the way
Step 2 Whilereading
1 Fast reading④
Show the four pictures of the passage （课件出示：教材P8 话部分四幅图） Lead students to predict the content through the pictures
T：Where are they
Ss：They are in front of the cinema
T：They look like going somewhere Where are they going
Ss：They are going to the restaurant
T：Wu Yifan and his friend Mike want to go to the Italian restaurant How did they go there What places did they pass by
Play the recording of the whole text （课件出示：教材P8 Read and write板块音频） Lead students to go over the second question on page 9 and then ask them to read the passage as quickly as possible and underline the places Wu Yifan and Mike passed by
T：They passed by the…
Ss：Cinema bookstore and hospital
T：Well done
Teaching purpose⑤
感知完成细节题帮助学生仔细阅读程中获取更信息深入文理解根话容绘制意利餐馆路线图利手绘图复述话容锻炼学生语言表达力培养思维力填空完成短文形式提高学生阅读程中根题目求提取关键词力
Present the pictures of the places they passed by one by one （课件出示：逐呈现教材P8阅读材料中位置图片）
2 Careful reading⑤
(1)Students read the passage carefully this time and answer the first and the third questions
(2)Q1 What is Robin’s new feature
Present the first paragraph of the passage （课件出示：教材P8 Read and write板块第段） Robin has a new feature Highlight and teach the new word feature in the paragraph Let students learn to read the word and get to know its meaning （课件出示：feature相关容）
T：What’s the new feature that Robin has（课件出示：教材P9第1题问题答案）
Ss：He has BDS now
T：Yes Wu Yifan’s grandpa gave Robin the new feature
Highlight and teach the new word gave in the paragraph Compare it with the form of give Get students to know the difference between these two forms （课件出示：gave相关容）
Write down give—gave on the blackboard
Q3 Which word under the fourth picture means 奏效起作（课件出示：教材P9第3题问题答案）
(3) Students circle the prepositions or prepositional phrases of locations in the passage Get a quick review of these words
Prepositions for locations in front of at behind
(4)Students draw a map to the Italian restaurant
Let students share their maps and choose the best one
(5)Students fill in the blanks （课件出示：教材P9第二部分题答案）
Students fill in the blanks Check the answers together with the teacher
Teaching purpose⑥
培养学生语音语调学生学会正确意群朗读注意句子升调降调
Then retell the story according to their maps
3 Read the story⑥
Students listen to the recording and read the passage Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation especially those sentences underlined in Tips for pronunciation Try to read correctly fluently and emotionally （课件出示：教材P8 Read and write板块音频）
Step 3 Postreading
1 Read the sentences in Tips for pronunciation in the text （课件出示：教材P9 Tips for pronunciation句子）
2 Make a summary
Lead students to try to find some regulations of their tones Get them to know that English sentences have the rising or falling intonation Students practice reading the sentences and the teacher summarizes the regulations (课件出示：语调发音规律)
Teaching purpose⑦
利朗读练培养学生英语语音语调引导学生发现英语句子升降调解句子常见升调降调特点
3 Learn the rising and falling tones⑦
Lead students to read these sentences in correct tones
▶板书设计
Unit 1 How can I get there
BDS Tips for pronunciation
give—gave Robin has BDS（降调）
feature Follow me please （升调）
follow Is it far （升调）
far Where is the restaurant （降调）
tell
▶作业设计
12 Practice the dialogue
13 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 创设情境利图片视频等形象直观方式呈现教学部分新单词结合手势肢体语言辅助解释说明面阅读扫清部分障碍
2 通元化教学活动设计启发学生思考培养学生学力引导学生观察总结注重思维力培养
3 通层次阅读活动设计引导学生快速阅读仔细阅读初步感知文深入理解
4 注重学生语音意识培养关注朗读时语音语调解句子常见升调降调规律
5 手绘图环节设计强化学生文理解动手程中锻炼学生空间想象力学生复述事提供辅助提高学生语言综合表达力
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words BDS gave feature follow far tell correctly
·Be able to discuss which tools in your vehicle will help you find the place you want to go
·Be able to capture different types of information in the text by reading questions and train the ability to guess the meaning of the new words according to the context
·Be able to obtain the reading comprehension questions through reasoning and write an outline of the passage based on the information obtained from the reading
·Get to know that English sentences have the rising and falling tones Find the regulations with the teacher’s help and learn to read the sentences correctly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to able to capture different types of information in the text by reading questions and train
the ability to guess the meaning of the new words according to the context
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
Greet students and divide them into several groups
2 Free talk
Talk with students and teach the new word BDS
1 Greet the teacher
2 Talk with the teacher and learn the new word BDS
Use the tools that modern and ancient people can use to lead in the new word BDS Get students to know the word compass
3 Read and choose
(1)Present the four pictures of map compass BDS stars
(2)Lead students to read the words and understand the meaning
(3)Present a short video of using BDS in a car
(1)Learn the words map
compass BDS stars
(2)Read the words and
understand the meaning of them through the pictures
(3)Get to know how to use BDS in a car
Cultivate students’ selflearning ability Create a situation to introduce the new words in this lesson and remove the obstacles for the studying of the following text
Whilereading
1 Fast reading
Ask students to read the passage quickly
Predict the content
through the pictures
and underline the places
Wu Yifan and Mike passed
by
Let students read the content quickly Lead them to perceive the text preliminarily and sort out the places that Wu Yifan and Mike passed by on their way to the Italian restaurant
2 Careful reading
(1)Ask students to read the passage carefully
(2)Robin’s new feature
(3)Ask students to circle the prepositions or prepositional phrases of locations in the passage
(4)Ask students to draw a map to the Italian restaurant
(5)Ask students to fill in the blanks
(1)Read the passage and answer the questions
(2)Get Robin’s new feature
(3)Circle the locative prepositions in the passage
(4)Draw a map to the Italian restaurant
(5)Fill in the blanks check the answers and retell the story
Help students obtain more information and get indepth understanding of the text through exercises Develop students’ ability of extracting key words according to the requirements of questions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilereading
3 Read the story
Play the recording and ask students to pay attention to the rising and falling tones
Listen to the recording and read the story
Lead students to read according to the sensegroup and pay attention to the rising and falling tones of sentences through reading exercises
Postreading
1 Read the sentences in Tips for pronunciation in the text
2 Make a summary
3 Learn the rising and falling tones
1 Read the sentences in correct tones
2 Try to find some regulations of the tones
3 Read the sentences in correct tones
Lead students to find that English sentences have rising and falling tones and understand the characteristics of rising and falling tones in sentences through reading exercises
Homework
12 Practice the dialogue
13 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够完成Let’s check板块语篇听力训练巩固单元学重点容
·够根图片信息推测听力容做目听录音听完成判断务
·培养学生良听力惯策略提高学生听力水
Let’s wrap it up
·够巩固复纳单元学介词词组
·够教师引导启发思维学会总结
▶教学重点
1检测学生学成果
2够复巩固单元学核心词汇句型
▶教学难点
够教师引导启发思维学会巩固复纳总结
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
树立课前评价机制引导鼓励学生课声清晰准确朗读词汇句子采取组合作方式分组优胜组
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings①
Teaching purpose②
学生先回忆单元学容带领学生快速复核心词汇句型唤醒学生相关词汇背景知识进行复巩固活动基础
Greet the class Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can read loudly clearly and correctly in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 A quick review of the key words and phrases of this unit②
(1)Bingo game (出示课件)
Help students review these words and phrases science museum post office bookstore restaurant cinema hospital library school park quickly
（游戏说明：呈现九宫格格子中张建筑物图片选择格子正确拼出格中图片单词横行竖行斜行连成条线组获胜组）
(2)Traffic police game (出示课件)
Help students review these words and phrases crossing turn leftright go straight
(游戏说明：请位学生讲台出示指示牌学起立扮演交警活动程中动作做错学需坐两轮站立学组优胜组)
(3)Be a city guide (出示课件)
Help students review the expressions of giving directions
(游戏说明：呈现张城市图请位学扮演导游位扮演游客根游客想参观方展开交流) Give the sentence structures
A Excuse me how can I get to… Excuse me where is…
Teaching purpose③
带领学生读图解图片信息预测听力文容检测学生核心词句掌握情况通听音勾问答活动形式帮助学生进步理解听力文Bob寻找新路线活动帮助学生效巩固单元核心词句做语境中表达
B You can…It’s…
Step 2 Presentation & Practice
1 Let’s check③
(1)Present the picture of Let’s check (课件出示：教材P10 Let’s check板块图片)
Point to the buildings one by one and ask students questions Lead students to predict the content of the listening
T：Do you know the place What is it
Ss：It is the hospitalschoolpost officecinemabookstorescience museum
T：Good job Now write down the words or phrases under the pictures
(2)Listen and tick
Play the recording Let students listen and tick the places they hear Then check the answers together （课件出示：教材P10 Let’s check板块音频答案）
(3)Listen again and answer
Lead students to learn to use the map Students can circle the key information or make marks on the map while listening then complete the answers after listening （课件出示：教材P10 Listen again and answer相关容）
Check the answers together （课件出示：教材P10 Listen again and answer答案）
(4)Present the listening material and lead students to read it together （课件出示：教材P10 Let’s check板块听力材料）
(5)Find a new way for Bob
T：Work in pairs Can you find a new way for Bob Share your routes Let’s see who can find the nearest way
Teaching purpose④
引导学生学会观察发现单词规律培养观察力逻辑思维力利巧妙记忆方法帮助学生理解记忆east west south north四表示方拓展单词寓教乐通描述学座位关系教学活动效巩固学生方位介词掌握情况
2 Let’s wrap it up④
(1)Find the words’ regulation
Present the picture of Let’s wrap it up Students read the words （课件出示：教材P10 Let’s wrap it up板块图片）
T：Can you find the regulation What words are they
Ss：表示方位词介词……
T：Yes they are prepositions for locations
Keys in front of left right behind
(2)Try to write more words
T：Can you write more words like these
Ss：Yes We know in on under on the leftright at the back of in the middle…
T：Excellent
Lead students to have a quick review of these prepositions or prepositional phrases for locations Make sure they can understand them well （课件出示：相关方位介词词组）
Extend the words of directions east west south north Use a good way to help students memorize the four words （出示课件）
(引导学生news词记忆四单词新闻表示四面八方消息单词中news四字母北north东east西west南south四单词首字母四方单词中
+序正北东西南相利趣味谐音记忆)
(3)Make sentences
T：Can you make sentences with these words We can describe the locations of our classmates’ desks
The teacher makes a model first Students can say like this
S1 is in front of S2
Step 3 Consolidation & Extension
Teaching purpose⑤
引导学生学会图关注细节图片间逻辑序初步预测事情节发展
1 Read and act
Story time
Introduce the background of the story Zoom wants to get some food but he doesn’t know the way to the shop He asks the way
1 Number the pictures⑤
Present the pictures of the story in disorder Lead students to predict the main idea （（课件出示：乱教材P11 Story time板块图片序）
T：Observe the pictures carefully Pay attention to the logical relations among them Put them into the right order Then open your books and check the answers
Teaching purpose⑥
观事视频初步感知事容通三问答题引发学生思考关注文细节加深事理解解答第三问题时渗透情感目标：注意合理适量饮食做饮食健康
2 Watch read and answer⑥
Play the video of story time and ask the questions Make brief conversations with students Students watch the video then read and answer the questions
T：I think Zoom is clever He knows how to ask for help and finds the way Wow that’s a lot Can you eat three large portions of fish and chips Zoom shouldn’t eat so much His stomach will be hurt It’s bad for health
Teaching purpose⑦
培养学生语音语调意识学会正确意群朗读事组合作角色扮演活动形式引导学生恰熟练运事中语言通事拓展阅读丰富学生语言表达增加单元题相关语言输入
3 Read the story⑦
（1）Students read the story after the recording (课件出示：教材P11 Story time板块音频）Imitate the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Practice in groups Read the story in roles
Teaching purpose⑧
引导学生总结单元学核心词汇句型
（3）Ask several students to come to the front and act out the story
4 Make a summary⑧
Lead students to conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned in this class
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
14 Remember the key words and sentence structures
15 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 利快速复方式激活学生相关词汇单元背景知识复前先学生回忆总结仅帮助学生唤醒已知识面学中更针性复遗忘知识
2 教学活动设计逐层深入学生体注重学生思维引导启发培养学生学力思维力
3 设计贴合学生生活层次语言表达活动引导学生胆表达复巩固单元核心语法点提高语言综合运力
4 通学事丰富语言输入拓展单元题相关表达学生解暴饮暴食坏处帮助树立健康饮食观念
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to complete the listening exercises in Let’s check and consolidate the key words and sentence structures of this unit
·Be able to predict the key words of listening through the pictures and try to listen with purpose then complete the exercises
·Develop students’ good listening habits and improve their listening level
Let’s wrap it up
·Have a good command of the key words and sentence structures of this unit
·Be able to inspire thinking and learn to summarize under the teacher’s guidance Teaching Priorities
▶Teaching Priorities
·Test students’ learning outcomes
·Review and consolidate the key words and sentence structures of this unit
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to inspire thinking and learn to summarize under the teacher’s guidance
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 A quick review of the key words and phrases of this unit
1 Greet the teacher
2 (1) Bingo game
(2) Traffic police game
(3) Be a city guide
Review the key words and phrases so as to arouse students’ relevant vocabulary and background knowledge Lay a good foundation for the following activities
Presentation
&
Practice
1 Let’s check
(1)Present the picture of Let’s check
(2)Ask students to listen and tick
(3)Ask students to listen again and answer
(4)Present the listening material
(5)Ask students to find a new way for Bob
(1)Look at the picture and answer the questions Predict the listening content
(2)Listen and tick the places they hear
(3)Listen again and answer
the questions
(4)Read the listening material
(5)Find a new way for Bob
Test students’ mastery of the key words and phrases Help them get indepth understanding of the listening text by various activities
Consolidate the key words and sentence structures of this unit
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1)Present the picture of Let’s wrap it up
(2)Ask students to write more words
(3)Ask students to make sentences
(1)Find the words’ regulation
(2)Try to write more words
(3)Make sentences
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical thinking ability by asking them to observe and find the regulation Effectively consolidate their mastery of the prepositions and prepositional phrases for locations
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Present the pictures of the story in disorder
2 Play the video of Story time and make brief conversations with students Ask the questions
1 Number the pictures
2 Watch the video of Story time Read and answer the questions
Lead students to learn to observe the pictures Pay attention to the details and the logical order between pictures Predict the story’s plot development preliminarily
Stimulate students’ thinking through the questions Deepen their understanding of the story Penetrate the emotional goal of keeping a healthy diet
3 Ask students to read the story and practice
4 Lead students to make a summary
3 Read the story
4 Make a summary
Enrich students’ language expression and increase the language input related to the topic of this unit
Homework
14 Remember the key words and sentence structures
15 Do the exercises
Unit 2 Ways to go to school
教材分析
单元学题交通方式交通规教学容通展示教材物学路交通出行情景展开教学重点够听说读写核心句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften comego…Don’t…IYou must…够听说读写单词词组：by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway wait slow down go stop
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come
on footDon’t go at the red lightI must pay attention to the traffic lights
·够情景中运句型—How do you comego… —I usuallysometimesoften comego…
谈交通方式
·够情境中运句型Don’t…IYou must…谈交通规
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读杂志里关学交通
方式报道运单元学核心句型伴提出安全出行建议时仿范例绘
制交通规海报
·够听说读写单词词组：by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway
wait slow down go stop
·够正确述单词词组谈描述交通方式交通规
·知道英语句子中单词间连读现象
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·解国家学生学交通方式
·够辨认常见交通标志解遵守交通规
·知道英国中国驾驶惯差异
·够通图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意细节信息进行推理判断
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Write and say
第三课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时： Part B Let’s learn & Roleplay
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求听力部分重点容进行预测
·通听录音够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色
表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come…提问作答
▶教学重点
1 够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
2 够情景中运句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come…提问作答
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come…提问作答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
歌曲热身歌曲激发学生学兴趣时帮助学生预学词汇句型面学做铺垫
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频､卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s watch and sing①
Play the video of the song in Unit 2—How do you get there(出示课件)
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测单元教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力
T：What can you see in the video
Ss：Subway taxi airplane ship
T：Yes you are right There are many ways to go to some places
3 Look and predict②
Show the picture of the main scene of Unit 2 in the textbook （课件出示：Unit 2情景图） Let students look at the picture carefully Then ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogues
The questions are like these
① Where are they (They are at a crossroadsat school) ②What can you see (Four people and a subway station Amy Mike and many bikes)
③What are they talking about (Ways to go to school)
T：Yes In this unit we’re going to talk about Ways to go to school
Write down the topic Unit 2 Ways to go to school on the blackboard
Teaching purpose③
引导学生听录音前预测听力容培养学生观察力逻辑思维力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and tick or cross③
(1)Students read the sentences of Let’s try by themselves and get the information
Who（Amy and Mike）Where（At school）When (This morning)
(2)Show the sentences on the PPT Let students predict and guess the answers （课件出示：教材P14 Let’s try板块容）
(3)The teacher plays the recording of Let’s try （出示课件） Students try to tick or cross the sentences
(4)The teacher plays the recording again Students read the dialogue and check the answers (课件出示：教材P14 Let’s try 板块音频听力材料答案）
Teaching purpose④
图片生动形象帮助学生直观理解词汇含义利chant帮助学生操练核心词汇句型接学做铺垫教师设计活动逐步引导学生学单词词组句型结构层层递进
2 Look guess and chant④
Show the pictures of the part of the bike the car and the bus （课件出示：行车汽车公汽车局部图片） Let students guess
Teach the words and the phrases bike car bus by bikecarbus with the pictures（出示课件）
T I come to school by car
Lead students to make sentences： I come to school by bike car bus
Then students read a chant together （课件出示：交通方式关歌谣）
3 Learn the new dialogue
(1)Use the teacher’s language to penetrate the sentences Then teach the sentence How do you come to school
T：Today I come to school at 700 I’m early I come to school by bike How do you come to school
S1：I come to school by car
T：How about you
S2：I come to school by bike
T：That’s good exercise Well do you know how Mike Amy and Mrs Smith come to school Now let’s have a look
Teaching purpose⑤
引导学生带着问题观动画整体感知文获取信息
(2)Show the picture of Let’s talk （课件出示：教材P14 Let’s talk板块图片） Let students predict the main idea of the dialogue
(3)Let students watch the video of Let’s talk and try to find the traffic tools in the chart⑤ （课件出示：教材P14 Let’s talk板块视频相应表格）
Write down the phrase on foot on the blackboard and teach it
(4)Let students watch the cartoon again with the following questions⑥
Teaching purpose⑥
学生次观文动画引导学生理解文利问题逐步引导学生文学新词汇新句型重点句型进行认知操练突破教学重点
Let students know I usually walkI usually come on foot
Write down the words always usually often sometimes never on the blackboard And use the number of the tick to help them understand
(5)Show the answers with the chart and teach the sentences （课件出示：表格答案）
Teach the sentences —How do you come to school —UsuallySometimes I come on footby busI often come by bikeI usually walk
Teaching purpose⑦
角色表演活动锻炼学生情景应表达力面拓展交际活动做准备
Let students pay attention to the words and the phrases usually sometimes often on foot by busbikecar in the key sentences
4 Read and act⑦
(1)Let students read after the recording（出示课件） Lead them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in roles in groups
(3)Let students act out
Teaching purpose⑧
利单词卡片帮助学生操练核心词汇句型角色表演活动锻炼学生情景应表达力面拓展交际活动做准备
Step 3 Practice⑧
1 Use the word cards to practice the words and the sentences
(1)Show the word cards one by one Ask students to read the cards
(2)Sharp eyes
Show the word cards quickly Ask students to read the cards as fast as they can
2 Ask and answer in pairs
Make a model (出示课件)
T：How do you comego to school
Ss I usuallysometimesoften comego…
Students make dialogues in pairs like the model
3 Show time
The teacher gives stickers to the students who do a good job
Teaching purpose⑨
通创设真实情境学生根实际情况运学句型话展示培养学生语言综合运力拓展根距离选择合适交通方式丰富学生课外知识
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑨
4 Do a survey
Students ask their classmates and teachers How do you come to school Then finish the chart below the dialogue of Let’s talk on page 14 according to the results
5 Make a report
The teacher makes a model report like this Three students usually come to school by car Two students sometimes come to school by bus…
Students try to make a report to the class
3 Different ways of travelling
Show pictures to introduce more ways to go to different places (课件出示：种类型交通方式)
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
16 Ask your parents How do you go to work
17 Read the dialogue after the recording
18 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 歌曲引入带领学生预新知轻快节奏激发学生学兴趣
2 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
3 突出语功联系学生生活中实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part by reading the sentences
·Be able to understand the recording and finish the task
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture Be able to answer the questions about the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue fluently and act out
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come… to ask and answer about each other’s ways to go to school properly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and the sentence structures of this lesson
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do you come to school
—I usuallysometimesoften come… to ask and answer about each other’s ways to go to school
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come… to ask and answer about each other’s ways to go to school properly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Watch and sing—How do you get there
3 Look and predict
1 Greetings
2 Watch and sing
3 Observe the picture
and answer the questions
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of Ways to go to school and prepare for the following study
Presentation
1 Listen and tick or cross
(1)Let students read the sentences of Let’s try and get the information
(2)Show the sentences of Let’s try on the PPT Let students predict and guess the answers
(3)Play the recording
(4)Play the recording again and check the answers
(1)Read the sentences and get useful information
(2)Predict and guess the answers
(3)Listen and tick or cross the answers
(4)Read the dialogue and check the answers
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening to the recording Cultivate students’ ability of observation and logical thinking
2 Look guess and chant
Teach the words and the phrases with the pictures
Lead students to make sentences Then show a chant
Look and guess the traffic tools Learn the words and the phrases
Make sentences Then read a chant
Help students understand the new words and the new phrases by the pictures Use the chant to help students practice the key words and sentence structures and prepare for the next study
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Learn the new dialogue
(1)Teach the sentence How do you come to school
(2)Show the picture of Let’s talk
(3)Let students watch the video of Let’s talk and try to find the traffic tools in the chart
(4)Let students watch the cartoon again with the questions
(5)Show the answers with the chart and teach the sentences
(1)Talk with the teacher
Learn the sentence
(2)Predict the main idea of the dialogue
(3)Watch the video and fill in the chart and learn the phrase on foot
(4)Watch the video again and answer the questions
(5)Check the answers and learn the new sentences
Lead students to learn new words and sentence structures gradually by designing different tasks Help students understand the text and get useful information Reduce the difficulty of learning
4 Read and act
Read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Practice in roles and act out
Practice students’ ability of expressing in scenes and prepare for further communication activities
Practice
1 Use the word cards to practice the words and the sentences
2 Ask and answer in pairs
3 Show time
1 Practice the words and the sentences with the word cards
2 Make dialogues in pairs
3 Act out the dialogues
Help students practice the key words and sentence structures Train students’ ability of expressing in scenes and prepare for the expansion of communication activities
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Do a survey
2 Make a report
3 Different ways of travelling
1 Do a survey and finish the chart on page 14
2 Make a report to the class
3 Look at the pictures and learn more about the ways to go to different places
Create a natural and real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability Expand some ways of travelling to enrich students’ extracurricular knowledge
Homework
16 Ask your parents How do you go to work
17 Read the dialogue after the recording
18 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Write and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说读写词组：by plane by train by taxi by ship by bus by subway on foot
·够正确运句型How do weyou get there询问出行方式够By进行回答
Write and say
·够根意愿方框中填写出发目根实际情况进行交通方式连线然伴谈出行交通方式
▶教学重点
1 够理解掌握课重点词组句型
2 够现实生活中灵活运句型How do weyou get there询问出行方式够句型By…进行回答
▶教学难点
够情景中灵活运句型How do weyou get there询问出行方式够句型By…进行回答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频卡片等
Teaching purpose①
利图激发学生学兴趣引出选择出行方式话题话中提前渗透核心句型种出行方式表达面方样选择出行方式师生间讨导入教学然创设真实效教学情景
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing— How do we get there
3 Leadin①
(1)Look and say
Show the world map on the PPT Let students point and say the names of these countries China(中国) USA(美国) Canada(加) Russia(俄罗斯) Australia(澳利亚) (出示课件)
(2)Free talk
Show the words and the pictures one by one on the PPT Let students look and say
T：How do we go to Canada By car By plane
Ss：By plane
T：Yes maybe we go by plane How do we go to Wuhan
Ss：By carbus
T：Cool We can go by car or by bus How do we get to school
Ss：By bikebusOn foot
T：How does Mrs Smith go to school
Ss：Sometimes by car
T：Yeah Today Mrs Smith and the students are going to the nature park Let’s see how they get there
Step 2 Presentation
1 Look and discuss
Teaching purpose②
思维导图形式学生初步理解情境接学做铺垫设计务环环相扣逐步引导学生文学新词汇新句型降低学难度
(1)Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块图片）
(2)Let students observe the picture and discuss the questions （课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块相关问题）
Questions Who are they What are they talking about What are they going to do
(3)Let students answer the questions on the PPT
2 Learn the new sentences and phrases②
(1)Show a mind map of Let’s learn (课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块思维导图)
Teaching purpose③
通图片声音视频等种方式教授新词汇学生加深新词汇认识记忆词组融入重点句型中操练进步巩固学生重点句型掌握
Play the recording （课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块音频） Let students listen and circle the traffic tool that they have heard in the book
(2)Check the answer and teach the sentence structures —How do we get there —By…
(3)Learn the phrases③
①Draw a picture of a plane on the blackboard Point to the picture and teach the word Then write down the phrase by plane on the blackboard and let students point and say
Plane plane by plane How do you get there By plane
②Use the same method to teach by bus by taxi Then ask students to practice the phrases
Play the sound of a train (课件出示：火车行驶声音） And ask students to guess the traffic tool Write down the word train on the blackboard and teach the word Then let students point and say
Train train by train How do you get there By train
③Show a picture of a ship on the PPT (课件出示：轮船图片)
Then write down the word ship on the blackboard Encourage students to spell the word by themselves Then teach the phrase by ship Let students point and say
Ship ship by ship How do you get there By ship
④Show a video about the subway on the PPT （课件出示：段铁短视频） Write down the word subway on the blackboard and teach the word Then teach the phrase by subway Let students point and say
Teaching purpose④
播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
Subway subway by subway How do you get there By subway
⑤Point to the foot and say Foot foot on foot I go to school on foot
Write down the phrase on foot on the blackboard and teach it to students
Teaching purpose⑤
利单词卡片接龙游戏帮助学生操练核心词汇句型活泼游戏方式进行问答提高学生学英语兴趣时较学生创造说英语机会开展练活动培养学生思考力面拓展活动做准备
Then let students point and say
Foot foot on foot How do you get there On foot
3 Read and act④
(1)Students read after the recording （课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块音频） Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3)Act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Practice the phrases and the sentences
(1)Use the word cards to practice the phrases on foot by planebustaxishipsubwaytrain
(2)Play the chain game
（游戏说明：学生课时单词卡片正面放课桌意抽取张教师单词卡片中抽取张然学生时说How can you get there教师迅速学生展示卡片教师选张卡片学生起立根卡片容回答By… ）
2 Write and say
(1)Show the part of Write and say on the PPT （课件出示：教材P15 Write and say 板块容）
(2)Students look at the model Write down the origins and destinations Then choose the traffic tools and match them
(3)Let students practice the dialogue in pairs with the sentence structures—How do you get to…from… —By…On foot
Teaching purpose⑥
通创设真实情境学生根想法制作单词卡片进利学句子编写话展示培养学生语言综合运力利填空形式学生总结回顾课学知识容锻炼学生纳总结力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
Choose and say
1 Do a survey
(1)Make the word cards of some places such as Beijing Shanghai …
(2)Show the chart on the PPT Let students use the sentence structures to make dialogues according to the cards they choose Make a model：
T：How do you get to Wuhan from Beijing
Ss：By plane
2 Show time
3 Make a summary together
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
19 Practice the dialogue
20 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 堂课中课标理指导学生体训练线利词汇卡片学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课词汇教学配简单句型运学词汇采卡片chant接龙游戏等种形式逐步引导学生操练单词词组句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new phrases by plane by train by taxi by ship by bus by subway on foot
·Be able to use the sentence structure How do weyou get there to ask about ways of travelling and use By… to answer
Write and say
·Be able to fill in the origins and destinations in the box match them according to the actual situation and then talk about their own ways of travelling
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key phrases and sentence structures of this lesson
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do weyou get there —By… to ask and answer
the question about each other’s ways of travelling
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do weyou get there —By… to ask and answer the question about each other’s ways of travelling
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing—How can we get there
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Leadin
(1)Look and say
(2)Talk to the teacher
Penetrate the key sentence structures and the expressions of a variety of travelling tools in advance and create a real and effective teaching situation
Presentation
1 Look and discuss
(1)Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT
(2)Show the questions
(1)Observe the picture
(2)Discuss and answer the questions
Lead students to understand the context in which words are used
2 Teach the new sentences and phrases
(1)Show the mind map ofLet’s learn Play the recording
(2)Check the answer and teach the key sentence structures
(3)Teach the phrases by plane by bus by taxi by ship by subway on foot
(1)Look at the picture listen and circle
(2)Check the answer and learn the sentence structures —How do we get there —By…
(3)Learn the new phrases and practice them
Use the mind map to let students have a preliminary understanding of the situation and pave the way for the following study Use different tasks to lead students to learn the new vocabulary and sentence structures so as to reduce the difficulty of learning
3 Read and act
Read after the recording Practice in groups and act out
Make sure students read the dialogue correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Practice the phrases and the sentences
(1)Use the word cards to practice the phrases on foot by plane bus taxi ship subway train
(2)Play the chain game
Improve students’ interest in learning English create opportunities for students to speak and practice English and develop students’ ability of independent thinking Prepare for the next part
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
2 Write and say
(1) Show the part of Write and sayon the PPT
(2) Ask students to write choose and match
(3)Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
(1)Look at the pictures of Write and say
(2)Write down the origins and destinations Then choose the traffic tools and match them
(3)Practice with partners
Consolidation
&
Extension
Choose and say
1 Do a survey
2 Show time
3 Make a summary together
1 (1) Make the word cards of some places
(2)Do a survey and make dialogues
2 Show the dialogues
3 Make a summary
Develop students’ comprehensive language using ability Let students make a conclusion about the ways of travelling to enrich students’ inductive learning ability
Homework
19 Practice the dialogue
20 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求通观察Let’s try板块图片听力部分重点容进行预测
·通听录音够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够理解话意够回答话面问题
·够正确意群语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色表演
·够听说认读情景中恰运句型…must… Don’t…表达遵守交通规
·够理解情景语言I must pay attention to the traffic lights意
·通话学解欧美国家骑行车注意事项解交通警示标志标志出现场
▶教学重点
1 够理解情景中恰运句型
2 够情景中运句型…must…Don’t…表达遵守交通规
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型…must…Don’t…表达遵守交通规
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文音频､视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
歌曲热身歌曲激发学生学兴趣时帮助学生复前面学词汇句型面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing— How do you get there① (出示课件)
Students sing the song together
3 Leadin②
(1)Look and say
Teaching purpose②
引导学生观察理解图片助图片头脑风暴预学容培养学生观察力激活学生已生活验旧知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Show the pictures of ways to go to different places （课件出示：出行方式图片） Let students look at the pictures and talk about them
A：How do you get to…
B： By taxitrainbusshipplanesubwaybikeOn footI walk there
(2)Leadin
T： Wherever we go we must know and obey the traffic rules Now let’s see the pictures and talk about the traffic rules you know
Step 2 Presentation
1 Look and guess
(1)Show the pictures of Let’s try on the PPT （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s try板块图片）
(2)Let students observe the pictures and discuss the questions
T Look at Picture 1 What are the children doing
Ss They are crossing the road one by one (Help students understand the phrase one by one with the picture)
Look at Picture 2 Lead students to try to say They are getting on the bus one by one
T：Mrs Smith and the children are going to the nature park What does Mrs Smith tell the children to do Can you guess
Teaching purpose③
教师引导学生带着问题听录音整体感知文获取信息然引入文话题
Ss：…
2 Listen and tick③
(1)Show the part of Let’s try on the PPT (课件出示：教材P16 Let’s try板块容) Let students listen and tick
(2)Play the recording of Let’s try （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s try板块音频） Students try to finish the exercise
Teaching purpose④
教师通问题引导学生观文动画掌握话意
(3)Students read the dialogue after the recording and check the answer （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s try板块听力材料答案）
3 Watch and answer④
(1)Ask students to scan the dialogue of Let’s talk
T：Wu Yifan is going to the Fuxing Hospital But he doesn’t know the way Whom does he ask How can he get there Can you guess
(2)Play the video of Let’s talk （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s talk 板块视频） Let students watch the video and answer the questions on the PPT （出示课件）
①Who does Wu Yifan meet
②What are they talking about
Teaching purpose⑤
教师逐步呈现新知充分利媒体呈现图片课堂生动化引导学生学调动学积极性降低学难度
③How can Wu Yifan go to the hospital
4 Learn the new words helmet wear and the sentence structure …must…⑤
(1)Play the cartoon again then talk about it （出示课件）
T：Who does Wu Yifan meet
Ss：Mr Jones
T：What are they talking about
Ss：How can Wu Yifan get to the Fuxing Hospital
T Yes Do you know how Wu Yifan can get to the Fuxing Hospital
Ss：Yes he can take the No 57 bus
T：Great
(2) Look at the pictures on the PPT (课件出示：骑车戴头盔戴头盔图)
T：Look What are they doing
Ss：They are riding bikes
T：When you are on bikes in the USA which picture is right
Ss：The left one
T：Yes In the USA people on bikes must wear the helmet
Teach the word helmet (课件出示：helmet相关容)
Do the action to help students understand the word wear Teach the word
Use some sentences to help them understand the sentence structure …must… Make a model
In China you must walk on the right of the road
5 Learn the phrases traffic lights pay attention to and the sentence structure Don’t…
(1)Show two pictures of people crossing the road （课件出示：马路否规范图） Let students choose Which is right？ Then point to the traffic lights and ask students to read traffic lights three times
(2)Show some pictures and say some sentences to help students understand pay attention to （课件出示pay attention to相关容） Make a model
Pay attention to the traffic lights
(3)Use the gestures and some pictures to help students understand the sentence structure Don’t… （课件出示：Don’t…相关容） Make a model
Don’t eat sweets before sleeping
6 Answer the question
T：What do you learn about riding a bike from the dialogue
S1：We must wear a helmet
S2 Don’t go at the red light
Teaching purpose⑥
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演利单词卡片帮助学生操练核心词汇句型锻炼学生情景应表达力面拓展活动做准备
S3 We must pay attention to the traffic lights
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 Read and act
(1)Let students read after the recording （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s talk板块音频） Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in roles
(3)Let students act out
2 Let’s play
Turn over the word cards and say the sentences
Teaching purpose⑦
通创设然真实情境学生情境中认知运核心句型培养学生语言综合运力拓展常见交通标志丰富学生课外知识提醒学生生活中遵守交通规学生进行情感价值观渗透
（活动说明：教师黑板贴背面标数字卡片卡片正面动作图片表示动作单词词组学生说数字教师翻开卡片然该学生根卡片容 … must… Don’t… 句型快速说出句子）
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
3 Tell your partners about the signs
Lead students to look at the pictures in the book （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s talk板块方图片）
T：What do these signs mean Where can you see them
Students talk about them in groups
Then tell them to the class
P1 You must look right before you cross the road You can see this on the road in Hong Kong
P2 You must stop outside the stop line and make sure it is safe before you pass You can see this on an unguarded railroad crossing
P3 Don’t turn right You can see this at a crossroads
P4 Don’t touch the door You can see this in the subway
4 Different kinds of signs
Show more pictures about different kinds of signs Introduce more signs to students and tell them to obey the traffic rules （课件出示：交通标志图）
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Read after the recording
2 Find out at least three traffic signs in your life
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 节课中新课标理指导学生体训练线利卡片游戏学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课句型教学配简单词组运学句型采卡片图片等种形式逐步引导学生操练单词词组句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part by observing the pictures
·Be able to understand the recording and tick the right answer
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing the pictures and answer the questions above the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures …must… Don’t… properly in scenes
·Be able to understand the sentence I must pay attention to the traffic lights
·Know about the tips for cycling in European and American countries and learn about different traffic warning signs and the places where these signs appear
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and use the sentence structures properly in situations
·Be able to use the sentence structures …must… Don’t… to express the traffic rules that people should obey
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures …must… Don’t… to express the traffic rules that people should obey
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing—How do you get there
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Listen and sing the song
3 Observe and talk about the pictures
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Review the knowledge they have learned and lead in the topic
Presentation
1 Look and guess
Show the pictures of Let’s try
2 Listen and tick
(1)Show the part of Let’s try on the PPT
(2)Play the recording of Let’s try
(3)Check the answer
1 Observe the pictures and discuss the questions
2 (1)Observe the part of Let’s try on the PPT
(2)Listen and tick
(3)Read the dialogue and check the answer
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening to the recording Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability Get an overall perception of the text and useful information
3 Watch and answer
Play the video Let students answer the questions
Scan the dialogue and guess about the questions
Watch the video and answer the questions
Lead students to watch the video and grasp the general idea of the dialogue
4 Learn the new words helmet wear and the sentence structure …must…
5 Learn the phrases traffic lights pay attention to and the sentence structure Don’t …
6 Answer the question
4 Watch the cartoon again and talk about it
Learn the new words helmet wear and the sentence structure …must…
5 Learn the new phrases traffic lights pay attention to and the sentence structure Don’t…
6 Answer the question
Lead students to learn new words and new sentence structures gradually
Improve students’ enthusiasm
Reduce the difficulty of learning
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Read and act
Play the recording Ask students to practice in roles and act out
2 Let’s play
1 Read after the recording and practice the dialogue in roles Then act out
2 Look at the word cards and say sentences
Make sure students read the dialogue correctly and fluently Practice the key words and sentence structures Train students’ ability of expressing in scenes and prepare for the next part
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Tell your partners about the signs
Lead students to talk about the signs in groups
2 Different kinds of signs
Show the pictures
1 Look at the pictures in the book Talk about them in groups Then tell them to the class
2 Look at the pictures to learn more traffic signs
Cultivate students’ comprehensive language using ability
Expand some introduction about traffic signs to enrich students’ extracurricular knowledge Remind students to obey traffic rules in life to penetrate the emotional value
Homework
21 Read after the recording
22 Find out at least three traffic signs in your life
23 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Roleplay
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够正确意群语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写单词词组stop wait slow down go
·够熟练运句型…must…提出建议
Roleplay
·够根角色（Mike盲红绿灯演示者）英语进行交流
·够解简单交通标志交通规增强学生交通意识
▶教学重点
1 够解基交通规红黄绿灯功根英文指令做动作
2 够理解掌握课重点词汇句型
▶教学难点
1 理解动词stopwait含义
2 够情景中恰运句子Slow down and stop at a yellow light Stop and wait at a red light Go at a green light表达交通指示灯作
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频卡片模拟红绿灯等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
Teaching purpose①
音乐节奏轻松愉悦够激发学生兴趣通学生间表演互动调动学生参英语课堂活动积极性外通复旧知引入课学容traffic lights面学做铺垫
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing and do
Play the song—Rabbit Dance （出示课件） Let students stand in a line and do the actions with the music Left—left—right—right—go—turn around—go—go—go
3 Leadin
(1)Review the traffic rules
Show the pictures (课件出示：节课学交通标志图片) Let students look and say
(2)Leadin
T： (课件出示：交通信号灯图片) What are these
Ss：Traffic lights
T：Yeah They are traffic lights What colour are they
Ss：Red yellow and green
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测图片容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
T：Yes Do you know what the lights mean You can speak in Chinese
Ss：红灯停绿灯行……
Step 2 Presentation
7 Look and predict②
(1)Show the pictures of Let’s learn on the PPT Ask students to predict the main idea of the dialogue （课件出示：教材P17 Let’s learn板块图片）
(2)Let students observe the pictures and discuss the questions
Questions Who are they Where are they Where are they going
Teaching purpose③
设计务环环相扣逐步引导学生文学新词汇新句型降低学难度
(3)Ask students to answer the questions on the PPT （出示课件）
2 Learn the traffic lights③
(1)Play the recording （课件出示：教材P17 Let’s learn板块音频）Let students listen and check the answers to the three questions
T：Who are they
Ss：Mrs Smith and the children
T：Where are they
Ss：They are at the crossing
T：Yes Do you know where they are going
Ss：To the nature park
T：Can they go now
Ss：No they can’t
T：Why
Ss：Because the light is red now
T：Well done So what must we do when it is a red light
Ss： …
Show the chart on the PPT （出示课件）
T：And what must we do when it is a yellowgreen light
Students answer by themselves
(2)Show the following diagram to help students know the traffic lights What do the colours mean
3 Learn the new words and the phrase
Play the recording again （课件出示：教材P17 Let’s learn板块音频） Then teach the words and the phrase stop wait slow down go
(1)Use the gesture to help students understand the word stop
Ask two students to come to the front of the blackboard Say go to let the two students go straight then show the gesture and say stop to let them stop Then one student says go stop and the other student follows the instructions
(2)Show a picture of someone who is waiting for the bus at the bus stop（出示课件） Use some sentences to help students understand the word wait Make a model
Lucy is waiting for the busThe little lion is waiting for his father
Let’s chant A red light a red light
Stop and wait at a red light
(3)Do the actions and say some sentences to help students understand the phrase slow down Make a model
Look It’s the yellow light We must slow down
Let’s chant A yellow light a yellow light
Slow down and stop at a yellow light
(4)Show a picture of the green light to students （课件出示：绿灯亮图）
T：What should we do at a green light
Ss：We can go
Teaching purpose④
通学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演引导学生复述Mrs Smith学生公园程创编新话
Let’s chant A green light a green light
Go at a green light
4 Fill in the chart
Students fill in the chart together （出示课件）
5 Read and act④
(1)Let students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in roles
Teaching purpose⑤
利do and say游戏帮助学生操练核心词汇句型提高学生学英语兴趣时较学生创造说英语机会
(3)Let students act out in groups
(4)Let students retell the dialogue in Let’s learn and encourage them to create new dialogues
Step 3 Practice
1 Practice the phrases and the sentences⑤
Take out the paper traffic lights Let students look do and say in pairs
(1)Look and do Student A puts up the lights one by one Student B does the actions Then exchange
(2)Do and say Student A points to the lights Student B says and does the actions Then exchange
Teaching purpose⑥
通创设真实情境学生分扮演警察行程中学生仅学会听英语指令学会指令做动作说出相应动作表达培养学生语言综合运力
2 Let’s do roleplay⑥
(1)Make four students in a group Choose one student as the policeman to hold the traffic lights and say Another student works as a blind man The other two students help the blind man and say （课件出示：教材P17 Roleplay板块图片）
(2)Make a model
Policeman Red light
The other two students (stop and say) Stop and wait at a red light
Policeman Yellow light
The other two students (slow down and say) Slow down and stop at a yellow light
Policeman Green light
The other two students (go straight and say) Go at a green light
(3)Practice in groups
Teaching purpose⑦
课时重点学基交通标志交通规话题学生日常生活联系紧密学生学兴趣浓厚活动帮助学生结合生活常识设计交通宣传布告牌提高学生积极性
(4)Show time
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
Make a traffic bulletin board
1 Show a model on the PPT
2 Let students work in groups to make a bulletin board
3 Let students show the bulletin boards to the class
4 Choose the best group and give an award
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Read after the recording
2 Tell the traffic rules to your friends and parents
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 堂课中新课标理指导学生体训练线利卡片游戏学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课句型教学配简单词组运学句型采卡片角色表演等种形式逐步引导学生操练单词词组句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
5 课时重点学基交通标志交通规教师通种活动帮助学生话题日常生活紧密联系起充分激发学生学兴趣
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and then act out in groups
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases stop wait slow down go
·Be able to make suggestions by using the sentence structure …must… skillfully
Roleplay
·Be able to communicate in English according to the roles
·Be able to understand some simple traffic signs and traffic rules and enhance traffic awareness
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
·Be able to understand and the basic traffic rules—the functions of red yellow and green lights and be able to do the actions according to English instructions
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to understand the meaning of stop and wait
·Be able to use the sentences Slow down and stop at a yellow light Stop and wait at a red light Go at a green light to express the functions of the traffic lights
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing and do
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Listen and do
3 Observe the pictures and say
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic Prepare for the following part
Presentation
1 Look and predict
Show the pictures and ask the questions
2 Learn the traffic lights
(1)Play the recording and check the answers
(2)Show the following diagram to help students know the traffic lights
1 Look at the pictures and discuss the questions
2 (1) Listen to the recording and check the answers with the teacher
(2)Look at the signs and know the traffic lights
Lead students to predict the content before listening to the recording Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability
Prepare for the next study
3 Learn the new words and the phrase
Play the recording again
Help students understand and practice the words the phrase and the sentences
4 Fill in the chart
Let students fill in the chart together
5 Read and act
3 Learn the words the phrase and the sentences to express the traffic rules
4 Fill in the chart together
5 Read after the recording Then practice and act out Retell the dialogue and create new dialogues
Use the pictures to let students guess and understand the new words the phrase and the sentences
Design different tasks to lead students to learn the new words and the sentence structures gradually Reduce the difficulty of learning
Make sure students read the dialogue correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Practice the phrases and the sentences
2 Let’s do roleplay
1 Look do and say in pairs to practice the phrases and the sentences
2 Play the game in roles
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Create opportunities for students to speak English
Practice the key words and the sentences
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
Make a traffic bulletin board
1 Show a model on the PPT
2 Let students work in groups to make a bulletin board
3 Let students show the bulletin boards to the class
4 Choose the best group and give an award
Work in groups to make a traffic bulletin board
Then show the bulletin boards to the class
Improve students’ learning enthusiasm Consolidate the new words and sentences of this unit
Homework
1 Read after the recording
2 Tell the traffic rules to your friends and parents
3 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·通头脑风暴活动汇总知种学方式激活已背景知识储备词汇
·通阅读问题训练够语篇中寻找关键词细节进行推理
·够根示范海报完成安全海报设计
·够根例句提示文段中找更类现象终正确朗读句子
▶教学重点
够听懂读懂Read and write板块短文够根短文容完成相应练
▶教学难点
够解国家文化差异出行方式
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频交通信号灯模型等
Teaching purpose①
通学生互动调动学生参课堂积极性通复旧知引入课学容面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading①
1 Greetings
2 Review
Hold a model of traffic lights Talk with students
T：What do the traffic lights mean
Ss：Red means… Green means… Yellow means…
T：You are so clever Do you know different countries have different traffic rules For example in China we walk on the right of the road But in England people should walk on the left Do you know any other countries’ ways of transportation Now let’s see what we will learn today
3 Leadin
Show some pictures (出示课件) Help students know the names of these places
Students read after the teacher
Step 2 Whilereading
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
1 Brainstorm
T：How many ways can you think of to go to school Please talk with your partner
Students do the Brainstorm Gather all the ways they know to go to school（课件出示：单元学学方式by carbusbikesubwaytaxiplaneshiptrainon foot相关容）
2 Look and predict②
Show the picture of Read and write on the PPT （课件出示：教材P18 Read and write板块爷爷Robin交谈插图）
Let students observe the picturesread the dialogue and discuss the questions
Questions：
① Who are they (Robin and Wu Yifan’s grandpa And Grandpa is ill)
Teaching purpose③
引导学生带着问题阅读文整体感知文获取信息利问题逐步引导学生理解文逐步文学新句型
② What does Robin want to do (He wants to read a magazine to Grandpa)
③What’s the magazine about (Different ways to go to school in different countries)
3 Listen and say③
(1)Show the four pictures one by one （课件出示：次出示教材P18 Read and write板块四幅图片） Let students observe the pictures and discuss the questions
Questions
①Who are they (They are studentskidschildren)
②Where are they (In Munich Germany In Alaska USA In Jiangxi China In Papa Westray Scotland)
③How do they go to school
Let students read the text quickly and find the ways of the children to go to school
Teaching purpose④
运务型教学方法设计务环环相扣逐步引导学生文学新词汇新句型重点句型进行认知操练突破教学重点降低学难度
(2)Play the recording （课件出示：教材P18 Read and write板块音频）Let students listen to it and answer the questions below the passage in the book
(3)Check the answers
4 Learn the new words and sentences④
(1)Play the recording again （课件出示：教材P18 Read and write板块音频） Lead students to learn the new words and sentences
①Show the picture of the sled and do the action to help students understand the phrase by sled（课件出示：雪橇图片）
Do the action fast first then do the same action slowly Let students understand the word fast
Ask students to do and say the sentences Some kids go to school by sled It’s fast Don’t let the dogs run too fast You must drive slowly
②Show the pictures of a boat a ferry and a ship on the PPT
Help students understand the differences among ship boat and ferry
Do the action and teach the phrase by ferry Wear a life jacket to help students understand the sentence We must wear a life jacket by ferry And don’t run on the ferry
Write down the sentence structure Some kids go to school by… on the blackboard Do the actions and let students use the sentence structure to make sentences
③Lead students to look at Picture 4 Ask them to read the sentences and try to answer the questions
T：How do the children in Papa Westray go to school
Ss：By ferry
Teaching purpose⑤
播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话
T：How did they go to school in 2009
Ss：By plane
T：Why
Ss：Because the ferry didn’t work
Teaching purpose⑥
利插图引导学生分组复述原文带领学生阅读文出关选择交通方式建议引导学生前文孩子出行方式提供合适建议
(2)Play the recording⑤（课件出示：教材P18 Read and write板块音频） Let students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
5 Read and choose⑥
(1)Let students practice the passage
(2)Let students act out
(3)Let students retell the ways of the kids to go to school in groups by looking at the pictures
(4)Let students give some suggestions for the kids
Divide students into six groups Let them read the suggestions on page 19 one by one Then ask them to choose the suitable suggestions for the kids and write them down on page 18
6 Practice the words and the sentences
(1)Play the game of Drive the train
Make up a chant of the words and the phrases
Teaching purpose⑦
滚雪球游戏锻炼学生快速反应力学生游戏中进步巩固学知识加深课重点词汇句型理解体现玩中学学中玩思想学生课时吸收消化学知识
Ask students to chant it one by one in lines Give a sticker to the student who does a good job
(2)Play the game of Roll the snowball⑦
Lead students to practice the key sentences Some kids go to school on footBy sled you must drive slowlyOn foot don’t go at a red light
Make students stand in a line Let the first student say the first word some of the sentence Then the second student says some kids The third student says some kids go …Students say till the last student speaks out the whole sentence Some kids go to school on foot Once one of the students says it wrong the team loses the game Oppositely the team can get a sticker if all the students say it correctly
Step 3 Postreading
1 Play the recording of Tips for pronunciation （课件出示：教材P19 Tips for pronunciation音频）
Teaching purpose⑧
利组调查活动创造学生说英语机会学生够实际情景中运核心词汇句型
Let students listen and compare then find out the rule of pronunciation Tell students the law of linking sounds Ask students to listen again and repeat Then let students find and say more words like these from the text on page 18
2 Do a survey⑧
(1)Make a model：
A How do you go to school
B I go to school byon…
Teaching purpose⑨
紧密联系前面布置组调查活动环环相扣学生够熟练运核心词汇句型设计海报学致
(2)Let students ask and answer in groups Finish the chart (课件出示：调查表) Then let the group leader make a report with the sentence structure … goes to school byon…
3 Make a poster⑨
(1)Let students list the ways of the group members to go to school
(2)Let students write down at least two suggestions for each way Make a model
By ferry you must wear a life jacket Don’t run on the ferry
(3)Let students make a poster in groups
(4)Show time
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
21 Read after the recording
22 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 堂课中学生体训练线开展类型组活动学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课句型教学配简单词组运学句型采chant滚雪球等种形式逐步引导学生操练词汇句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Gather all kinds of ways to go to school they know through the brainstorm and activate the background knowledge and the vocabulary they have learned
·Be able to find the key words in the text and reason about details through solving the problems below the text
·Be able to complete the design of a safety poster according to the demonstration poster
·Be able to find more similar sentences in the passage according to the example sentence prompt and read the sentences correctly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen and read the passage and complete the corresponding exercises according to the passage
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to learn about the cultural differences and the ways of travelling in different countries
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
2 Review
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Look and talk with the teacher
3 Look and learn the names of the places Read after the teacher
Review the words and the sentences
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic Prepare for the next part
Whilereading
1 Brainstorming activity
Ask students to do theBrainstorm Gather all the ways to go to school
Do the brainstorming activity
Lead students to predict the content before listening to the recording
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability Prepare for the next study
2 Look and predict
Look at the picture and discuss the questions Predict the main idea
3 Listen and say
(1)Show the four pictures one by one Let students observe and discuss the questions
(2)Play the recording
(3)Check the answers
(1)Observe the pictures and discuss the questions
(2)Listen and answer the questions
(3)Check the answers
4 Learn the new words and sentences
(1)Play the recording again and show the pictures Lead students to learn the new words and the sentences
(2)Let students read after the recording
(1)Learn the new words and the sentences and answer the questions
(2)Read after the recording
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Train students’ ability of responding quickly Practice the key words and sentences Reduce the difficulty of learning
5 Read and choose
Practice the passage and act out Retell the passage and choose the suitable suggestions
6 Practice the words and the sentences
(1)Play the game of Drive the train
(2)Play the game of Roll the snowball
Practice the words and the sentences by playing the two games
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Postreading
1 Play the recording of Tips for pronunciation
2 Do a survey
（1）Make a model
（2）Let students ask and answer in groups And let the group leader make a report with the sentence structure …goes to school byon…
3 Make a poster
1 Listen and compare then find out the rule of pronunciation
Listen again and repeat
Then find and say more words like these from the text on page 18
2 Do a survey
3 List the ways of the group members to go to school and write down the suggestions Make a poster and show it to the class
Create opportunities for students to speak English
Consolidate the new words and sentences of this unit Make sure students can use the key vocabulary and sentence structures in real situations
Homework
24 Read after the recording
25 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up
& Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够逐图根图片信息预测听力考查点
·够意识听录音完成相应务
Let’s wrap it up
·够单元句型进行句法纳
Story time
·通阅读趣味事复巩固单元学语言增加学生语言输入
·全体学生理解事容
·正确意群语音语调朗读事
·部分学生表演事恰运事中语言
▶教学重点
够复巩固单元学目标语言够熟练运学语言描述出行方式
▶教学难点
1 够巩固单元学目标语言
2 够解中国英国交通规差异
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
音乐节奏轻松愉悦够激发学生兴趣通学生间游戏互动调动学生参英语课堂活动积极性外通复旧知面检测做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song— How do you get there (出示课件)
3 Review the words and the sentences
(1) Show the game rule of passing words on the PPT （课件出示：游戏规） Students read and play (Review the words and the phrase plane train taxi ship subway on foot)
(2)T：Look at the screen Let’s see what is missing (Review the sentences)
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力设计务降低学难度逐步引导学生完成练部分务
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Look at the pictures Listen and number
Show the pictures of Let’s check on the PPT （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s check板块四幅图片）
Let students observe and talk about the pictures
T：Look at the pictures How many pictures can you see
Ss：Four pictures
T：Yes Look at the pictures one by one carefully Try to tell me what’s in the pictures
S1：In Picture 1 there are Amy and John They are walking
S2：In Picture 2 …
…
T：Wow You are so smart Now let’s listen and number the pictures
(1)Play the recording （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s check板块音频）Let students listen and number
(2)Check the answers
2 Listen again and answer the questions
(1)Let students look at the questions below the pictures
(2)Play the recording again （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s check板块音频） Let students listen and fill in the blanks
(3)Check the answers Pay attention to the spelling of the words （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s check板块答案）
3 Let’s wrap it up
(1)Show the part of Let’s wrap it up on the PPT （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s wrap it up板块容）
T：Boys and girls do you know where Mike is
Ss：I don’t know
T：Let’s see what Mike says and guess where he is
Ss：OK
T：Look at the first sentence Who can read it
S1：Go to the cinema
T：Good Mike says Go to the cinema So is he at the cinema
Ss：No he is not at the cinema
T：Good job Now you can read the sentences one by one and tick the right answers
Do the exercises and check the answers （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s wrap it up板块答案）
(2)Teach the difference between come and go
Say Come here to one student and use body language to let himher come to the front of the platform Then use body language to show come and say Come come come here to help students understand the meaning of come Let students do actions and say Come come come here Use some sentences Go to schoolGo to the zooGo to the playground… to show the meaning of go
(3) Ask students to make sentences with come or go Make a model
Teaching purpose③
学生图说交通规帮助复巩固单元学语言
It’s so cold because winter is comingI go to school on Monday
Step 3 Practice③
Traffic signs and traffic rules
Show some traffic signs on the PPT
Let students try to say the traffic rules according to the pictures
Help students know these traffic signs
Teaching purpose④
通设计问题降低学难度次听录音前布置定务培养学生处理听力文信息捕捉关键信息力种形式词汇练极激发学生学兴趣学生玩中学学中
T：Traffic signs of different colors have different meanings
Red means forbiddance and danger Yellow means warning Green means the indicator
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension④
1 Look and discuss
Show the pictures of Story time on the PPT （课件出示：教材P21 Story time板块图片） Let students observe the pictures and discuss the questions
T：Look Amy’s friend Annie comes to China Do you know where Annie is from
Ss：She is from the UK
T：Yeah Look at Picture 1 carefully Can you guess where they are
Ss：At the airport
T：Yes Now let’s listen and see what happened
2 Let’s listen
Let students listen and get the main idea of the story
Play the recording (课件出示：教材P21 Story time板块音频)
T：How do they go home
Ss：By bus
T：Which side do the drivers drive in China
Ss：In China people drive on the right side
T：What about the drivers in the UK
Ss：In the UK drivers drive on the left side
T：Yes The road and the steering wheel in the UK are different from China So we have different traffic rules too Let’s listen to the recording again and find out the differences
3 Listen and learn
(1) Play the recording again (课件出示：教材P21 Story time板块音频)Ask students to listen to the recording sentence by sentence Help them understand the story and learn the different traffic rules between China and the UK
(2)Help students learn the key words
Use some sentences to help students understand the word miss Make a model
Lucy went to Beijing last month I miss her so much
Lead students to learn the word different Compare the teacher’s desk with students’ desks They are all made of wood but they are different
Show a picture of people crossing the road to help students understand the word cross （课件出示：马路图片）
Point to Picture 5 and help students understand the word doubledecker
Point to the left and the right to teach left and right Do the actions and let students look and say Teach another meaning of the word right by an object Take out a Chinese book and say It is an English book Students answer No it’s wrong Then take out an English book and say This book is right
4 Make a summary
After reading the story let students discuss about the traffic rules in the UK Then lead them to make a conclusion
In the UK people must drive on the left side
In China people must drive on the right side
In the UK people must…
In China people must…
5 Let’s read
Play the recording for the third time （课件出示：教材P21 Story time板块音频） Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
6 Act out
Let students read the story in roles Then lead them to act out
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
23 Enjoy the story
24 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 堂课中学生体训练线开展类型组活动学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课复巩固配简单题检测情景事运学句型采传递词汇填词游戏等种形式逐步引导学生操练词汇句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
5 通设计问题降低学难度次听录音前布置定务培养学生处理听力文信息捕捉关键信息力种形式词汇练极激发学生学兴趣学生玩中学学中
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to predict the examination points of listening by observing the pictures one by one
·Be able to understand the recording then number the pictures and answer the questions
Let’s wrap it up
·Be able to summarize the sentence structures of this unit
Story time
·Review and consolidate the target language learned in this unit and increase the input of students by reading the interesting story
·Be able to understand the story for all students
·Be able to read the story with correct pronunciation and intonation and sense groups
·Be able to act out the story and use the language in the story properly for a part of students
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to review and consolidate the target language learned in this unit and be able to use the language to describe the ways of travelling
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to consolidate the target language of this unit
·Be able to understand the differences between China and the UK in traffic rules
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—How do you get there
3 Review the words and the sentences
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Review the words and the sentences
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and motivate students to participate in the activities in class
Review old knowledge to pave the way for later tasks
Presentation
1 Look at the pictures Listen and number
2 Listen again and answer the questions
3 Let’s wrap it up
(1)Ask students to do the exercises and check the answers
(2)Teach the difference between come and go
(3)Ask students to make sentences with come or go
1 Observe and talk about the pictures Listen and number the pictures
2 Listen and fill in the blanks Check the answers
3 (1)Do the exercises and check the answers
(2)Learn the difference between come and go
(3)Make sentences with
come or go
Lead students to predict the content before listening to the recording
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability
Design different tasks to reduce the difficulty of learning
Practice
Traffic signs and traffic rules
Show some traffic signs on the PPT
Ask students to try to say the traffic rules according to the pictures
Help students know these traffic signs
Look at the traffic signs and try to say the traffic rules according to the pictures Know these traffic signs
Review and consolidate the language learned in this unit
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Look at the pictures and discuss the questions
2 Let＇s listen
3 Listen and learn
Play the recording again Lead students to learn the different traffic rules between China and the UK
4 Make a summary
5 Let’s read
6 Act out
1 Look at the picture and
discuss the questions
2 Listen and get the main idea of the story
3 Listen to the recording
sentence by sentence
Understand the story
Learn the key words
4 Discuss about the traffic rules in the UK And make a conclusion
5 Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
6 Read the story in roles
Act out the story
Help students understand the story Make sure some students read the story correctly and fluently Stimulate students’ interest in learning Develop students’ ability to process the listening text and capture key information
Homework
26 Enjoy the story
27 Do the exercises
Unit 3 My weekend plan
教材分析
单元学题周末活动计划教学容通展示陈杰Amy话张鹏朋友周末活动展开教学重点够听说读写运核心句型—What areis…going to do —We’reI’m going to…He She is going to…—Where areis…going —We’reI’m going…He She is going…—When areis…going —We’reI’m going…He She is going…听说读写单词词组take a trip go to the supermarket visit my grandparents see a film tonight this morning this afternoon this evening next week postcard dictionary comic book word book
教学目标
知识力目标
· 够听说读写句型—What are you going to do tomorrow —I’m going to have an art lesson—Where are you going —I’m going to the cinema—When are you going —Next Wednesday
·够情景中运句型—What areis…going to do —We’reI’m going to…He She is going…—Where areis…going —We’reI’m going…He She is going…—When areis…going —We’reI’m going…He She is going…谈活动计划容点时间
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读吴日记运单元学核心句型口头描述写出中秋节安排
·够听说读写单词词组：take a trip go to the supermarket visit my grandparents see a film tonight this morning this afternoon this evening next week postcard dictionary comic book word book
·够正确述单词词组谈描述活动计划
·够图片文字支持完成表格仿写语句
·知道英语音节单词重音需重读语言现象
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·够树立需活动前做合理计划意识鼓励做中学
·解中秋节传统俗
·知道藏头诗特点
·够通图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意细节信息
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Make a plan
第三课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时： Part B Let’s learn & Roleplay
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’ s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求学会听前预测听重点容
·运基听力技巧完成部分听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—What areis…going to do —We’re I’m going to…He She is going to…They are going to…提问作答
·够学语言谈朋友周末活动计划重点
▶教学重点
1理解掌握课重点句型—What are you going to do… —I’m going to…真实情景中灵活运
2够学语言谈朋友周末活动计划
▶教学难点
正确运be going to谈朋友活动计划进行交流
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频单词卡片日历等
Teaching purpose①
通游戏复前学动词动词词组接学做铺垫接着课中出现动词词组编成首chant仅新知进行预热定程度活跃课堂气氛
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play a game Sharp eyes①
Show some verbs and verb phrases draw a picture swim dance see a film do homework have a lesson watch TV cook wash clothes clean the room go for a picnic read books play football go shopping play computer games… quickly on the PPT （出示课件） Students try to speak out the right word or phrase as soon as possible when it shows up
3 Enjoy a chant together
Teaching purpose②
通学生观察情景图图片容进行问答引入课题：My Weekend Plan引导学生题展开讨
4 Leadin②
(1)T Do you like today’s chant
Ss Yes
T：Are you going to draw a picturesee a film…this weekend
Ss YesNo
T The weekend is coming Zhang Peng’s friends are going to different places and they are going to do different things Let’s go and have a look
(2) Show the picture of the main scene in this unit on the PPT Ask students to observe it carefully and try to think about three questions
(3) Check the answers together (课件出示：前两问题答案)
Encourage students to think out more answers about the last question
T Zhang Peng’s friends have different plans for this weekend What are you going to do this weekend Today we are going to make a weekend plan
Teaching purpose③
引导学生听听力前预测练答案听容进行热身接着带着问题听话增强听目性效训练学生听力力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and circle③
(1) Show the two questions of Let’s try on the PPT （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s try板块两问题） Let students read the questions and guess the answers
T Can Mike go swimming today What do you think of this question
Ss Yes he canNo he can’t
T Why do you think he cancan’t go swimming today
Ss Because…
Encourage students to think out more reasons
（2）Play the recording of Let’s try (课件出示：教材P24 Let’s try板块音频) Ask students to get the key information Then ask them to choose the right answers
（3）Check the answers Show the listening material to help students understand further （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s try板块答案听力材料）
（4）After checking the second answer provide one more question What is Mike going to do this afternoon Lead students to choose the right picture and speak out the sentence He is going fishing this afternoon
Teaching purpose④
通实物展示话帮助学生理解tomorrow含义学生步学明天计划安排定基础
2 Look and say④
Take out a calendar of this month and show it through the video display desk
T What day is it today
S1 It is Monday…
Ask this student to circle the day of today on the calendar Then write down the word today beside the circle
T Clever Who knows what day it is tomorrow
S2 It’s Tuesday…
T Super
Ask that student to circle the day of tomorrow on the calendar Then write down the word tomorrow beside that circle Lead students to read the word tomorrow three times
Teaching purpose⑤
呈现整体话学生整体感知话逐步处理局部语言学生深入解话容课重点词组句型语法点切实理解
3 Let’s talk⑤
（1）Show the pictures of Let’s talk （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块图片）
T Sarah is on the phone with Mike What are they talking about this time
S1 They are talking about tomorrow’s plan
T Good answer They are talking about their plans for tomorrow What are they going to do tomorrow Look at the pictures and guess the answers
Ss MikeSarah is going to…
（2）Show the first question What are Mike and Sarah going to do tomorrow Let students watch the video of Let’s talk and try to fill in the blanks (课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频)
Check the answers together （出示课件）
（3）①Show the picture of have an art lesson to help students review the phrase (课件出示：have an art lesson相关容)
②Provide another question What is Sarah going to do in the art lesson
Ask students to answer the question and check the answer together
Put the word card of draw some pictures on the blackboard Do the action of draw some pictures to help students review this phrase And lead students to read it three times Then ask students to read the dialogue two times
③Show the picture of see a film to help students understand its meaning better (课件出示：see a film相关容)
（4）Lead students to read these three phrases three times Then ask them to read the three sentences
①Ask students to observe the sentences carefully and try to find out the same part by discussing with their deskmates
Ask some students to stand up and share their answers When the student says is going to the teacher takes out the word card of this phrase and puts it on the blackboard Lead students to read it in the way of highlow voice
②TWhy do all these three sentences have is going to
S1 They are talking about tomorrow
S2 They will do these things tomorrow
T I like your answers You are brilliant They are talking about the plans for tomorrow These things didn’t happen before They are not doing these things now They will do these things tomorrow
③Provide some sentences Ask students to divide them into two groups
Check the answers together
Lead students to conclude the rules of the two groups
T Group One is about the structure of be going to They are all about plans for the future Group Two is about the structure of be+ ving They are all about doing something now
4 Read and act
（1）Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
（3）Act out the dialogue
Teaching purpose⑥
练部分设计认词组组句子称描述计划层层递进帮助学生逐步掌握课重点句型够进步体会be动词称搭配达举反三作
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 A matching task
Show different pictures and phrases go iceskating wash clothes draw pictures make a snowman go for a picnic (课件出示：述动词词组图片连线题) Ask students to complete the matching task
2 Pick apples
Divide students into several groups Show a big apple tree and a question on the PPT What am I going to do tomorrow Each apple has a phrase in it such as go iceskating wash clothes draw pictures make a snowman go for a picnic （课件摘苹果方式出示述动词词组） The teacher picks one apple each time Students try to make a sentence with the phrase in it to answer the question Make a model：
T What am I going to do tomorrow
S1 You’re going to draw pictures
…
The first student who speaks out the right sentence can get a score for hisher group
3 Look and say
Show some pictures of the phrases on page 24 on the PPT （课件出示：教材P24方词组相应图片） Lead students to talk about the pictures with the sentence structures — What isare…going to do —…isare going to… Make a model
T What is he going to do
S1 He is going to go iceskating
The first student who speaks out the right sentence can get a score for hisher group
Teaching purpose⑦
引导学生运学容谈周末计划学重点词组句型灵活运真实情景中达语言输出目进步巩固般时法
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
Weekend Plan
1 Play a game A Miming Game
Each time ask one student to come to the front of the platform Give himher a picture about an activity Let himher mime it Through the miming activity the others try to guess What is this student going to do this weekend And try to describe the plan with the sentence structure You’re going to… The winner can get a score for hisher group
2 Do a survey
Ask students to talk about the weekend plan by using the sentence structures —What are you going to do —I’mWe’re going to… in groups Write down the result on the paper
The leader in each group collects all the answers Fill in the chart below （课件出示：调查表模板）
3 Show time
Ask two or three groups to give reports like this I’m going to see a film Student 1 is going to read books this weekend Student 2 and Student 3 are going to play basketball…
The group which does a good job can get a score
4 Evaluation
Count the total scores of each group Find the best group Give each member of this group a big hug
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
25 Practice the dialogue
26 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课通游戏歌谣引入题活跃课堂气氛学生通旧知初步解新知温知新
2课锻炼学生听说读写英语力学生够更加流利英语进行交流
3教师利图片日历卡片动作等方式学生带入真实语言环境中学生身境发融入课堂中
4课设置环节环环相扣层层深入抽丝剥茧帮助学生逐步理解学语言谈周末计划
5板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the questions and predict the key points before listening
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening task in this section
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures with the help of the teacher
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the sentence structures —What areis…going to do —We’reI’m going to…He She is going to…They are going to… to ask and answer questions
·Be able to talk about the weekend plans freely
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key sentence structures in this lesson and use them flexibly in real situations
·Be able to talk about the weekend plans freely
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Use the sentence structure be going to correctly to talk about plans for activities and communicate with others
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play a game Sharp eyes
Show some verbs and verb phrases on the PPT
3 Enjoy a chant together
1 Greetings
2 Try to speak out the right word or phrase as soon as possible when it shows up
3 Enjoy a chant together
Review the verbs and the verb phrases learned before Lay a foundation for the following study
4 Leadin
Freely talk and provide some questions
Check the answers together
Think about and answer the questions about the main scene
Check the answers together
Lead in the topic of this lesson
Presentation
1 Listen and circle
(1) Show the two questions Let students read them and guess the answers
(2) Play the recording
(3) Check the answers
Show the listening material
(4) Provide one more question
(1) Read the two questions and guess the answers
(2) Listen to the recording and choose the right options
(3) Check the answers
(4) Think about and answer the question
Lead students to predict the answers to the exercises before listening Then listen to the dialogue with questions Enhance the purpose of listening and train students’ listening ability effectively
2 Look and say
Use a calendar to teach the word tomorrow
Observe the calendar and answer the teacher’s questions to learn the word tomorrow
Help students understand the word tomorrow through the physical display and the dialogue Lay a certain foundation for further study
3 Let’s talk
(1) Show the pictures
Ask students to guess the answers
(2) Show the first question and ask students to watch the video and fill in the blanks Check the answers
(3) Teach the key phrases
(4) Lead students to learn the structure of be going to
(1) Look at the pictures and guess the answers
(2) Watch the video and fill in the blanks Check the answers
(3) Learn and practice the key phrases and sentences
(4) Find out the same part of the key sentences
Classify the sentences into two groups and conclude the rules of the two groups
Let students perceive the dialogue as a whole and process the local language step by step Help students to get a deep understanding of the dialogue and a practical understanding of the key phrases sentence structures and grammar points of the lesson
4 Read and act
Read after the recording Practice and act out
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 A matching task
Show different pictures and phrases on the PPT
2 Pick apples
Show a big apple tree and a question on the PPT Pick one apple each time
3 Look and say
Show some pictures of the phrases
1 Finish the matching task
2 Make sentences with the
phrases in the apples
3 Talk about the pictures with the sentence structures
Help students master the key sentence structures of this lesson step by step and further understand the verb be
Consolidation
&
Extension
Weekend Plan
1 Play a game A Miming Game
Ask students to mime the activities on the pictures
2 Do a survey
Let students ask and answer in groups and fill in the chart
3 Show time
Ask two or three groups to show their works
4 Evaluation
1 Guess and try to describe the plan in the structure of You’re going to…
2 Talk about the weekend plan with the sentence structures in groups and fill in the chart
3 Show their works
4 Evaluation
Apply the key phrases and sentence structures to the real situation Achieve the purpose of language output and further consolidate the use of the simple future tense
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Make a plan
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
· 够听说读写单词词组visit film trip supermarket evening tonight tomorrow next week
·够听说读写课重点动词词组visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket
·结合板块核心句型—What are you going to do —I’mWe’re going to…谈周末计划换中动词词组时间词组进行操练做语音准确语调然
Make a plan
·够根意愿表格中写出计划
·桌分享交流计划容
·够合理安排活动时间交流重点
▶教学重点
1够理解掌握课时重点单词词组
2够情景中运含be going to结构句型谈周末计划
▶教学难点
1够情景中运句型—What are you going to do —I’mWe’re going to…谈周末计划换中动词短语时间短语进行操练做语音准确语调然
2够合理安排活动时间交流
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片实物制教具等
Teaching purpose①
单元歌曲游戏效帮助学生复学动词词组包含be going to般时句型时活跃课堂气氛激发学生学兴趣
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song —What are you going to do (出示课件)
3 Play a game Choose and talk
The teacher takes out a box There are some word cards of verbs and verb phrases in it Play a piece of music (出示课件) Students pass the box one by one When the music stops the student who holds the box chooses a card The teacher asks What are you going to do The student tries to answer this question by using the verb or the verb phrase on the card Make a model
T What are you going to do
S1 I’m going to see a film
…
4 Leadin
Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块SarahChen Jie交谈插图)
T Who are they What are they talking about
Ss They are… They are talking about…
Encourage more students to discuss and answer these questionsTeaching purpose②
利图片实物展示表演等种方式教授课重点单词词组单词词组教学方式单枯燥时单词词组句子融体情景相结合符合正确认知规律
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the words and the verb phrases②
(1) Lead students to say the word grandparents with a picture （出示课件） Stress that grandma + grandpagrandparents
Then teach the phrase visit my grandparents （课件出示：visit my grandparents相关容） Write down the phrase on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
Show one more picture of some children visiting their friend (出示课件) Lead students to say visit their friend Teach the word visit （课件出示：visit相关容） Write down the word visit on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
(2) Show a movie poster on the PPT (出示课件)
T Do you know what this is
Ss A poster A movie A film …
Write down the word film on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times Stress that filmmovie
Then take out a real movie ticket
T Look at the time on this ticket Can you tell me when the film will start
Ss It will start at…
T The film will start at 730 this evening So what am I going to do this evening
Ss You are going to see a film
T You are brilliant
Show a picture about watching a film in the cinema on the PPT (出示课件) Write down the phrase see a film on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
(3) Take out a suitcase and pretend to go out to take a trip
T I like trips Trips can make me happy I’m going to take a trip with my friends
Show a picture about the trip (出示课件) Teach the word trip And then show a picture of taking a trip to teach the phrase take a trip (出示课件) Write down the word and the phrase on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading them three times
Point to the suitcase and ask What are you going to do in your next winter vacation
Lead students to speak out the sentence I’m going to take a trip
(4) Take out a shopping bag and a toy shopping cart Ask one student to take them and walk to the teacher There is a card in the teacher’s hand There is a word supermarket on the card
T What is…doing Where is heshe going
Ss He She is going shopping He She is going to the…
T Look at the word card in my hand Now this is a supermarket XXX is going to the supermarket
Show a picture of a supermarket (出示课件) Teach the word supermarketsuper +market And then show a picture of a girl going shopping in the supermarket to teach the phrase go to the supermarket (出示课件) Write down the word and the phrase on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading them three times
(5) Show the pictures of Let’s learn (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块四幅图片) Point to the four pictures one by one Ask and answer the question with students as follows
T Today is Saturday What is Chen Jie going to do this weekend
S1 She is going to visit her grandparents
S2 She is going to see a film
S3 She is going to take a trip
Teaching purpose③
通时间线日历标注出课重点时间单词词组知识变生动形象学生目然易理解掌握
S4 She is going to the supermarket
2 Learn the time words and phrases③
Show a time line of a day to teach the word and the phrases this morning this afternoon this evening tonight Show a calendar of a month to teach the word and the phrase tomorrow next week （出示课件）
Teaching purpose④
通听录音读编创话表演学生进步理解记忆课重点容培养学生口语输出力
Write down the words and the phrases on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading them for two times
3 Listen read and act④
（1）Show the pictures of Let’s learn Play the recording of this part (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块图片音频) Let students read the phrases and the dialogue after the recording
(2) Act out the dialogue
First let students work in pairs and try to make their dialogues by using the phrases and the sentence structures in this part Then ask several pairs to act out their dialogues
Teaching purpose⑤
设计活动练活动变活泼趣学生参度更高男女生竞赛活动学生赛中练换句型中动词短语时间短语突破难点
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Listen and match
T Chen Jie is going to have a busy weekend Miss X is going to have a busy weekend too
Make up a passage about future plans Ask students to listen carefully and complete the matching task on the PPT（出示课件）
2 Let’s chant
Show a chant The teacher and students chant together（出示课件）
3 Boys VS Girls
Divide students into two groups Let boys and girls PK in this activity Give all the word cards about time to the boys and all the word cards of verb phrases to the girls Let them look at two pictures and fill in the dialogue Boys What are you going to do Girls I’m going to according to the two pictures on each PPT The quicker group which holds up the right card will get one score Then all the students read the dialogue in roles Make a model
Boys What are you going to do this evening
Girls I’m going to see a film
（补充说明：该游戏分6环节第张PPT展示时钟显示时间晚活动电影第二张PPT展示时钟显示时间午活动超市第三张PPT展示时钟显示时间早活动洗衣服第四张PPT展示时钟显示时间晚活动做家庭作业第五张PPT日历面强调显示出时间明天活动爷爷奶奶PPT日历面强调显示出时间周活动旅行）
Teaching purpose⑥
根学知识学生制作时间表达学致目引导学生意识合理安排时间重性养成合理安排时间惯
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
Make a plan
1 Show the chart in Make a plan (课件出示教材P25 Make a plan板块表格)
T It is Saturday morning now Make a plan and share it with your partner You can ask and answer with each other by using the sentence structures —What are you going to do… —I’mWe’re going to… Write down the answers in the chart
Walk around to provide help when necessary
2 Ask several pairs to show their dialogues and share their plans in the chart
Give stickers to the students who do good jobs
3 Show some mind maps of proper arrangement of time (课件出示：合理安排时间思维导图)
Lead students to realize the importance of arranging time reasonably
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
27 Share your weekend plan with your parents
28 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课设计立足学生实际生活 学生通含be going to结构句型交流行程计划
2通种方式呈现新知教学灵活变激发学生学兴趣活跃课堂气氛
3课堂学生解决问题导引导学生学
4练环节采取说唱竞赛方式学生仅参度极高时牢牢学知识记脑海中达玩中学玩中效果
5板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
· Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrase visit film trip supermarket evening tonight tomorrow next week
· Be able to listen speak read and write the key verb phrases visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket
· Be able to use the key sentence structures —What are you going to do —I’mWe’re going to to talk about the plans for the weekend And be able to replace the verb phrases and the time phrases to practice the dialogue so as to achieve accurate pronunciation and natural intonation
Make a plan
· Be able to write their own plans in the form according to their own wishes
· Be able to share their plans with their deskmates
· Be able to arrange their time reasonably and communicate with others
▶Teaching Priorities
· Be able to understand and master the key words and phrases of this lesson
· Be able to talk about the plans for the weekend by using the sentence structure be going to in the real situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to use the sentence structures —What are you going to do… —I’mWe’re going to… to talk about the plans for the weekend And be able to replace the verb phrases and the time phrases to practice the dialogue so as to achieve accurate pronunciation and natural intonation
· Be able to arrange their time reasonably and communicate with others
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song —What are you going to do
3 Play a game Choose and talk
4 Leadin
Show the picture ofLet’slearnand ask two questions
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song
3 Play a game and try to answer the question by using the word cards in the box
4 Discuss and answer the questions
Help students review the verb phrases and the sentence structures Activate the atmosphere of the class and stimulate students’ interest in learning
Presentation
1 Learn the words and the verb phrases
(1) Show pictures to teach the word and the phrase
(2) Show a movie poster a real movie ticket and a picture to teach the word and the phrase
(3) Take out a suitcase Show pictures Teach the word and the phrase
（4）Take out a shopping bag and a toy shopping cart Show pictures Teach the word and the phrase
(5) Show the pictures
(1) Observe the pictures carefully to learn the word and the phrase
(2) Observe and feel the physical item and picture to learn the word and the phrase
(3) Watch the teacher’s action and the pictures to learn the word and the phrase
(4) Act with the teacher and observe the pictures Learn the word and the phrase
(5) Describe Chen Jie’s weekend plan
The key words and phrases of this lesson are taught by pictures physical display and performance so that the teaching of words and phrases is no longer simplex and boring At the same time words phrases and sentences are integrated into one combining with the situation in accordance with the correct cognitive law
2 Learn the time words and phrases
Observe and learn the time words and phrases
Practice reading the key words and phrases
Mark the key words and the phrases in this lesson Help students understand and master the knowledge easily
3 Listen read and act
(1) Show the pictures
Play the recording
(2) Let students work in pairs to make dialogues and act them out
(1) Read the phrases and the dialogue after the recording
(2) Make their dialogues and act them out
Reading after the recording creating dialogues and acting them out make students further understand and memorize the key content of this lesson and develop their oral output ability
Practice
1 Listen and match
Make up a passage about future plans
2 Let’s chant
3 Boys VS Girls
1 Listen and complete the matching task on the PPT
2 Chant together
3 Look at two pictures and fill in the dialogue according to the two pictures on each PPT
Design different activities to make the practicing activities lively and interesting Enable students to practice the substitution of verb phrases and time phrases and break through the difficulty of this lesson through the competition
Consolidation
&
Extension
Make a plan
1 Show the chart in Make a plan
2 Ask several pairs to show their dialogues and share their plans in the chart
3 Show some mind maps of proper arrangement of time
1 Ask and answer in pairs to fill in the chart in the book
2 Show their dialogues and share their plans in the chart
3 Realize the importance of arranging time reasonably
Let students make their own schedule according to the knowledge Lead students to realize the importance of reasonable arrangement of time and develop good habit of reasonable arrangement of time
Homework
1 Share your weekend plan with your parents
2 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求听前预测听力重点容
·通完成听力练预测续事
·运基听力技巧完成旨题细节题
Let’s talk
·够理解话意够正确意群语音语调朗读话
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Where areis…going —…is going to…When areis…going谈计划点时间
·通话学解电影院周二通常半价电影票生活常识
·够听说认读单词：space travel half price
▶教学重点
1够理解话意够正确意群语音语调朗读话
2够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Where areis…going —…is going to…When areis…going谈计划点时间
▶教学难点
运what where when引导特殊疑问句进行真实交流
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频卡片电影海报价格标签等
Teaching purpose①
通歌曲课学新知进行预热游戏环节学生轻松愉悦环境中节课学词汇进行复巩固
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a song—Where are you going①(课件出示：歌曲视频)
3 Play a game Watch out for the tiger
Show the rules of this game Rules：
（游戏说明：PPT机序呈现节课学重点单词词组：this morning this afternoon this evening tonight tomorrow next week visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket 程中淘气老虎会偷偷出现学见单词词组出现时候声读出老虎出现时候集体手抱住头部喊 Ah）
4 Leadin
T：You’ve done a good job Here is a special apple and a special ice cream for you Do you want to have a look
Ss Yes…
Show the pictures of Let’s try on the PPT (课件出示：教材P26 Let’s try板块两幅图片) Let students answer who is in the apple and who is in the ice cream
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生听录音前先预测听力容发散学生思维加强学生听力技巧训练
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and answer②
T John is on his way home He sees Amy What are they talking about
(1) Show the questions of Let’s try on the PPT (出示课件) Let students predict the answers
(2) Then play the recording of Let’s try (出示课件) Ask students to catch the key information And ask them to pay attention to the changes in person and number Then ask them to answer the two questions
Teaching purpose③
通观察电影海报回答老师提问观视频运实物创设场景等种方式量学生潜移默化中学新词组生搬硬套学生记忆学
(3) Students read the dialogue and check the answers with the teacher (课件出示：教材P26 Let’s try板块听力材料答案)
2 Find some information from the poster③
(1) Show a picture of John and Jack (课件出示JohnJack图片)
T Look He is John’s cousin Jack John and Jack are going to do something interesting What are they going to do Please guess
Ss They are going to…
Encourage students to say more possible activities
(2) Let students watch the poster of Travel to Mars (课件出示电影火星旅海报) And ask students to try to find the answer to the question What are John and Jack going to do
Check the answer together They are going to see a film
Ask another question What film are they going to see
Ask students to watch the poster carefully Lead students to find the answer They are going to see a film about space travel Write down the key phrase space travel on the blackboard
T Do you know what space travel is
Ss …
Play a short video about space travel (课件出示：段关太空旅行简短视频)
T Do you like the film about space travel Why
Encourage students to say their own opinions Then lead students to read the phrase space travel three times
The teacher can provide another question What’s your favourite film Let students discuss and answer it
(3)T Try to get more information from this poster Can you say more information about this film
Lead students to find the key phrase half price
Use a real halfprice price tag to teach what half price is
T We usually see this kind of price tag in the supermarkets shoe stores clothes shops and every kind of big or small malls Who can tell me what it means
After students express their explanations the teacher can act as a sales assistant and sell some things at their half price to students Students need to speak out the right price
Then lead students to read the phrase half price three times
At last point to the word Tuesday
T When is the film half price
Ss It’s on Tuesday
Teaching purpose④
通正解决问题反找出问题方式学生课话容深入解培养学生逻辑思维力
T Clever
3 Learn the dialogue④
(1)T We know that the film is half price on Tuesday So when are you going to see it Why
Ss I’m going to see it on Tuesday Because it is cheap on that day…
T How about John and Jack When are they going to see the film
S1 I think they are going to see it on Tuesday too S2： I don’t think so…
T It seems that we have different opinions John is talking with Amy about what he is going to do with Jack Let’s watch the cartoon of Let’s talk to find the answers to the following questions You can underline the answers in the dialogue
Let students watch the video of Let’s talk and try to answer the three questions (课件出示教材P26 Let’s talk板块视频) Then check the answers
Questions：
①Where are they going（They are going to the cinema）
②What are they going to do（They are going to see a film about space travel）
③When are they going Why（Next Tuesday Because it’s half price then）
T John and Jack are going to see the film next Wednesday Amy suggests them seeing it next Tuesday The film is half price on that day Movie theaters usually charge half price on Tuesday So what does Amy say
Ss Why not go on Tuesday
T That’s right Boys and girls why not study hard in class Then we can get more free time to do interesting things
(2) Show the chart below on the PPT Let students watch the video of Let’s talk again and fill in the chart Check the answers and write down the key special question words where what when on the blackboard Lead students to read them several times
Teaching purpose⑤
机械训练递进学生根情况进行创编话练逐步锻炼学生学力学知识进行运力
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Practice the dialogue
(1) Ask students to read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
2 Retell the dialogue
Ask several pairs to retell the dialogue by filling in the blanks (出示课件)
Each pair can get two stickers as a reward
3 Make your own dialogues
Teaching purpose⑥
思维导图帮助够降低拓展环节难度学生通采访进行话练灵活运课重点句型适换关键词进行拓展效达课学目标
(1) Show a model on the PPT Ask students to fill in the blanks according to their own situations and thoughts (出示课件)
(2) Ask several pairs to show their own dialogues
Each pair that completes their dialogue can get four stickers
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
Interview and report
1 Complete the mind maps
Lead students to complete the mind maps according to what they have learned in this lesson
2 Interview your classmates
Show the chart in the book (课件出示教材P26 面表格) Let students ask and answer with each other in pairs and write down the results in the chart
3 Show time
Ask students to work in pairs to show their dialogue according to the three questions in the chart Make a model
A Where are you going this afternoon B I’m going to the nature park
A What are you going to do there B I’m going to play basketball
A When are you going B I’m going at 430 this afternoon
The best pair can get five stickers The second pair can get three stickers The third pair can get one sticker
4 Evaluation
Count the total stickers of each pair Find the best pair Give them two film posters as rewards
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Interview your family members’ plans for short future
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课重点掌握whatwherewhen三特殊疑问词引导特殊疑问句课注重学生量练话接真实情景里运话
2完成听力活动学话前学生学容进行预测出问题学生带着问题听听力阅读话学生学目明确更加够集中注意力动探究学
3学词组部分采取丰富样形式降低学词组枯燥性增加课堂色彩活力
4拓展环节思维导图重点句型展示学生进行拓展活动降低难度学生完成活动程中建立信
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the requirements of the questions and predict the key points before listening
·Be able to predict the subsequent story by completing the listening exercises
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the topic and the detail questions
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and read the dialogue according to the
correct pronunciation intonation and sense group
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the sentence structures —Where areis…going —…is going to… When areis…going to talk about planned time and place in scenes
·Through the dialogue get to know that movie theaters usually offer halfprice tickets on Tuesdays
·Be able to listen speak and read the words space travel half price
▶Teaching Priorities
· Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and be able to read the dialogue according to the corrects pronunciation intonation and sense group
· Be able to listen speak read write and use the sentence structures —Where areis…going…is going to… When areis…going to talk about planned time and place in scenes
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to use the sentence structures What… Where… When… to communicate in real situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a song—Where are you going
3 Play a game Watch out for the tiger
4 Leadin
Show the pictures of Let’s try Lead students to meet two friends
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song
3 Play the game If they see a word or a phrase read it out If they see a tiger hold their heads and say Ah
4 Meet two friends
The song previews the new knowledge in this lesson The game makes students review the words and the phrases they’ve learned in the last lesson in a pleasant environment
Presentation
Listen and answer
(1) Show the questions of
Let’s try on the PPT
(2)Play the recording of Let’s try．
(3) Check the answers
(1) Predict and guess the answers
(2) Listen and answer the questions
(3) Pay attention to the changes in person and number Read the dialogue and check the answers
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening to the recording with the questions Diverge students’ thinking and strengthen their listening skill training
2 Find some information from the poster
(1) Show a picture of John and Jack Encourage students to say more possible activities
(2) Use a short video to teach the phrase space travel
(3) Teach the phrase half price
(1) Say more possible activities that John and Jack are going to do
(2) Answer the teacher’s questions and learn the phrase space travel
(2) Learn the phrase half price
By observing the film poster answering the questions watching the video and other ways try to let students learn the new phrases in an imperceptible way
3 Learn the dialogue
(1) Give students three questions Play the video
(2) Show a chart
Check the answers and lead students to read the key special question words several times
(1) Watch the video of Let’s talk and answer these three questions
(2) Watch the video again and fill in the chart
Check the answers and read the key special question words several times
By solving the problems in the forward direction and then finding the problems in the reverse direction let students have a deep understanding of the dialogue Cultivate students’ logical thinking ability
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Practice the dialogue
Play the recording
2 Retell the dialogue
Ask several pairs to retell the dialogue by filling in the blanks
3 Make your own dialogues
Show a model on the PPT
1 Read the dialogue after the recording Practice the dialogue in pairs
2 Retell the dialogue by filling in the blanks
3 Fill in the blanks according to their own situations and thoughts and act out their own dialogues
From mechanical training to replacing the key parts according to students’ own situations gradually train their learning ability and the ability of using English
Consolidation
&
Extension
Interview and report
1 Complete the mind maps
2 Interview your classmates
3 Show time
4 Evaluation
Find the best pair and reward them
1 Complete the mind maps
2 Ask and answer with each other in pairs and write down the results in the chart
3 Show their work in pairs
4 The winner pair can get rewards
Reduce the difficulty of the consolidation and extension with the help of the mind maps Enable students to use the key sentence structures flexibly and replace the key words to expand effectively achieving the learning aims of this lesson through the interview
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Interview your family members’ plans for short future
3 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Roleplay
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说读写单词词组dictionary comic book word book postcard
·够熟练运—Where are we going —To the bookstore I’m going to buy…等句型描述买物品
Roleplay
·够运学知识根角色（顾客者书店店员）完成角色扮演达真实语境中英语进行交流目
▶教学重点
1够听说读写单词词组dictionary comic book word book postcard
2够熟练运—Where are we going —To the bookstore I’m going to buy…等句型描述买物品
▶教学难点
够运学句型谈商店里购物简单话题
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频卡片实物等
Teaching purpose①
根节课容编chant引导学生复三特殊疑问词引导句型接着学生图练话学知识进行进步复巩固引入购物话题导入部分学生带着问题进入新课学提高学生学动性积极性
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Chant together
3 Look and say
Show the pictures of different places activities and time (出示课件) Lead students to practice the sentence structures in pairs
4 Leadin
Show the picture of John and Jack standing in front of the cinema (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s learn板块JohnJack图片)
T John and Jack saw a film about space travel Now they are in front of the cinema Where are they going
Encourage more students to discuss the question and say more answers
Teaching purpose②
利问题步步引出课题：书店购物学生带着问题听音频核答案量学生联系现实生活进入课堂
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and answer②
(1) Play the recording of Let’s learn (课件出示教材P27 Let’s learn板块音频) Ask students to watch it carefully and try to find the answer to the question Where are they going
Lead students to get the answer To the bookstore
Then show some different stores on the PPT (课件出示：商店图片) Let students choose which one is the bookstore
(2) Then show more pictures of a bookstore on the PPT (课件出示：关书店图片)
Ask the questions Freely talk with students Give some help to students if they need about the third question
Questions
①Do you often go to the bookstore(Yes I doNo I don’t)
Teaching purpose③
通实物展示问答教授新单词词组程中学生简单学种类书名称观察思索总结解种类书特征基础理解记忆学生提出求完成务书店开张学生接学增加动力
②What can we do in the bookstore(We can buy books in the bookstore)
③What can we buy in the bookstore(We can buy comic books dictionaries postcards word books and so on)
(3) Show the picture of Let’s learn (出示课件) Play the cartoon of this part for the second time (出示课件) Ask students to watch it carefully and try to find the answer to the question What book is John going to buy
Lead students to get the answer John is going to buy a new comic book
2 Learn the new words and phrases③
(1) Take out a real comic book Let students pass it one by one to see the content quickly
T After looking over this book who can tell us the main features of this book
S1 It has so many pictures in this book
S2 It has very few words and sentences
…
T You all get the key points It mainly uses pictures to tell the stories It’s the comic book
Show the picture of a comic book on the PPT to teach the phrase comic book (课件出示：comic book相关容) Write down the phrase comic book on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it for three times
(2) Continue to take out a word book Let students pass it one by one to see the content quickly
T After looking over this book who can tell us the main features of this book
S1 It has so many words in this book
S2 We can read these words in this book
…
T There are so many words in this book It can help us to learn more words I want to know if someone can tell us the name of this book
Lead students to speak out the answer word book Show the picture of a word book on the PPT to teach the phrase word book (课件出示word book相关容) Write down the phrase word book on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
T Now we know comic book and word book In our schoolbag we also have maths book Chinese book and so on
(3) Take out a postcard this time
T What’s this What can we do with it
S1 I know we can write our words on it And we can send it in the post office
…
T Brilliant It is a postcard (post + cardpostcard) We can send this card in the post office
Show the picture of a postcard on the PPT to teach the word postcard (课件出示postcard相关容)
Write down the word postcard on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
(4)T We’ve learned a new word and two phrases in this class There are still many words we don’t know If we don’t know a word what tools can we use
Take out a dictionary to teach the word dictionary Ask students to take out their own dictionaries
Show the picture of a dictionary on the PPT (课件出示：词典图片)
Write down the word dictionary on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
(5) Lead students to put all kinds of books on the desk in the front of the classroom to build a bookstore There are not only the books we have learned today but also some newspapers magazines storybooks and so on Students can also put their own books on the desk
T We’ve got a bookstore now But we need to complete some tasks to make it open
Step 3 Practice④
Teaching purpose④
设计练活动易难层层递进够训练课学新单词新词组新句型接环节做铺垫
1 Task 1 Read aloud
Show the picture of Let’s learn Play the recording of this part (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s learn板块图片音频) Ask students to try to read the words the phrases and the dialogue after the recording
2 Task 2 Play a game—What’s missing
Show the words and phrases in Let’s learn on each PPT（出示课件）Students speak out the missing word or phrase loudly and quickly After four rounds students are required to read all the four words and phrases
3 Task 3 Act out the dialogue
Show the pictures of the words and the phrases in Let’s learn one by one on the PPT （课件出示：次展示教材P27 Let’s learn板块单词词组图片） Ask a question each time The question is What are you going to buy Students should answer it according to the picture
Let students work in pairs Try to practice the dialogues by using the words the phrases and the sentence structures in this part Then ask several pairs to act out their dialogues
4 Task 4 Make your own dialogues
Students ask and answer with each other to see what heshe is going to buy in a bookstore by using the sentence structures —What are you going to buy —I’m going to buy… Make a model
A What are you going to buy in the bookstore
B I’m going to buy a storybook
Provide some pictures of different kinds of books to help students make their dialogues on the PPT (课件出示：种类书图片)
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
Teaching purpose⑤
书店开张学生进行表演整节课推高潮实现语言输出学语言运实际生活情景中
The bookstore is open
1 Roleplay
T You’ve done all the tasks successfully so our bookstore is open now I’ll divide you into several groups Each group has four people Each group has one student to be the shop assistant The others are customers The bookstore can sell all kinds of books Imitate the scene in the part of Roleplay to make your own dialogues about shopping in a bookstore
Make a model first And provide the sentence structures of the dialogue （课件出示：话练框架）
2 Show time
Invite several groups to come to the bookstore in the front of the classroom Show their dialogues to the class Provide some help when necessary
3 Evaluation
The teacher and students vote the best performance the best dialogue the most interesting group and so on Then encourage students to make their own bookstore in groups Try to sell and buy books in the bookstore
4 The emotional education
3 Read good books and you will be better and better
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the key words and phrases in this lesson
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1热身导入部分复课相关知识入手通旧知导入新知教学程浅入深易难层层深入
2直观实物教学法等种记忆法指导学生记忆词汇学生更掌握学容
3巩固新知阶段学生模拟生活场景英语走进生活英语解决实际问题样仅巩固学语言学生体会英语实性趣味性
4书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases dictionary comic book word book postcard
·Be able to use the key sentence structures —Where are we going —To the bookstore I’m going to buy… to describe what they want to buy
Roleplay
·Be able to use what they have learned to play according to their roles (customers or bookstore clerks) so as to communicate in the real context
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases dictionary comic book word book postcard
· Be able to use the key sentence structures—Where are we going —To the bookstore I’m going to buy… to describe what they want to buy
▶Teaching Difficulties
Be able to use the sentence structures to talk about the simple topic of shopping in the store
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Chant together
3 Look and say
4 Leadin
Show the picture of John and Jack standing in front of the cinema and ask a question Where are they going
1 Greetings
2 Chant together
3 Look at the pictures Practice the sentence structures in pairs
4 Discuss and answer the question
Help students review the sentence structures of the three special question words with the chant The leadin part enables students to enter into the study of the new lesson with doubts which improves the initiative and enthusiasm of learning
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Watch and answer
(1) Play the recording
(2) Ask three questions
(3) Show the picture and play the recording again
(1) Listen to the recording carefully to get the answer to the question Where are they going
(2) Try to get the answers to the three questions
(3) Listen to the recording again and try to guess the answer to the question What book is John going to buy
Use questions to lead in the topic of bookstore shopping Let students listen with the questions and check the answers Let students get into the lesson by connecting with their real life
2 Learn the new words and phrases
Teach the phrases comic book word book and the words postcard dictionary in different ways Lead students to put all kinds of books on the desk in the front of the classroom to build a bookstore
Observe the different kinds of books carefully Answer the teacher’s questions to learn the new words and phrases in this lesson one by one
Build a bookstore in the front of the classroom
Help students understand and learn the names of different kinds of books Students are asked to finish the tasks before the bookstore is open which gives them more motivation for further study
Practice
1 Task 1 Read aloud
Show the picture and play the recording of this part
2 Task 2 Play a game—What’s missing
3 Task 3 Act out the dialogue
4 Task 4 Make your own dialogues Provide some pictures to help students make dialogues
1 Read the words the phrases and the dialogue after the recording
2 Speak out the missing words or phrases
3 Practice in pairs and act out the dialogues
4 Ask and answer with each other to see what heshe is going to buy in a bookstore
The exercises are designed from easy to difficult It’s a good training of the new words phrases and sentence structures of the lesson And set the stage for the next part
Consolidation
&
Extension
The bookstore is open
1 Roleplay
Divide students into several groups
Ask them to make their own dialogues about shopping in a bookstore
2 Show time
Invite several groups to show their dialogues to the class
3 Evaluation
Encourage students to make their own bookstore in groups
4 The emotional education
1 Make dialogues about shopping in a bookstore
2 Show their dialogues to the class
3 Vote the best performance the best dialogue the most interesting group and so on Sell and buy books in the bookstore they open
4 Realize the importance of reading books
The bookstore is open and students’ performances push the whole class to the climax Achieve the language output Help students apply the language to the real life situation
Homework
1 Copy the key words and phrases in this lesson
2 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够听说认读单词词组MidAutumn Festival together get together mooncake poem moon
·够读懂Read and write板块文段根文段容完成练
·够通讨节日会家庭聚会激活相关背景知识储备词汇
·够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息思考力
·够阅读中获取句型口头描述家庭成员中秋节活动终写出篇相关日记
·够根例词提示文段中找更双音节单词音节单词知道重音位置正确朗读出
·解中国传统节日俗知道藏头诗特点
▶教学重点
够读懂Read and write板块信件完成相应练
▶教学难点
够运学语言熟练描述节日活动安排写出篇相关日记
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
通学生观关节日视频图猜节日谈节日特点等方式引入课题中秋节程然流畅激发学生表达欲拓展学生知识面课开端
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading①
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a video about different festivals (课件出示段关节日简介视频)
3 Look and guess What festivals are they
Show the pictures of different festivals in the book (课件出示教材P28 Read and write板块节日图片) Let students guess and say What festivals are they What does your family do on these days
4 Discuss What do we often do on these days
(1) Divide students into several groups Let them discuss the features and the activities of different festivals Give some tips and provide some help Make a model
Chinese National Day is the birthday of our nation We usually watch the National Day parade on TV with our family members We all celebrate happily on that day
(2) After the discussion and the free talk the teacher asks a question These different festivals have something in common Can you find it
Lead students to speak out the answer The common feature is family get together
(3) Show a picture of a family tree （课件出示：棵家谱树图片） Ask students to say the right appellation of each member on the tree to complete the family tree And show a picture of a family getting together to teach the word together and the phrase get together （课件出示：家团聚图片）
Write down the word together and the phrase get together on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading them three times
(4) Ask questions When will your family get together Can you think of other festivals
Ask students to discuss and say more festivals If someone speaks out MidAutumn Festival show the picture of it on the PPT (课件出示：中秋节图片) Write down the phrase MidAutumn Festival on the blackboard Lead students to practice reading it three times
T Wu Yifan wrote a diary about his family’s plan for tomorrow’s MidAutumn Festival Let’s go and have a look
Teaching purpose②
通三步阅读方式学生逐步读懂Read and write板块日记完成相应练学重点单词时感受藏头诗特点中秋节进步解
Step 2 Whilereading②
1 Fast reading
(1) Ask students to read the diary quickly for the first time Students try to underline the family members mentioned by Wu Yifan in the diary and the activities they are going to do
(2) Check the answers together (出示课件)
2 Careful reading
(1) Ask students to read the diary carefully for the second time and try to fill in the table in the book Write down the right sentences in the table (出示课件)
(2) Check the answers together (课件出示教材P29第题答案) Ask students to correct the mistakes
(3) Lead students to read the sentences in the table two times
(4) Show the pictures of moon mooncake and poem to teach these new words (课件出示：moon mooncakepoem相关容)
Stress that mooncakemoon + cake
Write down these words on the blackboard Lead students to practice reading them three times
(5) Ask students to make a simple conclusion about MidAutumn Festival
T What can we see on that night What do we usually eat on that day What are the poems about this festival
Lead students to answer these questions with the key words in this lesson Make a model
We can see a round and bright moon on that night We usually eat mooncakes on that day
Let students enjoy some poems about the moon and MidAutumn Festival in Chinese (课件出示：李白静夜思苏轼阳关曲·中秋月李商隐嫦娥等相应诗词)
T We know that Robin and Wu Yifan are going to read a poem about the moon and MidAutumn Festival too Do you want to read with them together
Ss We’d love to
T That’s great Let’s go
3 Read the poem
(1) Ask students to read the poem again
(2) After students’ reading show the poem sentence by sentence with blanks on the PPT (出示课件) Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the poem
(3) Show the poem again Lead students to read it one time
(4) Let students discuss with each other Then ask them to express their opinions At last make a conclusion Lead students to know that the first letter in each sentence can make up the word family
Teaching purpose③
阅读复述日记学生进步巩固学知识终够运学语言知识描述家庭成员中秋节活动通听读游戏正确掌握课语音知识
Encourage students to create this kind of poem by themselves Provide some examples to help students For example Have been your teacher for a long time Always feel your passion for life People like your lovely smile People like your sweet voice Yes I really like to be your teacher (出示课件)
(5) Play the recording of Read and write (课件出示：教材P28 Read and write板块音频) Ask students to read it after the recording
Step 3 Postreading③
1 Retell the diary
(1) Ask students to read the diary by themselves several times
(2) Show some tips to help students retell the diary (出示课件)
(3) Ask some students to retell the diary The students who do well can get a piece of mooncake
2 Discuss freely
(1) Ask the questions What about your MidAutumn Festival What are you going to do Ask students to discuss with their partners and try to write down their plans in the book (课件出示：教材P29第二题)
(2) Ask some students to show their work to the class The students who do well can get a festival card
3 Tips for pronunciation
Ask students to complete the tasks for the section of Tips for pronunciation Let students read the words aloud in the way of driving the train Play the recording and then check the stress Lead students to comment on the words just read then play the recording again Ask students to read after it Lead students to clap their hands when they come to the stressed part Finally ask a few students to read aloud and the other students comment
Ask students to find more stressed words And then read them out
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension④
Enjoy the fairy tales
Teaching purpose④
绘阅读学生更加深入解中国传统节日俗拓展学生阅读知识面激发学生继续解节日兴趣课作业做铺垫
1 Show the bilingual picture book about the fairy tale of MidAutumn Festival （课件出示：双语版中国传统节日事绘中中秋节）
The teacher tells the story to the students
2 The emotional education Try to get to know more knowledge about different kinds of Chinese festivals (课件出示：中国传统节日相关知识)
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Try to get to know at least one kind of festival And write a diary to talk about your family’s plan for this festival
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1节课重点阅读教学学生通阅读完成相应练课抓住落实课堂重点围绕阅读练展开教学
2节课伴配合合作活动居培养学生协合作精神实质性奖励激发学生表现力通实物帮助学生进步理解记忆单词节日俗
3次阅读训练学生务浅入深培养学生正确阅读方法技巧
4 绘阅读帮助学生拓展课相关课外知识学生更加解中国传统文化感受祖国文化博精深加深学生爱国情怀
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to listen speak and read the key words and phrases MidAutumn Festival together get together mooncake poem moon
·Be able to understand the section of Read and write and complete the exercises after studying the passage
·Be able to activate the background knowledge and vocabulary by discussing which holidays will have family gatherings
·Be able to grasp different types of information and think in discourse through reading the questions
·Be able to get useful sentence structures from reading and verbally describe their family members’ activities during MidAutumn Festival and finally write a relevant diary
·Be able to find more twosyllable words or multisyllable words in the passage according to the example words be able to know the stress position and read them out correctly
·Learn about Chinese traditional festivals and customs Know the characteristics of the acrostic
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand the section of Read and write and complete the exercises
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the language skillfully to describe their own holiday arrangements and write a relevant diary
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a video about different festivals
3 Look and guess What festivals are they
Show the pictures of different festivals in the book
4 Discuss What do we often do on these days
(1) Divide students into groups and let them discuss Give some tips and provide help
(2) Ask a question
(3) Ask students to complete the family tree to teach the word together and the phrase get together
(4) Ask students to discuss and say more festivals
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a video about
different festivals
3 Look and guess
4 (1) Discuss the features and the activities of different festivals
(2) Speak out the answer
(3) Complete the family tree and learn the word together and the phrase get together
(4) Discuss and say more festivals
Lead in the theme of MidAutumn Festival by letting students watch the video about festivals guess the festivals and talk about the features and the activities of the festivals Arouse students’ desire to express and expand their knowledge scope naturally and smoothly
Leave this lesson a good start
Whilereading
1 Fast reading
(1) Ask students to read the diary quickly for the first time and underline the family members mentioned by Wu Yifan in the diary and the activities they are going to do
(2) Check the answers together
2 Careful reading
(1) Ask students to read the diary carefully for the second time and try to fill in the table in the book
(2) Check the answers together Ask students to correct the mistakes
(3) Lead students to read the sentences in the table
(4) Teach the new words in the text
(5) Lead students to feel more about MidAutumn Festival
1 Read the diary quickly for the first time and finish the underline task Then check the answers together
2 (1) Read the diary carefully
And try to fill in the table in the book
(2) Check the answers and correct the mistakes
(3) Read the sentences
(4) Learn the new words in the text
(5) Learn and feel more about MidAutumn Festival
Through the threestep reading method enable students to understand the diary in Read and write gradually complete the corresponding exercises and learn the key words At the same time let students feel the features of acrostic poems and have a further understanding of MidAutumn Festival
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilereading
3 Read the poem
(1) Ask students to read the poem again
(2) Show the poem sentence by sentence on the PPT Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the poem
(3) Show the poem again
Lead students to read the poem
(4) Let students discuss with each other and think of the reason why the poem is special
Encourage students to create this kind of poem by themselves
(5) Play the recording
(1) Read the poem again
(2) Fill in the blanks according to the poem
(3) Read the poem
(4) Discuss with each other
Think of the reason why the poem is special
Try to create this kind of poem
(5) Read the passage after the recording Postreading
Postreading
1 Retell the diary
(1) Ask students to read the diary by themselves several times
(2) Show some tips to help students retell the diary
(3) Ask some students to retell the diary
2 Discuss freely
(1) Ask students to discuss their own plans for MidAutumn Festival with their partners
(2) Ask some students to show their work to the class
3 Tips for pronunciation
Ask students to complete the tasks for the section of Tips for pronunciation As students to find more stressed words and read them out
1(1) Read the diary several times
(2) Retell the diary with the tips on the PPT
(3) Show time
2 (1) Discuss their own plans for MidAutumn Festival with their partners
(2) Show their work to the class
3 Listen and read Try to find more stressed words and read them out
Reading and retelling the diary help students consolidate what they have learned Finally they can use the language learned to describe the activities of their family members during MidAutumn Festival And they can correctly grasp the phonetic knowledge of this lesson
Consolidation
&
Extension
Enjoy the fairy tales
1 Show the bilingual picture book
about the fairy tale of MidAutumn Festival Tell the story to students
2 The emotional education Try to get to know more knowledge about different kinds of Chinese festivals
1 Enjoy the bilingual picture book about the fairy tale of MidAutumn Festival together
2 Learn to get to know more knowledge about different kinds of Chinese festivals
Enable students to have a deeper understanding of Chinese traditional festival customs through reading the picture book It broadens students’ reading knowledge stimulates their interest in learning about other festivals and paves the way for homework
Homework
1 Try to get to know at least one kind of festival And write a diary to talk about your family’s plan for this festival
2 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·通完成Let’s check听力活动检测学生单元核心句型掌握
·图片信息中推测考查点做目听录音然完成相应听力务
·培养学生良听力惯持续提高学生听力水
Let’s wrap it up
·纳单元般时三核心问句What are you going to doWhen are you goingWhere are you going句法特点
·启发学生思维引导学生观察进行纳总结
Story time
·够通阅读趣味事复巩固单元学语言增加学生语言输入
·够理解事容正确意群语音语调朗读事
·够表演事恰运事中语言等
▶教学重点
般时语法点复
▶教学难点
实际情景中灵活运般时进行问答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频､图片等
Teaching purpose①
开始新课前通游戏方式带领学生单元重点单词词组句型进行较全面系统复形式新颖够活跃课堂气氛 注重学生话书写练训练
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Play a game Cube Challenge (出示课件)
（游戏说明：该游戏分两轮进行轮开头PPT会出现魔方面九格子教师机点击意格子显示出格子背容第轮求家根格子面图片说出应单词词组comic book see a film dictionary take a trip visit my grandparents word book go to the supermarket half price MidAutumn Festival第二轮求学生快速度读出格子面出现单词
词组句子We are going to draw some pictures What are you going to do tomorrow Where are you going next weektonightI’m going to buy a new comic book this eveningWe’re going to the cinema When are you going）
3 Leadin
Show the sentence structures
Teaching purpose②
听听力前先学生图片题目进行仔细观察听容进行预测注重学生听力技巧听力策略培养
Ask several students to show their dialogues
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and tick②
(1) Show the pictures of Let’s check on the PPT (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check板块图片) Let students observe these pictures carefully And try to describe them in their own words Try to predict the listening content Make a model
In Group 1 the first picture is a cinema and the second picture is about the post office Maybe it means we should choose the right place in this part
(2) Then play the recording of Let’s check (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check板块音频) Students listen to it and tick the right pictures
(3) Ask students to say the right answers Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check版块第题答案)
Teaching purpose③
部分语法点纳总结教师单方面教授通设计环节步步引导学生观察启发学生思维语法知识进行纳总结
2 Listen and fill in the blanks③
(1) Show the four sentences below the pictures (出示课件) Ask students to read them together Try to know the missing parts Think of the possible answers before listening to the recording
(2) Then play the recording of Let’s check again (出示课件) Students listen and write down the right words in their books
(3) Ask four students to read the sentences one by one Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check板块第二题答案) Ask students to pay attention to the spelling of the words and correct their mistakes
(4) Present the listening material to help students train their listening skills（课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check板块听力材料）
3 Let’s wrap it up
(1) Show a sentence What are you going to do (出示课件) Ask students to observe this sentence carefully and divide it into five parts
(2) Show the correct division of the sentence (出示课件) Take the word what as an example Ask students to think about the substitute words of it Let students write them down under the word what Then let students discuss with each other How about the other four parts What can each part be substituted with
(3) Ask students to share their opinions Check the answers together
Write down the rule on the blackboard Special question word + be +subject +going to +original verb (+others) Stress that be varies according to the person and number of the subject
(4) Ask students to look at Let’s wrap it up in the book and compare with the words on the five Russian nesting dolls
(5) Show the pictures of the five Russian nesting dolls (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s wrap it up板块俄罗斯套娃图片) Divide students into several groups Let them make sentences by using the contents on the dolls Encourage them to make as many sentences as possible and write them down on the paper
Teaching purpose④
话练帮助学生进步巩固单元重点词组句型达语言输出目
(6) Check the sentences If students can make sentences like these Are you going… Is he going… He She is going… praise and encourage them
Step 3 Practice④
1 Show the scenes and the three questions Where are you going What are you going to do When are you going (出示课件)
Ask students to make dialogues in pairs according to different scenes Make a model
Scene 1 A boy and a girl are going to the bookstore to buy comic books this afternoon
Scene 2 Mike is going to see a film in the cinema tomorrow evening
2 Ask several pairs to show their works Try to find the best pair
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
Teaching purpose⑤
通阅读事增加语言输入 学生明白实践出真知坚持胜利道理
Story time
1 Free talk
Ask students to observe the pictures of Story time Then let students freely talk about swimming Provide some questions Make a model Can you swim How did you learn to swim Let several students answer the questions
2 Watch and answer
Show some questions ①Can Zoom swim ②What will happen
Lead students to think about and answer the questions Then play the cartoon of Story time (课件出示教材P31 Story time板块视频) Ask students to listen and watch the cartoon carefully to get to know the main idea of the story
3 Answer the questions
Ask a question How does Zoom learn to swim first Ask one student to answer this question Then check the answer by showing the second picture on the PPT (出示课件) Then continue to ask Where are they going later Lead students to find the answer To the swimming pool At last ask Can Zoom swim at last Why Lead students to summarize this sentence Learn by doing Ask several students to explain the meaning of Learn by doing Then make a conclusion
4 Read the story after the cartoon
Play the cartoon of Story time again （课件出示：教材P31 Story time板块视频） Let students read after it Then roleplay the story 话练帮助学生进步巩固单元重点词组句型达语言输出目通阅读事增加语言输入 学生明白实践出真知坚持胜利道理
5 Evaluation
Where there is a will there is a way Success belongs to the persevering No pleasure without pain A good beginning is half done (出示课件)
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
29 Sort out the key words and sentence structures in this unit
30 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 整教学设计侧重培养学生学力学生创设英语环境力争限度学生创造展示发挥智空间
2 听力活动学话前学生学容进行预测听录音时出问题学生带着问题听听力阅读话学生学目明确更加够集中注意力动探究学
3 保持学生课堂体位鼓励引导学生动观察动思考动合作动回答促进学生全面力提高
4 实施单元整体教学握单元教学目标整体性
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·By completing the listening activities in the first part of Let’s check check students’ mastery of the key sentence structures in this unit
·Be able to infer the examination points from the picture information listen to the recording purposefully and then complete the corresponding listening task
·Cultivate students’ good listening habits to continuously improve their listening levels
Let’s wrap it up
·Summarize the syntactic features of the three key questions in the future tense What are you going to do When are you going Where are you going
·Inspire students’ thinking and lead students to observe more and learn to summarize by themselves
Story time
· Be able to read the interesting story review and consolidate the language they have learned in this unit and increase their language input
· Be able to understand the content of the story and read the story according to the correct pronunciation intonation and sense group
· Be able to act out the story and use the language of the story properly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Review the grammar points of the future tense
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the future tense to ask and answer in real situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play a game Cube Challenge
3 Leadin
Show the sentence structures
Ask students to ask and answer with the sentence structures
1 Greetings
2 Complete two rounds of challenges
3 Leadin
Ask and answer with partners Talk about the plans for the festival
Show the dialogues to the class
Make a comprehensive and systematic review of the key words phrases and sentence structures by playing the game Liven up the class atmosphere Focus on dialogues and writing practice training
Presentation
1 Listen and tick
(1) Show the pictures of Let’s check
(2) Then play the recording Ask students to listen and tick the right answers
(3) Check the answers together
(1) Observe the pictures carefully and try to describe them before listening to the recording (2) Then listen and tick
(3) Check the answers together
Let students observe the pictures and the questions carefully to predict the content of the listening part before listening Attention is paid to the cultivation of students’ listening skills and listening strategies
2 Listen and fill in the blanks
(1) Show the four sentences below the pictures
Ask students to read the sentences and think of the answers before listening to the recording
(2) Then play the recording again
(3) Ask four students to read the sentences and check the answers
(4) Present the listening material to help students train their listening skills
(1) Read the sentences and think of the answers before listening to the recording
(2) Then listen and fill in the blanks
(3) Read the sentences and check the answers
(4) Read the listening material
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Let’s wrap it up
(1) Show a sentence
(2) Show the correct division of the sentence
(3) Ask students to share their opinions
Check the answers together
Write down the rule on the blackboard
(4) Ask students to compare with the words on the five Russian nesting dolls
(5) Show the pictures of the five Russian nesting dolls Divide students into several groups
(6) Check the sentences Praise and encourage the good behaviors
(1) Observe the sentence on the PPT carefully and divide it into five parts
(2) Think about the substitute words of the five parts
(3) Share opinions
Check the answers together
(4) Compare with the words on the five Russian nesting dolls
(5) Make sentences by using the contents on the dolls in groups
(6) Listen to the teacher’s comments
The induction and the summary of grammar points in this part are not the unilateral teaching of the teacher but the design process Lead students to observe inspire their thinking let them summarize the knowledge of grammar by themselves step by step
Practice
1 Show the scenes and three questions Ask students to make dialogues in pairs according to different scenes
2 Ask several pairs to show their works Try to find the best pair
1 Make dialogues in pairs according to different scenes on the PPT
2 Show their work
Making dialogues can help students to further consolidate the key phrases and sentence structures and achieve the purpose of language output
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Free talk
Show the pictures of Story time
Ask some questions
2 Watch and answer
Show some questions
Play the recording
3 Answer the questions
Teach the story by asking the key questions
4 Read the story after the cartoon Let students read the story after the cartoon
5 Evaluation
1 Observe the pictures then talk freely and answer the questions
2 Think about and answer the questions
Listen to the recording carefully Get to know the main idea of the story
3 Answer the questions
4 Read the story after the cartoon and then roleplay the story
5 Understand that genuine knowledge comes from practice and that persistence means victory
Through reading the story increase the input of language so that students can understand that genuine knowledge comes from practice and that persistence is the truth of victory
Homework
1 Sort out the key words and sentence structures in this unit
2 Do the exercises
Recycle 1
教材分析
单元学题帮助学生复巩固前三单元语言知识单元吴拜访爷爷奶奶路发生事情切入点展开前三单元知识Unit 1指路问路Unit 2 交通出行方式Unit 3 周末活动计划巧妙融合系列丰富趣活动中容包含听说读写唱演等方面够交际活动中熟练运前三单元重点语言知识：turn right turn left go straight等表达问路指路词组They are going on footby bus等表示出行方式语句强调学生语言综合运力培养
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写实际情景中运第1~3单元核心句型
·够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s…询问回答某物点方位
·够情景中运句型How can we get there问路描述某路线
·够情景中正确运句型—How do you go to… —By…询问回答坐某种交通工具某
·够辨认常见交通标志解遵守交通规
·够 be going to句型交流计划句型What are you going to doWhen are you going to do it提问作答
·够听说读写第1~3单元中关点交通方式交通规计划单词词组
·够意义语境中运述单词词组
·知道英语句子语调正确语调朗读类型句子
·知道英语句子中连读正确连读
·知道音节单词重音正确读出单词重音
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·够迷路时动寻求帮助
·知道英文摇篮曲Hush Little Baby
·够图者听指示找相应点方位
·解交通法规动遵守交通规
课时安排
第课时： Page 32 & Page 33
第二课时： Page 34 & Page 35
The first period(第课时)
Page 32 & Page 33
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Page 32
&
Page 33
·够理解话意
·够通学事情景话复巩固运句型—Where is… —It’s next to… 询问回答点方位
·够情景中运句型—How can we get there —Go straightTurn leftright at the…问路描述某路线
·够查找方位够运…must…Don’t…提建议描述交通标志意思
▶教学重点
巩固拓展第二单元知识点
▶教学难点
够交际活动中灵活运第1~2单元重点语言知识
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
通游戏复第二单元学知识时活跃课堂气氛激发学生学兴趣
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sharp eyes①
Play a short sound of cars and people on the street (课件出示段街道声音) Let students listen and guess Where is it Lead students to say the answer On the street
Ask a question What can you see on the street
Show a series of pictures about different buildings and traffic signs on the street (课件出示：学建筑物交通标志图片) Students try to speak them out one by one
3 Play a game To be a traffic policeman
（游戏说明：名学生着制交通灯变换交通灯颜色学需根颜色说出相应交通规做出相应动作：绿灯时应该说Go at a green light全班起原踏步代表前进黄灯时应该说Slow down and stop at a yellow light 全班慢慢减速停红灯时应该说：Stop at a red light全班起停住脚步时老师违反交通规引导学生说出句子：You must stop at a red light Don’t go at a red light）
4 Leadin
T I want to go to the science museum in the city But I don’t know where it is How can I go to this place
Lead students to think of different ways to find the science museum Then lead students to think of different ways to get to the science museum
Teaching purpose②
部分创设较真实情景学生通完成听说读写等务帮助吴找爷爷奶奶新家培养学生语言综合运力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Wu Yifan is going to visit his grandparents②
(1)Show the map on page 32 (课件出示：教材P32图)
Lead students to find out the differences between Pictures A and Pictures B in the map Encourage them to express their opinions Then play the recording of this part （课件出示：教材P32音频）
Ask students to find out the key information and circle the right pictures
Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P32第题答案)
(2) Lead students to fill in the blanks according to the right pictures they just circled on the map
Ask one student to stand up and read hisher answers
Check the answers together Ask students to correct the mistakes (课件出示：教材P32第二题答案)
(3) Show the two questions on page 32 (出示课件)
Simply explain that the first question is the alternative question We can choose by bus or on foot (walk) to answer directly Stress that walk and on foot are the same kind of transportation The second question is to ask the time So ask students to pay attention to the departure time
Then play the recording of this part again (出示课件) Ask students to find out the key information and write down the two answers in the book
Students read the dialogue and check the answers with the teacher (课件出示：教材P32第三题答案)
(4) Play the recording of this part twice (出示课件) Ask students to imitate and read after the recording Pay attention to the tone and the intonation of the characters
Ask students to practice the dialogue in roles Invite several groups to act out the story The best actors can get a paper traffic sign as a reward
Teaching purpose③
听前预测带着目听听力效培养学生听力技巧力学生编事学生情绪高涨培养学生组合作力
2 A little boy crying on the street③
(1)Show the first picture on page 33 (课件出示教材P33第幅图)
Let students try to guess Why is the little boy crying What will Wu Yifan and Robin say to him What will the boy answer them
Encourage them to speak out their answers
(2)Show the second and third pictures on page 33 (课件出示：教材P33第二三幅图) Ask students to predict the content of these two pictures
Lead students to read the sentences in the part of These may help you Divide students into several groups Let them talk about the pictures with each other
Ask one or two groups to stand up Tell the class their story about the pictures Make a model
Wu Yifan and Robin see a little boy crying on the street He wants to cross the road But the light is red Wu Yifan and Robin say Stop Don’t go at a red light The boy tells them that he can’t find his mother and he is hungry Wu Yifan and Robin tell him where he can eat food Then they use the GPS to help the boy find the police station
(3) Play the recording of this part (课件出示：教材P33音频) Ask students to listen and feel about the story
(4) Play the recording of this part again (出示课件) Ask students to find out the key information such as red light police station go straight turn right at the second crossing go straight again and next to the supermarket Then students complete the sentences in the part of These may help you
Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P33第题答案)
Teaching purpose④
通声读两游戏活动复巩固第二单元重点知识学生认识遵守交通规重性时游戏学生玩中学学中玩
(5) Ask students to read the three sentences in the part of Now listen and tick or cross Play the recording of this part for the third time (出示课件) Ask students to find out the key information such as can’t find my mum go to the police station and turn right at the second crossing Then tick or cross
Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P33第二题答案)
Step 3 Practice④
1 Read aloud
Show the key words and sentences in this lesson on the PPT Ask students to read them together
2Play a game： Don’t do what I say
（游戏说明：老师说指令学生做相应动作：老师说turn left时学生右转前行左转老师说turn right时学生左转前行右转老师说go straight时学生停转前行老师说stop时学生走转停做错学生会淘汰出局余学生进入轮直选出获胜者奖励贴纸张）
3Play a game：To be the guardians of civilization
（游戏说明：教师PPT呈现文明交通行图片学生口头…must…Don’t…类句子提醒应该做什做什回答正确学生奖励制文明卫士奖章枚）
Teaching purpose⑤
联系生活实际创设接真实场景务学生训练第二单元重点语言适加入第三单元知识知识串联起文化拓展助丰富学生课外知识
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Little guides
Show a map on the PPT There’s a man standing in front of the cinema And there are many other places in the map Divide students into six groups Each group chooses one place and makes a dialogue to ask for the directions The teacher can make a model with one student：
T I want to go to the bookstore Where is it
S1 It’s near the shoe store
T How can I get to the bookstore
S1 Go straight Turn right at the pet hospital Then go straight You can find the bookstore in front of the shoe store
Ask several groups to stand up and show their dialogues Each group that does a good job can get a medal
2 Do a survey
Show the chart below on the PPT (课件出示：表格容）
Students ask and answer the questions in the chart Fill in the chart according to the answers of their group members The teacher invites several groups to report the results of the survey Make a model
Student A goes to school by bike He She is going to see a film on the weekend
Each group that does a good job can get a medal
3 Cultural development
T Different countries have different traffic rules In most countries people and cars should go on the right But in some other regions and countries they should go on the left Can you say some names of these countries
Lead students to say the names the UK Australia Singapore Thailand Indian Japan and so on
T So can you use …must… and Don’t… to say the traffic rules in these countries
Ss People must walk and drive on the left in Singapore People must look right before crossing the road in Hong Kong Don’t walk or drive on the right in Japan
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Review the key words phrases and sentences in Unit 1 and Unit 2
2 Try to draw some traffic signs and write down the traffic rules beside the signs
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 复前两单元知识前先学生提供全面真实综合运语言机会先复巩固重点知识然进入课学
2 课创设量接真实情景生活植入课堂游戏方式进行关学提高学生学兴趣提高学生语言技
3 组活动较培养学生组合作交流力
4 学生听听力前先猜测编出事利学生发挥观动性学生放飞脑胆想象利学生发散思维培养
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue
·Be able to review and consolidate the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s next to… by learning stories and situational dialogues and ask and answer the locations by using the sentence structures
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How can we get there —Go straightTurn leftright at the… to ask directions and describe the way to a place in situations
·Be able to find directions use …must… and Don’t… to give advice and be able to describe the meaning of some traffic signs
▶Teaching Priorities
·Consolidate and expand the key knowledge points in Unit 1 and Unit 2
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to flexibly use the key language knowledge of Unit 1 and Unit 2 in communicative activities
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sharp eyes
3 Play a game To be a traffic policeman
4 Leadin
Lead students to think of different ways to find the science museum
1 Greetings
2 Answer the teacher’s question and try to speak out the right words and phrases one by one
3 Play a game To be a traffic policeman
4 Talk about different ways to find the science museum
Review the knowledge of Unit 1 and Unit 2 Enliven the class Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Presentation
1 Wu Yifan is going to visit his grandparents
(1) Show the map on page 32 Play the recording of this part Ask students to circle the right pictures Check the answers together
(2) Lead students to fill in the blanks Check the answers together
(3) Ask students to guess the answers of some questions Then play the recording of this part again
(4) Play the recording twice
(1) Listen and circle the right pictures Check the answers together
(2) Fill in the blanks according
to the right pictures circled on the map Check the answers together and correct the mistakes
(3) Listen and write down the answers in the book
(4) Listen and read after the recording Then act out the story
Set this part as a more real situation Students help Wu Yifan find his grandparents’ new home through the completion of listening speaking reading writing and other tasks Develop students’ comprehensive language ability2
2 A little boy crying on the street
(1) Show the first picture on page 33 Ask some questions about the picture
(2) Show the second and third pictures on page 33 Ask students to predict the content of the two pictures
(3) Play the recording of this part
(1) Observe the picture and guess the answers to the teacher’s questions
(2) Predict the content of the two pictures One or two groups stand up and tell their story about the pictures
(3) Listen and feel about the story
Cultivate students’ listening skills and ability Students make up stories by themselves which keep students in high spirits and cultivate their ability of group cooperation
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
(4) Play the recording of this part again Then check the answers
(5) Play the recording of this part for the third time Then check the answers
(4) Listen and complete the sentences in the part of These may help you
Check the answers
(5) Read the dialogue and check the answers
Practice
1 Read aloud
Show the key words and sentences on the PPT
2 Play a game Don’t do what I say
3 Play a game To be the guardians of civilization
1 Try to read out the key words and sentences aloud
2 Play the game
3 Play the game
Through reading aloud and two games review and consolidate the key knowledge of Unit 1 and Unit 2 Make students realize the importance of obeying the traffic rules
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Little guides
Show a map Divide students into six groups and ask each group to choose one place and make a dialogue to ask for the directions
2 Do a survey
Show a chart Ask students to fill in the chart
3 Cultural development
1 Choose one place and make a dialogue to ask for the directions and show their dialogues to the class
2 Ask and answer the questions in the chart Fill in the chart according to the answers of their group members
3 Cultural development
Create real scenes and tasks to let students train the key language of Units 1~3 and connect the knowledge together
Cultural development is helpful to enrich students’ extracurricular knowledge
Homework
1 Review the key words phrases and sentences in Unit 1 and Unit 2
2 Try to draw some traffic signs and write down the traffic rules beside the signs
3 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Page 34 & Page 35
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Page 34 & Page 35
·学生够情景中运句型—WhatWhereWhen areis…going(to do…)
—I’mHe She is going to…询问回答计划活动点时间
·够通活动纳总结出be going to 中be称搭配be going to 面接动词原形相关知识
·培养学生助乐优秀品质
▶教学重点
巩固拓展第三单元知识点
▶教学难点
够交际活动中灵活运前三单元重点语言知识
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
通师生话角色扮演活动复巩固前三单元学知识提高学生语言综合运力歌曲导入激发学生学热情
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
Show the chart below on the PPT Talk freely about the teacher’s calendar with students
Lead students to read the chart and guess Where is the teacher going at different time Make a model
T At 10 o’clock in the morning I’m going to the supermarket
S1 At 6 o’clock in the afternoon you’re going to the cinema
S2 At 9 o’clock in the evening you’re going to stay at home
T： How about your weekend plan Where are you going What are you going to do And when are you going
Ss：…
3Role play Find the missing cat
Present a map on the PPT There is a cat on the map Two students work in a group One acts the kid who can’t find hisher cat The other student acts the policemanpolicewoman The kid comes to the police office to ask for help They can make a dialogue like this
Kid Where is my cat
Policeman Look It’s at the hospital It’s near the post office
Kid How can I go to the hospital
Policeman You can go straight Turn left at the post office It’s near the post office
Kid Can I go there on foot
Policeman Yes It’s not far You can also take the No 5 bus
Kid Thank you very much
Policeman You’re welcome
4Leadin
T Do you still remember what Wu Yifan is going to do this weekend
Ss：He is going to visit his grandparents
T：Do you still remember the little boy on the street
Ss：Yes He is crying
T：Good memory The little boy is waiting for his mother Robin is singing a song to him
Play the song and see what Robin is singing
Play the recording of the song Hush little boy (课件出示：歌曲Hush little boy音频歌词) Students listen to the song and feel the rhythm Ask students to circle the words and the phrases they don’t understand
Teaching purpose②
采取种方式学该部分歌曲仅学生够感受歌曲旋律时首歌作篇阅读材料训练提高学生阅读力
Step 2 Presentation
1Robin is singing a song to the little boy②
(1) Help students understand the words and the phrases they circled in their books such as hush if ring lost looking glass fall down and sweetest The teacher can use body language and some pictures to help students understand
(2) Lead students to read the song sentence by sentence Then the teacher plays the recording of this song again (出示课件) All students sing the song together after the recording
Encourage students to add some actions
(3) Let the boys PK with the girls to sing the song Hush little boy
(4) After the PK ask students to answer the question In the song what is Papa going to do
Ask three students to stand up and read the three sentences
Check the answers together Ask students to correct the mistakes
(5) Ask students to read the song again And circle the right answers in the book
Ask two students to stand up and say the two answers
Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P34 Read and circle答案)
Teaching purpose③
培养学生读图认图力时提高学生纳总结知识力培养学生良语音语调意识增强学生学英语信心提高英语表达积极性
2 The little boy’s mother is on the phone③
(1) Play a sound of the traffic car Let students guess Where is the little boy now (课件出示：段警车声音)
Lead students to answer He is in the police station
T：Wu Yifan and Robin take the little boy to the police station Now the little boy’s mother is talking with the policeman on the phone Can you guess what they are talking about
Lead students to say more possibilities
(2)Show the map on page 35 (课件出示教材P35图)
T：The little boy’s mother is going to the police station to find her son Let’s go and see how she can get to the police station
Lead students to observe the map carefully Ask them to draw a route to the police station on the map Then lead students to say the route together in English and write it down briefly at the bottom of the map
Show the dialogue part on page 35 (课件出示教材P35话) Ask students to fill in the blanks individually
Ask one or two students to speak out their sentences Provide some corrections if there are some mistakes
(3) Check the answers together (课件出示教材P35答案)
Lead students to read the dialogue in pairs
(4) Ask students to read the dialogue by themselves And try to finish the exercises in the part of Read answer and do Encourage students to write down more kinds of transportation
Ask students to say their answers The teacher can provide some examples such as by subway by train by plane by taxi and by bike (出示课件)
(5) Ask students to pay attention to the intonation of the sentences in the part of Listen and read aloud Lead them to read in the correct intonation Then play the recording of this part (出示课件) Ask students to listen and read after the recording
Ask students to practice reading the dialogue in pairs Then ask several pairs to read the dialogue loudly Then check their intonation and give help when necessary
Teaching purpose④
学生练程中整体感知Recycle 1事复述程实际学知识整合纳学生语言产出程学生展示机会
Step 3 Practice④
1 Play a game Challenge the repeater
Students challenge the recording of the text in the English book Ask several students to stand up and read the text Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Find out who does the best work The best student can get a Gold microphone medal
2 Retell the whole story
Teaching purpose⑤
通调查活动前面三单元容全部融合起避免学知识片面性培养学生助乐优秀品质
Lead students to retell the whole story in Recycle 1 Try to describe all the things happened on the way to Wu Yifan’s grandparents’ new house Let students review the key language points from Unit 1 to Unit 3 in this way Encourage students to retell the whole story to the class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Do a survey
Talk about the plans of students and ask them to finish the chart Show the chart课件出示：调查活动表格）
Make a model with one student Then divide students into several groups Ask students to ask and answer these questions in groups then try to finish the chart If some students in the group have the same plan they can go to the same place together
Ask one or two groups to report the results of the survey
Make a model
XXX isXXX and XXX are going to… He She is They are going to… He She is They are going to…with… They are going at… They are going there by…on foot
2 Evaluation
Show a proverb to students Cultivate students’ quality of helping others
Gifts of roses hand there are lingering fragrance
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
31 Review the key words phrases and sentences from Unit 1 to Unit 3
32 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课时通听唱读写前三单元学知识进行综合复运
2热身活动学生初步感知节课复容学生学容解期提高学英语兴趣降低学难度
3注重课知识整体性加深学生知识点整体框架印象
4注重学生语言输出语言综合运力培养学生学知识转化实实语言运力
5较培养学生英语交流力体现交际语言教学思想
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
·Be able to use the sentence structures —WhatWhereWhen areis…going(to do…) —I’mHe She is going to… in situations to ask and answer questions about planned activities places and times
·Be able to summarize the collocation of be and person in be going to and learn the related knowledge that be going to is followed by the original form of verbs
·Cultivate the excellent quality of helping others
▶Teaching Priorities
· Ma Consolidate and expand the key knowledge points from Unit 1 to Unit 3
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to flexibly use the key language knowledge of Units 1~3 in communicative activities
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
Show the chart
Let students talk about the teacher’s calendar
3 Role play Find the missing cat
4 Leadin
Play the recording of the song Hush little boy
11 Greetings
2 Free talk
Talk freely about the teacher’s calendar
3 Role play Find the missing cat Role play and make a dialogue
4 Leadin
Listen to the song and feel the rhythm Circle the words and the phrases they don’t understand
Through the activities review the knowledge in Units 1~3 and improve students’ comprehensive language ability The usage of listening and singing the song can stimulate the enthusiasm of students
Presentation
1 Robin is singing a song to the little boy
(1) Help students understand the words and the phrases they circled in their books
(2) Lead students to read the song
Play the recording of this song
(3) Let the boys PK with the girls to sing the song Hush little boy
(4) Ask students to answer the question In the song what is Papa going to do
(5) Ask students to read the song again And circle the right answers in the book Check the answers together
(1) Try to understand the meaning of the song
(2) Read the song after the teacher and sing the song together after the recording
(3) Boys and girls PK
(4) Complete the exercise In the song what is Papa going to do
(5) Read the song again And circle the right answers in the book Check the answers
By learning this part of the song in a variety of ways students can not only feel the melody of the song but also take the song as a reading material to train and improve their reading ability
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
2 The little boy’s mother is on the phone
(1) Let students guess what the people are talking about on the phone
(2) Show the map and the dialogue on page 35 Ask students to fill in the blanks
(3) Check the answers together
Lead students to read the dialogue in pairs
(4) Ask students to read the dialogue and try to finish the exercises in the part of Read answer and do
(5) Play the recording Ask students to listen and read after the recording and practice the dialogue in pairs
(1) Guess what the people are talking about on the phone
(2) Observe the map carefully draw and say the route to the police station Then fill in the blanks
(3) Check the answers together Read the dialogue in pairs
(4) Read the dialogue and try to finish the exercises in the part of Read answer and do
(5) Listen and read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation of the sentences
Practice the dialogue in pairs
Cultivate students’ ability to read and recognize pictures and improve students’ ability to summarize knowledge Training students’ good pronunciation and intonation can enhance students’ confidence in learning English and also can improve their enthusiasm to express in English
Practice
1 Play a game Challenge the repeater
1 Challenge the recording of the text in the English book
The retelling process is actually an integration and induction of what they have learned so that students can have a process of language production and have an opportunity to present themselves
2 Retell the whole story
Lead students to retell the whole story in Recycle 1
2 Try to retell the whole story in Recycle 1
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Do a survey
Ask students’ plans Ask students to ask and answer these questions in groups then try to finish the chart
1 Do a survey
Ask and answer these questions in groups And try to finish the chart Report to the class
Through the investigation all the contents of the three units were integrated together Avoid learning the knowledge in oneside
Cultivate the excellent quality
of helping others
2 Evaluation
Show a proverb
Gifts of roses hand there are lingering fragrance
2 Evaluation
Learn to help others
Homework
1 Review the key words phrases and sentences from Unit 1 to Unit 3
2 Do the exercises
Unit 4 I have a pen pal
教材分析
单元学题交笔友教学容围绕孩子谈笔友情景展开教学重点听说读写核心句型—What are Peter’s hobbies —He likes reading stories—Does he live in Sydney —No he doesn’t—Does he like doing word puzzles and going hiking —Yes he does听说读写单词词组：dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型—What are Peter’s hobbies —He likes reading stories—Does he live in Sydney —No he doesn’t—Does he like doing word puzzles and going hiking —Yes he does
·够情景中运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes…—Does heshe…
—Yes heshe does—No heshe doesn’t谈爱信息
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读公告栏四广告运课学核心句型口头描述爱时仿范例编写交友广告
·够听说读写单词词组：dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
·够正确述单词词组谈描述兴趣爱日常活动
·知道英语句子中通常需重读单词
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·解中式茶英式茶饮茶器皿饮茶惯
·培养通解方兴趣爱结交朋友意识
·够图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意根选择合适标题
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Do a survey
第三课时： Part B Let’s learn & Listen match and say
第四课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’ s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂Let’s try板块题目求听力部分重点容进行听前预测
·够通听录音运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes…交流相关容
·够语境中助图片等理解新词汇pen pal hobby jasmine idea意思正确发音
▶教学重点
1 够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
2 够情景中恰运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes…交流相关容
▶教学难点
够情景中熟练运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes…交流相关容
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
结合学生生活历选项形式呈现交友方式引出笔友话题降低难度帮助学生迅速进入单元题先学生结合旧知尝试描述关笔友信息通新课学整合旧知丰富表达
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can be active open minded and creative in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 How can we make friends
T Do you have friends Who is your best friend
Ss …
T In our daily life we have many friends How can we make friends
Show some ways of making friends on the PPT Ask students to choose
Ss A B and C
T Good job These options are all right Sometimes we can make friends through letters We don’t have to meet them We call them pen pals In this unit we’re going to talk about pen pals
Present the new phrase pen pal (出示课件) Lead students to learn and read it
3 Leadin
T Do you have pen pals Say something about your pen pals
Ss …
Teaching purpose②
呈现Let’s try板块语言情境先学生预测话谈关Zhang Peng笔友容然听录音验证预测完成判断正误练培养学生良听前预测惯通听力材料追加问题引导学生根问题检索获取效信息
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s try②
(1) Make predictions （课件出示：Unit 4情景图右图）
T Zhang Peng is talking with Oliver about his pen pal Predict what they will talk about the pen pal
Ss They will talk about his… (name age nationality height hobbies etc)
T Well done Let’s listen to it and find out what they will talk about the pen pal
（2）Listen and write T or F
Present the two statements of Let’s try (课件出示：教材P38 Let’s try板块题） Ask students to pay attention to the words basketball and tall and try to catch the key words while listening
Teaching purpose③
呈现Let’s talk板块图片引导学生观察图片信息预测学话容培养学生逻辑思维力观话视频验证预测通听话完成表格检验学生话细节理解
Ask students to listen and write T (true) or F (false) Then check the answers （课件出示：教材P38 Let’s try板块音频题答案）
（3）Listen again Read the listening material after the recording （课件出示：教材P38 Let’s try板块听力材料）Review the highlighted words and sentences
T Now what do you know about Zhang Peng’s pen pal
Ss He is Peter He’s from New Zealand He likes playing basketball And he is very tall
2 Make predictions③
Present the picture of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk板块图片）Lead students to make predictions through the picture
T This boy in the picture is Peter What is he doing
Ss He is reading a book
T I can see some cows Where do you think he lives
Ss I think he lives on a farm
T Look at the cows Their eyes are looking at the book I think they also like reading
3 Watch and answer
(1) Present the video of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk 板块视频) And ask students to answer the question Lead students to get the main idea of the dialogue
T What are they talking about
Ss They are talking about Peter’s hobbies
(2) Learn the new word hobby
T Hobby is an activity that someone enjoys doing in free time
Teach the new word hobby (课件出示：hobby相关容) Lead students to read the word in syllables Write down the word hobby on the blackboard
Then present its plural form hobbies (出示课件) Lead students to learn its irregular plural form
T Peter’s hobbies means Peter爱 then how to express Zhang Peng爱 and Oliver爱？
Ss Zhang Peng’s hobbies Oliver’s hobbies
Lead students to learn about the possessive nouns (课件出示：名词格相关容）
(3) Listen and complete the chart（出示课件）What are their hobbies You can tick (√) in the chart
Listen again and check the answers
Ask questions about each of the three people by using the key sentence structure What are…’s hobbies（课件出示：核心句型相关容）Write down the key sentence structure What are…’s hobbies on the blackboard
S1 Oliver likes doing kung fu and swimming
S2 Zhang Peng likes singing
S3 Peter likes reading stories doing kung fu swimming and singing
4 Learn the sentence structure
（1）Lead students to find some regulations of the words and the sentence structure
Present the following sentences：(出示课件）
①Oliver likes doing kung fu and swimming
②Zhang Peng likes singing
③Peter likes reading stories doing kung fu swimming and singing
Lead students to read and observe the words and the sentences above
（引导学生阅读观察述单词句子通学发现like面动词ing形式swim加ing时双写m）
Teaching purpose④
引导学生解著名中国民歌茉莉花——该歌曲海外华西方音乐界中流传甚广
Present the sentence structure HeShe likes doing… and highlight the ing Lead students to pay attention to the ing form of the verbs
（2）T Which song is Zhang Peng going to teach Peter④
Ss He is going to teach him the Chinese song Jasmine Flower
Teach the word jasmine (课件出示：jasmine相关容）
T Oliver says this is a good idea Do you know why
Ss …
Teaching purpose⑤
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
Lead students to understand the new word idea (课件出示： idea相关容)
T Yes Because this is a famous Chinese classic song Now let’s enjoy a short period of this song（课件出示：歌曲茉莉花片段）
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑤
Teaching purpose⑥
头脑风暴形式收集关兴趣爱单词词组纳类帮助学生理解记忆利简短pair work操练课核心单词词组句型通追问话第称渡第三称面教学活动做铺垫
(1) Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice the dialogue in a group of three Read in roles
(3) Act out
2 Brainstorm⑥
(1) Brainstorm the hobbies Present the hobbies on the PPT （课件出示：种爱）
Write down the phrases playing sports climbing mountains listening to music watching TV playing the piano drawing cartoons on the blackboard
Lead students to divide the hobbies into different groups Ask them to make a discussion Present the results on the PPT (课件出示：爱相关词汇分类结果）
(2) Summarize some regulations
3 What are your hobbies
Ask students to talk about their hobbies in pairs
A What are your hobbies
B I like (doing)…
Then add another question to change the first person into the third person
T What are hisher hobbies
Teaching purpose⑦
创设真实情境学生根生活实际开展话谈关朋友特征兴趣爱巩固课核心词汇句型利话程中记录笔记组织语言汇报关学朋友相关信息提高学生语言综合运力
Ss He She likes (doing)…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 Talk about your friend’s hobbies
T Who is your best friend Talk about his or her hobbies You can conduct the dialogue like this
Make a model with a student first And then ask students to work in groups and take notes while talking
2 Make a report
Ask students to make a report according to the notes they’ve just taken as the following structure
3 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Remember the key words and expressions of this class
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1结合学生生活历导入单元题选项形式呈现交友方式迅速导入课
2学呈现听力材料前引导学生先预测培养良听前预测惯注重逻辑思维力培养通学方式验证预测元化教学活动设计教学容层层递进程中帮助学生突破重点词汇句型检测学生话细节理解
3欣赏著名中国民歌茉莉花片段解该歌曲海外华西方音乐界中流传甚广
4描述兴趣爱词汇局限课开学生思维维度展开分类拓展学生表达
5创设真实语境学生根生活实际开展话谈关朋友特征兴趣爱巩固课核心词汇句型提高学生语言综合运力
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part by reading the statements in Let’s try
·Be able to understand the meaning of the recording and complete the task in Let’s try with basic listening skills
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture And be able to answer the question below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and then act out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes… properly to talk about hobbies in situations
·Be able to understand and read the new words and the phrase pen pal hobby jasmine ideacorrectly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this class
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes… properly to talk about somebody’s hobbies in situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes… skillfully to talk about somebody’s hobbies in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups
1 Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Introduce the topic of pen pal according to students’ life experience The options of how to make friends can help students enter the topic of the unit quickly Prepare for the following learning
2 How can we make friends
Talk with students about how to make friends
Teach the new phrase pen pal
2 Talk with the teacher about how to make friends
Learn and read the phrase pen pal
3 Leadin
Lead students to say something about their pen pals
3 Say something about their pen pals
Presentation
1 Let’s try
(1) Lead students to predict
(2) Ask students to listen and write T or F
(3) Present the listening material
(1) Predict what Zhang Peng and Oliver will talk about Zhang Peng’s pen pal
(2) Complete the exercise and check the answers
(3) Listen and read the listening material after the recording Review the highlighted words and sentences
Lead students to retrieve and obtain valid information according to the question Lead students to observe the picture and predict the dialogue
Cultivate their logical thinking ability Let them watch the video and verify the predictions Check their understanding of the details by asking them to complete the chart
2 Make predictions
Present the picture of Let’s talk
Make predictions through the picture
3 Watch and answer
(1) Present the video of Let’s talk
(2) Teach the word hobby
(3) Help students tick in the chart about the three boys’ hobbies
(1) Watch the video of Let’s talk and answer the question
(2) Learn the word hobby
(3) Listen and complete the chart Then practice the sentence structure
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Learn the sentence structure
(1) Lead students to find some regulations of the words and the sentence structure
(2) Get them to know about the famous Chinese classic song Jasmine Flower and teach the word jasmine
(1) Find some regulations of the words and the sentence structure
(2) Learn the word jasmine and enjoy the music
Lead students to learn about the famous Chinese classic song Jasmine Flower which is also popular among the overseas Chinese and western music circles
Practice
1 Read and act
Lead students to read the dialogue in roles and act out in groups
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice in groups in roles
(3) Act out
Lead students to read the dialogue in correct pronunciation and intonation in roles
2 Brainstorm
(1) Ask students to brainstorm the hobbies and divide them into different groups
(2) Summarize some regulations
(1) Brainstorm the hobbies and divide them into different groups
(2) Summarize some regulations
Help students understand and remember the words of hobbies Practice the key words phrases and sentence structures through pair work Lay the foundation for the following teaching activities
3 What are your hobbies
Organize students to work in pairs
Work in pairs Talk about the hobbies
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Talk about your friend’s hobbies
Make a model with a student first and then ask students to work in groups and take notes
Work in groups Talk about their friend’s hobbies Take notes while talking
Create a real situation and let students make dialogues according to the reality of life Consolidate the key vocabulary and sentence structures of this lesson Make use of the notes taken during the dialogue to organize and report the hobbies of their classmates or friends Improve students’ comprehensive language using ability
2 Make a report
Ask students to make a report according to the notes they’ve just taken
Make a report according to the notes they’ve just taken as the structure
3 Summary
Make a summary and select the best group
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Remember the key words and expressions of this class
3 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Do a survey
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说读写关兴趣爱单词词组：dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu
·够结合板块核心句型—What are your hobbies —I like…谈兴趣爱
Do a survey
·够根调查结果完成表格根表格信息做汇报
▶教学重点
1掌握课时重点词汇句型
2够结合部分核心句型—What are your hobbies —I like…谈兴趣爱
▶教学难点
够结合部分核心句型—What are your hobbies —I like…谈兴趣爱
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
通描述哆啦A梦做业余活动激发学生学兴趣帮助学生复熟悉动词dance sing fly swimread步导入授新做铺垫
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings T： Good morning boys and girls Today I’ve prepared many colorful stars for you If you behave well you can get a star The group which gets the most stars will be the super winner
2 Let’s watch①
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察图片描述哆啦A梦做事渡哆啦A梦喜欢做事导入课题hobby呈现动词原形ing形式引导学生关注动词形式句式中表述会
T：(课件出示：哆啦A梦视频) What can Doraemon do
Ss：He can… (sing dance fly swim read…) (课件出示：哆啦A梦唱歌跳舞飞行游泳书等图片)
3 Leadin②
T：Does Doraemon like singing
Ss：Yes he does
T：How do you know that
Ss：Because he looks very happy when singing
T：Well done
Write down sing—singing on the blackboard (课件出示：sing & singing相关容)
Teach the words sing and singing Ask students to pay attention to the ing form
Let students compare the following two statements
①He can sing②He likes singing
Teaching purpose③
学生熟悉单词入手singing例基hobby话题描述哆啦A梦喜欢做事情然呈现应动词ing形式呈现学程中做词离句学生具体语境中掌握词汇
Lead students to compare the meaning of the two words can means something you are able to do like means something you enjoy doing
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the word dancing and the phrase reading stories③
T：Doraemon likes singing He also likes…
Write down the sentence structures He likes… He also likes… on the blackboard (课件出示：哆啦A梦唱歌跳舞飞行游泳书图片应动词)
Ss：He also likes dancing flying swimming and reading (课件出示：动词加ing)
Write down the word dancing on the blackboard
T：Look What book is he reading
Ss：It’s a storybook
T：Yes He likes reading stories (课件出示：reading stories相关容)
Write down the phrase reading stories on the blackboard
Teach the phrase reading stories Extend the words flying swimming
Teaching purpose④
利形象生动构词法导入football拓展basketball引导学生观察总结（踢）球表达方式丰富兴趣爱描述通熟知卡通明星功夫熊猫导入kung fu词学生迅速理解掌握
Present the original form of the verb and the ing form and lead students to understand the changes of the ing form of different verbs through comparison
2 Learn the phrase playing football④
T I think Doraemon is a super star because he can do so many things Let’s find out what other hobbies Doraemon has I’ll give you some clues
(1)T：It is a ball We can play the ball with our feet So it’s a…
Ss Football
T：Wonderful Look He likes playing football（课件出示：playing football相关容）
Teach the phrase playing football And write it down on the blackboard
(2)T：What about this ball It’s a… （课件出示：篮球图片）
Ss：Basketball
T：Do you like playing basketball
Ss：…
Write down the phrase playing basketball on the blackboard
Then make a brief summary play+球类运动
3 Learn the phrase doing kung fu
T：Now we’ve known so many Doraemon’s hobbies There is another popular cartoon star He likes doing kung fu Who is he (课件出示：功夫熊猫图片)
Ss：Kung Fu Panda
T：Yes you’re right Kung Fu Panda likes doing kung fu He is also a kung fu star
Teaching purpose⑤
先听力形式检测学生否听懂正确理解Let’s learn板块话然通读分角色朗读话熟悉课核心句型呈现动词ing形式变化规提高学生语言表达准确性
Present the phrase doing kung fu and teach it (课件出示：doing kung fu相关容）
Write down the phrase doing kung fu on the blackboard
4 Let’s learn⑤
(1)T：Kung Fu Panda likes doing kung fu Zhang Peng likes doing kung fu too How about his other hobbies Listen to the dialogue Let’s see what Zhang Peng’s hobbies are (课件出示：教材P39 Let’s learn板块音频)
T：What are Zhang Peng’s hobbies
Write down the sentence structure What are…’s hobbies on the blackboard
Teaching purpose⑥
通学生快读教师模仿动作学生猜词说出消失图片三种形式活动操练单词词组
选择学生解感兴趣物兴趣爱话题操练课目标语言
Ss：He likes reading stories He also likes singing and doing kung fu
(2) Students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(3) Practice the dialogue in pairs
(4) Read the dialogue in roles
5 Learn the changing rules of ving
Help students know the changing rules first Then let them practice (课件出示：动词ing变化规相关容)
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 What’s missing
Present the pictures of different hobbies (课件出示：跳舞唱歌游泳读事书踢足球篮球练武术图片)
(1) Students read the words and the phrases quickly
(2) The teacher does the actions Students say the words or the phrases
(3) Play the game Students say the missing picture
2 Do you know their hobbies
Present the pictures of some people (出示课件) Let students talk about their hobbies
Make a model with a student first Then ask students to work in pairs like this
A What are hishertheir hobbies
Teaching purpose⑦
先brainstorm形式巩固拓展学生兴趣爱相关表达通调查活动巩固课核心词汇句型创设语境中提高学生语言运力学生够熟练运学语言谈兴趣爱
B HeSheThey like(s)…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 Talk about your hobbies
T：What are your hobbies Talk about the things you like doing in your free time （补充说明：教师根学生表达进生成板书适时拓展例：drawing playing ping pongchess… playing the guitarpianoerhu…等关兴趣爱单词词组）
2 Do a survey
(1) Make a group of six students Ask students to interview their classmates and then give a report Add more information to the chart when it’s necessary
Students can do a survey like this
A What are your hobbies
B I like singing and dancing
C I like…
…
Make a model first Then ask students to work in groups and complete the chart
(2) Show time
Ask students to give reports according to the surveys They can report like this
…likes… …likes…
3 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Recite the words and the phrases in Let’s learn
2 Practice the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1哆啦A梦视频引入利活泼爱卡通角色带领学生迅速复熟知动词导入授新做铺垫
2教学活动循序渐进层层递进呈现授新做词离句创设具体语言情境学生语境中学掌握词汇
3呈现活动设计感层次感效帮助学生提升英语核心素养学生启发引导学生思考培养学生学力
4课文容进行整合调整基课知识局限课形式兴趣爱话题基础拓展必相关单词词组丰富学生表达
5板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
· Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases of interests and hobbies dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What are your hobbies —I like… to talk about interests and hobbies
Do a survey
·Be able to make a survey complete the chart and make a report
▶Teaching Priorities
· Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this period
· Be able to use the key sentence structures —What are your hobbies —I like… to talk about interests and hobbies
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to use the key sentence structures —What are your hobbies —I like… to talk about interests and hobbies
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups
Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Stimulate students’ interest in learning with the cartoon character By describing Doraemon’s free time activities lead students to review the verbs to get prepared for the leadin
2 Let’s watch
Play the cartoon and ask a question What can Doraemon do
Talk about the things Doraemon can do
3 Leadin
Talk with students Teach the words sing and singing
Lead students to compare the meaning of can and like
Talk with the teacher
Learn the words sing andsinging
Know the differences between can and like in meaning
Lead in the topic of the lesson
Lead students to pay attention to the difference of the verb form in the expression of different sentence structures and understand the difference between can do and like doing in meaning through comparison
Presentation
1 Learn the word dancing and the phrase reading stories
Learn the new word phrase and the ing form
Lead students to master the new word and the phrase in the specific context
2 Learn the phrase playing football
Teach the phrase and extend other ball games
Find out what other hobbies Doraemon has Learn the new phrase and ways to express playing ball games
Introduce the word through vivid word formation Enrich students’ expressions of interests and hobbies
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Learn the phrase doing kung fu
Introduce Kung Fu Panda Present the phrase doing kung fu and teach it
Learn and read the phrase doing kung fu
Help students understand and master the phrase doing kung fu by the introduction of Kung Fu Panda
4 Let’s learn
Lead students to understand and read the dialogue Organize them to work in roles in pairs
(1) Listen to the dialogue
(2) Read after the recording
(3) Practice the dialogue in pairs
(4) Read the dialogue in roles
Check whether students can understand the dialogue of Let’s learn correctly through listening Get students familiar with the key sentence structures through various ways of reading
Lead students to acquire the regulations of ing form Help them improve the accuracy of expression
5 Learn the changing rules of ving
Observe the words and learn the regulations of ing form and then practice
Practice
1 What’s missing
(1) Present the pictures of different hobbies
(2) Do the actions
(3) Lead students to play the game What’s missing
(1) Look at the pictures and read the words and the phrases quickly
(2) Say the words or the
phrases according to the teacher’s actions
(3) Say the missing picture
Practice the target language
through the various activities of
quick reading mime and say and say the missing picture
Practice the target language by talking about the interests and hobbies of some people that students know and are interested in
2 Do you know their hobbies
Present the pictures of some people Let students talk about their hobbies Make a model with a student Then ask students to work in pairs
Work in pairs Talk about the hobbies of some people
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Talk about your hobbies
Talk about the things they like doing in their free time
Consolidate and extend the related expressions of students’ interests and hobbies in the form of brainstorm and surveying Improve students’ language using ability in the created context
2 Do a survey
Make a group of six students Organize them to do the survey
Make a model first Then ask students to work in groups and complete the chart Ask them to give reports
Work in groups
Interview their classmates and then give a report
And then show to the class
3 Summary
Make a brief summary and evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Recite the words and the phrases in Let’s learn
2 Practice the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Listen match and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说读写关兴趣爱词组：cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
·够结合语境第三称单数句子中正确述词组熟练运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t进行提问作答
Listen match and say
·够根听力连线然进行交谈
▶教学重点
1 够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
2够运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t进行提问作答
▶教学难点
够熟练运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t进行提问作答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
助直观形象图片快速复节课学单词词组面学奠定语言表达基础
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
T Good morning boys and girls In this class if you can read the words loudly correctly and clearly you can get more points for your groups The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 A quick review①
Present the pictures of different hobbies Lead students to review the words and the expressions
Revision dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu swimming climbing mountains listening to music watching
Teaching purpose②
节话课出现物导入通设问引导学生初步感受般现时般疑问句学生交谈程中引导学生复节课核心词汇句型
TV playing the pipa drawing cartoons… (课件出示：先出示相关图片出示相应单词短语)
3 Enjoy a song—My new pen pal (课件出示：歌曲My new pen pal视频)
4 Leadin②
Present the picture of Zhang Peng’s pen pal Peter (课件出示：Peter图片)
T： Do you know who he is
Ss： He is Zhang Peng’s pen pal Peter
T： Does he live on a farm
Ss： Yes he does
T： What are his hobbies (课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk板块图片Peter爱应图片)
Ss： He likes reading stories doing kung fu swimming and singing
T： Good job John has a pen pal too （出示课件） Let’s get to know about him
Teaching purpose③
通问题设置引导学生程中目关注文信息理解话容呈现国家语言文化程中渗透中文文化乐趣导入新词引导学生关注般现时中动词第三称形式规变化
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the phrase studies Chinese and the key sentence structures③
(1) Present the short video of Let’s learn （课件出示：教材P41 Let’s learn板块视频） Ask students to think about the two questions
①What’s the name of John’s pen pal (His name is John too)
②Does he live in China too (No he doesn’t)
Write down the sentences —Does he live in China too —No he doesn’t on the blackboard
T： Good job He lives in Australia （课件出示：澳利亚国旗图片）
Write down the words Australia (country) on the blackboard
T What language do people speak in Australia
Ss They speak English
T Right Look Is John studying English now （课件出示：教材P41 Let’s learn板块图二）
Ss No he is studying Chinese
T John lives in Australia but he studies Chinese every day He thinks Chinese is interesting and full of culture
Teaching purpose
通问题设置引导学生程中目关注文信息理解话容呈现国家语言文化程中渗透中文文化乐趣导入新词引导学生关注般现时中动词第三称形式规变化
Write down the phrase studies Chinese and the sentence He lives in Australia but he studies Chinese on the blackboard
(2) Present the two phrases study Chinese studies Chinese （出示课件）Lead students to compare the two phrases and find the regulation Let students learn the new phrases and read them after the recording
(3) Present the dialogue （课件出示：教材P41 Let’s learn板块音频） Let students read it after the recording Highlight the key sentences —Does he live in China too —No he doesn’t
（补充说明：引导学生关注第三称般疑问句句中含实义动词时does帮助构成句子does身实际词义翻译）
Lead students to practice the dialogue in pairs like this
Teaching purpose④
基外国中国文化浓厚兴趣创设情境通中国美食传统节日汉服京剧等充满中国元素文化活动拓展学生相关表达引导学生笔友介绍传播中国文化
T Does John study Chinese
Ss Yes he does
2 Learn the phrase cooks Chinese food④
T Many foreigners like the culture of China They think it’s interesting and full of history What else do they like about China？
Ss They like… (Chinese food Chinese traditional festivals Han Fu Peking Opera…)
T Well done So they often learn to…
Ss They often learn to… (cook Chinese food enjoy Chinese festivals wear Han Fu sing Peking Opera…) （课件出示：活动词组应图片）
T Chinese food is very delicious Many people in other countries like Chinese food Look at this boy He cooks Chinese food with his classmates and teachers every week （课件出示：教材P41 Let’s learn板块图）
Present the new phrase cooks Chinese food (出示课件) Highlight the s at the end of the verb Ask students to learn the new phrase and read it after the recording Write down the phrase cooks Chinese food on the blackboard
Point to the picture and ask
T Does he cook Chinese food
Ss Yes he does
Students practice the dialogue in pairs
3 Learn the phrase does word puzzles
Present the pictures of foreigners enjoying Lantern Festival （课件出示：外国欢度元宵节图片）
T Do you know what festival it is
Ss Lantern Festival
T Lantern Festival is one of the most popular festivals in China What do you often do on this day
Ss I often… (get together enjoy the Lantern Show do Chinese word puzzles…) （课件出示：活动词组应图片）
(Transfer students’ answers into the third person)
T Excellent He She often… Do you know the English word puzzles （课件出示：英语字谜图片词组中文字谜做 ）
Write down the phrase does word puzzles on the blackboard
Present the new phrase does word puzzles （出示课件）Highlight the es at the end of the verb Students learn the new phrase and read it after the recording
Point to the picture and ask
T Does she do word puzzles
Ss Yes she does
Students practice the dialogue in pairs
4 Learn the phrase goes hiking
T After Lantern Festival spring comes The weather gets warmer It’s good for outdoor activities
Present the new phrase go hiking and extend the phrases fly a kite climb mountains have a picnic ride a bike （课件出示：活动词组应图片拓展词组） Students read them after the teacher
T： Here are some foreigners They make friends with Chinese people and join in the outdoor activities Let’s see what they often do （课件出示：列句子配图）
Teaching purpose⑤
创设形式活动学生操练课核心词汇句型保持学生课堂学兴趣激情
Write down the phrases goes hiking every weekendweekSaturdaySunday on the blackboard
Step 3 Practice⑤
1Play a game：What’s missing
Present the pictures and the phrases of these activities study Chinese study English cook Chinese food do word puzzles go hiking climb mountains fly a kite （出示课件）
(1) Students read the phrases together
(2) Make a model first Lead some students to read the verb phrases and the other students say the phrases in the third person
(3) Ask students to say the missing picture
2 Ask and answer
Present the pictures of the phrases （出示课件）Help students practice the key phrases and the sentence structures Let them pay attention to the happy or the sad face attached Then ask and answer
(1) The teacher asks Does heshe… Students answer Yes heshe does or No heshe doesn’t The teacher makes models with several students first
（补充说明：强调助动词开头般疑问句句式注意问句中动词原形答句先回答YesNo）
(2) Then students work in groups Groups 1~3 ask Groups 4~6 answer
Teaching purpose⑥
利听音练活动检测学生核心词句掌握情况引导学生观察句子特征解般现时表达常时间状语通记忆游戏巩固学生改写般疑问句进行问答语言力
(3) Boys ask Girls answer
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Listen match and say⑥
(1) Present the pictures and the recording in Listen match and say （课件出示：教材P41 Listen match and say板块图片音频） Lead students to read the pictures first Ask them to predict the key phrases before listening
T We have to catch the names he or she and the phrases of hobbies while listening
Then let students listen to the recording and match the pictures
Listen again and check the answers （课件出示：教材P41 Listen match and say板块答案）
(2) Present the listening material （课件出示：教材P41 Listen match and say板块听力材料） Highlight the new word characters Ask students to guess its meaning Help them get to know the word and read the sentences together
(3) Lead students to observe these four sentences and find some regulations Help them learn the simple present tense and the relevant time adverbials
(4) Let’s play a memory game
（游戏说明：学生2分钟时间记忆面四句子does创设般疑问句四公进行提问然根面描述进行回答）
Make a model：
A Does John goes hiking every day
B No he doesn’t He goes hiking every Saturday
2 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Recite the phrases in Let’s learn
2 Practice the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1利直观形象图片快速复学重点单词词组活泼欢快歌谣帮助复核心句型开展学奠定语言基础
2词组授新呈现注重情境创设注重文化渗透基外国中国文化浓厚兴趣通中国美食传统节日汉服京剧等充满中国元素文化活动拓展学生相关表达引导学生笔友介绍传播中国文化
3学生体注重学生引导启发思维学生观察总结般现时表达特点般疑问句表达方式
4创设形式操练活动帮助学生巩固课核心语言保持学生课堂学兴趣激情教学重难点效突破
5板书设计清晰明重点突出起总结作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the phrases of interests and hobbies cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t to ask and answer
Listen match and say
·Be able to listen and match then make communication
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this period
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t to ask and answer
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t to ask and answer skillfully
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Divide students into several groups
1 Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Use the vivid pictures and the cheerful song to review the vocabulary and the phrases they learned last class quickly
Lay the foundation of language expression for the following learning
2 A quick review
Present the pictures of different hobbies
2 Review the words and the expressions they learned last class
3 Enjoy a song—My new pen pal
3 Enjoy and sing the song
4 Leadin
Present the pictures
Talk with students about Zhang Peng’s pen pal Peter
Talk with the teacher about Zhang Peng’s pen pal Peter
Lead students to have a preliminary experience of the general questions in the simple present tense through the conversation
Presentation
1 Learn the phrase studies Chinese and the key sentence structures
(1) Present the video of Let’s learn and ask students to think about two questions before watching
(2) Teach the new phrase
(3) Teach the key sentence structures
(1) Think about the questions and then watch the short video of Let’s learn
(2) Learn the new phrase
(3) Learn the key sentence structures and practice in pairs
Extend students’ expressions through Chinese food traditional
festivals Han Fu Peking Opera and other cultural forms full of
Chinese elements which foreigners are greatly interested in Lead them to introduce and spread Chinese culture to their pen pals
2 Learn the phrase cooks Chinese food
Talk with students Teach the phrase
Talk with the teacher
Brainstorm the elements that foreigners like about China Learn the phrase
3 Learn the phrase does word puzzles
Present the pictures and teach the phrase
Learn the new phrase Pay attention to the third singular form of verbs
4 Learn the phrase goes hiking
Teach the phrase
Learn and read the phrase
Talk about what outdoor activities foreigners often join in in China
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Play a game What’s missing
Present the pictures and the phrases of some activities and then make a model
(1) Read the phrases together
(2) Some students read the verb phrases and the other students say the phrases in the third person
(3) Say the missing picture
Create different forms of activities to let students practice the key words and phrases of this lesson Maintain students’ interest and passion in learning
2 Ask and answer
Present the pictures
Lead students to talk about the pictures
(1) Practice the key phrases and the key sentence structures with the teacher
(2) Work in groups
(3) Work in boys and girls
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Listen match and say
(1)Present the pictures and play the recording
Let students listen and match
Check the answers
(2)Present the listening material
(3)Help students learn the simple present tense and the relevant time adverbials
(4)Let students play a game
(1) Look at the pictures Listen and match Then check the answers
(2) Read the listening material learn the word characters and read the sentences together
(3) Learn the simple present tense and the relevant time adverbials
(4) Play a memory game
Test students’ mastery of the key words and the phrases through the listening and matching exercises Get them to know the simple present tense and its commonly used adverbials
Through the memory game consolidate students’ language ability of rewriting general questions to ask and answer
2 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Recite the phrases in Let’s learn
2 Practice the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂Let’s try板块题目求学会听前预测听重点容
·通完成听力题目发生事进行预测
·运基听力技巧完成旨题细节题
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t谈信息通话简单解澳利亚首堪培拉著名城市悉尼
·够语境中助图片等理解新词Canberra amazing意思正确发音
▶教学重点
1够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
2够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t谈信息
▶教学难点
够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t谈信息
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
利图片快速复节课学词汇句型接话奠定语言基础
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can read loudly clearly and correctly in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 A quick review①
(1) Present the pictures of the following activities （课件出示相关图片相应词汇） Let students review the words and the expressions they learned last class
Activities cook Chinese food study Chinese study English do word puzzles go hiking write a letteran email climb mountains do kung fu play football read stories sing dance swim run
(2) Let students change the verbs into ing forms Help them review the rules of adding ing at the end of the verbs （出示课件）
3 Leadin
T How can you connect with your pen pal（课件出示）
Ss I can connect with my pen pal by… (QQ WeChat emails letters phone calls…)
Teaching purpose②
导入环节快速进入Let’s try板块快速阅读听前两问题预测听力关键词然听录音选择正确答案培养良听前预测惯
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s try②
(1)T School is over Miss White is talking to Wu Yifan Read the questions Predict the key information we are going to catch during the listening Then listen and circle the correct answers （课件出示分步出示教材P40 Let’s try 板块问题音频答案）
（2）Let students listen again Ask them to read the listening material after the recording Highlight the key information pen pal and 11 （课件出示教材P40 Let’s try板块听力材料）
Teaching purpose③
呈现Let’s talk板块图片引导学生观察图片信息预测学话容培养学生逻辑思维力观话视频解话意带着问题听话录音完成问答题检验学生话细节理解
2 Make predictions③
Present the picture of Let’s talk （课件出示教材P40 Let’s talk板块图片） Lead students to make predictions through the picture
T Who are the two boys
Ss They are John and Wu Yifan
T What is Wu Yifan doing
Ss He is writing an email
T Can you guess what they are talking about
Ss They are talking about…(Ask students to make predictions)
3 Watch and answer
(1) Present the video of Let’s talk （课件出示教材P40 Let’s talk板块视频） Let students watch it Lead them to answer the question and get the main idea of the dialogue
T What are they talking about
Ss They are talking about Wu Yifan’s new pen pal in Australia
(2) Listen again and answer
①Does the new pen pal live in Sydney（No he doesn’t）
Write down the sentence Does the new pen pal live in Sydney on the blackboard
②Is his name John（Yes it is）
Teaching purpose④
通回答问题理解话基学生话容细节感知加深利设问引导学生解两John爱认识具相似爱更容易成朋友
③Does the new pen pal like doing word puzzles and reading stories （No he doesn’t He likes doing word puzzles and going hiking）
Write down the sentence structures —Does the new pen pal like… —Yes he does No he doesn’t on the blackboard
4 Get more details④
（1）T Does the new pen pal live in Sydney Australia
Ss No he doesn’t
T Where does the pen pal John live
Ss He lives in Canberra
Present the flag of Australia pictures of Sydney and Canberra and famous animals of Australia （出示课件） Get students to know something about Australian culture Write down the words and the phrase Australia(country） Sydney（the biggest city） Canberra (capital) on the blackboard
T Sydney is the biggest city in Australia Canberra is the capital There are many famous animals Kangaroos and koalas are famous around the world These animals are amazing
Write down the word amazing on the blackboard
Teach the new words Canberra and amazing （出示课件） Help students learn to read them in syllables correctly
（2）T Does Wu Yifan’s new pen pal like doing word puzzles and going hiking
Ss Yes he does
T Does John like doing word puzzles and going hiking too
Ss Yes he does
T Wu Yifan’s new pen pal’s name is John too What do the two Johns like
Ss They both like doing word puzzles and going hiking
T What does John want to do
Ss He wants to make friends with Wu Yifan’s new pen pal
Teaching purpose⑤
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
T Why does he want to make friends with Wu Yifan’s pen pal
Ss Because they have the same hobbies They both like doing word puzzles and going hiking
T Good job People with similar hobbies and favourites are more likely to be friends
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑤
(1) Students read after the recording （出示课件） Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice the dialogue in pairs Read in roles
Teaching purpose⑥
基话创设关John信息帮助学生更解Wu Yifan笔友般疑问句形式操练课核心句型接巩固活动拓展相关表达做充分语言准备
(3) Act out Boys play the role of Wu Yifan Girls play the role of John
2 Let’s know more about Wu Yifan’s pen pal⑥
Present a set of pictures Lead students to read them Make a model first
（课件出示单词词组sing read stories play football do kung fu climb mountains watch cartoons配图张图片右角机附笑脸哭脸PPT中动画形式出现呈现核心句型—Does he like… —Yes he doesNo he doesn’t）
T Does he like singing
Ss (Students guess the answer) Yes he does No he doesn’t
Teaching purpose⑦
通帮助John设计交友广告整合话容完成文重构提高学生语言综合运力
Present the pictures and check whether the students guess the right answers
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Design an ad for John on a pen pal website⑦
T John is an outgoing boy He wants to make more friends from different countries Can you help him design an ad on a pen pal website
(1) What message can we share on the website
Ss We can share his name country city age hobbies favourite things…
T Well done If you share more people can know him better
(2)T Work in groups Design an ad for John You can do like this
Teaching purpose⑧
指导学生根教材方表格完善John交友信息学生熟练运学语言谈相关信息兴趣爱时渗透结交朋友兴趣爱情感教育
Hi My name is John I’m…years old I’m from… I live in… My favourite…is…
(3)T Share your ads Let’s see which group does best
2 Finish the message to John⑧（出示课件）
Lead students to go over the chart on page 40 and understand how to write it Then ask students to complete the message and give a brief report
3 A friendsmaking column
Lead students to create a friendsmaking column in the classroom after class Ask them to paste the messages on the column Let them read the messages and choose their friends They can chat with each other to get deeper understanding
4 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Remember the key words and expressions of this class
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1利直观形象图片复前节课学核心词汇句型学话奠定语言基础
2结合学生生活导入新课话创设语言背景学生情境中展开语言学
3注重学生听力惯逻辑思维培养引导学生读题预测听力关键词通观察图片信息预测话容
4关注学生语音语调引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
5师生话程中注意情感目标渗透引导学生解两John爱认识具相似爱更容易成朋友
6巩固活动注重话容整合重构基情境提高学生语言综合运力
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the questions and predict the key points of the listening part
·Be able to predict the story by finishing the listening questions
·Be able to understand the recording and finish the exercises
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture
·Be able to answer the questions below the dialogueBe able to read the dialogue correctly and fluently and act it out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t properly to ask for information about others Learn about the cities of Canberra and Sydney
·Be able to understand and read the new words Canberra amazing
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this class
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t properly to ask for information about others
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t properly to ask for information about others
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Divide students into several groups
Greet the teacher Get to know the evaluation rules of group work
Use pictures to review the words and the sentence structures learned last class quickly Lay a language foundation for the upcoming dialogue
2 A quick review
Lead students to review the key points of last class
(1) Review the words and the expressions
(2) Review the ing form
3 Leadin
Talk with students about how to connect with pen pals
Talk with the teacher about how to connect with pen pals
Presentation
1 Let’s try
(1)Play the recording Lead students to listen and complete the exercises
(2)Present the listening material
(1) Predict the key words Then listen and circle the correct answers
(2) Listen again Read the listening material after the recording
Lead students to predict the key words of the listening part Cultivate their good listening habits of prediction
2 Make predictions
Lead students to make predictions through the picture
Talk with the teacher and make predictions through the picture
Lead students to observe the picture and predict the dialogue Cultivate their logical thinking ability Let them watch the video to get the main idea first and then listen to it and answer the questions to test their understanding of the details
3 Watch and answer
（1）Play the video
Lead students to answer the question and get the main idea of the dialogue
（2）Let students listen again and answer the questions
(1) Watch the video of Let’s talk answer the question and get the main idea of the dialogue
(2) Listen again and answer the questions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Get more details
Lead students to get more information about the dialogue
Teach the words and the phrase
Talk with the teacher to get more information about the dialogue
Learn the words and the phrase
Talk with students to lead them to find out the common interests of two John’s and realize that people with similar interests are more likely to be friends
Practice
1 Read and act
Play the recording
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice the dialogue in pairs and read in roles
(2) Act out
Lead students to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation
2 Let’s know more about Wu Yifan’s pen pal
Present a set of pictures Lead students to read them Then make a model
Talk with the teacher to practice the key sentence structures
Create some information about John based on the dialogue Practice the key sentence structures and make language preparation for the next activity and extend their related expressions
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Design an ad for John on a pen pal website
Organize students to work in groups
(1) Talk about the message they can share on the website
(2) Work in groups Design an ad for John
(3) Share their ads
Lead students to talk about their own information and hobbies skillfully Permeate the emotional education of making friends with people who have the common interests
2 Finish the message to John
Ask students to complete the message and give a brief report
Go over the chart and understand how to write it
Complete the message and give a brief report
3 A friendsmaking column
Create a friendsmaking column in the classroom after class
4 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Select the best group
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Remember the key words and expressions of this class
3 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够正确听说认读单词shall goal join club share
·够通讨伴爱激活相关背景知识储备词汇
·够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉细节信息思考推理问题力
·够根示范广告仿写想建立俱乐部广告
·根提示正确找读出文段中句子应该重读单词
▶教学重点
1够通讨伴爱激活相关背景知识储备词汇
2够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉细节信息思考推理问题力
▶教学难点
够根示范广告仿写想建立俱乐部广告
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音等
Teaching purpose①
师生话形式复单元核心句型整合课部分重点词组热身环节扫清部分词汇障碍接学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can act bravely actively and be openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 Free talk①
T I like cooking noodles and making salad （课件出示：cooking noodlesmaking salad相关容） What are your hobbies
Ss I like…and…
T （课件出示爱图片） What about these boys and girls What are their hobbies
Ss HeSheThey like(s)…
Teaching purpose②
通伴合作交流彼兴趣爱结合校园社团活动创设情境导入生词club join share学阅读语篇次扫清部分词汇障碍做语言铺垫激活学生相关背景知识
3 Talk and write②
T Work in pairs Talk about your hobbies and your partner’s hobbies Finish this table with your partner Write it down in your book （课件出示Read and write板块表格）
4 Leadin
T There are many clubs in our school Do you know these clubs （课件出示club相关容社团图片）
Teach the new word club
Ss They are the singing club dancing club football club basketball club reading club robots club and cooking club…
Write down the sentence Join our football club on the blackboard
T Do you want to join the clubs？ （课件出示join相关容）
Ss Yes
Teach the new word join
T In the clubs we can share our hobbies That will be great fun （课件出示share相关容）
Teaching purpose③
引导学生通快速阅读四广告初步解广告容作者整体感知文
Teach the new word share
Write down the words club join share in turn on the blackboard
Step 2 Whilereading
1 The Notice Board③（课件出示教材P42 NOTICE BOARD容）
Ask students to read the notices quickly try to get their main ideas and circle the writers of these notices
T What are the topics of these notices Who writes them （课件出示句型提示）
S1 The topic of the first notice is… …writes it (Shall we dance Amy)
Write down the word shall and the sentence Shall we dance on the blackboard
Highlight the new word shall Present its pronunciation and show students how to use the word （课件出示shall相关容）
S2 The topic of the second notice is… …writes it (Goal Goal Goal John)
Write down the word goal on the blackboard
Highlight the new word goal Present its pronunciation and show students how to use the word （课件出示goal相关容）
S3 The topic of the third notice is… …writes it (Let’s read together Mike)
S4 The topic of the fourth notice is… …writes it (Science Club YOUR club Robin)
Teaching purpose④
引导学生通快速阅读四广告初步解广告容作者整体感知文引导学生学完成细节题通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉细节信息力深入文理解
2 Careful reading④（课件出示先出示句型提示出示答案）
Ask students to read the notices carefully and try to understand the content in details
Offer proper guidance and help while students answer the questions
(1)T What are the notices about
S1 In the first notice Amy needs… (a partner in the dance class)
S2 In the second notice John wants you to… (join the football club)
S3 In the third notice Mike wants to share… (his books)
S4 In the fourth notice Robin wants you to… (come to the science room to learn to make robots)
(2)T Do the four people in the text want pen pals
Ss No they don’t
T How do you know
Teaching purpose⑤
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读引导学生通记忆关键词尝试复述短文提高语言表达力
Ss (Give the reasons)
(3) Ask students to find out the hobbies in the text
3 Read the notice board⑤
(1) Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice reading in pairs
(3) Retell the notice board Write down no more than five key words Then try to retell
Teaching purpose⑥
学生解学句子重读规律培养学生语音意识学生够正确读出阅读文段中典型例句单词重音
4 Tips for pronunciation⑥
(1) Present the part of Tips for pronunciation first （课件出示教材P43 Tips for pronunciation容） Lead students to guess the function of these squares under the words Make a model first Show students how to identify the stress in pronunciation
(2) Students read the text after the recording （课件出示教材P43 Tips for pronunciation音频） Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation especially the words stressed Try to read correctly fluently and emotionally and underline the words stressed
(3) Learn the regulations (课件出示句子重读规律)
(4) Read the sentences in Tips for pronunciation
Ask students to try to read these sentences first and then act out Choose the group which reads the best
T Can you find out more sentences like these Please show us how to read them
Step 3 Postreading
Teaching purpose⑦
短文填空活动形式引导学生仿写广告通选项词中动词原形单三形式引导学生关注语第三称单数时面谓语动词单三形式
1 Finish this ad for a cooking club⑦（课件出示教材P43 Let’s cook容）
(1)T Here is an ad for a cooking club Choose the right words to complete the text
(2) Check the answers Lead students to pay attention to the forms of the verbs after the singular third person
Answers talks cooks makes does
Teaching purpose⑧
引导学生根课示范广告仿写交友者建立社团广告巩固课核心词汇句型提高学生语言综合运力
(3) Let’s read it together
2 Make your own ad⑧
(1)T Do you want to make friends through an ad Do you want to find someone who has the same hobbies as you to join the club Make your own ad You can choose one to complete and do it like this
T If you can create more in the ad that will be greater
(2) Share the ads Choose the best and the most attractive ad
3 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Recite the new words of this class
2 Practice reading the passages Try to read the stress correctly
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课堂评价方式引导鼓励学生课胆表达想法积极发言培养学生思维力积极开发课堂思维
2师生话伴交流形式创设情境导入新词面阅读扫清部分词汇障碍做语言铺垫激活学生相关背景知识
3教学活动循序渐进通快速阅读整体感知文通学利细节题引导学生语篇中抓细节逐层深入理解文
4引导学生解学句子重读规律培养学生语音意识学生够正确读出阅读文段中典型例句单词重音
5拓展部分学生尝试创造广告牌引导学生学会选择关键信息通鲜明社团特征号召性语句吸引关注评选出优秀篇
6教学程学生体注重学生引导思维品质培养阅读程中渗透阅读策略
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to listen speak and read the words shall goal join club share
·Be able to discuss the hobbies and activate the relevant background knowledge and the reserved vocabulary
·Be able to capture information in details through questions and train the ability of thinking and reasoning
·Be able to write one’s own club ads according to the demonstration in the textbook
·Be able to find out the words pronounced in stress and read them correctly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to activate the relevant background knowledge and the reserved vocabulary by discussing their own and partner’s hobbies
·Be able to capture detailed information in the text Train the ability of thinking and reasoning through questions while reading
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to write one’s own club ads according to the demonstration in the textbook
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups
Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Encourage students to express their ideas bravely in class and keep openminded
2 Free talk
Talk with students about hobbies
Talk with the teacher about hobbies
Review the key sentence structures in this unit
3 Talk and write
Lead students to finish the table with their partner
Work in pairs Talk about their hobbies and their partner’s hobbies
Create scenes to introduce new words Clear some barriers of words and make a preparation for the upcoming reading Activate students’ relevant background knowledge
4 Leadin
Talk about the clubs in school Lead in the new words club join share
Talk about the clubs with the teacher Learn the new words club join share
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilereading
1 The notice board
Lead students to read the notices quickly
Teach the new words
Try to get their main ideas Circle the writers of these notices
Learn the new words
Read the four ads quickly to get a preliminary understanding of the content and the writers
2 Careful reading
Lead students to read the notices carefully and understand the content in details
(1) Find out what the notices are about
(2) Think about whether the four people in the text want pen pals
(3) Find out the hobbies in the text
Lead them to capture the detailed information in the text through questions and deepen their understanding of the text
3 Read the notice board
Lead students to read practice and retell
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice reading in pairs
(3) Retell the notice board
Lead students to read the text with correct pronunciation and intonation Improve their oral expressing ability through retelling the text
4 Tips for pronunciation
Lead students to read the words stressed correctly
(1) Guess the function of the squares under the words and identify the stress in pronunciation
(2) Read after the recording and underline the words stressed
(3) Learn the regulations
(4) Read the sentences and act out
Lead students to understand the main rules of sentence stress Cultivate their phonological awareness and let them be able to read the words stressed correctly in the reading text
Postreading
1 Finish this ad for a cooking club
(1) Complete the text
(2) Check the answers
(3) Read it together
Lead students to pay attention to the forms of the verbs following the singular third person
2 Make your own ad
Lead students to make their own ads
(1) Make their own ads according to the texts
(2) Share the ads Choose the best and the most attractive ad
Consolidate the key words and sentence structures and improve students’ comprehensive language using ability
3 Summary
Make a brief summary of this class Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Recite the new words of this class
2 Practice reading the passages Try to read the stress correctly
3 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up &
Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够完成Let’s check板块语篇听力训练巩固单元学重点容
·够学会图片信息中推测考查点做目听录音听完成判断务
·培养学生良听力惯策略提高学生听力水
Let’s wrap it up
·够通图配文方式帮助学生理解般现时第三称单数形式通找关键词进行词尾转换方式帮助学生纳单元语法现象
·够教师引导启发思维学会总结
Story time
·够通阅读趣味事复巩固单元学语言增加语言输入
▶教学重点
够复巩固单元学核心单词词组句型
▶教学难点
够教师引导启发思维学会巩固复纳总结
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
Teaching purpose①
开放式提问引导学生复单元核心词汇通学生交流关父母朋友兴趣爱复单元核心句型面句子表达篇章输出奠定基础
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can join actively response quickly and be openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 A quick review （课件出示图片词组）
T Let’s get a quick review How many hobbies can you name in these five columns sports art music outdoor activities indoor activities If you can name one you’ll get one point for your group （课件出示分类形式呈现爱相关词汇）
3 Free talk
Talk with students about their own their parents’ or their friends’ hobbies
Teaching purpose②
带领学生逐读图学会图片信息中推测考查点预测听力文容做目听录音注重学生良听力惯培养持续提高学生听力水
Step 2 Presentation & Practice
1 Let’s check②
(1) Make predictions
Present the pictures of Let’s check (课件出示教材P44 Let’s check板块图片) Lead students to go over the pictures and predict the content they are going to listen
T In the dialogues we are going to talk about four people They are Andy Mike Amy and John’s mother What are the dialogues going to talk about
Ss The dialogues are going to talk about their hobbies
T Nice guess What are their hobbies from Dialogue 1 to Dialogue 4
S1 In Dialogue 1 he likes playing football or the piano
S2 In Dialogue 2 he likes going by bus or by bike
S3 In Dialogue 3 she likes doing word puzzles or reading stories
S4 In Dialogue 4 she likes watching news or cooking
T Good job Let’s see whether we get the right guess
(2) Listen and tick
Play the recording （课件出示教材P44 Let＼＇s check板块音频）
Lead students to listen to it and tick the correct pictures Then check the answers（课件出示教材P44 Listen and tick答案）
(3) Listen again and fill in the blanks
Try to fill in the blanks according to the pictures before listening Listen again and complete the sentences Check the answers after listening（课件出示教材P44 Listen again and fill in the blanks容答案）
Teaching purpose③
通图配文形式帮助学生理解短文意义引导学生观察动词形式学探究通找关键词进行词尾转换方式帮助学生纳单元语法现象解学般现时第三称单数形式
(4) Present the listening material and let students read the text together （课件出示教材P44 Let’s check板块听力材料）
2 Let’s wrap it up③（出示课件）
(1) Let students observe the picture in the book and then read the passage and underline the verbs Then lead them to fill in the blanks Check the answers together
(2) Work in groups Discuss about the regulations of these verbs Lead students to put them into different groups and find out more words like these
Write down the changing rules of verbs following the third person singular on the blackboard Present the rules on the PPT（课件出示：动词第三称单数形式变化规）
(3)T How do we use these verbs
Ss We use them after the third person singular in the simple present tense (Students can answer in Chinese)
T Excellent Here is a short passage written in the first person Can you change it into the third person
Ss Yes
T Great Let’s have a try
Teaching purpose④
观事视频整体感知理解事容握旨
Step 3 Consolidation & Extension
Story time
1 Let’s read
(1) Know the main characters and the main idea of the story④
T What does the squirrel look like
Ss It is cute It has got a big and long tail
T Yes Let’s get into the story and see what the story talks about the squirrel
Watch the video of Story time （课件出示教材P45 Story time板块视频） Get the main idea
Teaching purpose⑤
复动词般现时利问题设置帮助学生深入理解文巩固单元核心句型
T What does the story talk about the squirrel
Ss It talks about the squirrel’s bushy tail
(2) Circle the verbs in the simple present tense⑤
Ask students to read the story as fast as they can and circle the verbs in the simple present tense
Lead students to have a basic understanding of the simple present tense
(3) Read and answer the questions
Ask students to read the story carefully and try to get a better understanding Let them think about these questions and underline the answers while reading
①What is the Monkey King’s hobby（The Monkey King likes reading books）
②What is Zac’s hobby（He likes singing and dancing very much）
③Why was the Monkey King so angry（He doesn’t like Zac’s music One day Zac sang for the king The king was very angry）
T So how does the squirrel’s tail get bushy
Ss The king shouted Go away Then he threw Zac out of the tree From that day on all squirrels’ tails were bushy
Teaching purpose⑥
培养学生学会正确意群语音语调朗读事组合作角色表演活动形式引导学生恰熟练运事中语言通事拓展阅读丰富学生语言表达增加单元题相关语言输入
T Is it a true story
Ss …
(4)Read the story⑥
①Read the story after the recording Imitate the pronunciation and the intonation
②Practice in groups Choose a short part to perform the story
③Ask several students to come to the front of the classroom and act out the story
2 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
33 Remember the key words and sentence structures
34 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 利快速复方式激活学生相关词汇单元背景知识复前先学生回忆总结仅帮助学生唤醒旧知面学中更针性复牢记遗忘知识
2教学活动设计循序渐进学生体注重组合作交流探究引导启发学生思维培养学生学力思维力
3教学活动设计词逐句句步入篇章引导学生关注语言细节复巩固单元核心语法点提高语言表达准确度
4通学事丰富语言输入拓展单元题相关表达解松鼠尾巴变蓬松趣味事
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to complete the listening exercises in Let’s check and consolidate the key words and sentence structures in this unit
·Be able to predict the test points through pictures and try to listen to the recording with purpose then complete the exercises
·Develop students’ good listening habits and strategically improve their listening level
Let’s wrap it up
·Be able to understand the usage of the third person singular in simple present tense And be able to summarize the main grammatical phenomenon in this unit
·Be able to inspire thinking and learn to summarize under the teacher’s guidance
Story time
·Be able to review the key expressions of this unit and enrich the language input through reading the story
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to review and consolidate the key words phrases and sentence structures of this unit
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to inspire thinking and learn to consolidate and summarize under the teacher’s guidance
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups
Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Set up an evaluation mechanism
2 A quick review
Lead students to review the words of the hobbies in this unit
Get a quick review of the words of the hobbies in this unit
Review the key vocabulary and sentence structures of this unit Lay the foundation for the following sentence expressions and text output
3 Free talk
Talk with students about their own their parents’ or friends’ hobbies
Talk with the teacher about their own their parents’ or their friends’ hobbies
Presentation
&
Practice
1 Let’s check
(1) Present the pictures of Let’s check Lead students to go over the pictures and predict the content
(2) Play the recording Lead students to listen and tick the correct pictures Then check the answers
(3) Play the recording again Lead students to complete the sentences Check the answers after listening
(4) Present the listening material
(1) Go over the pictures and make predictions
(2) Listen and tick
Check the answers
(3) Fill in the blanks before listening Listen again and complete the sentences
(4) Read the listening material together
Lead students to observe the pictures one by one and learn to infer the test points Predict the content of the listening text so as to listen purposefully Cultivate students’ good listening habits in order to continuously improve their listening level
2 Let’s wrap it up
（1）Lead students to complete the exercise in Let’s wrap it up
（2）Ask students to work in groups and discuss about the regulations of the verbs
（3）Teach how to use the verbs
(1) Read the passage and underline the verbs Then fill in the blanks
(2) Work in groups Discuss about the regulations of these verbs Put them into different groups and find out more words like these
(3) Learn to use the words
Help students understand the meaning of the short passage through the picture Lead them to observe the verb forms and summarize the main grammatical phenomenon in this unit Learn the third person singular in the simple present tense
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Let’s read
(1) Lead students to watch the video of Story time and know the main characters and get the main idea
(2) Teach the verbs in the simple present tense
(3) Ask students to read the story and answer the questions
(4) Let students practice reading the story and act out
(1) Watch the video of Story time Know the main characters and get the main idea
(2) Circle the verbs in the simple present tense
(3) Read the story and answer the questions
(4)①Read the story
②Practice in groups
③Act out
Watch the video of the story get an overall perception of the story and grasp the main idea
Review the simple present tense Help students deeply understand the text and consolidate the key sentence structures of this unit
Make sure students can read the story correctly
2 Summary
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Enrich students’ language expressions and increase the language input related to the unit topic
Homework
1 Remember the key words and sentence structures
2 Do the exercises
Unit 5 What does he do
教材分析
单元学题物职业生活情况教学容通家长日OliverSarah谈父母工作情景MikeXiao Yu回家路谈家工作生活场景展开教学重点听说读写核心句型—What does heshe do —He She is…—Where does heshe work —He She works…—How does heshe go to work —He She goes to work…听说读写单词词组：factory worker postman businessman police officer fisherman scientist pilot coach
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型—What does he do —He is a businessman—Where does he work —He works at sea—How does he go to work —He goes to work by bike
· 够情景中运句型—What does heshe do —He She is…—Where does heshe work —He She works…—How does heshe go to work —He She goes to work…谈物职业生活情况
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读关爱职业语篇
运单元学核心句型口头描述爱喜欢职业时仿范例完成信息表
·够听说读写单词词组：factory worker postman businessman police officer fisherman scientist pilot coach
·够正确述单词词组谈描述物职业生活情况
·知道逗号英语句子中停顿标志
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备：救生衣救生艇消防员衣服工程抢险车等
·够视角认识职业明白事某职业应具备条件构思职业梦想
·够通图捕捉关键信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意选择合适标题
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Listen match and say
第三课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时： Part B Let’s learn & Write and discuss
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求学会听前预测听力重点容
·够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够情景中运句型—What does heshe do—He She is…谈物职业
·够情景中运第三称单数特殊疑问句
·够语境中助图片等理解country head teacher意思正确发音
▶教学重点
够情景中运句型—What does he she do—He She is…谈物职业
▶教学难点
够情景中运第三称单数特殊疑问句
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示职业相关图片头脑风暴帮助学生唤醒旧知激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Revision—Brainstorm
Show some pictures of different jobs on the PPT Help students review the words of the jobs（课件出示：职业图片职业词汇：driver doctor cook farmer basketball player dancer singer 等中间呈现jobs）
3 Leadin
T My father is a teacher My mother is a nurse What about your father and mother
Ss My father is aan…
T In this unit we’re going to talk about jobs We’ll learn how to ask and answer about jobs
Write down the topic What does he do on the blackboard
T Today is Parents’ Day Our friends’ parents will come to school to meet the teachers Who will come Can you guess
Ss
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听录音前预测听力重点容
1 Listen and circle②
(1) Show the part of Let’s try to students Students read the question by themselves（课件出示：教材P48 Let’s try板块容）
T Listen to the recording Please pay attention to the bold words Who will come
(2) Play the recording（课件出示：教材P48 Let’s try板块音频）
Students listen to the recording and try to answer the question
(3) Play the recording again and ask students to circle the answers in the book（出示课件）Then check the answers
Teaching purpose③
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通图片容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
T What does Sarah’s father do Is he a doctor a teacher or a taxi driver
Ss He’s a doctor
2 Look and predict③
Show the picture of Let’s talk to students Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue（课件出示：教材P48 Let’s talk板块图片）
Questions ①Who are they ②Who are they talking about ③Is it Parents’ Day today Who will come Oliver’s father or his mother or both？…
Teaching purpose④
引导学生带着问题观文动画整体感知文获取信息
3 Watch and answer④
Show the questions on the PPT Let students watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions（课件出示：教材P47 Let’s talk板块视频列问题）
Q1 Who are they talking about（They are talking about Oliver’s father and mother）
Q2 Who will come（Oliver’s mother will come）
T Yes Oliver’s mother will come today And how about Oliver’s father
Teaching purpose⑤
引导学生带着问题读文进步感知文获取信息引导学生文学新单词词组句型
S1 Oliver’s father can’t come
T Why
S2 Because Oliver’s father is in Australia now
4 Read and answer⑤
Students read the dialogue and try to answer the questions（课件出示：列问题）
Q3 What does Oliver’s father do
Q4 What does Oliver’s mother do
T What does Oliver’s father do
S1 He’s a businessman
T Yes He’s a businessman He sales things He often goes to other countries Maybe Japan the USA
Help students understand the words businessman country Teach the words Students learn to read
T What does Oliver’s mother do
S2 She’s a teacher
T Yes She’s a head teacher In our school Mr…Mrs…is our head teacher
Teach the phrase head teacher Students learn to read
T Do you want to be a head teacher (Ask several students Help them to answer)
S3 Yes I want to be a head teacher No I want to be aan…
Teaching purpose⑥
通学生听录音读引导正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
T What does Oliver’s father do What does Oliver’s mother do How does Sarah ask How does Oliver answer
Write down the sentence structures —What does heshe do —He She is… on the blackboard
Students practice in pairs
5 Read and act⑥
(1)Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation（出示课件）
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in groups Then act out
(3)Make a new dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Choose and say
Show some word cards（writer cleaner taxi driver singer dancer football player）to students Students read the words and the phrases one by one
Teaching purpose⑦
助PPT学生呈现物职业帮助学生操练新句型
Then let some students choose one card each time And ask them to use the sentences to describe it For example I like writing stories for children The boys ask What does heshe do The girls answer HeShe is a writer Then exchange
2 Pair work⑦
(1) Show some pictures of famous people on the PPT （出示课件）(2) Make a model
Point to the picture of Mo Yan and ask one student
T What does he do
S1 He is a writer
T Do you want to be a writer too
S1 Yes I want to be a writer No I want to be aan…
(3) Students practice in pairs
(4) Show time
Teaching purpose⑧
通创设然真实情境学生情境中合理运学语言询问职业作简单汇报培养学生语言综合运力
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen and make evaluations to them
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Make a survey
1 Create a situation
T Oliver’s father is a businessman His mother is a head teacher There are some other jobs Let’s see
Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：教材P48 Let’s try板块方职业图片）Lead students to review the words of the jobs
T My father is a teacher My mother is a nurse What does your father or mother do What does your classmates’ father or mother do Let’s make a survey
2 Make a demonstration
Show a chart to the class
Name
Father
Mother
Lin Hong
teacher
nurse
T … what does your father do
S1 He is a…
T What does your mother do
S1 She’s a…
Write down the answers in the chart
3 Work in groups
Ask students to work in groups of four as the demonstration and finish the chart
4 Make a report
Some students show the chart to the class and make a report with the structure My father is a teacher My mother is a nurse …’s father is aan… Her His mother is aan…
The other students listen and make evaluations to them
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 整教学设计流程清晰达成课程教学目标
2 逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
3 情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
4 教学中适引入代名信息调动学生积极性学生解许课堂外信息时代接轨
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening tasks
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture and answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and act it out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures—What does heshe do—He She is…to talk about people’s jobs properly
·Be able to use the third person singular special questions in situations
·Be able to understand and read the new word and phrasecountry head teachercorrectly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and use the key sentence structures —What does heshe do —He She is… properly
▶Teaching Difficulties
Be able to use the third person singular special questions in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision—Brainstorm
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Review the words of the jobs
3 Free talk
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of the jobs
Review some words of the jobs
Prepare for the next part
Presentation
1 Listen and circle
(1) Show the part of Let’s try to students Ask students to read the question by themselves
(2) Play the recording
(3) Play the recording again and check the answers
(1) Look at the part of Let’s try Read the question
(2) Listen to the recording and answer the question
(3) Listen to the dialogue and try to circle the answers
Check the answers
Lead students to predict the main idea before listening Cultivate students’ ability of logical reasoning
2 Look and predict
Show the picture of Let’s talk to students
Look at the picture carefully
Answer the questions Predict the main idea of the dialogue
Develop students’ observation and logical reasoning ability by predicting the main idea of the dialogue
3 Watch and answer
Show the questions on the PPT
Play the cartoon
Check the answers
Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
Check the answers
Lead students to understand the content of the dialogue by asking questions Get an overall perception of the text and get useful information Help students learn the words the phrase and the sentence structures
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Read and answer Teach the new sentences
Show the questions on the PPT
Help students understand the words businessman country
Teach the phrase head teacher
Read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
Try to understand and learn the words businessman country
Learn the phrase head teacher
Practice the sentence structures in pairs
5 Read and act
(1) Ask students to read after the recording
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups and act out
(3) Let students make a new dialogue
(1) Read after the recording
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups and act out
(3) Make a new dialogue
Make sure students are able to read the dialogue correctly and fluently and act it out in groups
Practice
1 Choose and say
Show some word cards to students Ask students to choose and say
2 Pair work
(1) Show some pictures on the PPT
(2) Make a model
(3) Ask students to practice in pairs
(4) Show time
1 Read the words of the jobs one by one Choose word cards and describe them Then ask and answer
2 (1) Look at the pictures
(2) Learn the model
(3) Practice in pairs
(4) Show to the class
Practice the key words and sentence structures
Consolidation
&
Extension
Make a survey
1 Create a situation
2 Make a demonstration
3 Work in groups
4 Make a report
Work in groups of four
Ask and write down the answers in the chart
Then try to make a report
Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Listen match and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·通图片课件等结合教材中张鹏Oliver职业体验日谈父母工作情景学
会听说读写关职业单词词组：factory worker postman businessman police officer
·够熟练运述单词词组通种活动运句型What does heshe do谈
职业
Listen match and say
·够教师帮助听录音获取相关信息完成听连线务
·够根完成连线容四父母职业进行问答练
▶教学重点
够听说读写熟练运列关职业单词词组：factory worker postman
businessman police officer
▶教学难点
够学词汇句型谈职业
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文音频视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示相关职业图片帮助学生复职业相关词汇激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision①
Show some pictures of the jobs on the PPT Help students review the words of the jobs（课件出示：职业相关物图片：driver cleaner writer singer farmer dancer basketball player等）
T There are some jobs around us Let’s see What does heshe do What do they do
Ss He She is aan They’re
3 Leadin
T What other jobs do you know
Ss Teacher doctor nurse
T Cool There are lots of jobs around us What do you want to be
S1 I want to be a doctor
T Today is Career Day What career will you act First let’s learn some more jobs They’re so cool Let’s go
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
PPT出示图片引导学生理解businesswoman教学印象更深刻时面活动扫清障碍
1 Look and learn②
Present the pictures of Let’s learn on the PPT （课件出示：教材P49 Let’s learn板块四幅图片）Lead students to learn the new word businessman
T It’s Career Day Zhang Peng and Oliver are talking about Oliver’s father in front of the display What does Oliver’s father do Do you remember Please circle the right picture
Students look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
Write down business + manbusinessman on the blackboard Use the picture and the recording to teach the word（出示课件）
Point to Picture 3 and lead students to practice the word like this
A What does he do
B He’s a businessman
Show a picture of a businesswoman on the PPT（课件出示：女商图片）
T She’s a woman What does she do Can you guess
Lead students to say the word businesswoman Show the word on the PPT（出示课件）
Show two pictures on the PPT（课件出示：男商女商图片）
Point to the pictures and lead students to practice the words like this
A What does he she do
B He’s She’s a businessmanbusinesswoman
Teaching purpose③
结合图片话引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词种方式引导学生操练新单词
2 Learn the new word postman③
T There is another man in the pictures Can you find What does he do
Students look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
T Yes he’s a postman He works in a post office
Write down post+ manpostman on the blackboard Teach the new word（出示课件）
Ask students to read the word one by one
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the word like this
A What does he do
B He’s a postman
Teach the word postwoman with the picture and the recording （课件出示：postwoman相关容）
Show two pictures on the PPT Let students practice the words with the sentences —What does heshe do —He’s She’s a postman postwoman（课件出示：男邮递员女邮递员图片）
Point to the pictures and lead students to practice the words like this
A What does he she do
Teaching purpose④
助PPT出示图片通介绍工作点引出工作物帮助学生理解新单词充分利旧单词引出新词汇帮助学生认读新单词
B He’s She’s a postmanpostwoman
3 Learn the new phrase factory worker④
T There are some other jobs in the pictures Look at Picture 1 What does the woman do
Students look at the picture carefully and try to spell the phrase
T She works in a factory Work—worker Yes she’s a factory worker
Write down factory worker on the blackboard Teach the word factory and the phrase factory worker with the recording（出示课件）
Ask students to read the phrase one by one
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the phrase in pairs like this
A Is she a head teacher
B No she isn’t
A What does she do
B She’s a factory worker
4 Learn the new phrase police officer
T Look at Picture 4 There is a woman What does she do
Students look at the picture carefully and try to spell the phrase
T She works in a police office Police—police office—officer Cool She’s a police officer
Write down police officer on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the phrase（出示课件）
Let several students read the phrase one by one
Teaching purpose⑤
利单词卡片帮助学生操练新词汇句型中练运新词汇活跃课堂气氛
Point to the pictures and lead students to practice the phrase the same as above
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to play a game Students read the words or the phrases as fast as they can
2 What’s missing
Use the word cards to play this game
The teacher hides one card and asks What’s missing The student who raises hisher hand fastest has a chance to answer If he or she is right the teacher gives a prize to him or her Then the teacher shows the card to students and asks
T What does he she do
Ss He She is a an…
3 Listen match and say
（1）Show the part of Listen match and say on the PPT （课件出示：教材P49 Listen match and say板块容）
T Chen Jie and John are talking about the jobs of their parents What do they do Now let’s listen and match
（2）Play the recording（课件出示教材P49 Listen match and say板块音频）
Students listen to the recording and match by themselves
（3）Check the answers
Play the recording again Check the answers（出示课件）
（4）Work in pairs
Students ask and answer in pairs
A What does Jiao Jie’s mother do
B She’s a businesswoman
Teaching purpose⑥
通游戏学生情境中合理运学词汇激发学生英语学动力培养学生语言综合运力
…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
1 Create a situation
T Today is Career Day What career will you act Now let’s play a game
(游戏说明：选四五名学生讲台前面播放段音乐想象扮演职业做出相关动作老师说出口令Freeze学生必须立刻冰冻样迅速停止动作教师逐指出学提问What does heshe do求根台学生动作Is heshe aan…猜测相关职业表演者YesNo I’m aan…公布答案猜中学生予奖励)
2 Make a demonstration
Choose four or five students to the front of the platform to play the game as a demonstration
3 Work in groups
Students work in groups to play the game
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the words and the phrases 3 times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 通师生间谈话复节课学句型面学做铺垫
2 充分利图片进行词汇教学帮助学生直观解学知识
3 遵循学生认知规律学单词词组句型时先知义音形学生理解中学运
4 通图片引导学生试着说出businesswomanpostwoman帮助学生进行效拓展学生进行学方法指导
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new words and phrases factory worker postman businessman police officer by talking about the pictures and the PPT
·Be able to talk about the jobs by using the sentence structure What does heshe do
Listen match and say
·Be able to listen and get the information to complete the task with the help of the teacher
·Be able to ask and answer about their parents’ careers
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the new words and phrases factory worker postman businessman police officer
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to talk about other people’s careers by using the language they have learned
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show some pictures of the jobs on the PPT Help students
review the words of the jobs
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Review the words of the jobs
3 Free talk
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of jobs Review some words about the jobs Prepare for the following study
Presentation
1 Look and learn
Present the pictures on the PPT
Teach the new word businessman
Use the PPT to show a picture of a businesswoman Lead students to learn the word businesswoman
Look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
Learn and practice the words businessman businesswoman
Lead in the new word properly Help students learn the new words through the pictures and the questions
Pave the way for later activities
2 Learn the new word postman
Let students find the right picture and teach the new word postman Ask students to practice the word
Lead students to learn the word postwoman
Show the pictures and let students practice the words
Find the right picture Learn and practice the new word
Look at another picture and try to say postwoman
Point to the pictures and practice
Use the pictures to teach the new words Lead students to learn and practice
3 Learn the new phrase factory worker
Teach the phrase and ask students to read the phrase one by one and practice in pairs
4 Learn the new phrase police officer
Teach the phrase
Ask students to read the phrase one by one and practice in pairs
Look at the pictures carefully and try to spell the phrases
Practice the phrases in pairs
Lead in the new phrases properly Lead students to learn new words through the pictures and the questions Practice the new phrases in pairs
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Flashing cards
2 What’s missing
Use the word cards to play this game
3 Listen match and say
(1) Show the part of Listen match and say on the PPT and ask students the question
(2) Play the recording
(3) Play the recording again
Check the answers
(4) Ask students to practice the dialogues in pairs
1 Read the words or phrases as fast as they can
2 Play the game
3 (1) Look at the words and the phrases carefully
(2) Listen and match
(3) Listen and check the
answers
(4) Practice the dialogues in pairs
Make classroom atmosphere active Help students practice the new words and phrases Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Create a situation
2 Make a demonstration
3 Work in groups
Give a demonstration
Work in groups of four or five
Use the sentence structures they have learned to play the game
Create a real situation to motivate students to use the words and the sentence structures and develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Homework
1 Copy the words and the phrases 3 times
2 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求学会听前预测听力重点容
·够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够情景中运句型Where does he workHow does he go to work询问工作点班交通工具
·够语境中助图片等理解stay healthy work hard study hard意思正确发音
·够树立努力学健康生活意识
▶教学重点
够情景中运句型Where does he workHow does he go to work询问工作点班交通工具
▶教学难点
够运核心句型谈工作点班交通工具
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示A部分已学职业图片头脑风暴帮助学生唤醒旧知激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision①
Show some pictures of the jobs on the PPT Help students review the words of the jobs（课件出示：A部分职业名词图片）
T What does he she do
Ss He She is a an…
3 Leadin
T My father is a teacher My mother is a nurse What about your father and mother
S1 My father is aan…
T In Part B we’re going to continue to talk about jobs
Write down the topic What does he do on the blackboard
Teaching purpose②
帮助学生读懂题目求逐步引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容次听录音核答案师生录音容进行话练
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and circle②
(1) Show the picture of Mike and Xiao Yu on the PPT （课件出示：MikeXiao Yu图片）
T Mike and Xiao Yu are going home now Mike sees a man coming towards them He is Xiao Yu’s uncle They’re talking about Xiao Yu’s uncle
(2) Show the questions to students Ask students to predict the main idea of the listening content
(3) Play the recording（出示课件）
Teaching purpose③
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Students listen to the recording and try to circle the answers
(4)Play the recording again and check the answers
(5)Talk about the appearance and workplace of Xiao Yu’s uncle with students (课件出示：教材P50 Let’s try板块听力材料)
2 Look and predict③
Show the picture to students (课件出示：教材P50 Let’s talk板块图片) Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
Questions ①Who is the man that Mike and Xiao Yu are talking about ②Where is the man What does he do…
Teaching purpose④
利问题逐步引导学生理解文引出教授新单词
3 Watch and answer④
Show the questions on the PPT（出示课件） Play the cartoon Ask students to watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions Then check the answers（课件出示：教材P50 Let’s talk板块视频）
Q1 Who is that man（He’s Mike’s uncle）
Q2 What does he do（He is a fisherman）
Teaching purpose⑤
引导学生语境中助图片等理解stay healthy work hard study hard意思帮助正确发音帮助学生树立努力学健康生活意识
Write down fish +er +manfisherman on the blackboard And teach the word
Write down the questions on the blackboard
4 Read and answer Learn the new phrases and sentences⑤
Show the questions on the PPT (出示课件) Students read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
Q3 Where does he work (He works at sea)
Q4 How does he go to work (He goes to work by bike)
Show a picture of a sea on the PPT （课件出示：sea相关容）
T He sees lots of fish every day
Use gestures and exaggerated tones to help students understand
Write down the key sentences He works at sea and He goes to work by bike on the blackboard Lead students to read and practice the sentences in pairs
A Where does he work
B He works at sea
A How does he go to work
B He goes to work by bike
T What else do you know about Mike’s uncle （He works hard and stays healthy）
Teach the phrases work hard and stay healthy
Make sentences to help students understand them
Let students look at the last sentence of the dialogue and lead them to say out the right answer
T What should we do（We should study hard and stay healthy）
Help students understand study hard Then teach the phrase
Teaching purpose⑥
通学生听录音读引导正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演根话提供句型模板学生填词练话
T Yes we should study hard and stay healthy It’s good for us
Ask students to make sentences with the word should
5 Read and act⑥
（1）Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation（出示课件）
（2）Let students practice the dialogue in groups and act out
（3）Lead students to make a new dialogue as the model (课件出示：话练框架)
Teaching purpose⑦
助PPT学生呈现职业场景交通方式关词汇帮助学生操练新句型
Step 3 Practice
1 Read the words and the phrases⑦
Show some words on the PPT line by line（课件出示：逐行出示词汇）
Students read the words and the phrases
2 Find and classify
Ask students to find out different types of vocabulary in each line Then lead students to classify the words and phrases into three sorts （课件出示：分类结果） Lead students to find the special question words What Where How
3 Ask questions
T How can we ask
Show the questions on the PPT
4 Practice in pairs
Show the model of the dialogue (课件出示：话练范例)
5 Show time
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen and make evaluations to them
Teaching purpose⑧
通创设然真实情境学生情境中合理运学语言询问职业作简单汇报培养学生语言综合运力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Make a survey
1 Create a situation
T Mike and Xiao Yu are talking about their uncles’ jobs How about you What does your father or mother do Where does he or she work How does he or she go to work Let’s make a survey
2 Make a demonstration
Show a chart to the class (出示课件) Make a demonstration with a student
T … what does your father do
S1 He is a doctor
T Where does he work
S1 He works in a hospital
T How does he go to work
S1 He goes to work by car
Write down the answers in the chart
3 Work in groups
Lead students to work in groups of four Students ask and write down the answers in the chart
4 Make a report
Show the chart to the class and make a model
T …’s father is a doctor He works in a hospital He goes to work by car
Some students try to make a report The other students listen and make evaluations to them
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1教学活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力
2听力教学中逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
3情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
4效利表格帮助学生学表格设计目然起辅助作
5话表演学方式激发学生学兴趣拓宽学生参面调动学生积极性动性全体学生提供锻炼口语机会
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening tasks
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture Be able to answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and act out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structuresWhere does he workHow does he go to workto talk about where others work and how they go to work properly
·Be able to understand and read the new phrasesstay healthy work hard study hardcorrectly
·Be able to help students establish the consciousness of studying hard and living healthily
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to use the key sentence structures Where does he work How does he go to work to talk about where others work and how they go to work in situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to talk about where others work and how they go to work
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
T What does heshe do
Ss He She is aan…
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Review the words of the jobs
3 Free talk
Review some words of the jobs
Prepare for the next part
Presentation
1 Listen and circle
(1) Show the picture of Mike and Xiao Yu on the PPT
(2) Show the questions to students Let them predict the main idea of the listening content
(3) Play the recording
(4) Play the recording again and
check the answers
(5) Talk about Xiao Yu’s uncle
(1) Look at the picture
(2) Read the questions of
Let’s try and predict the main idea of the listening content
(3) Listen to the recording
and try to circle the answers
(4) Listen again and check
the answers
(5) Talk about Xiao Yu’s
uncle
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening Cultivate students’ logical reasoning ability
2 Look and predict
Show the picture to students Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
Look at the picture carefully
Answer the questions Predict the main idea of the dialogue
Cultivate students’
observation ability and logical reasoning ability
Activate existing knowledge extract knowledge related to the text
3 Watch and answer
Show the questions on the PPT
Play the cartoon
Check the answers
Teach the word fisherman
Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
Check the answers
Learn the word fisherman
Use the questions to lead students to understand the dialogue and lead in the new word
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Read and answer Learn the new phrases and sentences
Show the questions on the PPT
Teach the key sentences
Teach the phrases work hard stay healthy study hard
Read the dialogue and try to answer the questions Read and practice the sentences in pairs
Try to understand and learn the phrases work hard stay healthy study hard
Help students to understand the phrases and read them correctly
Help students build up the awareness of working hard and living a healthy life
5 Read and act
(1) Let students read after the recording
(2) Let students practice the
dialogue in groups and act out
(3) Lead students to make a new dialogue
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups and act out
(3) Make a new dialogue
Make sure students are able to read the dialogue correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Show some words and phrases on the PPT line by line
2 Ask students to find and classify
3 Show the questions
4 Show the model of the dialogue
5 Show time
1 Read the words and the phrases
2 Find out different types of vocabulary in each line Then try to classify the words and the phrases
3 Ask questions
4 Practice in pairs
5 Show time
Prepare for the next part
Present some words of occupations places and transportation tools on the PPT to help students practice the key words and sentence structures
Consolidation
&
Extension
Make a survey
1 Create a situation
2 Make a demonstration
3 Let students work in groups
4 Make a report
Work in groups of four
Ask and write down the answers in the chart
Then try to make a report
Create a real situation to develop students’
comprehensive language
using ability
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Write and discuss
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·通图片课件等结合教材中Oliver吴谈家工作情景学会听说读写关职业单词：fisherman scientist pilot coach
·够熟练运述单词结合板块核心句型What does heshe doWhere does heshe work询问职业工作点
Write and discuss
·够图片提示写出四种职业名称选择工作点
·够根完成容四职业工作点进行交流
▶教学重点
够听说读写熟练运列关职业单词：fisherman scientist pilot coach
▶教学难点
够学关职业词汇句型谈职业工作点
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频教学卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示相关职业工作点班方式单词卡片帮助学生复职业相关词汇句型讨图片物然渡讨学生家长话题激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
2 Revision
Show some pictures and word cards on the PPT Help students review the words of the jobs
Ask students to talk about them and review the key sentences in pairs
3 Free talk & Leadin
Talk about students’ parents’ jobs workplaces and the ways to work
T Do you know any other jobs There are more jobs around us They’re very cool Let’s go and have a look
Teaching purpose②
利图片课时话引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词种方式引导学生操练新单词加深学生单词印象
Write down the topic What does he do on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Look and learn②
Present the pictures on the PPT Lead students to learn the new word fisherman（课件出示：教材P51 Let’s learn板块图片）
T What does Mike’s uncle do Do you remember Please circle the right picture
Students look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
Write down the word fisherman on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the word（出示课件）
Then write down the word fisherwoman on the blackboard Students try to read by themselves
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the word in pairs like this
A What does he do
B He’s a fisherman
A Where does he work
Teaching purpose③
结合话图片引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词学生话中操练新单词PPT展示中国著名科学家图片激发学生爱国热情民族豪感
B He works at sea
2 Listen and learn the dialogue Learn the word scientist③
T Oliver and Wu Yifan are talking Who are they talking about What does he or she do Now let’s listen
Play the recording and lead students to answer the questions（课件出示：教材P51 Let’s learn板块音频）
T Who are they talking about
Ss They are talking about Oliver’s aunt
T What does she do
Ss She is a scientist She teaches science
T Yes Where does she work … She works at a university
Show a picture of a university on the PPT and teach the word university（课件出示：university相关容）
Show the picture to students（课件出示：教材P51 Let’s learn板块图二）
Write down the word scientist on the blackboard Help students learn the word by comparing with the word science Use the recording to teach the word (出示课件)
Show some scientists’ pictures on the PPT （课件出示：科学家图片：袁隆钱学森李四光竺桢邓稼先）
Students practice the word and the dialogue in pairs
A Who’s that man
B He’s… He’s a famous scientist
3 Learn the word pilot
T Look at Picture 3 There is a woman She’s so cool She works on a rescue plane What does she do Let’s listen（课件出示：救援飞机图片词汇）
Write down the word pilot on the blackboard Teach the word to students（课件出示：pilot相关容） Lead them to read the word one by one
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the word in pairs like this
A What does she do
B She is a pilot
A Where does she work
Teaching purpose④
通旧单词记忆帮助学生挑战新单词发音促学生更记住新单词词音词性
B She works on a rescue plane
4 Learn the word coach④
T (课件出示：教材P51 Let’s learn板块图四) Look at Picture 4 There is a man He’s strong What does he do
Students look at the picture carefully and try to spell the word
Show the word coat to help them spell the new word coach
Write down the word coach on the blackboard Teach it and lead students to read the word one by one（课件出示：coach相关容）
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the word the same as above
5 Read the words
Play the recording of Let’s learn（课件出示教材P51 Let’s learn板块音频）
Teaching purpose⑤
利单词卡片媒体开展游戏活动帮助学生操练新单词句型中运新单词活跃课堂气氛
Students read after the recording Then students practice the words by themselves The teacher gives help when they need
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Play the game High voice and low voice
Use the word cards to play this game
The teacher shows one card to students Students read the corresponding word right away If the teacher raises the card up students should read the word in a higher voice If the teacher brings the card down students should read the word in a lower voice
2 Sharp eyes
Use the PPT to play a game Students read the words or the phrases as fast as they can（课件出示：课学单词词组接快速滑屏幕）
3 Pair work
Students look at the pictures of Let’s learn in the book and ask and answer in pairs
A What does he she do
Teaching purpose⑥
通活动学生情境中合理运学词汇激发学生英语学动力培养学生语言综合运力帮助学生解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备：救生衣救生艇消防员衣服工程抢险车等
B He She is aan…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
Write and discuss
1 Create a situation
T There are some cool persons around us Let’s go and have a look
2 The places where people work
Show the pictures and the words of pet hospital university gym sea plane on the PPT (课件出示：宠物医院学体育馆海飞机词汇图片) Ask students to match the to with the corresponding pictures
Show a picture of a gym on the PPT to help students understand the word gym Teach them to read the word （课件出示：体育馆图片）
3 Talk about the people working in these places
The teacher points to the pictures and asks some students to answer the questions
T（Point to the picture of the pet hospital）Who works in a pet hospital？
S1 A doctor He works in a pet hospital
T（Point to the picture of the university）Who works in a university
…
4 Finish the task
Ask students to complete the sentences of Write and discuss in the book
5 Check the answers
6 Talk about other jobs
T Can you think of any other jobs Where do those people work
Students talk about other jobs
S1 My aunt is a cleaner She works in a company
…
Show the picture of the main scene to students (课件出示：Unit 5情景图) Talk about the picture with students Help students know something about rescue
T Orange is often used for emergency rescue clothes and equipment in many countries such as life jackets lifeboats firemen’s clothes and engineering emergency vehicles
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the words 3 times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 PPT出示相关职业工作点班方式单词卡片帮助学生复职业相关词汇句型激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
2 充分结合图片话引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词种方式引导学生操练新单词
3 情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
4 注重话题延续性讨图片物讨学生家长话题讨Mike’s uncleOliver’s aunt然书五物样然渡整堂课串成机整体
5 帮助学生解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备：救生衣救生艇消防员衣服工程抢险车等
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new words fisherman scientist pilot coach by talking about the pictures and the PPT
·Be able to use the above words skillfully and talk about the jobs and the workplaces by using What does heshe doWhere does heshe work
Write and discuss
·Be able to write down the names of the four jobs with the help of the pictures and choose the workplaces for them
·Be able to communicate with each other about their careers and workplaces according to the completed contents
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the new words fisherman scientist pilot coach
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to talk about other people’s careers and workplaces by using the language they have learned
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show some pictures and word cards on the PPT
Lead students to review the sentences
3 Free talk & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Review the words of the jobs Talk about them and review the sentences
3 Talk about their parents’ jobs and workplaces
Review some words and the sentence structures about jobs and workplaces
Prepare for the following study
Presentation
1 Look and learn
Present the pictures on the PPT Teach the word fisherman
Point to the picture
Look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
Learn and practice the new word in pairs
Deepen students’ impression of the new word by reviewing what they learned in the last class and practicing with the key sentence structures
2 Listen and learn the dialogue Learn the word scientist
Play the recording
Show some pictures
Teach the word scientist
Listen to the recording and answer the questions Learn the word scientist Practice the word and the dialogue in pairs
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Learn the word pilot
Show Picture 3 and a picture of rescue plane Play the recording of pilot and teach the word
Look at the pictures carefully
Learn the new word and read it one by one
Practice in pairs
Lead in the new words properly Help students learn the new words through the pictures and the questions
Show some pictures of famous Chinese scientists to help students stimulate their patriotism and national pride
4 Learn the word coach
Show Picture 4 and show the word coat to help students spell the new word coach Then teach the word
Look at the picture carefully Read the word coat and try to spell the new word coach Practice the word the same as above
5 Read the words
Play the recording Give help when necessary
Read after the recording Then practice the words
Lead students to read the words by themselves Elevate students’ learning initiative
Practice
1 Play the game High voice and low voice
2 Sharp eyes
3 Pair work
1 Read the words in a higher voice or a lower voice according to the teacher’s actions
2 Read the words or the phrases as fast as they can
3 Look at the pictures of Let’s learn and ask and answer in pairs
Enliven the class Help students practice the words in different ways Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Consolidation
&
Extension
Write and discuss
1 Create a situation
2 The places where people work Show the pictures and the words of some places
3 Talk about the people working in these places
4 Finish the task
5 Check the answers
6 Talk about other jobs
Match the words to the corresponding pictures of the workplaces
Talk about the people working in these places
Write down the words and complete the sentences of Write and discuss in the book
Check the answers
Talk about other jobs
Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Help students understand that orange is often used in emergency rescue clothes and equipment in many countries
Homework
1 Copy the words 3 times
2 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够通头脑风暴活动说出五种职业名称激活背景知识储备词汇
·够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息力
·够根阅读获取信息完成意义仿写活动
·够通朗读选阅读文段中句子明白英语中逗号句中停顿标识朗读技巧
·够根例句提示文段中找更类句子正确朗读句子
·够视角认识职业明白事某职业应具备条件构思理想职业
▶教学重点
够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息力
▶教学难点
够根阅读获取信息完成意义仿写活动
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
通头脑风暴活动学生说出五种职业名称激活学生背景知识储备词汇引导学生职业名称词汇词形进行类加深记忆
2 Write and say①
(1) List five jobs
T There are many jobs around us Now please list five jobs
Students write down five jobs in their books
(2) Compare with partners
Students compare with their partners
T Please compare with your partners How many different jobs are there in the lists
(3) Classify the words of the jobs
Students work in groups to classify the words of the jobs according to the word forms (课件出示：词形进行类职业名称词汇)
3 Leadin
T Today we’re going to continue to talk about jobs We are going to understand the necessary conditions of some jobs and try to conceive your own career dream
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力引导学生通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Step 2 Whilereading
1 Look and predict②
Show the pictures of Read and write to students Let students look at the pictures carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of each paragraph（课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块三幅图片）
Questions ①Who is heshe②What’s heshe doing③What jobs does heshe want to do…
2 Read and write a title③
Teaching purpose③
帮助学生读懂选择题目求逐步引导学生理解文通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力
Students read the paragraphs for the first time quickly Do the exercise on page 53 Choose a title for the text
Check the answer Write down the title on the line
3 Read and fill in the table
Students read the paragraphs for the second time carefully Try to fill in the table in the book
Check the answers (课件出示：教材P53 表格题答案)
Teaching purpose④
充分助PPT教师语言帮助学生进步理解文新单词特if句型理解
4 Understand the paragraphs④
Students read the paragraphs and find the difficult words and the sentences The teacher helps them understand the words and the sentences
Show Picture 1 on the PPT to help students understand the words and the phrase gym reportersports reporter (课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块第幅图片gym reportersports reporter图片相关容)
Show some pictures to help students understand the phrase be good at…
T（课件出示：姚明图片）Yao Ming is good at basketball
T Do you understand the word if For example If you’re happy you can laugh If you’re sad you may cry If you like singing you can be a singer
Show some pictures on the PPT and make more sentences to help students understand the word if
（出示课件）
T Look She is good at singing She is a singer If you like singing you can be a singer
T He is a dancer He is good at dancing If you’re good at dancing you can be a dancer
Show Picture 2 to help students understand the word secretary （课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块第二幅图片）
Do the action on the keyboard to help students understand the word type and the phrase type very quickly
Show Picture 3 to help students understand the paragraph （课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块第三幅图片）
Teaching purpose⑤
通学生听录音读引导学生模仿正确停顿正确意群语音语调朗读话
T What does Robin like What does he want to be
Ss He likes science He wants to be a scientist
5 Read after the recording⑤
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块音频）
Teaching purpose⑥
通话活动帮助学生视角认识职业活动程中渗透学生安全意识教育引导明白没家长陪时参加校外活动应该首先取家长许
Students read after the recording and imitate the right pause Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
6 Talk about the hobbies and the jobs⑥
Students talk about their hobbies and jobs in pairs
A What’s your hobby
B My hobby is singing
A What job do you want to do
B I want to be a music teacher
A Where are you going to work
B I’m going to work in a school
…
7 Imitative writing activity
Students write a short paragraph by imitating the paragraphs by themselves and share it in groups Then several students show their writings to the class The other students make evaluations to them
8 The Real World Camp
T At the Real World Camp children can do different jobs Do you want to go there Please fill in this form（课件出示：教材P53申请表）
Teaching purpose⑦
引导学生通阅读绘事激发学兴趣学生组单位仿制绘进步巩固单元职业词汇句型培养学生创造力合作力
T Pay attention to the last line There is the Parent’s signature If you are not accompanied with your parent(s) you should get permission from your parent(s) to participate in these extraschool activities
Step 3 Postreading
1 Read a comic named Job⑦
（1）Show a comic to students on the PPT（课件出示：绘事）
Students enjoy the comic
（2）Students read the comic
（3）Students work in groups to make a comic about jobs
（4）Show their comics to the class
Teaching purpose⑧
引导学生通朗读选阅读文段中句子明白英语中逗号句中停顿标识朗读技巧鼓励学生根例句提示文段中找更类句子正确朗读句子然班展示交流提升学信心
2 Tips for pronunciation⑧
（1）Listen and repeat
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P53 Tips for pronunciation音频）
Students read after the recording Feel the comma pause in the sentences And practice the sentences
（2）Find and practice
Find more similar sentences in the passage according to the example prompts and read the sentences correctly Then practice in groups
（3）Show time
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations to them
（4）Summary
T When there are several parallel words in a sentence pause after each word
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Choose some sentences and practice them
2 Do the exercises ( 见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 教学活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力图片语言等帮助学生读懂题目求逐步引导学生理解文通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力
2 引导学生职业名称词汇词形进行类加深学生词汇记忆通头脑风暴活动编组话组讨等方式帮助学生复巩固学知识
3 活动程中渗透学生安全意识教育引导明白没家长陪时参加校外活动应该首先取家长许
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to say five jobs through the brainstorm Activate background knowledge and reserve vocabulary
·Be able to train students’ ability to capture different types of information in the text through reading tasks
·Be able to complete the meaningful imitative writing activity according to the information they get from reading text
·Be able to understand the reading skill that the comma is the mark of pause in the sentence by reading the sentences selected from the passage
·Be able to find more similar sentences in the passage according to the example sentence prompts and read the sentences correctly
·Be able to understand the profession from different perspectives and understand the necessary conditions to engage in some professions and conceive your own career dream
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to train students’ ability to capture different types of information in the text through reading tasks
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to complete the meaningful imitative writing activity according to the information they get from reading text
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
2 Write and say
(1) List five jobs
(2) Compare with partners
(3) Classify the words of the jobs
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 (1) Write down five jobs in their books
(2) Compare with their partners
(3) Work in groups to classify the words of the jobs according to the word forms
Activate students’ background knowledge and review the vocabulary through the brainstorm
Classify the words of the jobs according to the word forms to deepen the memory
Whilereading
1 Look and predict
Look at the pictures carefully Answer the questions and predict the main idea of each paragraph
Develop students’ ability of observation and logical reasoning
2 Read and write a title
Read the paragraphs for the first time quickly
Then choose a title for the text
Check the answer
Help students understand the requirements of choosing the topic Lead them to understand the text step by step and train them to capture different types of information in the text through reading tasks
3 Read and fill in the table
Read the paragraphs for the second time carefully Try to fill in the table
Check the answers
4 Understand the paragraphs
Read the paragraphs and find the difficult words and sentences and try to understand them
Help students understand the text and the new words
Make sure students are able to read the paragraphs correctly and fluently
5 Read after the recording
Read after the recording and imitate the right pause
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Whilereading
6 Talk about the hobbies and the jobs
Talk about their own hobbies and jobs in pairs
Help students understand the occupation from different perspectives
Permeate the education of students’ safety consciousness
7 Imitative writing activity
Write a short paragraph by imitating the paragraphs
Share their writings in groups
8 The Real World Camp
Fill in the form
Postreading
1 Read a comic named Job
(1) Show a comic to students on the PPT Ask students to enjoy the comic
(2) Lead students to read the comic
(3) Let students work in groups to make a comic about jobs
(4) Let students show their comics to the class
Enjoy the comic and then try to make their own comics in groups Show their comics to the others
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and further consolidate the vocabulary and the sentence structures in this unit
Cultivate students’ creativity and cooperation ability
2 Tips for pronunciation
(1) Listen and repeat
(2) Find and practice
(3) Show time
Ask several students to show to the class Ask the other students to listen to them and make evaluations to them
(4)Summary
(1) Read after the recording
Feel the comma pause in the sentences
Practice the sentences
(2) Find more similar sentences in the passage according to the example prompts and read the sentences correctly
(3) Show to the class
(4) Summary
Help students understand the reading skill that the comma is the mark of pause in the sentences
Encourage students to find more similar sentences in the passage and read the sentences correctly and then show to the class to improve their selfconfidence in learning
Homework
1 Choose some sentences and practice them
2 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够通图相关文字信息学会中推测考查点做目听录音完成听匹配务
·够活动中培养学生听前预测惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水
Let’s wrap it up
·通活动够找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律
Story time
·通阅读趣味事复巩固单元学语言增加学生语言输入
·够图片教师帮助理解事容
·够正确意群语音语调朗读事
·够表演事恰运事中语言进行交流
▶教学重点
复巩固单元学语言引导学生语法点进行纳总结规律
▶教学难点
够图片教师帮助理解事容正确语音语调朗读事
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文音频视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示相关职业物班点班方式图片帮助学生复相关句型面学做铺垫接谈图片谈方父母延续话题
Show some pictures on the PPT Help students review the sentences （课件出示：职业物班点班方式图片）
A What does he she do
B He She is a an…
A Where does heshe work
B He She works…
A How does he she go to work
B He She goes to work byon…
3 Free talk
Students talk about their parents as the above sentence structures
Teaching purpose②
引导学生通图相关文字信息学会中推测考查点做目听录音培养听前预测惯逐渐提高听力水
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s check②
(1) Look and predict
Show the pictures and the phrases of Let’s check Lead students to predict the listening content（课件出示：教材P54 Let’s check板块容）
(2) Listen and match
Play the recording for the first time（课件出示：教材P54 Let’s check板块音频）
Students listen and grasp the key information of the listening content then match the pictures to the phrases according to the listening content
(3) Listen again and answer the questions
Students read the three questions by themselves（课件出示：教材P54 Let’s check板块三问题）
Play the recording again Students try to answer the questions and then write down the answers
（4）Play the recording and check the answers
Teaching purpose③
引导学生通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律游戏活动中进行操练激发学生学兴趣
（5）Talk about the listening material （出示课件）
Students talk about the listening material with their partners
2 Let’s wrap it up③
（1）Show a photo of a person（课件出示：教师朋友图片）
T This is my best friend Do you want to know something about her You can ask me For example what does she do
S1 What does she do
S2 Where does she work
S3 How does she go to work
…
Students ask some questions to the teacher
Write down the answers and other information about the person on the blackboard Make a model
She has a dog She goes to work on foot She works in an office…
（2）Describe the person
Lead students to describe the person according to the above information
（3）Ask questions
Lead students to ask questions based on the above information
（4）Analysis and summary
Ask students to work in groups to talk about how they ask the questions Lead students to observe the change of verbs in questions Then help them sum up and make a report to the class
(5) Fill in the blanks
Students try to fill in the blanks in Let’s wrap it up in the book Then check the answers
(6) Play the game I didn’t hear you
A Mary has a cat
B Sorry I didn’t hear you What does Mary have
A Mary has a cat
Teaching purpose④
利问题逐步引导学生语境中助图片等理解事意利媒体课件帮助正确发音表演事
Students work in pairs
Step 3 Consolidation & Extension④
Story time
1 Create a situation
Use the PPT to show some pictures of the jobs（课件出示：学职业图片）Students say the words of the jobs one by one
T There are many jobs around us But there are also some unusual jobs Look this is a job ad of the zoo What unusual jobs does it have Let’s go and have a look
2 Show some unusual jobs
Use the pictures to help students understand some unusual jobs (课件出示：驯狮员蜂农电脑游戏测试员魔术师助手图片)
3 Talk about the unusual jobs
Talk about these unusual jobs to students
T What do you want to be Do you want to be aan…
Ss …
T Why do you want to be aan…Why not
Ss Because…
Lead in some descriptions of the attitude about the jobs
Help students understand the phrases too dangerous get stung
4 Look and predict
Show the pictures to students（课件出示：教材P55 Story time板块配图）Let students look at the pictures carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogues
Questions ①Who are they②What jobs are they talking about③What job does Zip want to do…
5 Watch and answer
Play the cartoon（课件出示：教材P55 Story time板块视频） Ask students to try to answer the questions
Q1 How many unusual jobs does Zoom think of What are they
Q2 What job does Zip want to do
Check the answers
Then ask students to read the story by themselves and answer the question
Q3 Why doesn’t Zip like those unusual jobs
Play the cartoon again Check the answer（出示课件）
6 Read the story
Play the cartoon（出示课件）Students read after it Pay attention to the pronunciation the intonation and the emotion
7 Practice and act out the story
Students practice the story in groups and act it out
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Read the story and enjoy it
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1课时Let’s check板块中注重引导学生通图相关文字信息学会中推测考查点做目听录音听完成匹配务通活动培养学生听前预测惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水
2Let’s wrap it up板块中逐步引导学生通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律游戏活动中进行操练激发学生学兴趣
3Story time板块中利问题逐步引导学生语境中助图片等理解事意利媒体帮助正确发音表演事激发学生学兴趣
4课堂教学突出学生体充分发挥引导作利种方式引导学生探索学纳运
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to learn to infer the test points by looking at the pictures and the relevant text information Listen to the recording purposefully and complete the matching task after listening
·Be able to develop the habit of prelistening prediction and help students improve their listening ability
Let’s wrap it up
·Be able to find out the grammar points that need to be paid attention to and summarize the rules through the activities
Story time
· Be able to review and consolidate the language learned in this unit by reading the interesting story and increase students’ language input
·Be able to understand the story with the help of pictures and the teacher
·Be able to read the story according to the correct pronunciation intonation and meaning group
·Be able to act out the story and communicate by using the language of the story appropriately
▶Teaching Priorities
· Be able to review the sentence structures of this unit and lead students to sum up the grammar points and summarize the rules
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to understand the story with the help of pictures and the teacher and read the story aloud with correct pronunciation and intonation
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show some pictures on the PPT Help students review the sentences
3 Free talk
1 Greetings
2 Review the sentences
3 Talk about their parents by using the sentence structures in this unit
Help students review the relevant sentence structures to prepare for the following study
Presentation
1 Let’s check
(1) Look and predict
(2) Listen and match
(3) Listen again and answer the questions
(4) Play the recording and check the answers
(5) Talk about the listening content
(1) Look at the pictures and the phrases Predict the listening content
(2) Listen to the recording and match the pictures to the phrases according to the listening content
(3) Listen to the recording again
Try to answer the questions and then write down the answers
(4) Check the answers
(5) Talk about the listening content with their partners
Help students learn to guess the test points from the pictures and the relevant text information Listen to the recording purposefully Develop students’ habits of predicting before listening Improve their listening ability
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1) Show a photo of a person Lead students to ask some questions Write down the answers and other information about the person on the blackboard
(2) Describe the person
(3) Ask questions
Lead students to ask questions based on the information
(4) Analysis and summary
(5) Fill in the blanks
(6) Play the game I didn’t hear you
(1) Look at the photo and ask some questions to the teacher
(2) Try to describe the person according to the above information
(3) Ask questions based on the above information
(4) Work in groups to talk about how they ask the questions Observe the change of verbs in questions Then sum up and make a report to the class
(5) Try to fill in the blanks in the book
Check the answers
(6) Work in pairs to play the game I didn’t hear you
Lead students to find the grammar essential points which need to be paid attention to Let students summarize and master the grammar knowledge through selfobservation Stimulate students’ interest Cultivate students’ learning ability
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Create a situation Show some pictures of the jobs on the PPT
2 Show some unusual jobs
3 Talk about the unusual jobs Lead in some descriptions of the attitude about the jobs
Help students understand the phrases too dangerous get stung
4 Look and predict
5 Watch and answer
6 Read the story
7 Practice and act out the story
1 Say the words of the jobs one by one
2 Understand some unusual jobs with the pictures
3 Talk about the unusual jobs Try to understand the phrases too dangerous get stung
4 Look at the pictures Predict the main idea of the dialogues
5 Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
6 Read after the cartoon Pay attention to the pronunciation the intonation and the emotion
7 Practice the story in groups Then act it out
Use questions to lead students to understand the story with the help of pictures Use the cartoon to help them pronounce correctly and act out the story
Homework
1 Read the story and enjoy it
2 Do the exercises
Unit 6 How do you feel
教材分析
单元学题表达情绪心理状态情绪疏导提出建议教学容通SamSarah家谈卡通片场景Sarah姐弟妈妈谈爸爸生病原计划动物园话场景展开教学重点听说读写核心句型How do you feelThe mice are afraid of the catThe cat is angry with themHe should see a doctorDon’t be angry听说读写单词词组：feel sad angry happy worried afraid wrong ill see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten等
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型How do you feelThe mice are afraid of the catThe cat is angry
with themHe should see a doctorDon’t be angry
·够情景中运句型The mice are afraid of the catThe cat is angry with them等简单
表达相关情绪心理状态够运What should…do寻求解决问题方法够How
does…feel询问情绪心理状态够…should…Don’t…等句子疏导情
绪提出建议
·够理解蚂蚁Robin互相帮助事够正确意群语音语调朗读事运单元学核心句型复述事时根阅读获信息写出事梗概
·够听说读写单词词组：feel sad angry happy worried afraid wrong ill see the doctor
do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten等
·够正确述单词词组简单表达动物种情绪心理状态疏导
情绪提出建议
·够图片文字支持完成表格仿写语句
·知道英语句子中单词间失爆破现象
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·渗透中心关心想貌取知恩图报情感态度教
育
·解中国卡通名片黑猫警长
·解蚂蚁相关基科学知识
·够通图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意细节信息进行推理判断
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Write and say
第三课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时： Part B Let’s learn & Play card games
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求学会听前预测听力重点容
·够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表
演
·够情景中运be+表示情绪形容词表达心情感受
·够语境中助图片等理解chase mice bad hurt be afraid of be angry with意思正确发音
▶教学重点
够听懂话意正确意群语音语调朗读话
▶教学难点
够情景中运be+表示情绪形容词表达心情感受
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
Teaching purpose①
PPT播放歌曲学生尝试唱情景图然引出单元表达情绪话题
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands by using the PPT （出示课件）
Students can sing along with the song and do actions after it
3 Free talk
T That’s cool How do you feel now Are you happy
Ss …
4 Leadin
Present the pictures of the main scene（课件出示：Unit 6情景图）
T Look at these pictures How does Sarah feel
Lead students to talk about the pictures by using the sentences below
Is she happysadangry…in Picture…
Use the facial expressions to help students understand the words
T In this unit we’re going to talk about feelings
Write down the topic How do you feel on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
1 Finish the exercises②
(1) Show the part of Let’s try to students（课件出示教材P58 Let’s try板块容）
T It’s cold outside Sam is talking with Sarah Where are they Are they at home Are they at school What will they do Can you guess
(2) Ask students to read the questions quickly
T Now let’s listen and find the right answers
(3) Play the recording（课件出示：教材P58 Let’s try板块音频）
Students listen to the recording and try to circle the right answers
(4) Play the recording again and check the answers（出示课件）
Q1 Where are they (At home)
Teaching purpose③
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通动作帮助学生理解chase面学扫清障碍
Q2 What will they do (Watch films)
2 Look and predict③
Show the picture of Let’s talk to students（课件出示：教材P58 Let’s talk板块图片）Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
T Sam and Sarah are at home Look out of the window What’s the weather like
Ss It’s cold windy outside
T And what do you see in Sarah’s hand
Ss I see a DVD There is a cat and a mouse in the picture on the DVD
T Yes Maybe the cat is chasing the mouse now
Write down the word chase on the blackboard Do the action to help students understand the word and then teach the word
T Sam and Sarah are at home What will they do
Ss They will watch a film
T What film will they watch Can you guess
Teaching purpose④
引导学生带着问题观文动画整体感知文获取信息
Ss There is a cat in the picture on the DVD Maybe it’s a film about a cat
T Cool Let’s watch it
3 Watch and answer④
(1) Show the questions on the PPT（出示课件）
Q1 What’s the cartoon about
Q2 What does the cat do
(2) Play the cartoon（课件出示：教材P58 Let’s talk板块视频）
Students watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
(3) Check the answers
A1 It’s about a cat
A2 It’s a police officer
T Cool The cat is a police officer He chases the mice The mice are afraid of him
Show a picture to help students understand the word and the phrase mice be afraid of… on the PPT（课件出示：猫抓老鼠老鼠害怕图片）
Lead students to read the words
Write down the sentence The mice are afraid of him on the blackboard and teach the sentence
4 Read and answer Learn the new words
Show the question on the PPT（出示课件）
Q3 Why is the cat angry with the mice
Students read the dialogue and try to answer the question
Ss Because the mice are bad They hurt people
Use the pictures to help students understand the words bad hurt (课件出示：badhurt相关容)
Lead students to read the words
5 Learn the new sentence structure
T Because the mice are bad They hurt people The cat is angry with them
Lead students to read the word angry
Teaching purpose⑤
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
Write down the sentence structure …be angry with… on the blackboard
T Maybe our cat is chasing a mouse now Why
Ss Because the cat is angry with the mice
T Good
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑤
(1) Students read after the recording（课件出示：教材P58 Let’s talk板块音频）Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Students act out the dialogue
2 Choose the word to fill in the blanks
(1) Show some sentences on the PPT
(2) Students try to fill in the blanks by using am is are
Answers a is b is c am d are e is f are
(3) Students say the sentences
Ask several students to read the sentences to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
Teaching purpose⑥
通图片引导学生学会运学语言描述情绪通做做猜猜游戏帮助学生巩固学新知识提高学生学积极性
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
1 Look and say
(1) Ask students to look at the three pictures in the book Use some questions to lead them to understand
T How do you feel about Picture 1
S1 I’m afraid of him
…
(2) Lead students to discuss in pairs
T How do these pictures make you feel Please tell your partner
(3) Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
2 Guessing game
Choose one student to come to the front of the classroom Ask himher to act out an emotion with actions and expressions
T How does heshe feel
The other students guess it Praise the student who guesses right
Students play the game in groups
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1整教学设计流畅清晰达成课程教学目标
2活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力
3逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
4情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the questions and predict the main content of the listening part
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening task
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture And be able to answer the question below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and act it out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structure be+ adj to express their feelings in situations
· Be able to understand and read the new words and the phrases chase mice bad hurt be afraid of be angry with correctly by using the pictures in the context
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structure be+ adj to express feelings in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands
3 Free talk
4 Leadin
Present the pictures of the main scene
Lead students to observe and talk about the pictures
1 Greetings
2 Sing along with the song and do actions after it
3 Free talk
4 Observe and talk about the pictures of the main scene
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Use the pictures of the main scene to lead in the topic of expressing feelings in this unit naturally
Presentation
1 Finish the exercises
(1) Show the part of Let’s try
(2) Let students read the questions quickly
(3) Play the recording
(4) Play the recording again and check the answers
(1) Predict the listening content
(2) Read the questions quickly
(3) Listen to the recording
and try to circle the right answers
(4) Check the answers
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening Cultivate students’ logical reasoning ability
2 Look and predict
Show the picture of Let’s talk Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue Teach the word chase
Look at the picture carefully Answer the teacher’s questions
Predict the main idea of the dialogue Learn the word chase
Use the questions to lead students to predict the main idea of the dialogue Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability Pave the way for further learning
3 Watch and answer
(1) Show the questions on the PPT
(2) Play the cartoon
Let students watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
(3) Check the answers
Teach the word and the phrase mice be afraid of… Teach the sentence
(1) Read the questions
(2) Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
(3) Check the answers
Learn the word and the phrase mice be afraid of…
Learn the sentence
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Read and answer Learn the new words
Show the question on the PPT
Lead students to read the dialogue and answer the question
Teach the words bad hurt
Read the dialogue and try to answer the question
Try to understand and learn the words
Help students get an overall perception of the dialogue and get useful information Use the questions to lead students to learn the new words the phrase the sentence structure and the sentence
5 Learn the new sentence structure
Teach the sentence structure …be angry with…
Learn the new sentence structure …be angry with…
Practice
1 Read and act
(1) Play the recording and let students read after the recording
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Let students act out the dialogue
(1) Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Act out the dialogue
Make sure students can read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally
2 Choose the word to fill in the blanks
(1) Show some sentences on the PPT
(2) Let students try to fill in the blanks by using am is are
(3) Let students read the sentences
(1) Look at the sentences on the PPT
(2) Try to fill in the blanks by using am is are
(3) Some students read the
sentences and the other students evaluate them
Prepare for the next part Practice the key words and sentences
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Look and say
(1) Let students look at the three pictures in the book Use some questions to lead them to talk about the pictures
(2) Let students discuss in pairs
(3) Ask several students to show to the class and the other students listen and make evaluations
(1) Look at the three pictures and talk about them with the help of the teacher
(2) Discuss in pairs
(3) Show to the class and
make evaluations
Help students use the language they have learned to describe their own feelings by looking at the pictures
2 Guessing game
Choose one student to come to the front of the platform Ask himher to act out an emotion with actions and expressions and the other students guess it Praise the student who guesses right
Let students play the game in groups
One student acts out an emotion with actions and expressions The other students try to guess Then play the game in groups
Consolidate the knowledge through the game Improve students’ motivation of learning
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Write and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·通图片课件等结合教材中Sarah猫生活事件中状态情绪学会听说读写列单词：feel sad angry happy worried afraid
·够结合板块核心句型表达物动物情绪心理状态
Write and say
·观察图中物动作表情
·够根生活验判断写出描述物情绪心理状态形容词
▶教学重点
够听说读写熟练运列单词：feel sad angry happy worried afraid
▶教学难点
够学语言表达物动物情绪心理状态
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
Teaching purpose①
播放歌曲学生唱激发学生学兴趣PPT出示图片师生讨图片然引出单元表达情绪话题
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands（出示课件）
Students sing along with the song and do actions after the video
3 Free talk
T What a nice song How do you feel Are you happy now
Ss …
T In our life people have different feelings
Show some pictures of people on the PPT（课件出示：物情绪图片）
Students try to describe the pictures
Then show some pictures of animals on the PPT（课件出示：动物情绪图片）
T Look Animals also have feelings
Students try to describe the pictures
4 Leadin
T Today we’re going to learn how to describe feelings
Write down the topic How do you feel on the blackboard
Teaching purpose②
结合图片利问题引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词通种方式帮助学生操练新单词
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Look at Picture 1 Learn the words angry afraid
T Sam and Sarah were talking about a cartoon It’s about a cat The cat is a police officer He chases the mice They’re afraid of him Why
Ss Because the mice are bad They hurt people The cat is angry with them
Show Picture 1 to students（出示课件）
Students look at the picture carefully
Talk about the picture with students
Questions ①Who is she ②What is it ③What are they doing ④How does she feel ⑤How does the cat feel ⑥Why
Lead students to answer the questions
Write down the words angry afraid on the blackboard and teach them
Help students practice the words in pairs then in groups like this
Angry angry Sarah is angry Afraid afraid the cat is afraid
2 Look at Picture 2 Learn the words ill sad
Show Picture 2 to students
Students look at the picture carefully
Talk about the picture with students
Questions ①How does the cat feel ②How does Sarah feel
Lead students to answer the questions
Write down the words ill sad on the blackboard and teach them
Help students read the word ill through the word hill
Help students read the word sad through the word bad
Help students practice the words like this
Ill ill the cat is ill Sad sad Sarah is sad
3 Look at Picture 3 Learn the word worried
Show Picture 3 to students
Students look at the picture carefully
Talk about the picture with students
Questions ①Where is the cat②How does the cat feel③How does Sarah feel
Lead students to answer the questions
Write down the word worried on the blackboard and teach it
Use sentences to help students compare the word worried with the word worry
Help students practice the word like this
Worried worried Sarah and the cat are worried
4 Look at Picture 4 Learn the word happy
T The cat is in the tree Sarah and the cat are worried Who can help them Look at Picture 4
Show Picture 4 to students
Students look at Picture 4 carefully
Talk about the picture with students
Questions ①Who’s that man②How does the cat feel③How does Sarah feel
Lead students to answer the questions
Write down the word happy on the blackboard and teach it
Help students practice the word like this
Happy happy Sarah and the cat are happy
5 Read and practice
Teaching purpose③
利单词卡片帮助学生操练新单词快速认读新单词
Play the recording （课件出示：教材P59 Let’s learn板块音频）
Students read after it
Then ask students to read the sentences by themselves and act out
Step 3 Practice
1 Flashing cards③
Use the word cards to help students practice the words Students read the words as fast as they can
Teaching purpose④
利游戏连线说说帮助学生句型中练运新单词活跃课堂气氛
2 Play a game④
（游戏说明：教师次选名学讲台前面请抽出张单词卡做出相应表情学根表演句型Are you happysadangry…猜猜猜表演学生试着说：I’m happysadangry…because…）
3 Look and match then say
Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：物情绪图片）
Then show the words one by one (课件出示：逐展示情绪类单词)
Students look and try to match the words to the pictures
Check the answers（课件出示：答案）
Then talk about the pictures with students
T How does he she feel How do they feel
Ss He She is… They’re…
Students practice in pairs Then the teacher asks several students to show to the class the other students listen and make evaluations
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Write and say
（1）Show the pictures to students (课件出示：教材P59 Write and say板块图片) Ask questions and lead students to answer
Questions ①What is heshe doing②What are they doing③How does heshe feel④How do they feel
Students try to answer the questions
（2）Students write down the words to finish the sentences
Teaching purpose⑤
通游戏学生情境中合理运学词汇句型激发学生英语学动力培养学生语言综合运力
（3）Check the answers
（4）Students point and say
Students work in pairs
2 Play the game—changing the face⑤
（1）Ask one student to come to the front of the platform and make a face The teacher asks How does heshe feel The other students answer Then the student changes another face The teacher asks and the other students answer
（2）Students work in groups to play the game changing the face
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the words three times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1课前利首学生耳熟详歌曲导入歌曲明快节奏调动学生学积极性舒缓学生课前紧张情绪较快投入英语学中
2结合图片利问题引导学生感知理解新单词帮助学生轻松学新单词通活动帮助学生操练新单词
3通变脸游戏创设生活植入课堂活泼游戏形式帮助学生进步巩固学知识学生玩中学学中玩
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new words feel sad angry happy worried afraid by observing the pictures and the PPT
·Be able to express the feelings of people and animals by using the key sentence structures
Write and say
·Observe the movements and the expressions of the people in the pictures
· Be able to judge and write down the adjectives to describe the feelings of the characters according to life experience
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the new words feel sad angry happy worried afraid skillfully
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the target language to express the feelings of people and animals
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands
3 Free talk
Show some pictures on the PPT Talk to students
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing along with the song and do actions
3 Try to describe the pictures
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of feelings
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Look at Picture 1 Learn the words angry afraid
Show Picture 1 to students
Talk about the picture with students with some questions
Teach the words angry afraid
Help students practice the words in pairs and in groups
Look at the pictures carefully and talk about them with the teacher
Answer the questions
Learn and practice the words
Lead in the new words properly Help students learn the new words through the pictures and the questions
Help students practice the new words in different ways
2 Look at Picture 2 Learn the words ill sad
Show Picture 2 to students
Talk about the picture with students with some questions
Teach the words ill sad
Help students read the words ill sad through the words hill bad
Help students practice the words
3 Look at Picture 3 Learn the word worried
Show Picture 3 to students
Talk about the picture to students with some questions
Teach the word worried
Use the sentences to help students compare the word worried with the word worry
Help students practice the word
4 Look at Picture 4 Learn the word happy
Show Picture 4 to students
Talk about the picture with students with some questions
Teach the word happy
Help students practice the word
5 Read and practice
Read after the recording
Then read and act out
Make sure students can read the sentences correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to help students practice the words
2 Play a game
Play a guessing game to help students practice the words and the sentence structures
3 Look and match then say
Show some pictures and words on the PPT
Let students look and try to match the words to the pictures and then check the answers Talk about them by using How does heshe feelHow do they feel HeShe is…They’re… with students
Ask students to practice in pairs and show to the class
1 Read the words as fast as they can
2 Play a guessing game to practice the words and the sentence structures
3 Look and try to match the words to the pictures Check the answers Then talk about them and practice in pairs At last several students show to the class and the other students make evaluations
Help students practice the new words in sentences Liven up the class Cultivate students’ interest in learning
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Write and say
(1) Show the pictures to students Ask questions and lead them to answer
(2) Let students write down the words to finish the sentences
(3) Check the answers
(4) Let students point and
say
（1）Look at the pictures and talk about them with the teacher
（2）Write down the words to finish the sentences
（3）Check the answers
（4）Point and say
Help students use the words and the sentence structures properly in situations
Stimulate students’ motivation in English learning
Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
2 Play the game —changing the face
(1) Ask one student to come to the front of the platform and make a face The teacher asks How does heshe feel Ask the other students to answer Then let the student change another face The teacher asks and let the other students answer
(2) Let students work in groups to play the game changing the face
（1）One student comes to the front of the platform and makes a face The other students answer the teacher’s question Then the student changes another face The other students answer the teacher’s question
（2）Work in groups to play the game
Homework
1 Copy the words three times
2 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求够听前预测听力重点容
·够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色
表演
·够情景中运句型…should…Don’t…提出建议
·够What’s wrong询问状况
·够语境中助图片等理解wrong should feel well意思正确发音
·教学程中学生进行中心关心着想德育教育
▶教学重点
够理解话意正确意群语音语调朗读话
▶教学难点
够情景中运句型…should…Don’t…提出建议
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频时钟教具等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
利情绪状态图片帮助学生复相关单词唤醒旧知激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫提前渗透句型
2 Revision①
Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：表示情绪状态图片angry afraid ill sad worried happy等） Talk about them with students Help students review the words of feelings
T How does he she feel
Ss He’s She’s…
…
T …is ill What will you say to him her
Lead students to answer by using He She should…
Ss He She should go to the hospital
T Yes He She should see a doctor
3 Leadin
T That’s a good suggestion Today we are going to learn how to give suggestions
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容次听录音核答案录音容学生进行话练
Write down the topic How do you feel on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Finish the exercises②
(1) Predict the listening content
Show the part of Let’s try to students （课件出示教材P60 Let’s try板块容）
T It’s seven o’clock in the morning and it’s time to get up Two people are talking Who are they Doctors or parents Can you guess
Show the words doctors parents to students（课件出示doctorsparents两单词）
(2) Read the questions
T Who is talking What are they talking about Let’s listen and circle
Please pay attention to the options We should listen and circle the right answers
Students read the questions quickly by themselves
(3) Play the recording（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s try板块音频）
Students listen to the recording and try to circle the right answers
(4) Play the recording again and check the answers
(5) Talk about the listening material （出示课件）
Teaching purpose③
通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Questions ①Who is talking (Parents) ②What are they talking about (Going to the zoo) ③What’s wrong with Dad(He’s illHe has a fever) ④What should he do(He should see a doctor)
2 Look and predict③
Show the picture to students (课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块图片) Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
Teaching purpose④
利问题逐步引导学生理解文相继教授新单词新句型引导学生重点句型进行认知操练
Questions ①Who are they②What are they talking about③How does Sam feel…
3 Watch and answer④
Show the questions on the PPT (课件出示：列问题) Let students watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
Q1 What’s wrong
Q2 How does Sam feel
Q3 What does Sam’s mum say
Play the cartoon（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块视频） Students watch the cartoon Then check the answers
A1 Sam’s father is ill
A2 He is sad
A3 Don’t be sad
Write down the sentences What’s wrong Don’t be sad on the blackboard And then teach them
Let students spell the word wrong by themselves
T The letter w doesn’t sound in this word
Teaching purpose⑤
教学程中学生进行中心关心着想德育教育
Students practice the word and the sentences
4 Read and answer Learn the new words and sentence⑤
Show the questions on the PPT（课件出示：列问题）
Q4 Sam’s father is ill What should his father do
Q5 Sam is sad What should he do
Students read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
A4 He should see a doctor
A5 He should go to the zoo next time
Write down the sentence He should see a doctor on the blackboard Then teach the word should and the sentence
Ask students to practice in pairs
T What does Sam say
Ss He says How does Dad feel now
Lead students to answer the question
T Yes His father is not well Sam cares for his father He should go to the hospital with his father We should care for others
Teaching purpose⑥
通播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
Help students understand the words feel well
Help students establish the consciousness of caring for others
5 Read and act⑥
(1) Let students read after the recording（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块音频）Let them pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Let students act out the dialogue
Teaching purpose⑦
助图片学生呈现情景片段帮助学生操练新句型出合理建议
Step 3 Practice
1 Look and say⑦
Show the pictures on the PPT one by one（课件出示：逐出示爬树图生病图座图禁止游泳图）
Students look and try to say
2 Pair work
(1) Show the pictures in the book to students（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块Act with your friends图片）
T Your friends need some help Call them and give them your suggestions
(2) Make a demonstration
Look at the first picture Make a demonstration with a student
Simulate a phone call with your hands
T What’s wrong with you
S1 I’m angry
T Don’t be angry You should take a deep breath
(3) Practice in pairs
(4) Show time
S1 What’s wrong with you
S2 I’m ill
S1 Oh I’m sorry to hear that You should see a doctor
S3 What’s wrong with you
S4 I’m sad
S3 You should listen to happy music
T You should think about some happy thingsread a joke book
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
Teaching purpose⑧
通创设然真实情境学生情境中合理运学语言解心理医生职业尝试合理建议培养学生语言综合运力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Play a psychologist
1 Create a situation
Show a picture of a psychologist on the PPT （课件出示张心理医生片）
T There’s a special job—the psychologist He She helps other people in psychology He She can give some suggestions to people
Show some words of the feelings on the left of the PPT（课件左侧出示：表示种情绪感觉词汇angry afraid ill sad worried happy hungry tired等）Students read the words one by one
Show some words or phrases of some actions on the right of the PPT（课件右侧出示：动词动词词组dance swim listen to music sing songs draw cartoons read books watch TV do exercise go shopping play basketball play sports等） Students read the words or the phrases one by one
2 Make a demonstration
T I’m a psychologist now What’s wrong with you How do you feel
S1 I am angry
T Don’t be angry You should take a deep breath Can you tell me something
…
3 Work in groups
T Now please work in groups of four
4 Show time
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1教学活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力
2听力教学中逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
3情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
4教学程中学生进行中心关心着想德育教育
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
· Be able to understand the requirements of the questions and predict the main content of the listening part
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening tasks
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture be able to answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and act it out in groups
· Be able to use the sentence structures …should…and Don’t…to give suggestions properly in situations
·Be able to ask other people by usingWhat’s wrong
· Be able to understand and read the new words wrong should feel well correctly in situations
·Help students establish the consciousness of caring for others
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures …should… and Don’t… to give suggestions properly in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show some pictures on the PPT Talk about them with students Help students review the words of feelings
Lead students to answer by using He She should…
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Look at the pictures and talk about them with the teacher Review the words of feelings
Try to answer by using HeShe should…
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and help them review some words Lead in the topic of giving suggestions
Prepare for the further learning and permeate the sentence structure in advance
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Finish the exercises
(1) Let students predict the listening content
Show the part of Let’s try
Show the words doctors parents
Lead students to predict
（2）Let students read the questions quickly by themselves
（3）Play the recording
（4）Play the recording again and check the answers
（5）Talk about the listening material
(1) Look at the part of Let’s try and the two words and predict the listening content
(2) Read the questions quickly
(3) Listen to the recording and try to circle the right answers
(4) Check the answers
(5) Talk about the listening material
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening Cultivate students’ logical reasoning ability
2 Look and predict
Show the picture to students
Let students look at the picture carefully
Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
Look at the picture carefully
Answer the questions
Predict the main idea of the dialogue
Use the questions and the picture to help students predict the main idea of the dialogue
Activate the old knowledge
3 Watch and answer
Show the questions on the PPT
Play the cartoon and check the answers
Teach the sentences What’s wrong Don’t be sad
Let students spell the wordwrong by themselves
Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
Check the answers
Learn and practice the word and the sentences
Use the questions to lead students to understand the dialogue step by step
Help students understand the new word and sentences
4 Read and answer Learn the new words and sentence
Show the questions on the PPT
Let students read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
Teach the word should and the sentence He should see a doctor
Help students understand the words feel well and establish the consciousness of caring for others
Read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
Learn the word should and the sentence
Practice the word and the sentence structure in pairs
Learn the words feel well and try to understand them
Establish the consciousness of caring for others with the help of the teacher
Use the questions to lead students to learn the new words and the sentence structure
Help students establish the consciousness of caring for others
5 Read and act
(1) Let students read after the recording
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Let students act out the dialogue
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups
(3)Act out the dialogue
Make sure students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Look and say
Show some pictures on the PPT one by one
2 Pair work
(1) Show the pictures in the book to students
(2) Make a demonstration
Make a demonstration with a student Simulate a phone call with the hands
(3) Practice in pairs
(4) Show time
1 Look at the pictures and try to say
2 (1) Observe the pictures in the book
(2) A student makes a demonstration with the teacher
(3) Practice in pairs
(4) Several students show
to the class The other students listen and make evaluations
Help students practice the key words and sentence structures through scenes made of pictures and give them some suggestions
Consolidation
&
Extension
Play a psychologist
1 Create a situation
Show a picture of a psychologist on the PPT and introduce the job
Show some words of feelings on the left of the PPT Show some words or phrases of some actions on the right of the PPT
2 Make a demonstration
3 Work in groups
4 Show time
1 Learn about the psychologist
Read the words or the phrases one by one
2 A student makes a demonstration with the teacher
3 Work in groups of four
4 Several students show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Help students learn about the psychologist and try to give others some appropriate suggestions
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Play card games
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·通图片课件等结合教材中陈杰吴MikeOliver情境中表现情绪感受教师父母朋友分提出针性建议疏导情绪场景学会听说读写词组：see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
·够熟练运句型You should…提出合理建议
Play card games
·够根伴抽卡片容提出相应建议
▶教学重点
够听说读写熟练运列词组：see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
▶教学难点
够学词组句型针情况提出合理建议
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
Teaching purpose①
节课图片进行话练帮助学生复相关句型然导入新课
1 Greetings
2 Revision①
Show the pictures on page 60 to students Talk about the pictures with students（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块方图片）
Students talk about the pictures in pairs
A What’s wrong with you
B I’m angry
A Don’t be angry You should take a deep breath
…
3 Free talk
Prepare the word cards about ill sad angry worried
Ask several students to choose one card and act it out
T What’s wrong with him her
Ss Are you ill sad angry worried
S1 Yes I’m angry …
T What should heshe do Can you give himher some suggestions
Ss You should…
4 Leadin
T People may meet problems anytime How to solve the problems Today we’re going to learn how to give more suggestions to other people
Write down the topic How do you feel on the blackboard
Teaching purpose②
结合话图片引导学生学新词组媒体教授新词组引导学生话中操练新词组
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Look at Picture 1 Learn the phrase see a doctor
Present Picture 1（课件出示：教材P61 Let’s learn板块第幅图）Talk about the picture with students
T Who is the girl
Ss She’s Chen Jie
T How does she feel
Ss She’s ill
T What’s your suggestion What does Miss White say to her
Ss You should see a doctor
Write down the phrase see a doctor on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the phrase（出示课件）
Ask students to practice the phrase like this
A Ill ill I’m ill
B See a doctor see a doctor You should see a doctor
2 Look at Picture 2 Learn the phrase do more exercise
Present Picture 2 Talk about the picture with students
T Who is the boy
Ss He’s Wu Yifan
T Wu Yifan can’t run fast What does the PE teacher say to him
Lead students to answer You should do more exercise
Write down the phrase do more exercise on the blackboard Lead students to spell words by syllables
Use the recording to teach the phrase（出示课件）
Explain the different usage of the words more and much briefly
Ask students to practice the phrase like this
A Healthy healthy I want to be healthy
B Do more exercise do more exercise You should do more exercise
3 Look at Picture 3 Learn the phrase wear warm clothes
Present Picture 3 Talk about the picture with students
T What’s the weather like
Ss It’s cold
T What should Mike do What does his mum say to him
Lead students to answer You should wear warm clothes
Write down the phrase wear warm clothes on the blackboard Use the word pear to help students spell the word wear
Use the recording to teach the phrase （出示课件）
Ask students to practice the phrase like this
A Cold cold It’s cold outside
B You should wear warm clothes
4 Look at Picture 4 Learn the phrases take a deep breath count to ten
Present Picture 4 Talk about the picture with students
T Who are they
Ss Oliver and John
T How does Oliver feel
Ss He is angry
T What should Oliver do What does John say to him
Lead students to answer You should take a deep breath and count to ten
Write down the phrases take a deep breath count to ten on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the phrases（出示课件）
Students read the phrases one by one
Ask students to practice the phrases like this
A Angry angry I’m angry
B You should take a deep breath and count to ten
5 Read and act
（1）Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Let students practice by acting out in scenes For example scenes of being ill running slowly panting feeling so cold and being angry etc
Ask them to work in groups
Teaching purpose③
利单词卡片制卡片帮助学生操练新词组根实际情况运学知识出合理建议活跃课堂气氛
（3）Show time
Step 3 Practice③
1 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to play a game Students read the phrases as fast as they can
2 Play card games
Use the word cards to play this game Students work in pairs
Students make some word cards They write down the words cold ill angry worried on the cards
One student chooses a card and says something according to the card The other student gives advice to himher
A I’m… What should I do
B You should…
Ask several students to show to the class
Teaching purpose④
通活动学生情境中合理运学词汇激发学生英语学动力培养学生语言综合运力
The other students listen and make evaluations
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension④
Agony aunt
1 Create a situation
Show a picture to create a situation on the PPT (课件出示：知心姐姐图片)
T Look She is the agony aunt She helps other people But today she is ill Can you help her to write back the letters Let’s see the letters
2 Give advice
Show some letters on the PPT
Students try to give some advice to them
Students can work in groups
3 Write down the advice
Students write down the advice
4 Write back the letters
T Let’s help the agony aunt We can help her to write back the letters
Students try to write back the letters
5 Show the letters
Choose some students to show their letters to the class The other students try to find out who is the right person to be the intimate friend
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the phrases three times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1节课教材图片引导学生进行话练帮助学生复相关句型然导入新课面学做铺垫
2充分结合图片话引导学生学新词组媒体教授新词组引导学生种方式操练新词组
3操练环节利单词卡片制卡片帮助学生操练新词组根实际情况运学知识出合理建议活跃课堂气氛
4情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten by observing and talking about the pictures
·Be able to make reasonable suggestions by using the sentence structureYou should…
Play card games
·Be able to give suggestions according to the content of the word cards
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the new phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten skillfully
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the phrases and the sentence structures they have learned to make reasonable suggestions for different situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show the pictures on page 60 to students
Talk about the pictures with students
3 Free talk
Prepare the word cards about ill sad angry worried
Ask several students to choose one card and act it out
Talk with students
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Look at the pictures and talk about them in pairs
3 Several students choose one card and act it out
Talk with the teacher
Help students review the relevant sentence structures and lead in the topic
Presentation
1 Present the pictures Learn the phrases
Present Pictures 1~4 Talk about the pictures with students
Use some questions to lead students to learn
Write down the phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath and count to ten on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the phrases
Use the word pear to help students spell the word wear
Ask students to practice the phrases in pairs in groups
Look at Pictures 1~4 and talk about them
Learn and practice the phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath and count to ten
Point to the pictures and practice the phrases in pairs in groups
Lead in the new phrases properly Lead students to learn the new phrases through the pictures and the questions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
2 Read and act
（1）Let students read after the recording
（2）Let students practice by acting out in scenes For example scenes of being ill running slowly panting feeling so cold and being angry etc Ask them to work in groups
（3）Show time
（1）Read after the recording
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Practice the dialogue by acting out in scenes in groups
（3）Show to the class
Make sure students can read the sentences correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to play a game
2 Play card games
Use the word cards to play this game Let students work in pairs
Let students make some word cards and write down the words cold ill angry worried on the cards
Ask one student to choose a card and say something according to the card
Ask the other student to give advice to himher
1 Read the phrases as fast as they can
2 Make some word cards
Write down the words cold ill angry worried on the cards
One student chooses a card and says something according to the card
The other student gives some advice to himher
Use the word cards and the selfmade cards to help students practice the new phrases
Use what they’ve learned to make reasonable suggestions according to the real situations
Consolidation
&
Extension
Agony aunt
1 Create a situation
Show a picture to create a situation on the PPT
2 Give advice
Show some letters on the PPT
Ask students to try to give advice to them
3 Write down the advice
Let students write down the advice
4 Write back the letters
Ask students to try to write back the letters
5 Show the letters
1 Observe the picture on the PPT
2 Read the letters on the PPT and try to give advice to them
3 Write down the advice
4 Try to write back the letters
5 Some students show their letters to the class The other students try to find out who is the right person to be the intimate friend
Create a real situation to stimulate students’ motivation in English learning and develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Homework
1 Copy the phrases three times
2 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够通绘制表情图复表示情绪单词
·够语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意完成排序题
·够根阅读获取信息完成事缩写活动口头复述
·够根例句提示文段中找更类现象够正确朗读句子语篇
·活动中渗透学生貌取明白团结力量应乐助道理
▶教学重点
够根阅读获取信息完成相应阅读务
▶教学难点
够语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音等
Teaching purpose①
通PPT出示图片引导学生复相关容激活背景知识储备词汇动脑动手面进入阅读做准备激发学兴趣
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading①
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play a song If you’re happy clap your hands on the PPT（出示课件）
Students sing along with it
3 Look and say
（1）Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：带情绪物图片）Let students look at the pictures
（2）Talk about the pictures
Talk about one picture with a student to make a demonstration
T How does she feel
S1 She is angry
T What should she do
S1 She should take a deep breath and count to ten
Students talk about the pictures with their partner
4 Draw faces for each word
T Now please open your English book and turn to page 62 Look at this part Can you read these words
Students read the words together
Ss Afraid happy angry sad
Students draw faces for each word by themselves
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Step 2 Whilereading
1 Look and predict②
Show the picture to students (课件出示：教材P62 Read and write板块图片) Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the story
Teaching purpose③
帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生快速阅读事提炼出文章旨意
Questions ①Who are they (Point to the ant and write down the word ant on the blackboard Help students spell the word) ②What will happen between Robin and the ant Can you guess ③How do they feel…
2 Fast reading③
Ask students to read the story for the first time quickly and try to finish the first task
Then check the answer
Teaching purpose④
引导学生通务语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意完成排序题事学生展开话助动作图片等学生理解事学中渗透学生貌取明白团结力量应乐助道理
Help students understand the main idea of the story
3 Careful reading④
Ask students to read the story for the second time carefully and try to number the pictures and underline the corresponding sentences
Then check the answers
Talk about the story with students to help them understand the story
T Robin is going to sit on the grass
Use the picture to help students understand sit on and grass （课件出示：Robin坐草图片）
T He hears Wait (Use the action to help students understand) Whom does Robin find
Ss A little ant
T How does the ant feel
Ss He is afraid
T What does Robin say (Lead students to answer)
Ss Don’t worry
Help students understand the word worry through the word worried
T The next day it is raining What’s wrong with Robin
T Oh He’s stuck in the mud
Show the picture to students （课件出示：Robin陷泥里图片） Help them understand the phrase stuck in the mud Teach the phrase
T Who helps Robin then
Ss The ant and his friends
T How do they help Robin (Lead students to answer)
Ss They pull Robin out of the mud
Use the action to help students understand the word pull
T What do you think of ants
Ss They’re small But they are strong
T Cool Unity is strength How do they feel
Ss They feel happy
T Why (Lead students to answer)
Ss Because they help each other
Teaching purpose⑤
通学生听录音读引导学生模仿正确停顿正确意群语音语调朗读事
T Yes Everyone needs help We should help others when they are in trouble
Help students understand the word everyone Teach the word
4 Read after the recording⑤
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P62 Read and write板块音频）
Students read after it Imitate the right pause Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Teaching purpose⑥
引导学生根阅读获取信息完成事缩写活动口头复述
5 Fill in the blanks and retell the story⑥
(1) Fill in the blanks
Students fill in the blanks by themselves
Then talk about them in groups
Check the answers
Answers afraid worried pull Robin out of the mud is happy
(2) Retell the story
Students try to retell the story according to the sentences and the pictures
Ask several students to retell the story to the class
Teaching purpose⑦
补充篇关宠物短文培养学生阅读兴趣阅读力
Step 3 Postreading
1 Read a passage about pets and fill in the chart⑦
Show a passage about pets and the chart on the PPT (课件出示：阅读材料表格)
Students read the passage and try to fill in the chart
Check the answers
Teaching purpose⑧
学生通朗读词组感受单词间失爆破现象鼓励学生根例子提示事中找更类词组正确朗读然班展示交流提升学生学信心
2 Tips for pronunciation⑧
（1）Listen and repeat
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P63 Tips for pronunciation音频）
Students read after the recording and feel the phenomenon of loss of plosion between the words
Practice the phrases
T 爆破音爆破音相遇时失爆破爆破音（b p d t g k）中意两相邻时第爆破音形成阻碍失爆破稍停顿快速第二完全爆破爆破音滑
（2）Find and practice
Find more similar phrases in the story on page 62 according to the examples and read them correctly
Practice in groups
（3）Show time
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Choose some more phrases and practice them
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1引导学生通PPT出示图片复相关容帮助学生激活背景知识储备词汇动脑动手面进入阅读做准备充分激发学生学兴趣
2引导学生通务语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意完成排序题事学生展开话助动作图片等学生理解事
3学程中渗透学生貌取明白团结力量应乐助道理
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to review the emotional words by drawing pictures of expressions
·Be able to train students’ reading ability to capture different types of information and extract the main idea of the story through the reading tasks
·Be able to abbreviate the story and retell it orally
·Be able to find more similar phrases in the story according to the examples and read them correctly
·Be able to conduct moral and emotional education in activities Help students know thatDon’t judge a person by his appearance understandthe strength of unityand know the truth of be willing to help others
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to complete the corresponding reading tasks
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to capture different types of information in the story and extract the main idea of the text
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play a song If you’re happy clap your hands by using the PPT
3 Look and say
（1）Show some pictures on the PPT
（2）Talk about the pictures
（3）Talk about one picture with a student to make a demonstration
4 Draw faces for each word
1 Greetings
2 Sing along with the recording
3（1）Look at the pictures
（2）Talk about the pictures with partners
4 Read the words together Then draw faces for each word on page 62
Activate students’ background knowledge and reserved vocabulary through pictures
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Prepare for the following reading
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilereading
1 Look and predict
Show the picture to students
Ask some questions to lead students to predict the main idea of the story
Point to the ant and help students spell the word
Look at the picture carefully
Answer the questions and predict the main idea of the story
Try to spell the word ant
Use the questions and the picture to lead students to predict the main idea of the story
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability
2 Fast reading
Ask students to read the story for the first time quickly and try to finish the first task
Check the answer
Help students understand the main idea of the story
Read the story for the first time quickly Try to finish the first task
Check the answer
Understand the main idea of the story
Help students understand the requirements of the questions Lead them to read the story quickly and extract the main idea of the story
3 Careful reading
Ask students to read the story for the second time carefully and try to number the pictures and underline the corresponding sentences
Then check the answers
Talk about the story with students to help them understand the story
Teach the new words and phrases
Read the story for the second time carefully Try to number the pictures and underline the corresponding sentences
Check the answers
Then talk about the story with the teacher Try to understand the story
Learn the new words and phrases
Capture different types of information and extract the main idea of the story through the reading tasks
Conduct moral and emotional education in activities
4 Read after the recording
Play the recording
Read the story after the recording
Imitate the right pause
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Make sure students are able to read the story correctly and fluently
5 Fill in the blanks and retell the story
(1) Check the answers
(2) Retell the story
(1) Fill in the blanks Then talk about them in groups Check the answers
(2) Try to retell the story according to the sentences and the pictures
Retell to the class
Help students abbreviate the story and retell it orally
Postreading
1 Read a passage about pets and fill in the chart
Show a passage about pets and the chart on the PPT
Ask students to fill in the chart
Check the answers
Read the passage and try to fill in the chart
Check the answers
Cultivate students’ reading interest and ability
2 Tips for pronunciation
（1）Listen and repeat
Play the recording
Ask students to read after the recording and feel the phenomenon of loss of plosion between the words
Ask students to practice the phrases
（2）Find and practice
Ask students to find more similar phrases in the story according to the examples and read them correctly
Ask students to practice in groups
（3）Show time
（1）Read after the recording
Feel the phenomenon of loss of plosion between the words
Practice the phrases
（2）Find more similar phrases in the story according to the examples and read them correctly
Practice in groups
（3）Several students show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
Help students feel the phenomenon of loss of plosion between the words Encourage students to find more similar phrases and read them correctly Improve students’ self confidence in learning by showing to the class
Homework
1 Choose some more phrases and practice them
2 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够通图相关文字信息学会中推测重点做目听录音听完成匹配务
·够活动中培养学生良听力惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水力
Let’s wrap it up
·够通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律
Story time
·够图片教师帮助理解事容
·够正确意群语音语调朗读事
·够表演事恰运事中语言进行交流
▶教学重点
复单元句型引导学生语法点进行纳总结规律
▶教学难点
图片教师帮助理解事容正确语音语调朗读事
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
助歌曲chant唤醒学生旧知激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
2 Sing a song
Play a song If you’re happy clap your hands on the PPT（出示课件）Students sing along with it
3 Let’s chant
Show the word cards to students Students try to chant like this：
A Ill ill I am ill What should I do
B See a doctor see a doctor You should see a doctor
A Cold cold It’s cold What should I do
B Wear warm clothes wear warm clothes You should wear warm clothes
…
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生通图相关文字信息读懂题目求学会中推测考查点引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容做目听录音活动中培养学生良听力惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s check②
（1）Show the pictures to students (课件出示：教材P64 Let’s check板块图片) Talk about the pictures with students Let them predict the listening content
T Who are they
Ss They are Mike Wu Yifan Oliver and Zhang Peng
T Yes There are four students on the left How do they feel What should they do Can you guess Look There are four phrases on the right Now let’s listen and match
（2）Listen and match
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P64 Let’s check板块音频） Students listen and match them Then check the answers（课件出示：教材P64 Listen and match答案）
（3）Read the questions and the options
Students read the four questions and the options
Help students listen to the recording with the questions
（4）Listen again and circle the right answers
Play the recording again（出示课件） Students listen again and try to circle the right answers
（5）Play the recording for the third time and check the answers （出示课件）
Teaching purpose③
引导学生通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律活动中进行操练激发学生学兴趣
（6）Listen and read after the recording
2 Let’s wrap it up③
（1）Look and say
Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：表示物情绪感受图片）
Talk about the pictures
T How does hesheit feel How do they feel
Write down the words of emotions and feelings on the blackboard according to the answers of students
（2）Work in groups
Students work in groups to add more words and then sort the words into two categories
（3）Give some advice
Lead students to give some advice to others as the demonstration
A I’m hungry
B You should eat some bread
Teaching purpose④
利问题逐步引导学生语境中助图片等理解事意利媒体帮助正确发音提醒学生注意事中物情绪变化表演事
Students work in pairs
Step 3 Consolidation & Extension④
Story time
1 Look and predict
Show the pictures to students (课件出示：教材P65 Story time板块图片) Let students look at the pictures carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the story
Questions ①Who are they②Where are they③What are they doing④How does Zip feel…
2 Look at Picture 1 and talk about it
Lead students to look at Picture 1 carefully Talk about the picture with students
T Who are they
Ss Zoom and Zip
T Where are they
Ss They are at home
T What are they going to do
Ss They’re going to watch TV
T What will Zoom do Why
Ss He’ll go and make some popcorn because Zip wants to have some popcorn
3 Look at Pictures 2 3 4 and talk about them
Lead students to look at Pictures 2 3 and 4 carefully Talk about the pictures with students
T How does Zip feel in Picture 2
Ss She’s so happy
Write down the word happy on the blackboard
T What time is it now
Ss It’s 700
(Point to Picture 3)
T Ten minutes later what does Zip think
Ss Zoom must be making lots of popcorn
(Point to Picture 4)
T What time is it
Ss It’s 732
T How does Zip feel
Ss She’s a little worried
Write down the word worried on the blackboard
4 Look at Pictures 5 6 and talk about them
Lead students to look at Picture 5 and Picture 6 carefully Talk about the pictures with students
T Where is Zoom
Ss He’s in the vegetable garden
T What did Zoom do
Ss He planted the popcorn seeds
T Yes He is waiting for them to grow but they take a long time to grow How does Zip feel
Ss She’s angry
Write down the word angry on the blackboard
T What should Zip do
Ss She should count to ten and take a deep breath
5 Watch and read
Play the cartoon (课件出示：教材P65 Story time板块视频) Students read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation the intonation and the emotion
6 Talk about the story
Talk about the story with students Let them pay attention to the key words happy worried angry on the blackboard
T How does Zip feel at first
Ss She’s happy
T Why does she feel happy
Ss Because Zoom is going to make popcorn for her
T Then how does Zip feel
Ss She’s worried
T Why does she feel worried about half an hour later
Ss Because Zoom doesn’t come back And Zip can’t find Zoom in the kitchen
T How does Zip feel at last
Ss She’s angry
T What suggestions do you give to Zip
Ss She should count to ten and take a deep breath
7 Practice and act out the story
Students practice the story in groups and pay attention to the emotional changes of the characters in the story Then act it out in class
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Read the story and enjoy it
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1课时Let’s check板块逐步帮助学生通图相关文字信息读懂题目求学会中推测考查点引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容做目听录音活动中培养学生良听力惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水力
2Let’s wrap it up板块逐步引导学生通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律活动中进行操练激发学生学兴趣
3Story time板块利问题逐步引导学生语境中助图片等理解事意利媒体帮助正确发音表演事
4课堂教学突出学生体教师充分发挥引导作利种方式引导学生探索学纳运
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to learn to infer the test points by looking at the pictures and the relevant text information
·Be able to listen to the recording purposefully and complete the matching task after listening
·Be able to develop the habit of prelistening prediction and improve the listening ability
Let’s wrap it up
·Be able to find out the grammar points that need to be paid attention to and summarize the rules through activities
Story time
·Be able to understand the story with the help of pictures and the teacher
·Be able to read the story according to the correct sense group pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to act out the story and communicate appropriately in the language of the story
▶Teaching Priorities
·Review the sentence structures of this unit and lead students to sum up the grammar points and summarize the rules
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to understand the story with the help of the pictures and the teacher and be able to read the story aloud with correct pronunciation and intonation
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands
3 Let’s chant
Show the word cards to students
1 Greet the teacher
2 Sing along with the recording
3 Try to chant
Help students review the relevant knowledge to prepare for the following study Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Presentation
1 Let’s check
（1）Show the picture to students Talk about the picture with students Let them predict the listening content
（2）Listen and match
Play the recording
Let students listen and match them
Then check the answers
（3）Read the questions and the options
（4）Listen again and circle the right answers
（5）Play the recording for the third time and check the answers
（6）Listen and read after the recording
(1) Look at the picture
and talk about it with the teacher Predict the listening content
(2) Listen and match them
Then check the answers
(3) Read the four questions
and the options
(4) Listen again and try to
circle the right answers
(5) Check the answers
(6) Listen and read after the recording
Help students learn to guess the test points from the pictures and the relevant text information Listen to the recording purposefully Develop students’ good habit of predicting before listening Improve their listening ability
▶Teaching Procedures
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1) Look and say
Show some pictures on the PPT and talk about them
Write down the words of emotions and feelings on the blackboard according to the answers of students
(2) Work in groups
Let students work in groups to add more words and then sort the words into two categories
(3) Give some advice
Lead students to give some advice to others
Let students work in pairs
(1) Look at the pictures and talk about them with the teacher
(2) Work in groups to add more words Then sort the words into two categories
(3) Give some advice to others
Work in pairs
Lead students to find out the grammar points which need to be paid attention to Then summarize the rules Let students practice them in activities to stimulate their interest in learning
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Look and predict
2 Look at Pictures 1~6 and talk about them
Write down the words happy worried angry on the blackboard
3 Watch and read
Play the cartoon
4 Talk about the story
Talk about the story with students Let them pay attention to the key words happy worried angry on the blackboard
5 Practice and act out the story
1 Look at the pictures carefully and answer the questions Predict the main idea of the story
2 Talk about Pictures 1~6 with the teacher
3 Read the story after watching the cartoon Pay attention to the pronunciation the intonation and the emotion
4 Talk about the story with the teacher Pay attention to the key words happy worried angry
5 Practice the story in groups Pay attention to the emotional changes of the characters in the story Then act it out
Use questions to lead students to understand the story step by step with the pictures Use the media to help students pronounce correctly and act out the story well
Homework
1 Read the story and enjoy it
2 Do the exercises
Recycle 2
教材分析
单元学容通事活动等形式复巩固第4~6单元核心词汇句型
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写实际情景中运第4~6单元核心句型
·够情景中运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes + ving等简单句询问描述某喜
·够情景中正确运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t询问某否做什
·够情景中运句型—What does heshe do —He She is…询问回答某职业
·够情景中运句型Where does he workHow does he go to work询问解某工作点出行方式
·够运句型How does…feel询问某情绪表示情绪形容词描述情绪
·够运句型You should…Don’t…安慰提供建议
·句型What’s wrong询问状况
·够听说读写第4~6单元关业余爱职业情绪单词词组
·够意义语境中运述单词词组
·知道英语句子语调根正确语调朗读类型句子
·知道英语句子中连读失爆破正确朗读含现象句子
·知道句子重音正确读出句子重音
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·视角认识职业明白事某职业基条件尊重种职业构思职业理想
·解诚实宝贵品质
·解英语事基构成素
课时安排
第课时： Page 66 & Page 67
第二课时： Page 68 & Page 69
The first period(第课时)
Page 66 & Page 67
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Page 66
·够通观察图片听懂情景话
·够情景中运句型—What does heshe do —He She is…询问回答某职业
·够运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes + ving询问描述某喜
Page 67
·够运句型How does…feel询问某情绪
·够表示情绪形容词描述情绪
·够运句型You should…Don’t…安慰提供建议
·够句型What’s wrong询问状况
▶教学重点
够情景中复运第4~6单元核心句型
▶教学难点
够情景中合理运学句型
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音等
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示相关单词词组帮助学生唤醒旧知面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Prelearning
1 Greetings
2 Brainstorm①
Show some pictures of jobs on the PPT （课件出示：职业片附单词词组：teacher postman fisherman fireman coach scientist pilot businessman factory worker farmer police officer等） Help students review the words or the phrases of jobs
3 A guessing game
The teacher says some sentences to describe the jobs And students try to guess the jobs
T：He works at sea He likes fishing What does he do
S1：He’s a fisherman
T：She works in a factory What does she do
S2：She’s a factory worker
…
Ask several students to make riddles about jobs Then say the riddles to the class The other students try to guess the jobs
4 Read and do
Show some words or phrases on the PPT （课件出示：单词词组：happy angry sad afraid ill worried see a doctor do more exercise take a deep breath wear warm clothes talk run read books play computer games sing song等）
Ask students to make facial expressions or do actions while reading the words or the phrases Help students review the words of the feelings and some activities
5 I do you say
Ask some students to do actions to the class one by one One student asks What’s hisher hobby The other students try to guess
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容分步完成听力务利表格帮助学生梳理信息运信息进行话练情景中运学语言
Step 2 Whilelearning
P66②
1 Understand the background knowledge
Students read the background knowledge by themselves first
Then the teacher introduces the background knowledge
T：Peter’s family are going to visit Ken’s family in another town Peter’s father is talking about them
2 Guess the jobs
Students work in groups to guess the jobs of Ken’s family
3 Listen and fill in the blanks
（1）Play the recording （课件出示：教材P66音频） Students listen to the recording and try to write down their jobs on the lines
（2）The teacher and students check the answers together (课件出示：教材P66 第题答案)
Praise the students who write the answers right
4 Listen again Write down the hobbies for the people
（1）Play the recording again (课件出示教材P66音频) Students listen to the recording and try to write down the hobbies for the people on the lines
（2）The teacher and students check the answers together (课件出示：教材P66 第二题答案)
Praise the students who write the answers right
5 Finish the chart
Show a chart to students Ask them to fill in the blanks according to the listening text
6 Talk about Ken’s family
Students work in pairs to talk about Ken’s family Make a model
T：Ken’s father is a farmer What does his mother do
S1：She’s a factory worker
T：What’s her hobby
S2：She likes reading
…
Teaching purpose③
引导学生观察讨图片设置连线务帮助学生理解图片容助完成连线务引导学生运学句型进行话练教学程中引导学生培养安全意识
P67③
1 Look and talk
Students read the background knowledge by themselves first
T：Peter’s family are on the bus What are they doing on the bus Now let’s have a look
Point to Peter’s family in the picture and talk with students
T：Who is she
Ss：She’s Peter’s mother
T：What is she doing
Ss：She’s reading
T：How does she feel
Ss：She feels sad
…
2 Look and match
Show the matching task on the PPT Let students look at the picture in the book carefully and try to finish it
3 Talk about Peter’s family
Ask students to talk about Peter’s family Make a model：
T：Peter’s family are on the bus What is his cousin doing
S1：He’s running
T：How does he feel
S1：He feels happy
T：How does Peter’s aunt feel
S1：She feels angry
T：Why
S1：Because Peter’s cousin is running on the moving bus
T：Yes It’s very dangerous So what can we say to him
（Lead students to answer the question）
S2：You should sit down
S3：Don’t run on a moving bus
…
Students work in pairs to talk about Peter’s family
4 Talk about the pictures
Show some pictures on the PPT （出示课件） Lead students to use the sentence structures You should…Don’t… to comfort others and give advice to others
Step 3 Postlearning
1 Peter’s puzzle
（1）Show the puzzle to students (课件出示：教材P67字谜)
T：Peter is doing word puzzles on the bus This is Peter’s puzzle Let’s try to do it
（2）Do the puzzle
Students do the puzzle by themselves
（3）Check the answers (课件出示：教材P67字谜答案)
Praise the students who finish it quickly and well
2 My dream career④
Teaching purpose④
通创设然真实情景学生情景中合理运学语言引导学生角度认识职业构思理想职业作简单汇报培养学生语言综合运力
（1）Create a situation
T：There are many interesting things in our life What do you like to do What’s your hobby What do you want to be Let’s make a survey For example if you like fishing you can be a fisherman
（2）Make a demonstration
Show a chart to the class （课件出示：调查表）
Make a demonstration with one student
T：… what’s your hobby
S1：I like fishing
T：What do you want to be
S1：I want to be a fisherman
…
Fill in the chart according to the answers of students
3 Work in groups
T：Now please work in groups of four Ask your partners’ hobbies and dream career and write down the answers in the chart
4Make a report
Ask one student to make a model
S1：I’m… I like… I want to be aan…
…likes… HeShe wants to be aan…
Ask several students to try to make a report The other students listen to them and make evaluations
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
35 Write down your dream career
36 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 充分发挥媒体辅助作效利课件帮助学生学
2 教学设计层次分明逐步引导帮助学生学引导学生听前预测分步完成听力务利表格帮助学生梳理信息运信息进行话练层层递进引导学生逐步完成学务
3 引导学生情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然复学语言突出教学重点
4 通创设然真实情境学生情境中合理运学语言培养学生语言综合运力达学致目
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Page 66
·Be able to understand the listening material by observing the picture
·Be able to ask and answer about someone’s occupation by using the sentence structures —What does heshe do —He She is… in scenes
·Be able to ask and describe someone＼＇s hobbies by using the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes + ving
Page 67
·Be able to ask about someone’s feelings by using the sentence structure How does…feel
·Be able to use emotional adjectives to describe feelings
·Be able to use the sentence structures You should…Don’t… to comfort others and offer advice
·Be able to ask about other people by using the sentence What’s wrong
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to review and use the key sentence structures of Unit 4 to Unit 6 properly
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to review and use the key sentence structures in situations properly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prelearning
1 Greetings
2 Brainstorm
Show some pictures of jobs on the PPT
3 A guessing game
Say some sentences to describe the jobs
4 Read and do
Show some words or phrases on the PPT
5 I do you say
Ask some students to do actions to the class one by one
1 Greetings
2 Review the words or the phrases of jobs
3 Guess the jobs according to the teacher’s sentences Then several students make riddles and the other students guess the jobs
4 Make facial expressions or do actions and review the words of feelings and some activities
5 Do actions to the class one by one One student asks the other students try to guess
Show relevant words or phrases on the PPT Help students activate the old knowledge Prepare for the later learning
Whilelearning
P66
1 Understand the background knowledge
Introduce the background knowledge
2 Guess the jobs
3 Listen and fill in the blanks
(1)Play the recording
(2)Check the answers
4 Listen again Write down the hobbies for the people
(1)Play the recording again
(2)Check the answers
5 Finish the chart
6 Talk about Ken’s family
1 Read and understand the background knowledge
2 Work in groups to guess the jobs of Ken’s family
3 (1) Listen and write down the jobs
(2) Check the answers
4 (1) Listen again Write down the hobbies for the people
(2) Check the answers
5 Try to fill in the blanks according to the listening text
6 Work in pairs to talk about Ken’s family
Help students understand the requirements of the questions Lead students to predict the key content of listening text before listening and then complete the listening task step by step Help students sort out the information by using the chart then lead them to use the information for dialogue practice
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilelearning
P67
1 Look and talk
Introduce the background knowledge
2 Look and match
3 Talk about Peter’s family
4 Talk about the pictures
1 Read and understand the background knowledge Look at the picture and talk about it
2 Look at the picture carefully and try to finish the matching task
3 Work in pairs to talk about Peter’s family as the model
4 Use the sentence structures
You should…Don’t … to comfort others and give advice to others
Lead students to observe and discuss the picture and set the matching task to help them understand the picture Lead students to develop safety awareness in the process of teaching
Postlearning
1 Peter’s puzzle
(1)Show the puzzle to students
(2)Ask students to do the puzzle
(3)Check the answers
Praise the students who finish it quickly and well
（1）Observe the puzzle
（2）Do the puzzle
（3）Check the answers
Help students practice the key words and sentence structures Train students’ ability of expressing in scenes and prepare for the expansion of communication activities
2 My dream career
(1)Create a situation
(2)Make a demonstration
3 Work in groups
4 Make a report
Work in groups of four Ask
and write down the answers in the chart
Then several students try to make a report The other students listen to them and make evaluations of their reports
Create a natural and real situation Help students use the language reasonably in the situation Help them understand occupations from different perspectives and conceive their own dream career Develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Homework
28 Write down your dream career
29 Do the exercises
The first period(第课时)
Page 68 & Page 69
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Page 68
&
Page 69
·够句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes+ ving询问描述某喜
·够句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t询问某否做什
·够句型—What does heshe do —He She is…询问回答某职业
·够句型Where does he workHow does he go to work询问解某工作点出行方式
▶教学重点
够通事活动复运第4~6单元词汇句型
▶教学难点
够情景中合理运句型
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音视频教学卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading①
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
引导学生复第4~6单元词汇句型激活旧知面学做准备
2 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to play this game
Show the word cards of Unit 4 to Unit 6 one by one Ask students to read the words as fast as possible
Reward the students who read fast and accurately
3 A guessing game
Say some sentences about jobs Let students try to guess the words of jobs
Check the answers like this to review the sentence structures
T What does heshe do
Ss He She is…
T Where does heshe work
Ss He She works…
4 Ask and answer
Show some pictures about hobbies on the PPT （课件出示 物爱图片） Lead students to ask and answer in pairs
A What are…’s hobbies
B He She likes+ ving
Show some pictures about emotions on the PPT （课件出示 物情绪图片） Lead students to ask and answer in pairs
A How does heshe feel
B HeShe…
5 Leadin
T Good job Peter’s family are at Ken’s house now Ken’s father tells a story Let’s read the story together
Teaching purpose②
逐步引导学生理解文通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力活动程中渗透诚信宝贵品质德育教育
Step 2 While reading②
1 Fast reading
T Now we’re going to read a story What is the main idea of the story
Lead students to look at the chart on page 69
Write down the words When Where on the blackboard
T When does the story happen Where does the story happen
Students read the story for the first time and write down the answer to Where in the chart
Check the answers
2 Watch and circle
T How many people are mentioned in the story
Ss 4
Write down the word Who on the blackboard
T What do they do Now please read the story quickly and circle their jobs in the story You have 10 seconds to do this
Students read the story and try to circle the jobs in the story
Check the answers
Play the recording (课件出示 教材P68音频) Students listen to the recording and fill in the blanks on page 69
Check the answers
Who a rich old businessman a factory worker a coach a fisherman
3 Read again and fill in the chart
Show a chart on the PPT Ask students to read the story again and fill in the chart
Read and fill in the blanks
Write down the phrase What happens on the blackboard
T Now let’s read the story carefully Then try to fill in the blanks on page 69
Let students read the story by themselves and fill in the blanks on page 69
Check the answers
5 Answer the questions
Show the two questions below the passage on page 68 to the class （课件出示 教材P68 Read and answer问题）
Let students discuss them in groups Then check the answers
T How does the fisherman feel after three months
S1 He feels very sad
T How does he feel at the end
S2 He feels very happy
T Why
S3 Because he owns the money
S4 Because he is honest
T What does the story tell us Tick what you agree with in the book
Ss People should be honest
Teaching purpose③
引导学生总结事构成素根事素复述事鼓励学生仿事素写出事素表尝试创编事培养学生创造力
Step 3 Post reading③
1 Summarize the elements of a story
T Peter likes the story very much He is going to tell it to his best friend Let’s take a look at the elements of a story
2 Retell the story
(1)Ask students to look at the chart on page 69 and then try to retell the story
(2)Ask students to work in groups to prepare
(3)Ask several students to show their work to the class
3 Try to make a story
Show a list of story elements on the PPT （课件出示 事素表）
Then tell the story to the class as a model （课件出示 事范例）
Ask students to make a list of story elements and then try to make a story
Tell the story in groups
Asks several students to show their stories to the class Other students listen to them and make evaluations of their stories
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
37 Tell your story to your family
38 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 教学活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力
2 图片语言等帮助学生读懂题目求逐步引导学生理解事通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力活动程中渗透诚信宝贵品质德育教育
3 引导学生总结梳理事构成素助事素复述事引导学生仿事素写出事素表尝试创编事培养学生创造力
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Page 68 & Page 69
·Be able to ask and express someone’s preference by using the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes+ ving
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe
doesn’t to ask whether someone does something
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What does heshe do —He She is… to ask and
answer questions about someone’s occupation
·Be able to use the sentence structures Where does he work and How does he go to work to ask where someone works and how they go to work
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to review and use the key words and sentence structures of Unit 4 to Unit 6 properly through the story and the activities
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures in situations properly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prelearning
1 Greetings
2 Flashing cards
Show the word cards of Unit 4 to Unit 6
3 A guessing game
Say some sentences about jobs Let students try to guess the words of the jobs
Check the answers to review the sentence structures
4 Ask and answer
Show some pictures about hobbies and emotions on the PPT Let students ask and answer in pairs
5 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Read the words out as fast as possible Review the words of Unit 4 to Unit 6
3 Try to guess the words of the jobs
4 Look at the pictures Ask and answer someone’s hobbies and feelings in pairs
1 Greetings
2 Read the words out as fast as possible Review the words of Unit 4 to 6
3 Try to guess the words of the jobs
4 Look at the pictures Ask and answer someone’s hobbies and feelings in pairs
While reading
1 Fast reading
Look at the chart on page 69 Read the story for the first time and write down the answer to Where in the chart
Check the answer
Lead students to understand the story and train them to capture different types of information in the story by reading tasks
In the process of the activity the teacher permeates the moral education that integrity is people’s precious quality
2 Watch and circle
Read the story and circle the jobs in the story
Watch the cartoon and fill the blanks on page 69
Check the answers
3 Read again and fill in the chart
Read the story again and fill in the chart
Check the answers
4 Read and fill in the blanks
Read the story by themselves carefully Then fill in the blanks on page 69
Check the answers
5 Answer the questions
Discuss them in groups and answer the questions on page 68
Check the answers
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Post reading
1 Summarize the elements of a story
Learn the elements of a story
Lead students to summarize the elements of a story and retell the story according to the story elements table Encourage students to write their own story elements table and try to create a story Cultivate students’ creativity
2 Retell the story
(1)Let students look at the chart on page 69 and then try to retell the story
(2)Let students work in groups to prepare
(3)Ask several students to show their work to the class
(1)Look at the chart on page 69 Then try to retell the story
(2)Work in groups to prepare
(3)Show to the class
3 Try to make a story
Show a list of story elements on the PPT Then tell the story to the class as a model
Make a list of story elements and then try to make a story
Tell the story in groups
Show their stories to the class
Homework
30 Tell your story to your family
31 Do the exercises
PEP学英语六年级册教学计划
第学期
基情况
年级班xx名学生三年时间英语学部分学生已掌握良英语学基础英语学怀着浓厚学兴趣课认真听讲积极举手发言学积极性高语言模仿力强养成良英语学惯学方法部分学生英语底子较差学英语兴趣高时甚没时完成作业学期继续抓尖子生培养工作时做进生辅导工作量思想重视英语加强英语学兴趣
二教材分析
册教材注重学生语言应力培养教材整体构思容安排活动设计教学方法选等方面紧密联系学生生活实际知识技目标融会完成务程中充分体现交际教学思想册6单元2复单元单元分ABC三部分10页复单元4页单元教学容安排：
单元
题目
话题
Unit one
How can I get there
Means of transportation
traffic rules
Unit two
Ways to go to
school
Locations directions
Unit three
My weekend plan
Spare time activities
Recycle one
Unit four
I have a pen pal
Hobbies daily routine
Unit five
What does he do
jobs
Unit six
How do you feel
angry sad
Recycle two
教材配套活动手册6单元2复单元单元设计教材中ABC三部分容
三指导思想
贯彻落实国家教育方针学实践 三代表重思想实现国家跨世纪发展目标培养高素质围绕学校中心工作结合实际力求做计划目实施教学纲求便学生获基语言知识技培养良学惯继续学英语奠定良初步基础
四教具媒体
实物课文挂图单词图片录音机录音带投影仪投影片物头饰动物头饰玩具模型等
五采取措施
a) 遵循英语教学规律寓思想教育语言教学中
b) 激发学动机培养学兴趣
c) 加强语言实践着重力培养
d) 听说训练视听说相结合
e) 努力创设情景量英语
f) 发挥导作创设谐气氛
g) 优化课堂教学提高课堂效率
h) 指导学方法养成良惯
PEP学六年级册英语教学工作总结
学期担六年级英语教学工作完成PEP册教材全部教学容具体情况
扎实备课认真课断反思
新调学校数学生情况熟悉第次教版册教材熟悉四册容整体教材编排体系认真备课认真阅读种教科参考书全面深入解学生结合教学验学生学情况认真编写教案断加修改完善课堂教学中充分利身边资源学生创设真实交际情境注重学生学兴趣激发学方法培养适时鼓励分层教学学生跳跳摘苹果品尝成功喜悦节课认真反思断改进教学方法手段提高课堂效率节课前On duty中学生机会成课堂锻炼学生交际力培养学生良倾听惯合作品质时课堂效延伸
二学生英语综合运力增强
1单元两Let’s try 容学生听力中感知新语言学生听力力提高根听段话做出正确判断养成学间认真倾听惯
2学生够乐交流更信息家朋友爱等结合前学问候语神情方然
3认读学词语根拼读规律音标读出简单单词正确朗读学事短文助图片读懂简单事短文逐步培养意群阅读惯
4正确书写单词句子写段完整话 My pen pal Plant trees等基正确写字母标点符号
三存问题改进措施
时态综合运中常出现混淆五年级学期重点时态现进行时没掌握单学般时般现时学生掌握情况三时态放起知措专门设计复课Mr Wood事形式听说读写四方面进行针性训练收较教学效果学生正确灵活运学期学般时时断复较学生熟练正确运学语言
Unit 1 How can I get there
重点词汇：
hospital 医院 cinema 电影院
post office 邮局 bookstore 书店
museum 博物馆 go straight 直走
turn right 右转 turn left 左转
crossing 十字路口 science 科学
turn 转弯 left 左
straight 笔直 right 右
重点句型
1 —Where is the ……里？
—It＇s nearnext to the
……附 ……相邻
2How can I get to the
……？
3Turn rightTurn leftGo straight
右转左转直走
问（ask）路指（tell）路
英语中常见问路表达方法：
Excuse me where is+点 please
Excuse me how can I get to+点？
Excuse me can you tell me where+点+is
英语中常见指路表达方法：
It＇s+表示位置短语
Turn leftright at+点
Go straight along+点
常见方位介词短语：
1 in表示……里面
2 on表示……面两者互相接触
3 under表示……方
4 behind表示……面
5 in front of表示……前面正behind相反
6 beside 表示……旁边
7 above 表示……面两者接触
8 between 表示……中间
9 near表示……附
10 next to 表示……附相near
11 in the middle of 表示中间
12 over ……面……方穿越over there 里
Unit 2 Ways to go to school
重点词汇：
bus 公汽车 plane 飞机
taxi 出租汽车 ship （）船
subway 铁 train 火车
by （表示方式） on foot 行
stop 停 slow 慢
down 减少降低 slow down 慢
重点句型
1 How do you get to ……？
2 I usuallyoftensometimes come to school on footby
通常常时候步行……学校
3 Don＇t go at the red light 闯红灯
4 I must pay attention to the traffic lights
必须注意交通信号灯
语法：询问出行方式
句型结构How dodoes+语+comego to+点？
答语：
语+come(s)go(es) to+点+by+交通工具
语+ come(s)go(es) to+点+on foot
语+take(s) a+交通工具
语+take(s) the +车号+交通工具
by面定直接加交通工具单数形式外脚丫footon搭配步行on foot表示
— How do you go to Germany — I go to Germany by plane
— How does John come to the park — He takes a taxi to the park
— How do they go home — They go home on foot
语法二：频度副词
频度副词表示动作频率程度常频度副词频率高低图表示：
always usually often sometimes never
总 通常 常 时 未决
100 80 60 40 0
语法三：情态动词must
must情态动词意必须语气强烈没称数变化面接动词原形句型结构：语+must+动词原形+
— Mum can I watch TV now
— Yes you can But you must do your homework first
You must follow the traffic rules
语法四：祈句
祈句表达请求命令建议叮嘱祝愿等祈句通常省略语（you）
■肯定祈句
1Do型祈句
句型结构：动词原形+
Take turns Keep to the right
2Be型祈句
句型结构：Be+形容词
例：Be quiet 保持安静 Be a good boy 做孩子
3Let型祈句
句型结构：Let＇sLet me+动词原形+
例：Let me help you Let’s play football
否定祈句
1Don＇t型祈句
句型结构：Don＇t+动词原形+
例：Don’t swim in the river Don’t turn in the street
2No型祈句
句型结构：
（1）No+动词ing形式+
（2）No+名词+
例：No fishing 禁止钓鱼 No photos 禁止拍请勿拍
Unit 3 My weekend plan
核心词汇
1 名词 film 电影 trip 旅行 supermarket 超市 dictionary 词典 word 单词 postcard明信片
2 动词 visit 拜访
3 形容词 comic 滑稽
4 副词 evening 晚傍晚 tonight 晚 tomorrow 明天
5 短语 see a film 电影 take a trip 旅行 next week 周 comic book(童)连环画册 word book 单词书
二解词汇
1 名词 lesson 课 space 太空 half 半 price 价格 moon cake 月饼 poem 诗 moon 月亮
2 动词 travel (尤指长途)旅行
3 副词 together 起
4 短语 MidAutumn Festival 中秋节 get together 聚会
三核心句型
1 — What are you going to do tomorrow 明天算做什
— I’m going to have an art lesson 美术课
句型结构 — What +be动词+语+going to do+……算做什
— 语+be going to+动词原形+ ……算……
举反三 — What is he going to do算做什
— He is going to climb mountains 爬山
— What are they going to do算做什
— They are going to cook the meals 算做饭
2 — When are you going 什时候
— Next Wednesday 星期三
句型结构 — When +be动词+语+going (to+动词原形+)……什时候……
— 语+be动词+going+时间状语……算……
举反三 — When is he going什时候
— He is going at 4 o’clock 算四点
— When are they going什时候
— They are going this Sunday morning算星期日午
3 — Where are we going 算
— To the bookstore 书店
句型结构 — Where +be动词+语+going+……算
— 语+be动词+going to+点名词……算……
举反三 — Where is he going算
— He is going to the hospital 医院
— Where are Mike and Chen Jie going迈克陈杰算
— They are going to the cinema 电影院
四解句型
1 Have a good time 玩开心
2 Why not go on Tuesday 什星期二
解读 why not意什 why don’t you意什
3 Here they are 里
4 We should always rememberLearn by doing应该直记着实践中学
解读 should意应该应否定形式should加not
Unit 4 I have a pen pal
核心词汇
1 名词 puzzle谜 hiking远足
2 动词 studies(study第三称单数形式)学
二解词汇
1 名词 hobby业余爱 jasmine茉莉 idea想法意 Canberra堪培拉(澳利亚首) goal射门 club俱乐部
2 动词 shall表示征求意见 join加入 share分享
3 形容词 amazing令惊奇
4 短语 pen pal笔友
三核心句型
1 — What are his hobbies什爱
— He likes flying kites and singing English songs 喜欢放风筝唱英文歌
举反三 What are your hobbies什爱
What are her hobbies什爱
拓展句型 — What is hisher hobby 什爱
— HeShe likes+动名词+ 喜欢……
拓展动名词构成方式
(1)般动词面加ing
go — going ask — asking do — doing
(2)发音字母e 结尾e加ing
write — writing take — taking have — having
(3)重读闭音节结尾词末尾辅音字母双写末尾辅音字母加ing stop — stopping shop — shopping plan — planning
2 — Does he live in Sydney住悉尼
— No he doesn’t 没
注意般疑问句否定句中动词第三称单数变回原形
四解句型
1 Why not 什呢
解读 why not 接动词原形询问什…… why don’t you意什
2 Really 真
Unit 5 What does he do
核心词汇
1 名词 factory工厂 worker工 postman邮递员 businessman商企业家 fisherman渔民 scientist科学家 pilot飞行员 coach教练
2 短语 police officer警察
二解词汇
1 名词 country 国家 sea 海 university 学 gym 体育馆 reporter 记者
secretary 秘书
2 stay保持 if果 use type字 quickly迅速
3 短语 head teacher校长
三核心句型
1 — What does he do做什
— He’s a businessman 商
解读询问某职业常句型回答
句型结构 What dodoes … do……做什
— What do you do做什
— I’m a doctor 医生
— What does your father do爸爸做什
— He is an engineer 工程师
拓展问职业What’s sb询问
— What’s your mother妈妈做什
— She is an accountant会计
2 Where does he work工作
解读常见询问某工作点句型
句型结构 Where dodoes … work ……工作
— Where does Mike work迈克工作
— He works in a bank 家银行工作
— Where does your father work爸爸工作
— He works in a company 家公司工作
3 How does he go to work班
解读 询问什交通工具句型
句型结构 How dodoes … go to work……班
— How does Amy go to work埃米班
— She goes to work on foot 步行班
— How do you go to work班
— I go to work by car 汽车班
四解句型
1 Is your father here today爸爸天
举反三 — Is John here today 天约翰
— No he isn’t 没
2 Do you want to be a head teacher too想成校长
句型结构 DoDoes+语+want to be+职业名词……想成……
举反三 Do you want to be a pilot想成飞行员
3 What does Xiao Yu’s uncle look like 肖雨叔叔长什样
句型结构 What +dodoes+语+look like……长什样
举反三 — What does your sister look like姐姐长什样
— She is tall and thin 高瘦
Unit 6 How do you feel
核心词汇
1 表达感受形容词 angry生气 afraid 害怕 sad 难 worried 担心发愁 happy 高兴
2 wear 穿 more更 deep 深 breath 呼吸
3 短语 see a doctor 病 take a deep breath 深深吸口气 count to ten 数十
二解词汇
1 名词 mice(mouse复数)老鼠 grass草坪 ant蚂蚁 mud泥 everyone
2 动词 chase追赶 hurt()受伤 should应该 feel觉感 sit坐 hear听见 worry担心担忧 stuck陷住法移动 pull拉拽
3 形容词 ill病舒服 wrong毛病 bad邪恶坏
4 副词 well健康身体
三核心句型
1 Why is the cat angry with the mice什猫生老鼠气
解读why引导特殊疑问句常询问原答语常because引导句子
2 The cat is ill 猫生病
解读陈述句表达感受身体状况中ill意病舒服isfeels换意觉感
3 How does Dad feel now 爸爸现感觉样
解读句常询问方心情身体状况语第三称单数形式时助动词does
4 What should he do应该做什
解读询问某该做什常见句型
四解句型
1 What’s this cartoon about动画片关什
2 You should see a doctor 应该病
解读句常见出意见建议句型
3 What suggestions can you give 出什建议
解读询问建议常见句型
拓展提出建议常句型
WhatHow about … ……样
Why notdon’t you+动词原形+什……呢
4 Robin is going to sit on the grass when he hears Wait 罗宾刚坐草时听等等
解读when引导时间状语句
5 How does cold weather make John feel 寒冷天气约翰感觉样
解读 make sb do sth意某做某事
第三称单数语六种形式
家知道般现时中语第三称单数时谓语动词第三称单数形式常动词原形加ses学语第三称单数十分清楚现纳总结：
称代词he she it第三称单数：
He likes watching TV 喜欢电视
She has lunch at twelve 十二点吃午餐
It looks like a cat 起猫
二单名名称呼做语第三称单数：
①Han Mei looks like her mother 韩梅起母亲
②Beijing is in China 北京中国
③Uncle Wang often makes cakes 王叔叔常做蛋糕
三单数数名词this that the+单数数名词做语时第三称单数：
①A horse is a useful animal 马动物
②This book is yours 书
③That car is red 辆汽车红色
④The cat is Lucy＇s 猫露茜
四定代词someone somebody nobody everything something等指示代词this that做语时第三称单数：
①Everyone is here 家齐
②There is something wrong with the watch 块手表毛病
③This is a pen 支钢笔
④That is an eraser 块橡皮擦
五数名词做语时第三称单数：
①The milk is in the glass 牛奶玻璃杯里
②The bread is very small 面包
六数字字母做语时作第三称单数：
①6 is a lucky number 6吉利数字
②I is a letter I字母
PEP学英语毕业总复
：学生易错词汇
1 a an选择 元音音素开头单词an辅音音素开头单词a
2 am is are选择 单数is 复数are I am you are
3 have has 选择 表示某某物单数has 复数have I ＼you have
4 there is there are 选择表示某某物某单数there is 复数there are
5 some any 选择肯定句some 疑问句否定句any
6疑问词选择what (什) who (谁) where (里) whose (谁) why（什）when(什时候）which（）how old () how many （少）how much（少钱）
二：形容词较级详解
需事物作出较时需较级较级句子结构通常：
什 + 动词be (am is are ) + 形容词较级 + than（）+ 什 ：
I’m taller and heavier than you （更高更重）
An elephant is bigger than a tiger （象老虎更）
形容词较级形容词基础变化变化规：
① 般直接词尾加er tall taller strong stronger
② e结尾直接加r fine – finer
③ 辅音字母加y结尾先改yi加erfunny funnier
④ 双写字母加erbig – bigger thin – thinner hot – hotter
☆注意☆ 较两者应该互相应较东西
典型错误：My hair is longer than you（头发更长）
较两者头发（整）较象没性
改：My hair is longer than yours My hair is longer than your hair
较级专项练
面中选出合适单词完成句子
heavy tall long big
(1) How is the Yellow River
(2) How is Mr Green He’s 175cm
(3) How are your feet I wear size 18
(4)How is the fish It’s 2kg
二根句意写出缺单词
(1) I’m 12 years old You’re 14 I’m than you
(2) A rabbit’s tail is than a monkey’s tail
(3) An elephant is than a pig
(4) A lake is than a sea
(5) A basketball is than a football（贵）
三根答句写出问句
(1) I’m 160 cm
(2) I’m 12 years old
(4) Amy’s hair is 30 cm long
四：动词式详解 动词式构成规：
A规动词
①般直接动词面加ed： worked learned cleaned visited
② e结尾动词直接加d： lived danced used
③辅音字母加y结尾动词改yi加ed（类动词较少）
study – studied carry – carried worry – worried
（注意playstay辅音字母加y属类）
④双写字母（类动词较少） stopped
B规动词（类词规须熟记）学阶段记住动词原形式：sing – sang eat – ate
see – saw have – had do – did go – went take – took buy – bought get – got read – read fly – flew amis – was
are – were say – said leave – left swim – swam tell – told draw – drew come – came lose – lost find – found drink – drank hurt – hurt feel – felt
五：动词现分词详解 动词ing形式构成规：
① 般直接面加ing doing going working singing eating
② e 结尾动词先e加ing having writing
③ 双写字母（类动词极少）：running swimming sitting getting
六：称数
称代词 物代词
格 宾格
第称 单数 I（） me my（）
复数 we（） us our（）
第二称 单数 you（） you your（）
复数 you（） you your（）
第三称 单数 he（） him his（）
she（） her（）it（） it its（）
复数 they（） them their
（）
七：句型专项类
1 肯定句：指肯定语气陈述句子
：I’m a student She is a doctor He works in a hospital
There are four fans in our classroom He will eat lunch at 1200 I watched TV yesterday evening
2 否定句：含否定词表示否定意义词句子
：I’m not a student She is not (isn’t) a doctor
He does not (doesn’t) work in a hospital
There are not (aren’t) four fans in our classroom
He will not (won’t) eat lunch at 1200
I did not (didn’t) watch TV yesterday evening
☆注意☆ 结：否定句肯定句基础加否定词 not动词be句子not加be面缩写成isn’taren’tam not 般分开写没动词be句子先动词前面加助动词（dodoesdid）然面加not缩写起don’t doesn’t didn’t ）三助动词根称时态选择中does般现时语第三称单数情况did般时语什称数did
3般疑问句：指询问事实句子类句子必须yesno回答
：Are you a student Yes I am No I’m not
Is she a doctor Yes she is No she isn’t
Does he work in a hospital Yes he does No he doesn’t
Are there four fans in our classroom Yes there are No there aren’t
Are you going to buy a comic book tonight Yes I am No I am not (Yes we are No we aren’t)
Will he eat lunch at 1200 Yes I will No I will not(won’t)
Are they swimming Yes they are No they aren’t
Did you watch TV yesterday evening Yes I did No I didn’t
☆注意☆ 结：般疑问句肯定句基础
①动词be调首位写末尾标点符号变成问号
②没动词be句子句首加助动词（dodoesdid）紧面动词变回原形末尾标点符号变成问号
三助动词根称时态选择中does般现时语第三称单数情况did般时语什称数did 般疑问句重原问答致问句里第单词（助动词）简略答句里词致
4特殊疑问句：特殊疑问词（what where who which when whose why how等）开头引导句子类句子应该问什答什yes no回答：
What is this It’s a computer
What does he do He’s a doctor
Where are you going I’m going to Beijing
Who played football with you yesterday afternoon Mike
Which season do you like best Summer
When do you usually get up I usually get up at 630
Whose skirt is this It’s Amy’s
Why do you like spring best Because I can plant trees
How are you I’m fine I’m happy
How did you go to Xinjiang I went to Xinjiang by train
☆中how形容词连组成特殊疑问词组提问： how many（少(数量)） how much（少(钱)） how tall（高） how long（长） how big（） how heavy（重）
例句：How many pencils do you have I have three pencils
How many girls can you see I can see four girls
How many desks are there in your classroom There are 51
☆结：how many 提问数名词数量三种句式搭配
How many + 名词复数 + do you have 少……？
How many + 名词复数 + can you see 见少……？
How many + 名词复数 + are there… 少……？
八：完全缩略形式 I’mI am he’she is she’sshe is they’rethey are you’reyou are there’sthere is they’rethey are can’tcan not don’tdo not doesn’tdoes not isn’tis not aren’tare not let’slet us won’twill not I’llI will wasn’twas not
总结：通常情况＇mam＇sis（ let’slet us） ＇reare n＇tnot （can’tcan not）
九：字母相关题型
( 注：五元音字母 Aa Ee Ii Oo Uu )
般时五种表达方法
般时
1）amisaregoing to + dowillshall + do
shall第三称单数常will 代二者缩写成＇ll
will 陈述句中称征求意见时常第二称
Which paragraph shall I read first
Will you be at home at seven this evening
2) be going to +动词原形点表示
a 语意图做某事
What are you going to do tomorrow
b 计划安排发生事
The play is going to be produced next month
c 迹象发生事
Look at the dark clouds there is going to be a storm
3) be +定式表计划正式安排发生事
We are to discuss the report next Saturday
4) be about to +定式意马做某事
He is about to leave for Beijing
注意：be about to tomorrow next week 等表示明确时时间状语连
般时
1．般时基概念
般时表示某时刻动作状态某段时间常动作状态般时助动词shall（第称）will（第二三称）+动词原形构成美国英语什称律will
2．般时形式
●will 常简略 ＇ll语连写起：I＇llhe＇llit＇llwe＇llyou＇llthey＇ll
●般疑问句will you…？简略答语须YesI will NoI will not Shall you…？（较少见）简略答语须 YesI shall． No I shall not．
3．般时法 [
1）表示动作状态
般时常表示时间状语连：
tomorrow（明天） next week（周） from now on（现开始）in the future（）等
2）表示常发生动作
4．般时法
般时表示某时刻动作状态表达形式shall（第称）will（第二三称）+动词原形构成外种形式
1）be going to+动词原形表示发生算进行事例： ①It is going to rain 雨
②We are going to have a meeting today 天开会
2）go comestartmovesailleavearrivestaylive fly等进行时态表示计划发生动作例：
I＇m leaving for Beijing
北京
3）be to+动词原形表示计划发生事征求方意见例：
①Are we to go on with this work继续干？
②The boy is to go to school tomorrow男孩明天学
4）be about to+动词原形表示发生动作意：快马面般时间状语例：
We are about to leave马走
5）某词come go leave arrive start get staylive fly等般现时表示
①The meeting starts at five o＇clock会议五点开始
②He gets off at the next stop站车
般时五种表达方法
般时表示某时间发生动作存状态表示常反复发生动作常常表示时间状语连常表达形式五种现纳：
willshall表示助动词willshall＋动词原形形式表示发生事情征求方意见表示客气邀请口语中will称书面语中第称常shall：
1 Tomorrow will be Sunday 明天星期天
2 The rain will stop soon 雨快停
3 Shall we go there at five 五点钟？
4 Will you please open the door 请门开？
二be going to结构表示be going to＋动词原形表示期事先考虑发生动作已迹象表明必发生某事意算：
1 We＇re going to meet outside the school gate 算校门口见面
2 Look It＇s going to rain 瞧快雨
三现进行时表示表示位置转移动词（：go come leave start arrive等）现进行时表示时：
1 Uncle Wang is coming 王叔叔
2 They＇re leaving for Beijing 前北京
四般现时表示根规定时间表预计发生动作时间条件状语句中般现时表示时：
1 The new term starts (begins) on August 29th 新学期八月二十九日开学
2 If it doesn＇t rain tomorrow we will go out for a picnic 果明天雨出野餐
五be＋动词定式be about to ＋动词原形结构表示：
1 He is to visit Japan next year 明年访问日
2 They＇re about to leave (They＇re leaving) 走
英文书信格式
1 信头（Heading）
指发信姓名（单位名称）址日期般写信纸右角般公函商业信函信纸印单位公司名称址电话号码等需信头面右边写写信日期 英文址写法中文完全址名称序：第行写门牌号码街名第二行写县市省州邮编国名然写日期标点符号般行末尾行间该例写日期时候
2 日期写法：
：1997年7月30日英文：July 301997（普遍） July 30th1997
30th July1997等1997写成97
3 信址（Inside Address）：
般社交信中信收信址通常省略公务信函中收信姓名址等写信头日期方左角求信头求样必写日期
4 称呼（Salutation）：
写信收信称呼语位置信址方二行方该行顶格写起称呼面般逗号（英国式）号（美国式）
（1）写亲亲戚关系密切朋友时DearMy dear加表示亲属关系称呼直称名（里指名字姓氏）例：My dear fatherDear Tom等
（2）写公务信函Dear MadamDear SirGentleman（Gentlemen）注意：Dear纯属公务客气形式Gentlemen总复数形式出现前加DearDear Sir复数形式
（3）写收信信头衔职位职称学位等加姓氏姓氏名字例：Dear Prof Tim Scales Dear Dr John Smith
5 正文（Body of the Letter）：
位置面称呼语隔行信核心部分求正文层次分明简单易懂中文信正文中般Hello（）正文缩进式齐头式两种段书信第行第字母稍微右缩进通常五字母宜段第二行左面顶格写起缩进式美国写信段落缩进式齐头式行左面顶格写起商务信件采齐头式写法
6 结束语（Complimentary Close）：
正文面二行处信纸中间偏右处开始第词开头写句末逗号象结束语写法
（1）写家亲戚Your loving grandfatherLovingly yoursLovingly等
（2）写熟朋友Yours cordiallyYours affectionately等
（3）写业务信函Truely yours（Yours truely）Faithfully yours（Yours faithfully）等
（4）级长辈Yours obediently（Obediently yours）Yours respectfully（Respectfully yours）等
7 签名（Signature） ：
低结束语二行信纸中间偏右方开始结束语正方签完名字面字机出名字便识职务职称名字面然写亲朋友信必
8 附言（Postscript） ：
封信写完突然想起遗漏事情时PS表示写遗漏话长话短说通常信末签名面行左方应正文齐头
注意：正式信函中应避免附言
9 附件（Enclosure） ：
信件果附件信纸左角注Encl：Enc：
例：Encl：2 photos（附两张片）果福建附件止项应写成Encl：Encs
时称呼正文间Re：Subject：（事）字样般信纸中间称呼齐应底加横线引起读信注意收信便读信前解信中容事般公务信函中省略
中英文址写法
1***室 房 RM *** ***村（乡） *** Village
2***号 No *** ***号宿舍 *** Dormitory
3***楼 层 *** F ***住宅区 区 *** Residential Quater
4甲 乙 丙 丁 A B C D ***巷 弄 *** Lane
5***单元 Unit *** ***号楼 幢 *** Buld
6***公司 *** Com *** Crop ***厂 *** Factory
7***酒楼酒店 *** Hotel ***路 *** Road
8***花园 *** Garden ***街 *** Street
9***县 *** County ***镇 *** Town
10***市 *** *** City ***区 *** District
11*** 信箱 Mailbox *** ***省 *** Prov
英文址般写法描述相反写示范：
例：
宝山区示范新村37号403室
Room 403No37ShiFan Residential Quarter BaoShan District
虹口区西康南路125弄34号201室
Room 201No34Lane 125XiKang Road(South)HongKou District
河南省南阳市中州路42号
Room 42 Zhongzhou RoadNanyang City Henan Prov
湖北省荆州市红苑酒店
Hongyuan Hotel Jingzhou city Hubei Prov
河南南阳市八路272号特钢公司
Special Steel CorpNo272 Bayi RoadNanyang City Henan Prov
中山市东区亨达花园7栋702
Room 702 7th Building Hengda Garden East District Zhongshan
福建省厦门市莲花五村龙昌里34号601室
Room 601 No34 Long Chang Li Xiamen Fujian
厦门公交总公司承诺办
Cheng Nuo Ban Gong Jiao Zong Gong Si Xiamen Fujian
山东省青岛市开路53号国棉四厂二宿舍1号楼2单元204户甲
NO 204Entrance A Building NO 1 The 2nd Dormitory of the NO 4 Stateowned Textile Factory 53 Kaiping Road Qingdao Shandong
英文址写法
寄达城市名批译 ：
国城市英文等书写汉语拼音书写例北京英文写Peking汉语拼音写Beijing二者然拉丁字母拼读方法前者音标相拼者声母韵母相拼批译时注意识免错译
二街道址单位名称批译：
常见英文书写汉语拼音书写英文汉语拼音混合书写三种
1英文书写例Address：6 East Changan Avenue PeKing译北京市东长安街6号
2汉语拼音书写例：105 niujie Beijing译北京市牛街105号
3英文汉语拼音混合书写例：NO70 dong feng dong RdGuangzhou译广州东风东路70号
三机关企业等单位批译：
收件机关企业等单位应先译收件址译单位名称批译方法：
1中文语序书写译
例：SHANGHAI FOODSTUFFS IMP AND EXP CO
译：海食品进出口公司
2英文介词短语充定语般位修饰名词译该名词前
例：Civil Aviation Administration Of China
译：中国民航局：
3机关企业单位分支机构般英文branch(分部分公司等)表示
例：Beijing Electron Co Ltd Xian branch
译：北京电子限公司西安分公司
四姓名方面：
外国惯名（First name）前姓(Last name)碰您起填注意
序填反没关系中国银行收支票时承认
例：刘刚写成Gang Liu写成Liu Gang
五址翻译——翻译原：先
1中国喜欢先说说**区**路**号
外国喜欢先说说 ：**号**路**区您翻译时应该先写写例：中国山东省青岛市四方区洛阳路34号3号楼4单元402户房开始写 起： Room402Unit4Building3No34LuoyangRoadsifangDistrictQingdaoCityShandong ProvChina
（逗号面空格）
注意：中路名公司名村名等均翻译成意英文写拼音行
您支票中国邮递员送关键明白技术厦您写成Technology Building更迷糊 注意：填写姓名时姓前名中间空格首字母写填写址时址址逗号空格第字母写
常见中英文址
201室——Room 201
12号——No12
2单元——Unit 2
3号楼——Building No3
长安街——Changan Street
南京路——Nanjing Road
长安公司——Changan Company
宝山区——BaoShan District
酒店——Hotel
花园——Garden
县——County
镇——Town
市——City
省——Province
室房——Room
村——Vallage
号——No
号宿舍——Dormitory
楼层F住宅区区——ResidentialQuater
甲乙丙丁ABCD
巷弄——Lane
单元——Unit
号楼栋——Building
公司——ComCropLTDCO
厂——Factory
酒楼酒店——Hotel
路——Road
花园——Garden
街——Street
信箱——Mailbox Postbox
区——District
院——Yard
学——College
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
教材分析
单元学题问路教学容通吴机器Robin参观科学博物馆途中问路情景展开教学重点够听说读写核心句型—Where is the museum shop —It’s near the door—How can we get there —Turn left at the bookstore够听说读写单词词组 science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital crossing turn left straight right
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型—Where is the… —It’s near the door—How can we get there
—Turn left at the bookstore
·够情景中运句型—Where is the… —It’s…询问点作答
·够情景中运句型—How can we get there —Turn leftright at the…问路描述路线
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读关Robin新功事运单元学核心句型讲述该事时根阅读获信息写出事中关键信息
· 够听说读写单词词组 science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital crossing turn left go straight turn right
·够正确述单词词组描述城市设施位置
·知道英语句子升降调正确语调朗读类型句子
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·够迷路时动寻求帮助
·够适度饮食暴饮暴食
·解英国代表性建筑伦敦眼著名河流泰晤士河特色快餐Fish and chips
·够通图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意通相关细节猜测词义
课时安排
第课时 Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Make a map and talk
第三课时 Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时 Part B Let’s learn & Be a tour guide
第五课时 Part B Read and write
第六课时 Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’ s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求听力重点容进行预测
·够通听录音运基听力技巧勾选正确选项
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意够回答话面问题
·通听录音够正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够情景中恰运句型—Where is the… —It’s…询问点作答
·够语境中助图片等理解新词museum bookstore post office ask sir意思够正确发音
·够运礼貌语寻求帮助
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—Where is the… —It’s…询问点作答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
树立课前评价机制引导鼓励学生课胆表达想法积极发言保持思维开放采取组合作方式分组优胜组
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings①
Teaching purpose②
图猜方位介词（词组）读句子猜点活动帮助学生快速复方位介词关建筑物场词汇面学话做词汇铺垫
Greet students Divide them into several groups The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 Quick review②
Review the words and the phrases of the locations in front of near next to behind between with the pictures （课件出示 表示方位介词图片）
3 Read and guess
Read the sentences and guess what places they are
Teaching purpose③
通情景图引导学生预测吴参观方简单描述城市设施位置学Let’s try板块设置话题背景
4 Leadin③
Present the main scene on page 2（课件出示 Unit 1情景图）
T What can you see in the main scene
Ss We can see a hospital a park a restaurant…
T Here are Wu Yifan and Robin Wu Yifan likes robots very much Where can Wu Yifan go
Ss He can go to the science museum
T Where is the science museum How can he get there Today we’ll learn Unit 1 How can I get there
Write down the title of Unit 1 on the blackboard
Teaching purpose④
利机器创设情境通种功机器激发学生学兴趣吸引注意力先引导学生基语言情境猜测吴场通听力验证预测答案完成Let’s try板块听力练培养学生听前预测惯
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s try④
（1）Freely talk about robots
In a science museum we can see many interesting things of hightech Present some pictures of hightech robots on exhibition （课件出示 做种动作机器图片相应动词词组）
T These robots are so cool What can they do
Ss They can…
（2）Listen and tick
Ask students to read the text content inLet’s try and predict the content of listening and the answers to the questions Then students listen and tick the right options for the questions At last check the answers together （课件出示 教材P4 Let’s try板块题音频答案）
（3）Read the listening material
Learn the key sentences underlined （课件出示 教材P4 Let’s try板块听力材料）
2 Watch and answer
Wu Yifan and Robin are at the science museum now Wu Yifan has something to do Watch the video of Let’s talk and answer the question Lead students to get the main idea of the dialogue （课件出示 教材P4 Let’s talk板块话视频问题）
Q What does Wu Yifan want to do （He wants to buy a postcard and send it）
Compare the differences between buy and send with pictures （课件出示 买明信片寄明信片图片）
Teaching purpose⑤
话中重点词汇做详解基话文做相应拓展提高学生语力时渗透情感目标引导学生外遇困难时够动寻求帮助
3 Get more details⑤
Watch the video of Let’s talkagain and answer the following questions （课件出示 问题①②配图museum shoppost office）
①Where can Wu Yifan buy the postcard Where is the museum shop
②Where can he send the postcard Where is the post office
Highlight the sentence structure Where is… Make brief talks with students while checking the answers （课件出示 问题①②答案）
Write down museum shop post office and the sentence structure Where is… on the blackboard
①Key He can buy the postcard in the museum shop The museum shop is near the door
T What else can you buy in a museum shop
Ss I can also buy some toy robotssoft toystoy machinesbooks…
②Key He can send the postcard in the post office The post office is next to the museum
T Does Robin know where the post office is
Ss No he doesn’t
T So how can they find the post office
Ss They can use a mapThey can ask other people
T Yes If you need help just try to be brave and ask for help
Learn the key words ask sir in detail （课件出示 asksir相关容）
Write down ask sir on the blackboard
T Robin asks a man where the post office is The man is so surprised that Robin can talk It is a talking robot He thinks the museum is a great museum （Simply explain a talking robot and What a great museum）
Teaching purpose⑥
学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演操练话
T Where is the post office
Ss It’s next to the museum （课件出示 nearnext to区）
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑥
（1）Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Let students practice the dialogue in roles in groups
Teaching purpose⑦
通读话画简易图等活动帮助学生深入理解话文组合作环节基手绘图情境引导学生尝试描述博物馆商店邮局位置城市设施中够进行活动丰富学生语言表达
（3）Act out
2 Draw a map for the museum⑦
Students read the dialogue and try to draw a simple map for the museum Work in pairs to make a brief introduction of their maps Then choose two students to come to the front to share their maps They can say like this
The museum shop is… You can…there
The post office is… You can…there
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Create a new dialogue⑧
Teaching purpose⑧
提炼课话容呈现核心语言框架引导学生重构文鼓励学生创编新话巩固课核心词汇句型
T If you are Wu Yifan what gift do you want to buy You can be in a supermarket or anywhere you want to be Create a new dialogue and let’s find out more ideas You can do it like this
Wu Yifan Robin where is the… I want to buy…
Robin It’s…
Wu Yifan Thanks Where is the… I want to…today
Robin I don’t know I’ll ask Excuse me sir
Man Wow A talking robot That’s interesting
Robin Where is the…
Man It’s…
Teaching purpose⑨
引导学生通组交流居住相关城市设施位置拓展喜常进行活动相关表达提高学生语言综合运力
Robin Thanks
The teacher makes a model with two students first Then ask students to work in groups Choose one or two groups to act out
2 Talk about your city⑨
T Now we’ve known something about Wu Yifan’s city Can you talk about something about your citytownvillage
The teacher sets a model and makes a brief conversation with a student first You can use these words park library zoo post office school museum… （课件出示 话练框架）
Teaching purpose⑩
引导学生总结课学核心词汇句型巩固课渗透情感目标
Then students work in groups and talk about the places in their citytownvillage
3 Make a summary⑩
Lead students to make a summary of this class Let them conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned Encourage students to be brave and ask for help if they need
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Write down your new dialogue
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 热身环节快速复方位介词关建筑物场词汇面学话做词汇铺垫通情境图创设情境学Let’s try板块设置话题背景
2 呈现活动浅入深注重培养学生听前预测惯学生引导启发学生思考注重学生思维力培养
3 基课基础设置元化教学活动适拓展丰富学生表达提高语言综合运力
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part by reading the questions
·Be able to understand the recording and tick the right answers
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing the picture and answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and then act out in groups
· Be able to use the sentence structures —Where is the…—It’s… properly to ask and answer about the locations in scenes
·Be able to have a good command of the new words museum bookstore post office ask sir
·Be able to learn to ask for help politely
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Where is the… —It’s… properly to ask and answer about the locations in scenes
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Quick review
3 Read and guess
4 Leadin Present the main scene on page 2 on the PPT
1 Greet the teacher and understand the mode of evaluation
2 Review the words of locations
3 Read and guess what places they are
4 Talk about the main scene on page 2
Review the words and the phrases of locations and buildings through the guessing game Get students prepared for the following learning and set a topic background for the dialogue
Presentation
1 Let’s try
(1) Present pictures and talk with students
(2) Ask students to listen and tick
(3) Present the listening material and teach the key sentences
（1）Freely talk about robots
（2）Listen and tick
（3）Read the listening material
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and attract their attention through a variety of robots with different functions Cultivate students’ habit of making predictions before listening
2 Watch and answer
Play the video of Let’s talk and ask the question Lead students to get the main idea of the dialogue
Watch the video of Let’s talk and answer the question
Get the main idea of the dialogue
Lead students to get a whole perception of the dialogue and the main idea of it with the question
3 Get more details
Play the video of Let’s talk again and ask students to answer the questions
Teach museum shop post office and —Where is… —It’s…
Talk with students and teach the words ask sir in detail It’s time for…
Teach the sentence Time to go home and the word kid
Contrast It’s time for… with It’s time to…
Watch the video of Let’s talk again and answer the questions
Learn museum shop post office and —Where is… —It’s…
Talk with the teacher about more details Learn the words ask sir in detail Understand the sentence Time to go home and the word kid Learn the difference between It’s time for…and It’s time to…
Make corresponding extension based on the context to improve students’ pragmatic ability Penetrate the emotional aim Lead students to ask for help from others when they encounter difficulties
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Read and act
(1)Read after the recording
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Practice in roles in groups
(3)Act out
Lead students to read the dialogue in correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups to practice the dialogue
2 Draw a map for the museum
Read the dialogue and try to draw a simple map for the museum Work in pairs and make a brief introduction of the maps
Help students go deeper into the text Lead students to describe the locations as well as the activities that can be carried out there Enrich students’ expression
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Work in groups Create a new dialogue and find out more ideas
Lead students to reconstruct the text Consolidate the key words and sentence structures by creating new dialogues
2 Talk about your city
Set a model and make a brief conversation with a student first
Talk about the places in their citytownvillage
Extend students’ expression of their preferences and frequent activities Improve their comprehensive language using ability
3 Make a summary
Conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned
Get an overview of the class and penetrate the emotional goal
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Write down your new dialogue
3 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Make a map and talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
· 通图片课件等方式够听说读写关城市设施单词词组：science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital
·解简单构词规律合成词bookstore两词构成
·解简单发音规律双音节词音节词词组重音
·够情景中恰运句型—Where is the… —It’s…开展关问路指路表达
Make a map and talk
·够独立制作图熟练运学词汇介绍场方位
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—Where is the… —It’s…开展关问路指路表达
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､相关视频等
Teaching purpose①
通学生喜爱动画角色——超陆战队中白引入city概念利简单英英释义帮助学生解city词涵文学城市设施单词词组建立语境背景
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet the class
T：In this class I hope you can be confident(☆) openminded(☆☆) and especially creative(☆☆☆)
2 My favourite cartoon—Big Hero①
T：（课件出示：超陆战队中白图片）This is my favourite cartoon—Big Hero He is Baymax Do you know where he lives
Ss：He lives in (Students guess)
T：Look he lives in a city Today we’ll learn something about a city A city is a big town with many streets and buildings where people live and work
3 Leadin②
Teaching purpose②
导入环节动画短视频充分吸引学生注意力利问题设置引导学生关注视频容进行头脑风暴复拓展课题相关词汇丰富学生语言表达
T：Now let’s watch a video What can you see in the city （课件出示：超陆战队视频剪辑）
Ss：Houses policemen…
T：Good job We can also see a police station BRT…
（学生观视频出答案时教师根monster展开师生间简短交流学生回答予补充复拓展关城市设施词汇）
Teaching purpose③
通动画短视频节选片段中film导入新授词汇cinema结合情景图引出关问路指路表达呈现课核心句型
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the word cinema③
T：Good job We can watch a monster film on TV Where else can you watch films
S1 I can watch films on the computers I can…
T：Yes We can watch films at home We can watch films at a cinema
Teach the new word cinema （课件出示：cinema相关容）
Write down cinema on the blackboard
Students read the word in syllables
2 Learn the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s…
Present the picture of the cinema on page 5 （课件出示：教材P5 cinema图片）
T：Where is the cinema (Ask a student to come to the front to point it out on the picture of the main scene)
S1：It’s here
Write down —Where is… —It’s… on the blackboard
Teaching purpose④
bookstorelibrary图片图标进行解两者区学会分辨单词图标掌握合成词基构成方法
Lead students to understand the meaning by highlighting the popcorn and the film recorder on the picture
T：The cinema is near the bookstore
Present the positions of next to and near （出示课件） Compare the locations between these two words
3 Learn the word bookstore④
Present the pictures of a bookstore and a library （课件出示：bookstorelibrary图片）
Teaching purpose⑤
利动画中白阿宏物背景呈现hospitalscience museum助动画情境简单英英释义学生理解词义培养建立英语思维
Lead students to observe and compare the two pictures of bookstore and library on the main scene Present the new word bookstore Divide the word into two words of book and store Students read the word after the recording and learn its regulations of wordformation （课件出示：bookstore单词合成方式图片读音）
Write down bookstore on the blackboard
4 Learn the word hospital⑤
T：We can store many books in a shop We can also store many books in robots So robots know lots of things and give people lots of help （课件出示：带医疗功白图片）
T：Baymax is a medical robot He is a walking hospital
Teach the new word hospital Students read the word in syllables and pay attention to its stress in pronunciation （课件出示：hospital相关容）
Write down hospital on the blackboard
5 Learn the phrases science museum and post office
T：Hiro is a 14yearold boy He is Baymax’s best friend He likes science very much His favourite place is the science museum （课件出示：超陆战队里阿宏科学馆）
Present the phrase science museum on the PPT Lead students to learn the meaning and the pronunciation Let students read in groups in boys and girls （课件出示：science museum相关容）
Write down museum on the blackboard
T：What can you see in a science museum
Ss：I can see…
T：Wow that’s great It sounds interesting I want to go and have a look Where is the science museum
Present the main scene Lead students to spot the science museum on the picture （课件出示：Unit 1情景图）
Ss：It’s near the post office
Teaching purpose⑥
通词汇认读寻找消失建筑物双簧三形式游戏加深学生词汇记忆理解培养学生观察力学生积极参时达寓教乐目
Present the phrase post office Lead students to learn the meaning of post and office Help them get to know its regulation of wordformation Students read after the recording and practice by themselves （课件出示：post office相关容）
Write down post office on the blackboard
T：Where’s the post office
Ss：It’s next to the library
Step 3 Practice
1 Word games⑥
(1) Read and point
Present the main scene on page 2 （课件出示：Unit 1情景图） Ask students to find out what places Wu Yifan and Robin see
Lead students to read the words while pointing Then students practice in pairs
(2)What’s missing？
Ask students to observe the main scene carefully and remember the buildings in the picture Then let students name the buildings quickly when the buildings disappear （课件出示：Unit 1情景图利PPT动画情景图建筑物逐消失）
(3)A twoman act
Firstly the teacher makes a model Read the word but in silence Students guess the word according to the teacher’s shape of the mouth Then ask a student to come to the front of the class and play the game together
Teaching purpose⑦
通场名称词汇分类引导学生观察词汇形式学会辨合成词解简单构词规律发音规律双音节词音节词词组重音
2 Words in groups⑦
Present the words of places and buildings that students have learned Ask students to put them into two groups according to their regulations of wordformation A group of words are like school and a group of words are like bookstore
Then lead students to make a summary of the regulations Students learn about the wordformation of the compound words
Teaching purpose⑧
绘制图描述建筑方位活动巩固课核心词汇句型根图创设语言情境提高学生语言运力学生够熟练运学词汇介绍场方位
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a map and talk⑧
T：Make a map of Sarah’s city Talk about the buildings and their locations in the city Work in pairs You may talk like this
Teaching purpose⑨
引导学生总结课学核心词汇句型学会读图猜测合成词词义
2 Describe your own city
T：Make a map of your own city and describe it You may talk like this
This is my city There is… It’s nearnext to… I often…there
Ask students to introduce their city to the class
3 Make a summary⑨
Lead students to make a summary of this class Let them conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned Lead students to learn to read the pictures and guess the meaning of the compound words
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
4 Read and remember the words and the phrases that you have learned in this class Write down your new dialogue
5 Draw a map and write about your city
6 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 利学生喜爱动画短视频导入引出city概念简单英英释义帮助学生理解词义助培养学生英语思维
2 呈现环节活动易操作词句丰富学生核心词汇理解活动间渡然环环相扣逐层深入
3 操练巩固环节活动形式样通词汇认读寻找消失建筑物双簧三形式游戏仅加深学生词汇记忆理解培养学生观察力
4 根图创设语言情境提高学生语言运力绘制图描述建筑方位活动巩固课核心词汇句型学生够熟练运学词汇介绍场方位实现课教学目标
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital
·Learn some simple rules of wordformation
·Learn some simple pronunciation rules such as the stress on twosyllable words multisyllable words and phrases
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Where is the… —It’s… to ask the way and give directions skillfully in scenes
Make a map and talk
·Be able to make maps and describe the locations independently with the words and the phrases that students have learned
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet the teacher
Present the cartoon character of Baymax to establish the context and background for the following learning
2 My favourite cartoon—Big Hero
Freely talk with the teacher about the video
3 Leadin
Play a video and talk with students
Watch the video and talk with the teacher
Attract students’ attention with the video Enrich students’ expression through brainstorming
Presentation
1 Learn the word cinema
Talk about the screenshot of the video Learn the word cinema
Lead in the new word through a screenshot of the cartoon video Present the key sentence structures by using the main scene
Lead in the activities of asking for directions and giving directions
2 Learn the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s…
Talk about the main scene Learn the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s…
3 Learn the word bookstore
Learn the word bookstore by comparing with library
Lead students to compare the two words and learn the difference
Master the simple rules of wordformation
4 Learn the word hospital
Talk with the teacher about Baymax and learn the word hospital
Help students understand the meaning with simple
EnglishEnglish explanations to develop students’ English thinking
5 Learn the phrases science museum and post office
Talk with the teacher about Hiro and learn the phrases
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Word games
(1)Read and point
(2)What’s missing
(3)A twoman act
Deepen students’ memory and understanding of the words and cultivate their observation ability through various activities
2 Words in groups
Put the words of places and buildings that students have learned into two groups
Make a summary of the regulations and learn about the wordformation of the compound words
Lead students to observe word forms learn to distinguish compound words and get to know some simple rules of wordformation and pronunciation
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Make a map and talk
Talk about the buildings and their locations in the city
Lead students to reconstruct the text Consolidate the key words and sentence structures by creating new dialogues
2 Describe your own city
Make a map of their own city and describe it
Consolidate the key words and sentence structures of this lesson Improve students’ language using ability and enable them to use the target language to introduce locations skillfully
3 Make a summary
Conclude the key words and sentence structures that they have learned
Help students get an overview of the class and lead them to read the pictures and learn to guess the meaning of compound words
Homework
4 Read and remember the words and the phrases that you have learned in this class
5 Draw a map and write about your city
6 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求听力重点容进行预测
·够运基听力技巧完成部分听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—How can we get there —Turn left right at…问路作答
·够语境中助图片等理解新词interesting Italian restaurant pizza street get意思正确发音重点
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课时重点单词句型
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—How can we get there —Turn leftright at…问路作答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
通歌曲导入新课活跃课堂气氛吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣带领快速积极参课堂利歌曲复旧知巩固询问点作答核心句型
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can be brave active and openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 Let’s sing①
T：Let’s watch the cartoon and sing the song—Where is the hospital（课件出示：歌曲Where is the hospital视频）
Teaching purpose②
情景图街景导入通school library post office三建筑物位置关系出示新授单词leftright话中学turn leftturn right做铺垫
3 Leadin②
Present the main scene on page 2 and ask questions according to the scene （课件出示：Unit 1情景图）
T：Where is the hospital Where is the library
Ss：It’s…
T：The school is on the left side of the library The post office is on the right side of the library
Present the new words left right Lead students to learn the new words by hand gestures and read them after the recording （课件出示：leftright相关容）
Write down left right on the blackboard
Teaching purpose③
呈现话公吴迈克通Let’s try板块中两话创设部分Let’s talk板块物场景信息学课核心词组turn left步学话做准备
Step 2 Presentation
1 Tick or cross③
(1)Lead students to read the text content in Let’s try Play the recording （课件出示教材P6 Let’s try板块音频）
Ask the questions
Do Wu Yifan and Mike want to go to the bookstore Where do they want to go
(2) Play the recording for the second time and ask students to tick or cross Then check the answers with students （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s try音频答案）
(3)Present the listening material Students read the dialogue （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s try板块听力材料）
Teaching purpose④
引导学生观察图片信息预测话中发生事情培养学生观察力逻辑推理力预测活动中提升学生想象力语言运力
(4)Highlight the key phrase turn left in the listening material （出示课件） Lead students to express the meaning of the phrase through gestures Help them learn the new phrase
2 Look and predict④
(1)Show the main picture of Let’s talk on the PPT （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块图片）
T：Here we can see Wu Yifan and Mike Where are they
Ss：They are at the cinema
T：They look very happy The film must be very interesting
Present the first sentence of the dialogue Students listen to the recording and imitate the intonation （出示课件）
Teach the exclamatory sentence What an interesting film and the new word interesting
(2)Lead students to predict what will happen next
T：After watching the film where will Wu Yifan and Mike go What do they want to do
Ss：They will go to the They want to (Students guess)
Teaching purpose⑤
观Let’s talk板块动画视频验证刚预测否正确学生词Italian restaurantpizza拓展意利四种特色美食激发学生学兴趣奇心引出文restaurant问路路线描述学生带着问题视频获取关键信息帮助学生逐步理解话容学问路描述路线
3 Watch and talk⑤
Watch the cartoon of Let’s talk for the first time Answer the questions （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块视频呈现问题）
T：Where will Wu Yifan and Mike go What do they want to do
Ss：They will go to the restaurant They want to find something to eat
T：Yes Because they are very hungry
4 Read and find
(1)Watch the first part of Let’s talk （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块视频问题） Answer the question Do you know any Italian food
Present the pictures of an Italian restaurant and some Italian special food spaghetti pizza toasted bread sausage （课件出示：意利餐厅意利美食图片） Lead students to learn the new words Italian restaurant pizza （课件出示：restaurantpizza相关容）
Write down Italian restaurant pizza on the blackboard
Talk about the Italian food with students
T：OK Let’s see how we can get to the Italian restaurant
Present and teach the key sentence How can we get there
(2)Students watch the second part of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块视频问题) Then answer the questions Where is the restaurant How can we get there
T：Where is the restaurant
Ss：It’s next to the park on Dongfang Street
Teach the new word street （课件出示：street相关容）
Write down street on the blackboard
T：How can we get there
Ss：Turn left at the bookstore Then turn right at the hospital
Step 3 Practice
Teaching purpose⑥
通视频读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话熟悉话容加深理解
1 Read and act⑥
(1) Let students watch the cartoon of Let’s talk for the third time Then let them read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation （课件出示：教材P6 Let’s talk板块视频）
(2) Work in pairs Students read the dialogue in roles
(3) Let students read the dialogue together Boys play the role of Mike and girls play the role of Wu Yifan
Teaching purpose⑦
通乱话序学生句子重新排序文重构活动引导学生关注语篇中句子句子间逻辑关系根文语言情境判断提高学生语言理解力
（请学生展示时利教师书配套光盘中角色扮演功请学生话配音）
2 Order the sentences⑦
Make the sentences in the dialogue in disorder Ask students to number the sentences Then check the answer with them （课件出示：乱序排序练答案）
3 Make a comparison
T：Compare the following phrases What’s in common What’s the difference
Lead students to observe the forms and summarize the regulations
Teaching purpose⑧
学生情景图话创设情景中进行问路描述路线学生选取出发点目话容样效巩固课核心句型
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Ask for directions⑧
Present the main scene of this unit (课件出示：Unit 1情景图)
Let students work in pairs and ask for directions according to the scene （引导学生块橡皮放置图代表位置根情景图建筑物方位开展问路描述路线话）
Make a model with a student
T：Excuse me Where is the hospital
S1 It’s near the park
T：How can I get there
S1 Turn left at the bookstore It’s on your right
2 Share your favourite place
T：Talk about a cinema or restaurant you like Draw a map to show how you can get there Work in groups and then act out You can make a dialogue with the structure (课件出示：话练框架)
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
7 Practice the dialogue
8 Write down your new dialogue
9 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1歌曲导入活跃课堂气氛快速吸引学生注意力效帮助复节课旧知巩固核心句型
2充分利情景图话创设情景学生语境中创设接真实话开展效问答交流
3教学目标明确重难点突破巧妙环节间层层深入渡然教学环节步学容做铺垫扫清学障碍帮助学生理解更掌握新知
4教学活动注重学生思维品质培养注重观察力逻辑推理力预测等活动中激发学生想象力提升语言运力基课基础适时拓展丰富学生语言输入表达提高语言综合运力
5板书设计中生词重点句型清晰明起纳总结作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the questions and predict the key points of the listening part
·Be able to understand the recording and finish the exercises
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly and fluently and act out in groups
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the sentence structures —How can we get there —Turn leftright at… properly to ask the way and give directions in scenes
·Be able to understand and have a good command of the new words interesting Italian
restaurant pizza street get
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How can we get there —Turn leftright at… properly to ask the way and give directions in scenes
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing
3 Leadin
Present the main scene and ask questions
Teach the words left right
1 Greet the teacher
2 Watch the cartoon and sing the song—Where is the hospital
3 Answer the questions according to the scene
Learn the new words left right and read them after the recording
Lead students to participate in the class quickly and actively
Lead in the new class through the main scene and get students prepared for the following learning
Presentation
1 Tick or cross
(1)Play the recording Then ask questions
(2)Play the recording again and check the answers
(3)Present the listening material
(4)Highlight and teach the key phrase turn left
(1)Read the text content in
Let’s try and listen to the recording Then answer the questions
(2)Listen again and tick or cross
(3)Read the listening material
(4)Learn the phrase turn left
Create the background information of characters and scenes for Let’s talk Get them ready for the next part
2 Look and predict
(1)Show the main picture of Let’s talk on the PPT
Teach the exclamatory sentence and the new word interesting
(2)Lead students to predict what will happen in the dialogue
(1)Talk with the teacher about the picture of Let’s talk Learn the exclamatory sentence and the new word
(2)Predict what will happen in the dialogue
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability and promote their imagination and language using ability
3 Watch and talk
Play the cartoon of Let’s talk for the first time and ask the questions
Watch the cartoon and answer the questions Where will Wu Yifan and Mike go What do they want to do
Verify the prediction through the video Lead students to get the key information with the questions
4 Read and find
(1)Play the first part of the cartoon and ask the question Teach the words restaurant pizza
(2)Play the second part of the cartoon and ask the questions
Teach the word street
(1)Answer the question
Observe the pictures and learn the words restaurant pizza
(2)Answer the questions Find out where the restaurant is and how to get there and learn the word street
Stimulate students’ curiosity and interest in learning
Help students understand the dialogue step by step Lead them to learn how to ask the way and give directions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Read and act
Play the cartoon of Let’s talk
(1)Watch the cartoon again and read after it
(2)Work in pairs Read the dialogue in roles
(3)Read the dialogue together
Lead students to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation
2 Order the sentences
Disorder the sentences in the dialogue and let students number the sentences Then check the answer
Number the sentences and check the answer with the teacher
Improve students’ language comprehension ability and lead students to judge according to the context
3 Make a comparison
Show some phrases on the PPT Lead students to observe the forms and summarize the regulations
Compare the following phrases Observe the forms and summarize the regulations
Let students know how to use at + a small place and on+ a street Master the correct ways of describing locations
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Ask for directions
Present the main scene of this unit
Work in pairs and ask for directions according to the scene
Effectively consolidate the key expressions of this lesson by creating the new dialogues
2 Share your favourite place
Talk about a cinema or restaurant they like Draw a map Work in groups and then act out
Create scenes through the handdrawn map and describe the directions to improve students’ comprehensive language using ability further
Homework
7 Practice the dialogue
8 Write down your new dialogue
9 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Be a tour guide
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
· 通图片课件等方式够听说读写关指明方单词词组：crossing
turn left go straight turn right
·够情景中熟练运句型够运述单词词组指路
Be a tour guide
·通角色扮演够运单元词汇句型指路简单介绍景点
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
▶教学难点
够运单元词汇句型指路简单介绍景点
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
Teaching purpose①
创编节奏明快朗朗口歌谣形式便学生记忆效帮助学生复节课重点词汇句型
1 Greetings
Greet the class Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can be brave active and openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 Let’s chant①
Teaching purpose②
利Let’s learn板块图片创设情境导入环节学指路容设置话题背景
Make a presentation first and show students how to do it Then students clap hands and say the chant and then chant with the teacher （出示课件）
3 Leadin②
Present the picture of Let’s learn Lead students to observe the picture and guess what they are doing （课件出示：教材P7 Let’s learn板块图片）
T：Where are Wu Yifan and Mike
Ss：They are on the street
T：What are they doing there
Ss：Maybe they are asking the way
Step 2 Presentation
6 Learn the word crossing
T：When two streets meet together they will form a…
Ss：Crossing
Present the picture and the word crossing （课件出示：十字路口图片）
Extend the word cross Teach the new words and highlight the differences between these two words
Teaching purpose③
通问题设置引导学生听程中目关注听力文信息理解话容通手势肢体语言帮助学生理解turn leftright含义
Write down crossing on the blackboard
2 Learn the phrases turn rightleft③
(1)Play the short video of Let’s learn （课件出示：教材P7 Let’s learn板块视频） Let students watch the video and think about these two questions
①Where do Wu Yifan and Mike want to go (They want to go to the Italian restaurant)
②How can they get there (Turn left)
Write down turn left on the blackboard
Lead students to express more precisely like this Turn left at the crossing
(2)Present the new phrase turn right Lead students to express the phrase’s meaning through gestures or body language （课件出示：左转右转图片） Students learn the new phrases turn rightleft and read them after the recording
Write down turn right on the blackboard
(3)Present the dialogue Let students read it after the recording （课件出示：教材P7 Let’s learn板块视频）
Teaching purpose④
利形象直观图片辅助说明帮助学生理解词义适时拓展相关单词词组丰富学生语言表达
3 Learn the phrase go straight④
Present a picture of a straight street （课件出示：笔直街道图片）Draw a straight line and a curving line Make a comparison and help students understand the word straight
Write down go straight on the blackboard
T：On this part of the street you can’t turn left or right You can…
Ss：Go straight along the street
T：Excellent
Present the phrase go straight Extend the expressions of Go straight along… and Go straight ahead Students learn the new phrases and read after the recording （出示课件）
4 Listen read and point
（1）Present the four pictures of Let’s learn （课件出示：教材P7 Let’s learn板块四幅图片） Students listen read after the recording and point （出示课件）
（2）Practice in pairs by the game I say you point
Teaching purpose⑤
快速反应组竞赛活动会学生兴致勃勃积极参时帮助学生加深核心词汇理解记忆 图指路活动效帮助学生操练课核心句型
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Quick response
(1)Flash the pictures of crossing turn left go straight turn right on the PPT （出示课件） Students say the words or phrases loudly while the pictures are flashing
(2) Mark a word or a phrase as a bomb Flash the pictures of crossing turn left go straight turn right （出示课件） Students say the words or phrases loudly while the pictures are flashing But when students meet the bomb word or phrase they should keep silent and not read
2 Group competition
（1）One student says these words or phrases The others do the actions
（2）I say you do
（游戏说明：全班学生分四组教师指令学生做动作首先教师示范四指令CrossingTurn leftTurn rightGo straight正确动作然全体学生起立做指令程中动作做错学坐站立学继续参加轮两轮指令站立学组优胜组 ）
3 Can you tell me the way
Teaching purpose⑥
引导学生通角色表演组合作形式相真实语言环境中灵活运课核心词汇句型进行交流时整合旧知名胜古迹进行简描述推荐丰富语言表达
Present several maps（出示课件）Can you ask and answer about the directions You can do it like this：
A Excuse me where is the…
B Turn leftright…
The teacher makes a model with a student at first Then students work in pairs Ask several pairs of students to act out the dialogues
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Be a tour guide⑥
(1)Chen Jie is trying to be a tour guide for Oliver in Beijing Can you help her（课件出示：教材P7 Be a tour guide板块图片）
T：What interesting places can you see on the map
Ss：The Palace Museum Tian’anmen and Beihai Park
T：Well done These are popular places in Beijing They are great fun to visit
Teach the word Palace Students read the Palace Museum Tian’anmen and Beihai Park
(2)Now we are in front of Tian’anmen Go straight and you can see the Palace Museum In the Palace Museum you can feel the Chinese history and culture there
(3)Present a bigger tourist map of Beijing （课件出示：张北京旅游图节选三部分） Students work in groups Then act out Choose the best tour guide
T：Let’s be a tour guide and lead Oliver and other friends to have a good visit of Beijing
2 Introduce a popular place in your hometown
Teaching purpose⑦
引导学生总结课学核心词汇句型学会读图明确方时候胆问路
T：You’ve prepared a handdrawn map of a popular place in your hometown Come to the front and present your map Make a brief introduction Lead us to have a good visit of it I think we’ll visit it one day
3 Make a summary⑦
Lead students to make a summary of this class Let them conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned Lead students to learn to read the maps and be brave to ask for directions when they don’t know the way
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
10 Write a short passage to show a tour of your favourite place in your hometown
11 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 结合节课重点词汇句型创编歌谣节奏明快朗朗口便学生记忆热身环节效帮助学生复节课重点词汇句型
2 合理设置问题引导学生听程中目关注听力文信息培养学生良听力惯听力策略
3 助手势肢体语言图片媒体等直观方式解释单词词组含义帮助学生理解记忆
4 结合话题题教学活动中适时拓展相关词汇丰富学生语言表达学生语言基课拘泥课文词汇句型
5 种游戏操练单词词组学生轻松愉悦氛围中掌握单词词组
6 创设相真实语言环境引导学生组合作交流注重旧知整合提高学生语言表达力时渗透情感目标
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases of directions crossing turn left go straight turn right
·Be able to use the sentence structures and the words above to give directions skillfully in scenes
Be a tour guide
·Be able to use the key words and sentence structures to describe the routes and scenic spots
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key words and sentence structures to describe the routes and scenic spots
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
1 Greet the teacher
2 Clap hands and say the chant Then chant together
Effectively help students review the key words and phrases they learned last class with the chant
3 Leadin
Present the picture of Let’s learn
Observe the picture and guess what they are doing
Set the topic background for the following learning
Presentation
1 Learn the word crossing
Learn the word crossing
Use the picture to help students understand the meaning of the word
2 Learn the phrases turn rightleft
(1)Present the short video of
Let’s learn Let students think about the two questions
(2)Present and teach the phrases turn rightleft
(3)Present the dialogue
(1)Watch the short video of Let’s learn Think about the two questions
(2)Learn the phrases turn rightleft
(3)Read the dialogue after the recording
Lead students to pay attention to the listening text purposefully through questions Use gestures and body language to help them understand the phrases turn leftright go straight Expanding relevant words and phrases in time to enrich students’ language expression
3 Learn the phrase go straight
4 Listen read and point
3 Learn the phrase go straight
4 Listen read after the recording and point Practice in pairs
Practice
1 Quick response
(1) Flashing game
(2) Bomb game
2 Group competition
3 Can you tell me the way
1 Practice the key words through the flashing game and the bomb game
2 (1) One student says The others do
(2)I say you do
3 Ask and answer about the directions according to the maps
Lead students to participate in the games and activities actively which can help them memorize and deepen their understanding of the key words and sentence structures
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Be a tour guide
Be a tour guide for Oliver in Beijing
Lead students to use the key words and phrases flexibly to communicate through role play
2 Introduce a popular place in your hometown
Prepare a handdrawn map of a popular place in their hometown and make a brief introduction
Create the situation to consolidate the key expressions Penetrate the emotional goal to help students know more about famous attractions in their hometown
3 Make a summary
Conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned
Lead students to get an overall view of the class Help them to read the maps and be brave to ask for directions
Homework
10 Write a short passage to show a tour of your favourite place in your hometown
11 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够正确听说认读单词：BDS gave feature follow far tell
·够讨车辆中种工具帮助找想方激活已背景知识储备词汇
·够通阅读问题语篇中捕捉类型信息训练根文猜新词力
·够通推理获教材提供阅读理解题根阅读获取信息写出文章梗概
·知道英语句子升降调教师帮助找般规律正确朗读句子
▶教学重点
够理解掌握课重点单词句型
▶教学难点
够通阅读问题语篇中捕捉类型信息训练根文猜新词力
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
Teaching purpose①
树立课前评价机制引导鼓励学生课胆表达想法积极发言保持思维开放采取组合作方式分组优胜组
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading
1 Greetings①
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can act bravely actively and be openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
Teaching purpose②
现代古代寻找路线时工具导入课核心生词BDS学生解compass指南针罗盘
2 Free talk②
T：What will you do if you don’t know the way （课件出示：现代迷路图片）
S1 I will ask the policeother people for help
S2 I will use the BDS on my mobile phone
S3 I will use a map
…
（课件出示：图图片寻求警察帮助图片BDS图片）
Present the new word BDS according to the student’s answer （课件出示：BDS相关容） Students learn the word through the picture
T：What about the people in ancient times They don’t have mobile phones or computers How can they find the way （课件出示：古代迷路图片）
S1 They can use a compass
S2 They can look at the stars
…
T：Wow you’ve known a lot That’s great （课件出示：星星图片指南针图片）
Teaching purpose③
教师呈现图片学生识图读词根问题选择正确答案培养学生学力创设情境导入课生词面学文扫清阅读障碍
Present the new word compass according to the student’s answer （课件出示：compass相关容） Students learn the word through the picture and read the word
Students learn to find a place through different ways
3 Read and choose③
(1)Present the four pictures of map compass BDS stars （课件出示：教材P8 Read and write板块四幅图片）
T：Do you know these things
Ss：Yes They are map compass BDS and stars
T：What are they for
Ss：They can help us find the way
T：Excellent Now let’s read the words
(2)Lead students to read the words and understand the meaning of them through the pictures
T：You are in a car Which of these can help you find a place
Ss：BDS
T：Good job
(3)Present a short video of using BDS in a car （课件出示：车BDS视频）
Teaching purpose④
观察图片预测文容快速阅读话整体感知文初步理解情节发展程梳理吴迈克意利餐厅途中方
T：If we want to go to a place far away but don’t know the way we can follow the BDS The voice prompts of the BDS will tell us the way
With the help of the video the teacher uses gestures and body language to help students understand the meaning of far follow tell in context
If we want to go to a place far away but don’t know the way We can follow the BDS The voice prompts of the BDS will tell us the way
Step 2 Whilereading
1 Fast reading④
Show the four pictures of the passage （课件出示：教材P8 话部分四幅图） Lead students to predict the content through the pictures
T：Where are they
Ss：They are in front of the cinema
T：They look like going somewhere Where are they going
Ss：They are going to the restaurant
T：Wu Yifan and his friend Mike want to go to the Italian restaurant How did they go there What places did they pass by
Play the recording of the whole text （课件出示：教材P8 Read and write板块音频） Lead students to go over the second question on page 9 and then ask them to read the passage as quickly as possible and underline the places Wu Yifan and Mike passed by
T：They passed by the…
Ss：Cinema bookstore and hospital
T：Well done
Teaching purpose⑤
感知完成细节题帮助学生仔细阅读程中获取更信息深入文理解根话容绘制意利餐馆路线图利手绘图复述话容锻炼学生语言表达力培养思维力填空完成短文形式提高学生阅读程中根题目求提取关键词力
Present the pictures of the places they passed by one by one （课件出示：逐呈现教材P8阅读材料中位置图片）
2 Careful reading⑤
(1)Students read the passage carefully this time and answer the first and the third questions
(2)Q1 What is Robin’s new feature
Present the first paragraph of the passage （课件出示：教材P8 Read and write板块第段） Robin has a new feature Highlight and teach the new word feature in the paragraph Let students learn to read the word and get to know its meaning （课件出示：feature相关容）
T：What’s the new feature that Robin has（课件出示：教材P9第1题问题答案）
Ss：He has BDS now
T：Yes Wu Yifan’s grandpa gave Robin the new feature
Highlight and teach the new word gave in the paragraph Compare it with the form of give Get students to know the difference between these two forms （课件出示：gave相关容）
Write down give—gave on the blackboard
Q3 Which word under the fourth picture means 奏效起作（课件出示：教材P9第3题问题答案）
(3) Students circle the prepositions or prepositional phrases of locations in the passage Get a quick review of these words
Prepositions for locations in front of at behind
(4)Students draw a map to the Italian restaurant
Let students share their maps and choose the best one
(5)Students fill in the blanks （课件出示：教材P9第二部分题答案）
Students fill in the blanks Check the answers together with the teacher
Teaching purpose⑥
培养学生语音语调学生学会正确意群朗读注意句子升调降调
Then retell the story according to their maps
3 Read the story⑥
Students listen to the recording and read the passage Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation especially those sentences underlined in Tips for pronunciation Try to read correctly fluently and emotionally （课件出示：教材P8 Read and write板块音频）
Step 3 Postreading
1 Read the sentences in Tips for pronunciation in the text （课件出示：教材P9 Tips for pronunciation句子）
2 Make a summary
Lead students to try to find some regulations of their tones Get them to know that English sentences have the rising or falling intonation Students practice reading the sentences and the teacher summarizes the regulations (课件出示：语调发音规律)
Teaching purpose⑦
利朗读练培养学生英语语音语调引导学生发现英语句子升降调解句子常见升调降调特点
3 Learn the rising and falling tones⑦
Lead students to read these sentences in correct tones
▶板书设计
Unit 1 How can I get there
BDS Tips for pronunciation
give—gave Robin has BDS（降调）
feature Follow me please （升调）
follow Is it far （升调）
far Where is the restaurant （降调）
tell
▶作业设计
12 Practice the dialogue
13 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 创设情境利图片视频等形象直观方式呈现教学部分新单词结合手势肢体语言辅助解释说明面阅读扫清部分障碍
2 通元化教学活动设计启发学生思考培养学生学力引导学生观察总结注重思维力培养
3 通层次阅读活动设计引导学生快速阅读仔细阅读初步感知文深入理解
4 注重学生语音意识培养关注朗读时语音语调解句子常见升调降调规律
5 手绘图环节设计强化学生文理解动手程中锻炼学生空间想象力学生复述事提供辅助提高学生语言综合表达力
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words BDS gave feature follow far tell correctly
·Be able to discuss which tools in your vehicle will help you find the place you want to go
·Be able to capture different types of information in the text by reading questions and train the ability to guess the meaning of the new words according to the context
·Be able to obtain the reading comprehension questions through reasoning and write an outline of the passage based on the information obtained from the reading
·Get to know that English sentences have the rising and falling tones Find the regulations with the teacher’s help and learn to read the sentences correctly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to able to capture different types of information in the text by reading questions and train
the ability to guess the meaning of the new words according to the context
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
Greet students and divide them into several groups
2 Free talk
Talk with students and teach the new word BDS
1 Greet the teacher
2 Talk with the teacher and learn the new word BDS
Use the tools that modern and ancient people can use to lead in the new word BDS Get students to know the word compass
3 Read and choose
(1)Present the four pictures of map compass BDS stars
(2)Lead students to read the words and understand the meaning
(3)Present a short video of using BDS in a car
(1)Learn the words map
compass BDS stars
(2)Read the words and
understand the meaning of them through the pictures
(3)Get to know how to use BDS in a car
Cultivate students’ selflearning ability Create a situation to introduce the new words in this lesson and remove the obstacles for the studying of the following text
Whilereading
1 Fast reading
Ask students to read the passage quickly
Predict the content
through the pictures
and underline the places
Wu Yifan and Mike passed
by
Let students read the content quickly Lead them to perceive the text preliminarily and sort out the places that Wu Yifan and Mike passed by on their way to the Italian restaurant
2 Careful reading
(1)Ask students to read the passage carefully
(2)Robin’s new feature
(3)Ask students to circle the prepositions or prepositional phrases of locations in the passage
(4)Ask students to draw a map to the Italian restaurant
(5)Ask students to fill in the blanks
(1)Read the passage and answer the questions
(2)Get Robin’s new feature
(3)Circle the locative prepositions in the passage
(4)Draw a map to the Italian restaurant
(5)Fill in the blanks check the answers and retell the story
Help students obtain more information and get indepth understanding of the text through exercises Develop students’ ability of extracting key words according to the requirements of questions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilereading
3 Read the story
Play the recording and ask students to pay attention to the rising and falling tones
Listen to the recording and read the story
Lead students to read according to the sensegroup and pay attention to the rising and falling tones of sentences through reading exercises
Postreading
1 Read the sentences in Tips for pronunciation in the text
2 Make a summary
3 Learn the rising and falling tones
1 Read the sentences in correct tones
2 Try to find some regulations of the tones
3 Read the sentences in correct tones
Lead students to find that English sentences have rising and falling tones and understand the characteristics of rising and falling tones in sentences through reading exercises
Homework
12 Practice the dialogue
13 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够完成Let’s check板块语篇听力训练巩固单元学重点容
·够根图片信息推测听力容做目听录音听完成判断务
·培养学生良听力惯策略提高学生听力水
Let’s wrap it up
·够巩固复纳单元学介词词组
·够教师引导启发思维学会总结
▶教学重点
1检测学生学成果
2够复巩固单元学核心词汇句型
▶教学难点
够教师引导启发思维学会巩固复纳总结
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
树立课前评价机制引导鼓励学生课声清晰准确朗读词汇句子采取组合作方式分组优胜组
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings①
Teaching purpose②
学生先回忆单元学容带领学生快速复核心词汇句型唤醒学生相关词汇背景知识进行复巩固活动基础
Greet the class Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can read loudly clearly and correctly in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 A quick review of the key words and phrases of this unit②
(1)Bingo game (出示课件)
Help students review these words and phrases science museum post office bookstore restaurant cinema hospital library school park quickly
（游戏说明：呈现九宫格格子中张建筑物图片选择格子正确拼出格中图片单词横行竖行斜行连成条线组获胜组）
(2)Traffic police game (出示课件)
Help students review these words and phrases crossing turn leftright go straight
(游戏说明：请位学生讲台出示指示牌学起立扮演交警活动程中动作做错学需坐两轮站立学组优胜组)
(3)Be a city guide (出示课件)
Help students review the expressions of giving directions
(游戏说明：呈现张城市图请位学扮演导游位扮演游客根游客想参观方展开交流) Give the sentence structures
A Excuse me how can I get to… Excuse me where is…
Teaching purpose③
带领学生读图解图片信息预测听力文容检测学生核心词句掌握情况通听音勾问答活动形式帮助学生进步理解听力文Bob寻找新路线活动帮助学生效巩固单元核心词句做语境中表达
B You can…It’s…
Step 2 Presentation & Practice
1 Let’s check③
(1)Present the picture of Let’s check (课件出示：教材P10 Let’s check板块图片)
Point to the buildings one by one and ask students questions Lead students to predict the content of the listening
T：Do you know the place What is it
Ss：It is the hospitalschoolpost officecinemabookstorescience museum
T：Good job Now write down the words or phrases under the pictures
(2)Listen and tick
Play the recording Let students listen and tick the places they hear Then check the answers together （课件出示：教材P10 Let’s check板块音频答案）
(3)Listen again and answer
Lead students to learn to use the map Students can circle the key information or make marks on the map while listening then complete the answers after listening （课件出示：教材P10 Listen again and answer相关容）
Check the answers together （课件出示：教材P10 Listen again and answer答案）
(4)Present the listening material and lead students to read it together （课件出示：教材P10 Let’s check板块听力材料）
(5)Find a new way for Bob
T：Work in pairs Can you find a new way for Bob Share your routes Let’s see who can find the nearest way
Teaching purpose④
引导学生学会观察发现单词规律培养观察力逻辑思维力利巧妙记忆方法帮助学生理解记忆east west south north四表示方拓展单词寓教乐通描述学座位关系教学活动效巩固学生方位介词掌握情况
2 Let’s wrap it up④
(1)Find the words’ regulation
Present the picture of Let’s wrap it up Students read the words （课件出示：教材P10 Let’s wrap it up板块图片）
T：Can you find the regulation What words are they
Ss：表示方位词介词……
T：Yes they are prepositions for locations
Keys in front of left right behind
(2)Try to write more words
T：Can you write more words like these
Ss：Yes We know in on under on the leftright at the back of in the middle…
T：Excellent
Lead students to have a quick review of these prepositions or prepositional phrases for locations Make sure they can understand them well （课件出示：相关方位介词词组）
Extend the words of directions east west south north Use a good way to help students memorize the four words （出示课件）
(引导学生news词记忆四单词新闻表示四面八方消息单词中news四字母北north东east西west南south四单词首字母四方单词中
+序正北东西南相利趣味谐音记忆)
(3)Make sentences
T：Can you make sentences with these words We can describe the locations of our classmates’ desks
The teacher makes a model first Students can say like this
S1 is in front of S2
Step 3 Consolidation & Extension
Teaching purpose⑤
引导学生学会图关注细节图片间逻辑序初步预测事情节发展
1 Read and act
Story time
Introduce the background of the story Zoom wants to get some food but he doesn’t know the way to the shop He asks the way
1 Number the pictures⑤
Present the pictures of the story in disorder Lead students to predict the main idea （（课件出示：乱教材P11 Story time板块图片序）
T：Observe the pictures carefully Pay attention to the logical relations among them Put them into the right order Then open your books and check the answers
Teaching purpose⑥
观事视频初步感知事容通三问答题引发学生思考关注文细节加深事理解解答第三问题时渗透情感目标：注意合理适量饮食做饮食健康
2 Watch read and answer⑥
Play the video of story time and ask the questions Make brief conversations with students Students watch the video then read and answer the questions
T：I think Zoom is clever He knows how to ask for help and finds the way Wow that’s a lot Can you eat three large portions of fish and chips Zoom shouldn’t eat so much His stomach will be hurt It’s bad for health
Teaching purpose⑦
培养学生语音语调意识学会正确意群朗读事组合作角色扮演活动形式引导学生恰熟练运事中语言通事拓展阅读丰富学生语言表达增加单元题相关语言输入
3 Read the story⑦
（1）Students read the story after the recording (课件出示：教材P11 Story time板块音频）Imitate the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Practice in groups Read the story in roles
Teaching purpose⑧
引导学生总结单元学核心词汇句型
（3）Ask several students to come to the front and act out the story
4 Make a summary⑧
Lead students to conclude the key words and sentence structures they’ve learned in this class
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
14 Remember the key words and sentence structures
15 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 利快速复方式激活学生相关词汇单元背景知识复前先学生回忆总结仅帮助学生唤醒已知识面学中更针性复遗忘知识
2 教学活动设计逐层深入学生体注重学生思维引导启发培养学生学力思维力
3 设计贴合学生生活层次语言表达活动引导学生胆表达复巩固单元核心语法点提高语言综合运力
4 通学事丰富语言输入拓展单元题相关表达学生解暴饮暴食坏处帮助树立健康饮食观念
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to complete the listening exercises in Let’s check and consolidate the key words and sentence structures of this unit
·Be able to predict the key words of listening through the pictures and try to listen with purpose then complete the exercises
·Develop students’ good listening habits and improve their listening level
Let’s wrap it up
·Have a good command of the key words and sentence structures of this unit
·Be able to inspire thinking and learn to summarize under the teacher’s guidance Teaching Priorities
▶Teaching Priorities
·Test students’ learning outcomes
·Review and consolidate the key words and sentence structures of this unit
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to inspire thinking and learn to summarize under the teacher’s guidance
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 A quick review of the key words and phrases of this unit
1 Greet the teacher
2 (1) Bingo game
(2) Traffic police game
(3) Be a city guide
Review the key words and phrases so as to arouse students’ relevant vocabulary and background knowledge Lay a good foundation for the following activities
Presentation
&
Practice
1 Let’s check
(1)Present the picture of Let’s check
(2)Ask students to listen and tick
(3)Ask students to listen again and answer
(4)Present the listening material
(5)Ask students to find a new way for Bob
(1)Look at the picture and answer the questions Predict the listening content
(2)Listen and tick the places they hear
(3)Listen again and answer
the questions
(4)Read the listening material
(5)Find a new way for Bob
Test students’ mastery of the key words and phrases Help them get indepth understanding of the listening text by various activities
Consolidate the key words and sentence structures of this unit
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1)Present the picture of Let’s wrap it up
(2)Ask students to write more words
(3)Ask students to make sentences
(1)Find the words’ regulation
(2)Try to write more words
(3)Make sentences
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical thinking ability by asking them to observe and find the regulation Effectively consolidate their mastery of the prepositions and prepositional phrases for locations
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Present the pictures of the story in disorder
2 Play the video of Story time and make brief conversations with students Ask the questions
1 Number the pictures
2 Watch the video of Story time Read and answer the questions
Lead students to learn to observe the pictures Pay attention to the details and the logical order between pictures Predict the story’s plot development preliminarily
Stimulate students’ thinking through the questions Deepen their understanding of the story Penetrate the emotional goal of keeping a healthy diet
3 Ask students to read the story and practice
4 Lead students to make a summary
3 Read the story
4 Make a summary
Enrich students’ language expression and increase the language input related to the topic of this unit
Homework
14 Remember the key words and sentence structures
15 Do the exercises
Unit 2 Ways to go to school
教材分析
单元学题交通方式交通规教学容通展示教材物学路交通出行情景展开教学重点够听说读写核心句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften comego…Don’t…IYou must…够听说读写单词词组：by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway wait slow down go stop
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come
on footDon’t go at the red lightI must pay attention to the traffic lights
·够情景中运句型—How do you comego… —I usuallysometimesoften comego…
谈交通方式
·够情境中运句型Don’t…IYou must…谈交通规
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读杂志里关学交通
方式报道运单元学核心句型伴提出安全出行建议时仿范例绘
制交通规海报
·够听说读写单词词组：by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway
wait slow down go stop
·够正确述单词词组谈描述交通方式交通规
·知道英语句子中单词间连读现象
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·解国家学生学交通方式
·够辨认常见交通标志解遵守交通规
·知道英国中国驾驶惯差异
·够通图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意细节信息进行推理判断
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Write and say
第三课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时： Part B Let’s learn & Roleplay
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求听力部分重点容进行预测
·通听录音够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色
表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come…提问作答
▶教学重点
1 够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
2 够情景中运句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come…提问作答
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come…提问作答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
歌曲热身歌曲激发学生学兴趣时帮助学生预学词汇句型面学做铺垫
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频､卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s watch and sing①
Play the video of the song in Unit 2—How do you get there(出示课件)
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测单元教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力
T：What can you see in the video
Ss：Subway taxi airplane ship
T：Yes you are right There are many ways to go to some places
3 Look and predict②
Show the picture of the main scene of Unit 2 in the textbook （课件出示：Unit 2情景图） Let students look at the picture carefully Then ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogues
The questions are like these
① Where are they (They are at a crossroadsat school) ②What can you see (Four people and a subway station Amy Mike and many bikes)
③What are they talking about (Ways to go to school)
T：Yes In this unit we’re going to talk about Ways to go to school
Write down the topic Unit 2 Ways to go to school on the blackboard
Teaching purpose③
引导学生听录音前预测听力容培养学生观察力逻辑思维力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and tick or cross③
(1)Students read the sentences of Let’s try by themselves and get the information
Who（Amy and Mike）Where（At school）When (This morning)
(2)Show the sentences on the PPT Let students predict and guess the answers （课件出示：教材P14 Let’s try板块容）
(3)The teacher plays the recording of Let’s try （出示课件） Students try to tick or cross the sentences
(4)The teacher plays the recording again Students read the dialogue and check the answers (课件出示：教材P14 Let’s try 板块音频听力材料答案）
Teaching purpose④
图片生动形象帮助学生直观理解词汇含义利chant帮助学生操练核心词汇句型接学做铺垫教师设计活动逐步引导学生学单词词组句型结构层层递进
2 Look guess and chant④
Show the pictures of the part of the bike the car and the bus （课件出示：行车汽车公汽车局部图片） Let students guess
Teach the words and the phrases bike car bus by bikecarbus with the pictures（出示课件）
T I come to school by car
Lead students to make sentences： I come to school by bike car bus
Then students read a chant together （课件出示：交通方式关歌谣）
3 Learn the new dialogue
(1)Use the teacher’s language to penetrate the sentences Then teach the sentence How do you come to school
T：Today I come to school at 700 I’m early I come to school by bike How do you come to school
S1：I come to school by car
T：How about you
S2：I come to school by bike
T：That’s good exercise Well do you know how Mike Amy and Mrs Smith come to school Now let’s have a look
Teaching purpose⑤
引导学生带着问题观动画整体感知文获取信息
(2)Show the picture of Let’s talk （课件出示：教材P14 Let’s talk板块图片） Let students predict the main idea of the dialogue
(3)Let students watch the video of Let’s talk and try to find the traffic tools in the chart⑤ （课件出示：教材P14 Let’s talk板块视频相应表格）
Write down the phrase on foot on the blackboard and teach it
(4)Let students watch the cartoon again with the following questions⑥
Teaching purpose⑥
学生次观文动画引导学生理解文利问题逐步引导学生文学新词汇新句型重点句型进行认知操练突破教学重点
Let students know I usually walkI usually come on foot
Write down the words always usually often sometimes never on the blackboard And use the number of the tick to help them understand
(5)Show the answers with the chart and teach the sentences （课件出示：表格答案）
Teach the sentences —How do you come to school —UsuallySometimes I come on footby busI often come by bikeI usually walk
Teaching purpose⑦
角色表演活动锻炼学生情景应表达力面拓展交际活动做准备
Let students pay attention to the words and the phrases usually sometimes often on foot by busbikecar in the key sentences
4 Read and act⑦
(1)Let students read after the recording（出示课件） Lead them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in roles in groups
(3)Let students act out
Teaching purpose⑧
利单词卡片帮助学生操练核心词汇句型角色表演活动锻炼学生情景应表达力面拓展交际活动做准备
Step 3 Practice⑧
1 Use the word cards to practice the words and the sentences
(1)Show the word cards one by one Ask students to read the cards
(2)Sharp eyes
Show the word cards quickly Ask students to read the cards as fast as they can
2 Ask and answer in pairs
Make a model (出示课件)
T：How do you comego to school
Ss I usuallysometimesoften comego…
Students make dialogues in pairs like the model
3 Show time
The teacher gives stickers to the students who do a good job
Teaching purpose⑨
通创设真实情境学生根实际情况运学句型话展示培养学生语言综合运力拓展根距离选择合适交通方式丰富学生课外知识
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑨
4 Do a survey
Students ask their classmates and teachers How do you come to school Then finish the chart below the dialogue of Let’s talk on page 14 according to the results
5 Make a report
The teacher makes a model report like this Three students usually come to school by car Two students sometimes come to school by bus…
Students try to make a report to the class
3 Different ways of travelling
Show pictures to introduce more ways to go to different places (课件出示：种类型交通方式)
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
16 Ask your parents How do you go to work
17 Read the dialogue after the recording
18 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 歌曲引入带领学生预新知轻快节奏激发学生学兴趣
2 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
3 突出语功联系学生生活中实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part by reading the sentences
·Be able to understand the recording and finish the task
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture Be able to answer the questions about the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue fluently and act out
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come… to ask and answer about each other’s ways to go to school properly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and the sentence structures of this lesson
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do you come to school
—I usuallysometimesoften come… to ask and answer about each other’s ways to go to school
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come… to ask and answer about each other’s ways to go to school properly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Watch and sing—How do you get there
3 Look and predict
1 Greetings
2 Watch and sing
3 Observe the picture
and answer the questions
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of Ways to go to school and prepare for the following study
Presentation
1 Listen and tick or cross
(1)Let students read the sentences of Let’s try and get the information
(2)Show the sentences of Let’s try on the PPT Let students predict and guess the answers
(3)Play the recording
(4)Play the recording again and check the answers
(1)Read the sentences and get useful information
(2)Predict and guess the answers
(3)Listen and tick or cross the answers
(4)Read the dialogue and check the answers
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening to the recording Cultivate students’ ability of observation and logical thinking
2 Look guess and chant
Teach the words and the phrases with the pictures
Lead students to make sentences Then show a chant
Look and guess the traffic tools Learn the words and the phrases
Make sentences Then read a chant
Help students understand the new words and the new phrases by the pictures Use the chant to help students practice the key words and sentence structures and prepare for the next study
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Learn the new dialogue
(1)Teach the sentence How do you come to school
(2)Show the picture of Let’s talk
(3)Let students watch the video of Let’s talk and try to find the traffic tools in the chart
(4)Let students watch the cartoon again with the questions
(5)Show the answers with the chart and teach the sentences
(1)Talk with the teacher
Learn the sentence
(2)Predict the main idea of the dialogue
(3)Watch the video and fill in the chart and learn the phrase on foot
(4)Watch the video again and answer the questions
(5)Check the answers and learn the new sentences
Lead students to learn new words and sentence structures gradually by designing different tasks Help students understand the text and get useful information Reduce the difficulty of learning
4 Read and act
Read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Practice in roles and act out
Practice students’ ability of expressing in scenes and prepare for further communication activities
Practice
1 Use the word cards to practice the words and the sentences
2 Ask and answer in pairs
3 Show time
1 Practice the words and the sentences with the word cards
2 Make dialogues in pairs
3 Act out the dialogues
Help students practice the key words and sentence structures Train students’ ability of expressing in scenes and prepare for the expansion of communication activities
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Do a survey
2 Make a report
3 Different ways of travelling
1 Do a survey and finish the chart on page 14
2 Make a report to the class
3 Look at the pictures and learn more about the ways to go to different places
Create a natural and real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability Expand some ways of travelling to enrich students’ extracurricular knowledge
Homework
16 Ask your parents How do you go to work
17 Read the dialogue after the recording
18 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Write and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说读写词组：by plane by train by taxi by ship by bus by subway on foot
·够正确运句型How do weyou get there询问出行方式够By进行回答
Write and say
·够根意愿方框中填写出发目根实际情况进行交通方式连线然伴谈出行交通方式
▶教学重点
1 够理解掌握课重点词组句型
2 够现实生活中灵活运句型How do weyou get there询问出行方式够句型By…进行回答
▶教学难点
够情景中灵活运句型How do weyou get there询问出行方式够句型By…进行回答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频卡片等
Teaching purpose①
利图激发学生学兴趣引出选择出行方式话题话中提前渗透核心句型种出行方式表达面方样选择出行方式师生间讨导入教学然创设真实效教学情景
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing— How do we get there
3 Leadin①
(1)Look and say
Show the world map on the PPT Let students point and say the names of these countries China(中国) USA(美国) Canada(加) Russia(俄罗斯) Australia(澳利亚) (出示课件)
(2)Free talk
Show the words and the pictures one by one on the PPT Let students look and say
T：How do we go to Canada By car By plane
Ss：By plane
T：Yes maybe we go by plane How do we go to Wuhan
Ss：By carbus
T：Cool We can go by car or by bus How do we get to school
Ss：By bikebusOn foot
T：How does Mrs Smith go to school
Ss：Sometimes by car
T：Yeah Today Mrs Smith and the students are going to the nature park Let’s see how they get there
Step 2 Presentation
1 Look and discuss
Teaching purpose②
思维导图形式学生初步理解情境接学做铺垫设计务环环相扣逐步引导学生文学新词汇新句型降低学难度
(1)Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块图片）
(2)Let students observe the picture and discuss the questions （课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块相关问题）
Questions Who are they What are they talking about What are they going to do
(3)Let students answer the questions on the PPT
2 Learn the new sentences and phrases②
(1)Show a mind map of Let’s learn (课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块思维导图)
Teaching purpose③
通图片声音视频等种方式教授新词汇学生加深新词汇认识记忆词组融入重点句型中操练进步巩固学生重点句型掌握
Play the recording （课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块音频） Let students listen and circle the traffic tool that they have heard in the book
(2)Check the answer and teach the sentence structures —How do we get there —By…
(3)Learn the phrases③
①Draw a picture of a plane on the blackboard Point to the picture and teach the word Then write down the phrase by plane on the blackboard and let students point and say
Plane plane by plane How do you get there By plane
②Use the same method to teach by bus by taxi Then ask students to practice the phrases
Play the sound of a train (课件出示：火车行驶声音） And ask students to guess the traffic tool Write down the word train on the blackboard and teach the word Then let students point and say
Train train by train How do you get there By train
③Show a picture of a ship on the PPT (课件出示：轮船图片)
Then write down the word ship on the blackboard Encourage students to spell the word by themselves Then teach the phrase by ship Let students point and say
Ship ship by ship How do you get there By ship
④Show a video about the subway on the PPT （课件出示：段铁短视频） Write down the word subway on the blackboard and teach the word Then teach the phrase by subway Let students point and say
Teaching purpose④
播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
Subway subway by subway How do you get there By subway
⑤Point to the foot and say Foot foot on foot I go to school on foot
Write down the phrase on foot on the blackboard and teach it to students
Teaching purpose⑤
利单词卡片接龙游戏帮助学生操练核心词汇句型活泼游戏方式进行问答提高学生学英语兴趣时较学生创造说英语机会开展练活动培养学生思考力面拓展活动做准备
Then let students point and say
Foot foot on foot How do you get there On foot
3 Read and act④
(1)Students read after the recording （课件出示：教材P15 Let’s learn板块音频） Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3)Act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Practice the phrases and the sentences
(1)Use the word cards to practice the phrases on foot by planebustaxishipsubwaytrain
(2)Play the chain game
（游戏说明：学生课时单词卡片正面放课桌意抽取张教师单词卡片中抽取张然学生时说How can you get there教师迅速学生展示卡片教师选张卡片学生起立根卡片容回答By… ）
2 Write and say
(1)Show the part of Write and say on the PPT （课件出示：教材P15 Write and say 板块容）
(2)Students look at the model Write down the origins and destinations Then choose the traffic tools and match them
(3)Let students practice the dialogue in pairs with the sentence structures—How do you get to…from… —By…On foot
Teaching purpose⑥
通创设真实情境学生根想法制作单词卡片进利学句子编写话展示培养学生语言综合运力利填空形式学生总结回顾课学知识容锻炼学生纳总结力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
Choose and say
1 Do a survey
(1)Make the word cards of some places such as Beijing Shanghai …
(2)Show the chart on the PPT Let students use the sentence structures to make dialogues according to the cards they choose Make a model：
T：How do you get to Wuhan from Beijing
Ss：By plane
2 Show time
3 Make a summary together
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
19 Practice the dialogue
20 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 堂课中课标理指导学生体训练线利词汇卡片学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课词汇教学配简单句型运学词汇采卡片chant接龙游戏等种形式逐步引导学生操练单词词组句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new phrases by plane by train by taxi by ship by bus by subway on foot
·Be able to use the sentence structure How do weyou get there to ask about ways of travelling and use By… to answer
Write and say
·Be able to fill in the origins and destinations in the box match them according to the actual situation and then talk about their own ways of travelling
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key phrases and sentence structures of this lesson
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do weyou get there —By… to ask and answer
the question about each other’s ways of travelling
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How do weyou get there —By… to ask and answer the question about each other’s ways of travelling
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing—How can we get there
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Leadin
(1)Look and say
(2)Talk to the teacher
Penetrate the key sentence structures and the expressions of a variety of travelling tools in advance and create a real and effective teaching situation
Presentation
1 Look and discuss
(1)Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT
(2)Show the questions
(1)Observe the picture
(2)Discuss and answer the questions
Lead students to understand the context in which words are used
2 Teach the new sentences and phrases
(1)Show the mind map ofLet’s learn Play the recording
(2)Check the answer and teach the key sentence structures
(3)Teach the phrases by plane by bus by taxi by ship by subway on foot
(1)Look at the picture listen and circle
(2)Check the answer and learn the sentence structures —How do we get there —By…
(3)Learn the new phrases and practice them
Use the mind map to let students have a preliminary understanding of the situation and pave the way for the following study Use different tasks to lead students to learn the new vocabulary and sentence structures so as to reduce the difficulty of learning
3 Read and act
Read after the recording Practice in groups and act out
Make sure students read the dialogue correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Practice the phrases and the sentences
(1)Use the word cards to practice the phrases on foot by plane bus taxi ship subway train
(2)Play the chain game
Improve students’ interest in learning English create opportunities for students to speak and practice English and develop students’ ability of independent thinking Prepare for the next part
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
2 Write and say
(1) Show the part of Write and sayon the PPT
(2) Ask students to write choose and match
(3)Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
(1)Look at the pictures of Write and say
(2)Write down the origins and destinations Then choose the traffic tools and match them
(3)Practice with partners
Consolidation
&
Extension
Choose and say
1 Do a survey
2 Show time
3 Make a summary together
1 (1) Make the word cards of some places
(2)Do a survey and make dialogues
2 Show the dialogues
3 Make a summary
Develop students’ comprehensive language using ability Let students make a conclusion about the ways of travelling to enrich students’ inductive learning ability
Homework
19 Practice the dialogue
20 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求通观察Let’s try板块图片听力部分重点容进行预测
·通听录音够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够理解话意够回答话面问题
·够正确意群语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色表演
·够听说认读情景中恰运句型…must… Don’t…表达遵守交通规
·够理解情景语言I must pay attention to the traffic lights意
·通话学解欧美国家骑行车注意事项解交通警示标志标志出现场
▶教学重点
1 够理解情景中恰运句型
2 够情景中运句型…must…Don’t…表达遵守交通规
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型…must…Don’t…表达遵守交通规
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文音频､视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
歌曲热身歌曲激发学生学兴趣时帮助学生复前面学词汇句型面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing— How do you get there① (出示课件)
Students sing the song together
3 Leadin②
(1)Look and say
Teaching purpose②
引导学生观察理解图片助图片头脑风暴预学容培养学生观察力激活学生已生活验旧知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Show the pictures of ways to go to different places （课件出示：出行方式图片） Let students look at the pictures and talk about them
A：How do you get to…
B： By taxitrainbusshipplanesubwaybikeOn footI walk there
(2)Leadin
T： Wherever we go we must know and obey the traffic rules Now let’s see the pictures and talk about the traffic rules you know
Step 2 Presentation
1 Look and guess
(1)Show the pictures of Let’s try on the PPT （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s try板块图片）
(2)Let students observe the pictures and discuss the questions
T Look at Picture 1 What are the children doing
Ss They are crossing the road one by one (Help students understand the phrase one by one with the picture)
Look at Picture 2 Lead students to try to say They are getting on the bus one by one
T：Mrs Smith and the children are going to the nature park What does Mrs Smith tell the children to do Can you guess
Teaching purpose③
教师引导学生带着问题听录音整体感知文获取信息然引入文话题
Ss：…
2 Listen and tick③
(1)Show the part of Let’s try on the PPT (课件出示：教材P16 Let’s try板块容) Let students listen and tick
(2)Play the recording of Let’s try （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s try板块音频） Students try to finish the exercise
Teaching purpose④
教师通问题引导学生观文动画掌握话意
(3)Students read the dialogue after the recording and check the answer （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s try板块听力材料答案）
3 Watch and answer④
(1)Ask students to scan the dialogue of Let’s talk
T：Wu Yifan is going to the Fuxing Hospital But he doesn’t know the way Whom does he ask How can he get there Can you guess
(2)Play the video of Let’s talk （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s talk 板块视频） Let students watch the video and answer the questions on the PPT （出示课件）
①Who does Wu Yifan meet
②What are they talking about
Teaching purpose⑤
教师逐步呈现新知充分利媒体呈现图片课堂生动化引导学生学调动学积极性降低学难度
③How can Wu Yifan go to the hospital
4 Learn the new words helmet wear and the sentence structure …must…⑤
(1)Play the cartoon again then talk about it （出示课件）
T：Who does Wu Yifan meet
Ss：Mr Jones
T：What are they talking about
Ss：How can Wu Yifan get to the Fuxing Hospital
T Yes Do you know how Wu Yifan can get to the Fuxing Hospital
Ss：Yes he can take the No 57 bus
T：Great
(2) Look at the pictures on the PPT (课件出示：骑车戴头盔戴头盔图)
T：Look What are they doing
Ss：They are riding bikes
T：When you are on bikes in the USA which picture is right
Ss：The left one
T：Yes In the USA people on bikes must wear the helmet
Teach the word helmet (课件出示：helmet相关容)
Do the action to help students understand the word wear Teach the word
Use some sentences to help them understand the sentence structure …must… Make a model
In China you must walk on the right of the road
5 Learn the phrases traffic lights pay attention to and the sentence structure Don’t…
(1)Show two pictures of people crossing the road （课件出示：马路否规范图） Let students choose Which is right？ Then point to the traffic lights and ask students to read traffic lights three times
(2)Show some pictures and say some sentences to help students understand pay attention to （课件出示pay attention to相关容） Make a model
Pay attention to the traffic lights
(3)Use the gestures and some pictures to help students understand the sentence structure Don’t… （课件出示：Don’t…相关容） Make a model
Don’t eat sweets before sleeping
6 Answer the question
T：What do you learn about riding a bike from the dialogue
S1：We must wear a helmet
S2 Don’t go at the red light
Teaching purpose⑥
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演利单词卡片帮助学生操练核心词汇句型锻炼学生情景应表达力面拓展活动做准备
S3 We must pay attention to the traffic lights
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 Read and act
(1)Let students read after the recording （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s talk板块音频） Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in roles
(3)Let students act out
2 Let’s play
Turn over the word cards and say the sentences
Teaching purpose⑦
通创设然真实情境学生情境中认知运核心句型培养学生语言综合运力拓展常见交通标志丰富学生课外知识提醒学生生活中遵守交通规学生进行情感价值观渗透
（活动说明：教师黑板贴背面标数字卡片卡片正面动作图片表示动作单词词组学生说数字教师翻开卡片然该学生根卡片容 … must… Don’t… 句型快速说出句子）
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
3 Tell your partners about the signs
Lead students to look at the pictures in the book （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s talk板块方图片）
T：What do these signs mean Where can you see them
Students talk about them in groups
Then tell them to the class
P1 You must look right before you cross the road You can see this on the road in Hong Kong
P2 You must stop outside the stop line and make sure it is safe before you pass You can see this on an unguarded railroad crossing
P3 Don’t turn right You can see this at a crossroads
P4 Don’t touch the door You can see this in the subway
4 Different kinds of signs
Show more pictures about different kinds of signs Introduce more signs to students and tell them to obey the traffic rules （课件出示：交通标志图）
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Read after the recording
2 Find out at least three traffic signs in your life
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 节课中新课标理指导学生体训练线利卡片游戏学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课句型教学配简单词组运学句型采卡片图片等种形式逐步引导学生操练单词词组句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part by observing the pictures
·Be able to understand the recording and tick the right answer
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing the pictures and answer the questions above the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation and act out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures …must… Don’t… properly in scenes
·Be able to understand the sentence I must pay attention to the traffic lights
·Know about the tips for cycling in European and American countries and learn about different traffic warning signs and the places where these signs appear
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and use the sentence structures properly in situations
·Be able to use the sentence structures …must… Don’t… to express the traffic rules that people should obey
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures …must… Don’t… to express the traffic rules that people should obey
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing—How do you get there
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Listen and sing the song
3 Observe and talk about the pictures
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Review the knowledge they have learned and lead in the topic
Presentation
1 Look and guess
Show the pictures of Let’s try
2 Listen and tick
(1)Show the part of Let’s try on the PPT
(2)Play the recording of Let’s try
(3)Check the answer
1 Observe the pictures and discuss the questions
2 (1)Observe the part of Let’s try on the PPT
(2)Listen and tick
(3)Read the dialogue and check the answer
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening to the recording Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability Get an overall perception of the text and useful information
3 Watch and answer
Play the video Let students answer the questions
Scan the dialogue and guess about the questions
Watch the video and answer the questions
Lead students to watch the video and grasp the general idea of the dialogue
4 Learn the new words helmet wear and the sentence structure …must…
5 Learn the phrases traffic lights pay attention to and the sentence structure Don’t …
6 Answer the question
4 Watch the cartoon again and talk about it
Learn the new words helmet wear and the sentence structure …must…
5 Learn the new phrases traffic lights pay attention to and the sentence structure Don’t…
6 Answer the question
Lead students to learn new words and new sentence structures gradually
Improve students’ enthusiasm
Reduce the difficulty of learning
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Read and act
Play the recording Ask students to practice in roles and act out
2 Let’s play
1 Read after the recording and practice the dialogue in roles Then act out
2 Look at the word cards and say sentences
Make sure students read the dialogue correctly and fluently Practice the key words and sentence structures Train students’ ability of expressing in scenes and prepare for the next part
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Tell your partners about the signs
Lead students to talk about the signs in groups
2 Different kinds of signs
Show the pictures
1 Look at the pictures in the book Talk about them in groups Then tell them to the class
2 Look at the pictures to learn more traffic signs
Cultivate students’ comprehensive language using ability
Expand some introduction about traffic signs to enrich students’ extracurricular knowledge Remind students to obey traffic rules in life to penetrate the emotional value
Homework
21 Read after the recording
22 Find out at least three traffic signs in your life
23 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Roleplay
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够正确意群语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写单词词组stop wait slow down go
·够熟练运句型…must…提出建议
Roleplay
·够根角色（Mike盲红绿灯演示者）英语进行交流
·够解简单交通标志交通规增强学生交通意识
▶教学重点
1 够解基交通规红黄绿灯功根英文指令做动作
2 够理解掌握课重点词汇句型
▶教学难点
1 理解动词stopwait含义
2 够情景中恰运句子Slow down and stop at a yellow light Stop and wait at a red light Go at a green light表达交通指示灯作
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频卡片模拟红绿灯等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
Teaching purpose①
音乐节奏轻松愉悦够激发学生兴趣通学生间表演互动调动学生参英语课堂活动积极性外通复旧知引入课学容traffic lights面学做铺垫
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing and do
Play the song—Rabbit Dance （出示课件） Let students stand in a line and do the actions with the music Left—left—right—right—go—turn around—go—go—go
3 Leadin
(1)Review the traffic rules
Show the pictures (课件出示：节课学交通标志图片) Let students look and say
(2)Leadin
T： (课件出示：交通信号灯图片) What are these
Ss：Traffic lights
T：Yeah They are traffic lights What colour are they
Ss：Red yellow and green
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测图片容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
T：Yes Do you know what the lights mean You can speak in Chinese
Ss：红灯停绿灯行……
Step 2 Presentation
7 Look and predict②
(1)Show the pictures of Let’s learn on the PPT Ask students to predict the main idea of the dialogue （课件出示：教材P17 Let’s learn板块图片）
(2)Let students observe the pictures and discuss the questions
Questions Who are they Where are they Where are they going
Teaching purpose③
设计务环环相扣逐步引导学生文学新词汇新句型降低学难度
(3)Ask students to answer the questions on the PPT （出示课件）
2 Learn the traffic lights③
(1)Play the recording （课件出示：教材P17 Let’s learn板块音频）Let students listen and check the answers to the three questions
T：Who are they
Ss：Mrs Smith and the children
T：Where are they
Ss：They are at the crossing
T：Yes Do you know where they are going
Ss：To the nature park
T：Can they go now
Ss：No they can’t
T：Why
Ss：Because the light is red now
T：Well done So what must we do when it is a red light
Ss： …
Show the chart on the PPT （出示课件）
T：And what must we do when it is a yellowgreen light
Students answer by themselves
(2)Show the following diagram to help students know the traffic lights What do the colours mean
3 Learn the new words and the phrase
Play the recording again （课件出示：教材P17 Let’s learn板块音频） Then teach the words and the phrase stop wait slow down go
(1)Use the gesture to help students understand the word stop
Ask two students to come to the front of the blackboard Say go to let the two students go straight then show the gesture and say stop to let them stop Then one student says go stop and the other student follows the instructions
(2)Show a picture of someone who is waiting for the bus at the bus stop（出示课件） Use some sentences to help students understand the word wait Make a model
Lucy is waiting for the busThe little lion is waiting for his father
Let’s chant A red light a red light
Stop and wait at a red light
(3)Do the actions and say some sentences to help students understand the phrase slow down Make a model
Look It’s the yellow light We must slow down
Let’s chant A yellow light a yellow light
Slow down and stop at a yellow light
(4)Show a picture of the green light to students （课件出示：绿灯亮图）
T：What should we do at a green light
Ss：We can go
Teaching purpose④
通学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演引导学生复述Mrs Smith学生公园程创编新话
Let’s chant A green light a green light
Go at a green light
4 Fill in the chart
Students fill in the chart together （出示课件）
5 Read and act④
(1)Let students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in roles
Teaching purpose⑤
利do and say游戏帮助学生操练核心词汇句型提高学生学英语兴趣时较学生创造说英语机会
(3)Let students act out in groups
(4)Let students retell the dialogue in Let’s learn and encourage them to create new dialogues
Step 3 Practice
1 Practice the phrases and the sentences⑤
Take out the paper traffic lights Let students look do and say in pairs
(1)Look and do Student A puts up the lights one by one Student B does the actions Then exchange
(2)Do and say Student A points to the lights Student B says and does the actions Then exchange
Teaching purpose⑥
通创设真实情境学生分扮演警察行程中学生仅学会听英语指令学会指令做动作说出相应动作表达培养学生语言综合运力
2 Let’s do roleplay⑥
(1)Make four students in a group Choose one student as the policeman to hold the traffic lights and say Another student works as a blind man The other two students help the blind man and say （课件出示：教材P17 Roleplay板块图片）
(2)Make a model
Policeman Red light
The other two students (stop and say) Stop and wait at a red light
Policeman Yellow light
The other two students (slow down and say) Slow down and stop at a yellow light
Policeman Green light
The other two students (go straight and say) Go at a green light
(3)Practice in groups
Teaching purpose⑦
课时重点学基交通标志交通规话题学生日常生活联系紧密学生学兴趣浓厚活动帮助学生结合生活常识设计交通宣传布告牌提高学生积极性
(4)Show time
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
Make a traffic bulletin board
1 Show a model on the PPT
2 Let students work in groups to make a bulletin board
3 Let students show the bulletin boards to the class
4 Choose the best group and give an award
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Read after the recording
2 Tell the traffic rules to your friends and parents
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 堂课中新课标理指导学生体训练线利卡片游戏学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课句型教学配简单词组运学句型采卡片角色表演等种形式逐步引导学生操练单词词组句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
5 课时重点学基交通标志交通规教师通种活动帮助学生话题日常生活紧密联系起充分激发学生学兴趣
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and then act out in groups
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases stop wait slow down go
·Be able to make suggestions by using the sentence structure …must… skillfully
Roleplay
·Be able to communicate in English according to the roles
·Be able to understand some simple traffic signs and traffic rules and enhance traffic awareness
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson
·Be able to understand and the basic traffic rules—the functions of red yellow and green lights and be able to do the actions according to English instructions
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to understand the meaning of stop and wait
·Be able to use the sentences Slow down and stop at a yellow light Stop and wait at a red light Go at a green light to express the functions of the traffic lights
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s sing and do
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Listen and do
3 Observe the pictures and say
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic Prepare for the following part
Presentation
1 Look and predict
Show the pictures and ask the questions
2 Learn the traffic lights
(1)Play the recording and check the answers
(2)Show the following diagram to help students know the traffic lights
1 Look at the pictures and discuss the questions
2 (1) Listen to the recording and check the answers with the teacher
(2)Look at the signs and know the traffic lights
Lead students to predict the content before listening to the recording Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability
Prepare for the next study
3 Learn the new words and the phrase
Play the recording again
Help students understand and practice the words the phrase and the sentences
4 Fill in the chart
Let students fill in the chart together
5 Read and act
3 Learn the words the phrase and the sentences to express the traffic rules
4 Fill in the chart together
5 Read after the recording Then practice and act out Retell the dialogue and create new dialogues
Use the pictures to let students guess and understand the new words the phrase and the sentences
Design different tasks to lead students to learn the new words and the sentence structures gradually Reduce the difficulty of learning
Make sure students read the dialogue correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Practice the phrases and the sentences
2 Let’s do roleplay
1 Look do and say in pairs to practice the phrases and the sentences
2 Play the game in roles
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Create opportunities for students to speak English
Practice the key words and the sentences
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
Make a traffic bulletin board
1 Show a model on the PPT
2 Let students work in groups to make a bulletin board
3 Let students show the bulletin boards to the class
4 Choose the best group and give an award
Work in groups to make a traffic bulletin board
Then show the bulletin boards to the class
Improve students’ learning enthusiasm Consolidate the new words and sentences of this unit
Homework
1 Read after the recording
2 Tell the traffic rules to your friends and parents
3 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·通头脑风暴活动汇总知种学方式激活已背景知识储备词汇
·通阅读问题训练够语篇中寻找关键词细节进行推理
·够根示范海报完成安全海报设计
·够根例句提示文段中找更类现象终正确朗读句子
▶教学重点
够听懂读懂Read and write板块短文够根短文容完成相应练
▶教学难点
够解国家文化差异出行方式
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频交通信号灯模型等
Teaching purpose①
通学生互动调动学生参课堂积极性通复旧知引入课学容面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading①
1 Greetings
2 Review
Hold a model of traffic lights Talk with students
T：What do the traffic lights mean
Ss：Red means… Green means… Yellow means…
T：You are so clever Do you know different countries have different traffic rules For example in China we walk on the right of the road But in England people should walk on the left Do you know any other countries’ ways of transportation Now let’s see what we will learn today
3 Leadin
Show some pictures (出示课件) Help students know the names of these places
Students read after the teacher
Step 2 Whilereading
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
1 Brainstorm
T：How many ways can you think of to go to school Please talk with your partner
Students do the Brainstorm Gather all the ways they know to go to school（课件出示：单元学学方式by carbusbikesubwaytaxiplaneshiptrainon foot相关容）
2 Look and predict②
Show the picture of Read and write on the PPT （课件出示：教材P18 Read and write板块爷爷Robin交谈插图）
Let students observe the picturesread the dialogue and discuss the questions
Questions：
① Who are they (Robin and Wu Yifan’s grandpa And Grandpa is ill)
Teaching purpose③
引导学生带着问题阅读文整体感知文获取信息利问题逐步引导学生理解文逐步文学新句型
② What does Robin want to do (He wants to read a magazine to Grandpa)
③What’s the magazine about (Different ways to go to school in different countries)
3 Listen and say③
(1)Show the four pictures one by one （课件出示：次出示教材P18 Read and write板块四幅图片） Let students observe the pictures and discuss the questions
Questions
①Who are they (They are studentskidschildren)
②Where are they (In Munich Germany In Alaska USA In Jiangxi China In Papa Westray Scotland)
③How do they go to school
Let students read the text quickly and find the ways of the children to go to school
Teaching purpose④
运务型教学方法设计务环环相扣逐步引导学生文学新词汇新句型重点句型进行认知操练突破教学重点降低学难度
(2)Play the recording （课件出示：教材P18 Read and write板块音频）Let students listen to it and answer the questions below the passage in the book
(3)Check the answers
4 Learn the new words and sentences④
(1)Play the recording again （课件出示：教材P18 Read and write板块音频） Lead students to learn the new words and sentences
①Show the picture of the sled and do the action to help students understand the phrase by sled（课件出示：雪橇图片）
Do the action fast first then do the same action slowly Let students understand the word fast
Ask students to do and say the sentences Some kids go to school by sled It’s fast Don’t let the dogs run too fast You must drive slowly
②Show the pictures of a boat a ferry and a ship on the PPT
Help students understand the differences among ship boat and ferry
Do the action and teach the phrase by ferry Wear a life jacket to help students understand the sentence We must wear a life jacket by ferry And don’t run on the ferry
Write down the sentence structure Some kids go to school by… on the blackboard Do the actions and let students use the sentence structure to make sentences
③Lead students to look at Picture 4 Ask them to read the sentences and try to answer the questions
T：How do the children in Papa Westray go to school
Ss：By ferry
Teaching purpose⑤
播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话
T：How did they go to school in 2009
Ss：By plane
T：Why
Ss：Because the ferry didn’t work
Teaching purpose⑥
利插图引导学生分组复述原文带领学生阅读文出关选择交通方式建议引导学生前文孩子出行方式提供合适建议
(2)Play the recording⑤（课件出示：教材P18 Read and write板块音频） Let students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
5 Read and choose⑥
(1)Let students practice the passage
(2)Let students act out
(3)Let students retell the ways of the kids to go to school in groups by looking at the pictures
(4)Let students give some suggestions for the kids
Divide students into six groups Let them read the suggestions on page 19 one by one Then ask them to choose the suitable suggestions for the kids and write them down on page 18
6 Practice the words and the sentences
(1)Play the game of Drive the train
Make up a chant of the words and the phrases
Teaching purpose⑦
滚雪球游戏锻炼学生快速反应力学生游戏中进步巩固学知识加深课重点词汇句型理解体现玩中学学中玩思想学生课时吸收消化学知识
Ask students to chant it one by one in lines Give a sticker to the student who does a good job
(2)Play the game of Roll the snowball⑦
Lead students to practice the key sentences Some kids go to school on footBy sled you must drive slowlyOn foot don’t go at a red light
Make students stand in a line Let the first student say the first word some of the sentence Then the second student says some kids The third student says some kids go …Students say till the last student speaks out the whole sentence Some kids go to school on foot Once one of the students says it wrong the team loses the game Oppositely the team can get a sticker if all the students say it correctly
Step 3 Postreading
1 Play the recording of Tips for pronunciation （课件出示：教材P19 Tips for pronunciation音频）
Teaching purpose⑧
利组调查活动创造学生说英语机会学生够实际情景中运核心词汇句型
Let students listen and compare then find out the rule of pronunciation Tell students the law of linking sounds Ask students to listen again and repeat Then let students find and say more words like these from the text on page 18
2 Do a survey⑧
(1)Make a model：
A How do you go to school
B I go to school byon…
Teaching purpose⑨
紧密联系前面布置组调查活动环环相扣学生够熟练运核心词汇句型设计海报学致
(2)Let students ask and answer in groups Finish the chart (课件出示：调查表) Then let the group leader make a report with the sentence structure … goes to school byon…
3 Make a poster⑨
(1)Let students list the ways of the group members to go to school
(2)Let students write down at least two suggestions for each way Make a model
By ferry you must wear a life jacket Don’t run on the ferry
(3)Let students make a poster in groups
(4)Show time
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
21 Read after the recording
22 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 堂课中学生体训练线开展类型组活动学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课句型教学配简单词组运学句型采chant滚雪球等种形式逐步引导学生操练词汇句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Gather all kinds of ways to go to school they know through the brainstorm and activate the background knowledge and the vocabulary they have learned
·Be able to find the key words in the text and reason about details through solving the problems below the text
·Be able to complete the design of a safety poster according to the demonstration poster
·Be able to find more similar sentences in the passage according to the example sentence prompt and read the sentences correctly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen and read the passage and complete the corresponding exercises according to the passage
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to learn about the cultural differences and the ways of travelling in different countries
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
2 Review
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Look and talk with the teacher
3 Look and learn the names of the places Read after the teacher
Review the words and the sentences
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic Prepare for the next part
Whilereading
1 Brainstorming activity
Ask students to do theBrainstorm Gather all the ways to go to school
Do the brainstorming activity
Lead students to predict the content before listening to the recording
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability Prepare for the next study
2 Look and predict
Look at the picture and discuss the questions Predict the main idea
3 Listen and say
(1)Show the four pictures one by one Let students observe and discuss the questions
(2)Play the recording
(3)Check the answers
(1)Observe the pictures and discuss the questions
(2)Listen and answer the questions
(3)Check the answers
4 Learn the new words and sentences
(1)Play the recording again and show the pictures Lead students to learn the new words and the sentences
(2)Let students read after the recording
(1)Learn the new words and the sentences and answer the questions
(2)Read after the recording
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Train students’ ability of responding quickly Practice the key words and sentences Reduce the difficulty of learning
5 Read and choose
Practice the passage and act out Retell the passage and choose the suitable suggestions
6 Practice the words and the sentences
(1)Play the game of Drive the train
(2)Play the game of Roll the snowball
Practice the words and the sentences by playing the two games
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Postreading
1 Play the recording of Tips for pronunciation
2 Do a survey
（1）Make a model
（2）Let students ask and answer in groups And let the group leader make a report with the sentence structure …goes to school byon…
3 Make a poster
1 Listen and compare then find out the rule of pronunciation
Listen again and repeat
Then find and say more words like these from the text on page 18
2 Do a survey
3 List the ways of the group members to go to school and write down the suggestions Make a poster and show it to the class
Create opportunities for students to speak English
Consolidate the new words and sentences of this unit Make sure students can use the key vocabulary and sentence structures in real situations
Homework
24 Read after the recording
25 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up
& Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够逐图根图片信息预测听力考查点
·够意识听录音完成相应务
Let’s wrap it up
·够单元句型进行句法纳
Story time
·通阅读趣味事复巩固单元学语言增加学生语言输入
·全体学生理解事容
·正确意群语音语调朗读事
·部分学生表演事恰运事中语言
▶教学重点
够复巩固单元学目标语言够熟练运学语言描述出行方式
▶教学难点
1 够巩固单元学目标语言
2 够解中国英国交通规差异
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
音乐节奏轻松愉悦够激发学生兴趣通学生间游戏互动调动学生参英语课堂活动积极性外通复旧知面检测做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song— How do you get there (出示课件)
3 Review the words and the sentences
(1) Show the game rule of passing words on the PPT （课件出示：游戏规） Students read and play (Review the words and the phrase plane train taxi ship subway on foot)
(2)T：Look at the screen Let’s see what is missing (Review the sentences)
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力设计务降低学难度逐步引导学生完成练部分务
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Look at the pictures Listen and number
Show the pictures of Let’s check on the PPT （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s check板块四幅图片）
Let students observe and talk about the pictures
T：Look at the pictures How many pictures can you see
Ss：Four pictures
T：Yes Look at the pictures one by one carefully Try to tell me what’s in the pictures
S1：In Picture 1 there are Amy and John They are walking
S2：In Picture 2 …
…
T：Wow You are so smart Now let’s listen and number the pictures
(1)Play the recording （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s check板块音频）Let students listen and number
(2)Check the answers
2 Listen again and answer the questions
(1)Let students look at the questions below the pictures
(2)Play the recording again （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s check板块音频） Let students listen and fill in the blanks
(3)Check the answers Pay attention to the spelling of the words （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s check板块答案）
3 Let’s wrap it up
(1)Show the part of Let’s wrap it up on the PPT （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s wrap it up板块容）
T：Boys and girls do you know where Mike is
Ss：I don’t know
T：Let’s see what Mike says and guess where he is
Ss：OK
T：Look at the first sentence Who can read it
S1：Go to the cinema
T：Good Mike says Go to the cinema So is he at the cinema
Ss：No he is not at the cinema
T：Good job Now you can read the sentences one by one and tick the right answers
Do the exercises and check the answers （课件出示：教材P20 Let’s wrap it up板块答案）
(2)Teach the difference between come and go
Say Come here to one student and use body language to let himher come to the front of the platform Then use body language to show come and say Come come come here to help students understand the meaning of come Let students do actions and say Come come come here Use some sentences Go to schoolGo to the zooGo to the playground… to show the meaning of go
(3) Ask students to make sentences with come or go Make a model
Teaching purpose③
学生图说交通规帮助复巩固单元学语言
It’s so cold because winter is comingI go to school on Monday
Step 3 Practice③
Traffic signs and traffic rules
Show some traffic signs on the PPT
Let students try to say the traffic rules according to the pictures
Help students know these traffic signs
Teaching purpose④
通设计问题降低学难度次听录音前布置定务培养学生处理听力文信息捕捉关键信息力种形式词汇练极激发学生学兴趣学生玩中学学中
T：Traffic signs of different colors have different meanings
Red means forbiddance and danger Yellow means warning Green means the indicator
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension④
1 Look and discuss
Show the pictures of Story time on the PPT （课件出示：教材P21 Story time板块图片） Let students observe the pictures and discuss the questions
T：Look Amy’s friend Annie comes to China Do you know where Annie is from
Ss：She is from the UK
T：Yeah Look at Picture 1 carefully Can you guess where they are
Ss：At the airport
T：Yes Now let’s listen and see what happened
2 Let’s listen
Let students listen and get the main idea of the story
Play the recording (课件出示：教材P21 Story time板块音频)
T：How do they go home
Ss：By bus
T：Which side do the drivers drive in China
Ss：In China people drive on the right side
T：What about the drivers in the UK
Ss：In the UK drivers drive on the left side
T：Yes The road and the steering wheel in the UK are different from China So we have different traffic rules too Let’s listen to the recording again and find out the differences
3 Listen and learn
(1) Play the recording again (课件出示：教材P21 Story time板块音频)Ask students to listen to the recording sentence by sentence Help them understand the story and learn the different traffic rules between China and the UK
(2)Help students learn the key words
Use some sentences to help students understand the word miss Make a model
Lucy went to Beijing last month I miss her so much
Lead students to learn the word different Compare the teacher’s desk with students’ desks They are all made of wood but they are different
Show a picture of people crossing the road to help students understand the word cross （课件出示：马路图片）
Point to Picture 5 and help students understand the word doubledecker
Point to the left and the right to teach left and right Do the actions and let students look and say Teach another meaning of the word right by an object Take out a Chinese book and say It is an English book Students answer No it’s wrong Then take out an English book and say This book is right
4 Make a summary
After reading the story let students discuss about the traffic rules in the UK Then lead them to make a conclusion
In the UK people must drive on the left side
In China people must drive on the right side
In the UK people must…
In China people must…
5 Let’s read
Play the recording for the third time （课件出示：教材P21 Story time板块音频） Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
6 Act out
Let students read the story in roles Then lead them to act out
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
23 Enjoy the story
24 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 堂课中学生体训练线开展类型组活动学生学中中学学结合激发学生元智学力
2 节课复巩固配简单题检测情景事运学句型采传递词汇填词游戏等种形式逐步引导学生操练词汇句型效帮助学生巩固重点词汇句型
3 呈现活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 突出语功联系学生班级实际情况设置环节环环相扣层层深入帮助学生真实情景中然学语言
5 通设计问题降低学难度次听录音前布置定务培养学生处理听力文信息捕捉关键信息力种形式词汇练极激发学生学兴趣学生玩中学学中
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to predict the examination points of listening by observing the pictures one by one
·Be able to understand the recording then number the pictures and answer the questions
Let’s wrap it up
·Be able to summarize the sentence structures of this unit
Story time
·Review and consolidate the target language learned in this unit and increase the input of students by reading the interesting story
·Be able to understand the story for all students
·Be able to read the story with correct pronunciation and intonation and sense groups
·Be able to act out the story and use the language in the story properly for a part of students
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to review and consolidate the target language learned in this unit and be able to use the language to describe the ways of travelling
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to consolidate the target language of this unit
·Be able to understand the differences between China and the UK in traffic rules
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—How do you get there
3 Review the words and the sentences
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Review the words and the sentences
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and motivate students to participate in the activities in class
Review old knowledge to pave the way for later tasks
Presentation
1 Look at the pictures Listen and number
2 Listen again and answer the questions
3 Let’s wrap it up
(1)Ask students to do the exercises and check the answers
(2)Teach the difference between come and go
(3)Ask students to make sentences with come or go
1 Observe and talk about the pictures Listen and number the pictures
2 Listen and fill in the blanks Check the answers
3 (1)Do the exercises and check the answers
(2)Learn the difference between come and go
(3)Make sentences with
come or go
Lead students to predict the content before listening to the recording
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability
Design different tasks to reduce the difficulty of learning
Practice
Traffic signs and traffic rules
Show some traffic signs on the PPT
Ask students to try to say the traffic rules according to the pictures
Help students know these traffic signs
Look at the traffic signs and try to say the traffic rules according to the pictures Know these traffic signs
Review and consolidate the language learned in this unit
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Look at the pictures and discuss the questions
2 Let＇s listen
3 Listen and learn
Play the recording again Lead students to learn the different traffic rules between China and the UK
4 Make a summary
5 Let’s read
6 Act out
1 Look at the picture and
discuss the questions
2 Listen and get the main idea of the story
3 Listen to the recording
sentence by sentence
Understand the story
Learn the key words
4 Discuss about the traffic rules in the UK And make a conclusion
5 Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
6 Read the story in roles
Act out the story
Help students understand the story Make sure some students read the story correctly and fluently Stimulate students’ interest in learning Develop students’ ability to process the listening text and capture key information
Homework
26 Enjoy the story
27 Do the exercises
Unit 3 My weekend plan
教材分析
单元学题周末活动计划教学容通展示陈杰Amy话张鹏朋友周末活动展开教学重点够听说读写运核心句型—What areis…going to do —We’reI’m going to…He She is going to…—Where areis…going —We’reI’m going…He She is going…—When areis…going —We’reI’m going…He She is going…听说读写单词词组take a trip go to the supermarket visit my grandparents see a film tonight this morning this afternoon this evening next week postcard dictionary comic book word book
教学目标
知识力目标
· 够听说读写句型—What are you going to do tomorrow —I’m going to have an art lesson—Where are you going —I’m going to the cinema—When are you going —Next Wednesday
·够情景中运句型—What areis…going to do —We’reI’m going to…He She is going…—Where areis…going —We’reI’m going…He She is going…—When areis…going —We’reI’m going…He She is going…谈活动计划容点时间
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读吴日记运单元学核心句型口头描述写出中秋节安排
·够听说读写单词词组：take a trip go to the supermarket visit my grandparents see a film tonight this morning this afternoon this evening next week postcard dictionary comic book word book
·够正确述单词词组谈描述活动计划
·够图片文字支持完成表格仿写语句
·知道英语音节单词重音需重读语言现象
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·够树立需活动前做合理计划意识鼓励做中学
·解中秋节传统俗
·知道藏头诗特点
·够通图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意细节信息
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Make a plan
第三课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时： Part B Let’s learn & Roleplay
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’ s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求学会听前预测听重点容
·运基听力技巧完成部分听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—What areis…going to do —We’re I’m going to…He She is going to…They are going to…提问作答
·够学语言谈朋友周末活动计划重点
▶教学重点
1理解掌握课重点句型—What are you going to do… —I’m going to…真实情景中灵活运
2够学语言谈朋友周末活动计划
▶教学难点
正确运be going to谈朋友活动计划进行交流
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频单词卡片日历等
Teaching purpose①
通游戏复前学动词动词词组接学做铺垫接着课中出现动词词组编成首chant仅新知进行预热定程度活跃课堂气氛
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play a game Sharp eyes①
Show some verbs and verb phrases draw a picture swim dance see a film do homework have a lesson watch TV cook wash clothes clean the room go for a picnic read books play football go shopping play computer games… quickly on the PPT （出示课件） Students try to speak out the right word or phrase as soon as possible when it shows up
3 Enjoy a chant together
Teaching purpose②
通学生观察情景图图片容进行问答引入课题：My Weekend Plan引导学生题展开讨
4 Leadin②
(1)T Do you like today’s chant
Ss Yes
T：Are you going to draw a picturesee a film…this weekend
Ss YesNo
T The weekend is coming Zhang Peng’s friends are going to different places and they are going to do different things Let’s go and have a look
(2) Show the picture of the main scene in this unit on the PPT Ask students to observe it carefully and try to think about three questions
(3) Check the answers together (课件出示：前两问题答案)
Encourage students to think out more answers about the last question
T Zhang Peng’s friends have different plans for this weekend What are you going to do this weekend Today we are going to make a weekend plan
Teaching purpose③
引导学生听听力前预测练答案听容进行热身接着带着问题听话增强听目性效训练学生听力力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and circle③
(1) Show the two questions of Let’s try on the PPT （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s try板块两问题） Let students read the questions and guess the answers
T Can Mike go swimming today What do you think of this question
Ss Yes he canNo he can’t
T Why do you think he cancan’t go swimming today
Ss Because…
Encourage students to think out more reasons
（2）Play the recording of Let’s try (课件出示：教材P24 Let’s try板块音频) Ask students to get the key information Then ask them to choose the right answers
（3）Check the answers Show the listening material to help students understand further （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s try板块答案听力材料）
（4）After checking the second answer provide one more question What is Mike going to do this afternoon Lead students to choose the right picture and speak out the sentence He is going fishing this afternoon
Teaching purpose④
通实物展示话帮助学生理解tomorrow含义学生步学明天计划安排定基础
2 Look and say④
Take out a calendar of this month and show it through the video display desk
T What day is it today
S1 It is Monday…
Ask this student to circle the day of today on the calendar Then write down the word today beside the circle
T Clever Who knows what day it is tomorrow
S2 It’s Tuesday…
T Super
Ask that student to circle the day of tomorrow on the calendar Then write down the word tomorrow beside that circle Lead students to read the word tomorrow three times
Teaching purpose⑤
呈现整体话学生整体感知话逐步处理局部语言学生深入解话容课重点词组句型语法点切实理解
3 Let’s talk⑤
（1）Show the pictures of Let’s talk （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块图片）
T Sarah is on the phone with Mike What are they talking about this time
S1 They are talking about tomorrow’s plan
T Good answer They are talking about their plans for tomorrow What are they going to do tomorrow Look at the pictures and guess the answers
Ss MikeSarah is going to…
（2）Show the first question What are Mike and Sarah going to do tomorrow Let students watch the video of Let’s talk and try to fill in the blanks (课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频)
Check the answers together （出示课件）
（3）①Show the picture of have an art lesson to help students review the phrase (课件出示：have an art lesson相关容)
②Provide another question What is Sarah going to do in the art lesson
Ask students to answer the question and check the answer together
Put the word card of draw some pictures on the blackboard Do the action of draw some pictures to help students review this phrase And lead students to read it three times Then ask students to read the dialogue two times
③Show the picture of see a film to help students understand its meaning better (课件出示：see a film相关容)
（4）Lead students to read these three phrases three times Then ask them to read the three sentences
①Ask students to observe the sentences carefully and try to find out the same part by discussing with their deskmates
Ask some students to stand up and share their answers When the student says is going to the teacher takes out the word card of this phrase and puts it on the blackboard Lead students to read it in the way of highlow voice
②TWhy do all these three sentences have is going to
S1 They are talking about tomorrow
S2 They will do these things tomorrow
T I like your answers You are brilliant They are talking about the plans for tomorrow These things didn’t happen before They are not doing these things now They will do these things tomorrow
③Provide some sentences Ask students to divide them into two groups
Check the answers together
Lead students to conclude the rules of the two groups
T Group One is about the structure of be going to They are all about plans for the future Group Two is about the structure of be+ ving They are all about doing something now
4 Read and act
（1）Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
（3）Act out the dialogue
Teaching purpose⑥
练部分设计认词组组句子称描述计划层层递进帮助学生逐步掌握课重点句型够进步体会be动词称搭配达举反三作
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 A matching task
Show different pictures and phrases go iceskating wash clothes draw pictures make a snowman go for a picnic (课件出示：述动词词组图片连线题) Ask students to complete the matching task
2 Pick apples
Divide students into several groups Show a big apple tree and a question on the PPT What am I going to do tomorrow Each apple has a phrase in it such as go iceskating wash clothes draw pictures make a snowman go for a picnic （课件摘苹果方式出示述动词词组） The teacher picks one apple each time Students try to make a sentence with the phrase in it to answer the question Make a model：
T What am I going to do tomorrow
S1 You’re going to draw pictures
…
The first student who speaks out the right sentence can get a score for hisher group
3 Look and say
Show some pictures of the phrases on page 24 on the PPT （课件出示：教材P24方词组相应图片） Lead students to talk about the pictures with the sentence structures — What isare…going to do —…isare going to… Make a model
T What is he going to do
S1 He is going to go iceskating
The first student who speaks out the right sentence can get a score for hisher group
Teaching purpose⑦
引导学生运学容谈周末计划学重点词组句型灵活运真实情景中达语言输出目进步巩固般时法
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
Weekend Plan
1 Play a game A Miming Game
Each time ask one student to come to the front of the platform Give himher a picture about an activity Let himher mime it Through the miming activity the others try to guess What is this student going to do this weekend And try to describe the plan with the sentence structure You’re going to… The winner can get a score for hisher group
2 Do a survey
Ask students to talk about the weekend plan by using the sentence structures —What are you going to do —I’mWe’re going to… in groups Write down the result on the paper
The leader in each group collects all the answers Fill in the chart below （课件出示：调查表模板）
3 Show time
Ask two or three groups to give reports like this I’m going to see a film Student 1 is going to read books this weekend Student 2 and Student 3 are going to play basketball…
The group which does a good job can get a score
4 Evaluation
Count the total scores of each group Find the best group Give each member of this group a big hug
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
25 Practice the dialogue
26 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课通游戏歌谣引入题活跃课堂气氛学生通旧知初步解新知温知新
2课锻炼学生听说读写英语力学生够更加流利英语进行交流
3教师利图片日历卡片动作等方式学生带入真实语言环境中学生身境发融入课堂中
4课设置环节环环相扣层层深入抽丝剥茧帮助学生逐步理解学语言谈周末计划
5板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the questions and predict the key points before listening
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening task in this section
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures with the help of the teacher
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in groups
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the sentence structures —What areis…going to do —We’reI’m going to…He She is going to…They are going to… to ask and answer questions
·Be able to talk about the weekend plans freely
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key sentence structures in this lesson and use them flexibly in real situations
·Be able to talk about the weekend plans freely
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Use the sentence structure be going to correctly to talk about plans for activities and communicate with others
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play a game Sharp eyes
Show some verbs and verb phrases on the PPT
3 Enjoy a chant together
1 Greetings
2 Try to speak out the right word or phrase as soon as possible when it shows up
3 Enjoy a chant together
Review the verbs and the verb phrases learned before Lay a foundation for the following study
4 Leadin
Freely talk and provide some questions
Check the answers together
Think about and answer the questions about the main scene
Check the answers together
Lead in the topic of this lesson
Presentation
1 Listen and circle
(1) Show the two questions Let students read them and guess the answers
(2) Play the recording
(3) Check the answers
Show the listening material
(4) Provide one more question
(1) Read the two questions and guess the answers
(2) Listen to the recording and choose the right options
(3) Check the answers
(4) Think about and answer the question
Lead students to predict the answers to the exercises before listening Then listen to the dialogue with questions Enhance the purpose of listening and train students’ listening ability effectively
2 Look and say
Use a calendar to teach the word tomorrow
Observe the calendar and answer the teacher’s questions to learn the word tomorrow
Help students understand the word tomorrow through the physical display and the dialogue Lay a certain foundation for further study
3 Let’s talk
(1) Show the pictures
Ask students to guess the answers
(2) Show the first question and ask students to watch the video and fill in the blanks Check the answers
(3) Teach the key phrases
(4) Lead students to learn the structure of be going to
(1) Look at the pictures and guess the answers
(2) Watch the video and fill in the blanks Check the answers
(3) Learn and practice the key phrases and sentences
(4) Find out the same part of the key sentences
Classify the sentences into two groups and conclude the rules of the two groups
Let students perceive the dialogue as a whole and process the local language step by step Help students to get a deep understanding of the dialogue and a practical understanding of the key phrases sentence structures and grammar points of the lesson
4 Read and act
Read after the recording Practice and act out
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 A matching task
Show different pictures and phrases on the PPT
2 Pick apples
Show a big apple tree and a question on the PPT Pick one apple each time
3 Look and say
Show some pictures of the phrases
1 Finish the matching task
2 Make sentences with the
phrases in the apples
3 Talk about the pictures with the sentence structures
Help students master the key sentence structures of this lesson step by step and further understand the verb be
Consolidation
&
Extension
Weekend Plan
1 Play a game A Miming Game
Ask students to mime the activities on the pictures
2 Do a survey
Let students ask and answer in groups and fill in the chart
3 Show time
Ask two or three groups to show their works
4 Evaluation
1 Guess and try to describe the plan in the structure of You’re going to…
2 Talk about the weekend plan with the sentence structures in groups and fill in the chart
3 Show their works
4 Evaluation
Apply the key phrases and sentence structures to the real situation Achieve the purpose of language output and further consolidate the use of the simple future tense
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Make a plan
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
· 够听说读写单词词组visit film trip supermarket evening tonight tomorrow next week
·够听说读写课重点动词词组visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket
·结合板块核心句型—What are you going to do —I’mWe’re going to…谈周末计划换中动词词组时间词组进行操练做语音准确语调然
Make a plan
·够根意愿表格中写出计划
·桌分享交流计划容
·够合理安排活动时间交流重点
▶教学重点
1够理解掌握课时重点单词词组
2够情景中运含be going to结构句型谈周末计划
▶教学难点
1够情景中运句型—What are you going to do —I’mWe’re going to…谈周末计划换中动词短语时间短语进行操练做语音准确语调然
2够合理安排活动时间交流
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片实物制教具等
Teaching purpose①
单元歌曲游戏效帮助学生复学动词词组包含be going to般时句型时活跃课堂气氛激发学生学兴趣
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song —What are you going to do (出示课件)
3 Play a game Choose and talk
The teacher takes out a box There are some word cards of verbs and verb phrases in it Play a piece of music (出示课件) Students pass the box one by one When the music stops the student who holds the box chooses a card The teacher asks What are you going to do The student tries to answer this question by using the verb or the verb phrase on the card Make a model
T What are you going to do
S1 I’m going to see a film
…
4 Leadin
Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块SarahChen Jie交谈插图)
T Who are they What are they talking about
Ss They are… They are talking about…
Encourage more students to discuss and answer these questionsTeaching purpose②
利图片实物展示表演等种方式教授课重点单词词组单词词组教学方式单枯燥时单词词组句子融体情景相结合符合正确认知规律
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the words and the verb phrases②
(1) Lead students to say the word grandparents with a picture （出示课件） Stress that grandma + grandpagrandparents
Then teach the phrase visit my grandparents （课件出示：visit my grandparents相关容） Write down the phrase on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
Show one more picture of some children visiting their friend (出示课件) Lead students to say visit their friend Teach the word visit （课件出示：visit相关容） Write down the word visit on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
(2) Show a movie poster on the PPT (出示课件)
T Do you know what this is
Ss A poster A movie A film …
Write down the word film on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times Stress that filmmovie
Then take out a real movie ticket
T Look at the time on this ticket Can you tell me when the film will start
Ss It will start at…
T The film will start at 730 this evening So what am I going to do this evening
Ss You are going to see a film
T You are brilliant
Show a picture about watching a film in the cinema on the PPT (出示课件) Write down the phrase see a film on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
(3) Take out a suitcase and pretend to go out to take a trip
T I like trips Trips can make me happy I’m going to take a trip with my friends
Show a picture about the trip (出示课件) Teach the word trip And then show a picture of taking a trip to teach the phrase take a trip (出示课件) Write down the word and the phrase on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading them three times
Point to the suitcase and ask What are you going to do in your next winter vacation
Lead students to speak out the sentence I’m going to take a trip
(4) Take out a shopping bag and a toy shopping cart Ask one student to take them and walk to the teacher There is a card in the teacher’s hand There is a word supermarket on the card
T What is…doing Where is heshe going
Ss He She is going shopping He She is going to the…
T Look at the word card in my hand Now this is a supermarket XXX is going to the supermarket
Show a picture of a supermarket (出示课件) Teach the word supermarketsuper +market And then show a picture of a girl going shopping in the supermarket to teach the phrase go to the supermarket (出示课件) Write down the word and the phrase on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading them three times
(5) Show the pictures of Let’s learn (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块四幅图片) Point to the four pictures one by one Ask and answer the question with students as follows
T Today is Saturday What is Chen Jie going to do this weekend
S1 She is going to visit her grandparents
S2 She is going to see a film
S3 She is going to take a trip
Teaching purpose③
通时间线日历标注出课重点时间单词词组知识变生动形象学生目然易理解掌握
S4 She is going to the supermarket
2 Learn the time words and phrases③
Show a time line of a day to teach the word and the phrases this morning this afternoon this evening tonight Show a calendar of a month to teach the word and the phrase tomorrow next week （出示课件）
Teaching purpose④
通听录音读编创话表演学生进步理解记忆课重点容培养学生口语输出力
Write down the words and the phrases on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading them for two times
3 Listen read and act④
（1）Show the pictures of Let’s learn Play the recording of this part (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块图片音频) Let students read the phrases and the dialogue after the recording
(2) Act out the dialogue
First let students work in pairs and try to make their dialogues by using the phrases and the sentence structures in this part Then ask several pairs to act out their dialogues
Teaching purpose⑤
设计活动练活动变活泼趣学生参度更高男女生竞赛活动学生赛中练换句型中动词短语时间短语突破难点
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Listen and match
T Chen Jie is going to have a busy weekend Miss X is going to have a busy weekend too
Make up a passage about future plans Ask students to listen carefully and complete the matching task on the PPT（出示课件）
2 Let’s chant
Show a chant The teacher and students chant together（出示课件）
3 Boys VS Girls
Divide students into two groups Let boys and girls PK in this activity Give all the word cards about time to the boys and all the word cards of verb phrases to the girls Let them look at two pictures and fill in the dialogue Boys What are you going to do Girls I’m going to according to the two pictures on each PPT The quicker group which holds up the right card will get one score Then all the students read the dialogue in roles Make a model
Boys What are you going to do this evening
Girls I’m going to see a film
（补充说明：该游戏分6环节第张PPT展示时钟显示时间晚活动电影第二张PPT展示时钟显示时间午活动超市第三张PPT展示时钟显示时间早活动洗衣服第四张PPT展示时钟显示时间晚活动做家庭作业第五张PPT日历面强调显示出时间明天活动爷爷奶奶PPT日历面强调显示出时间周活动旅行）
Teaching purpose⑥
根学知识学生制作时间表达学致目引导学生意识合理安排时间重性养成合理安排时间惯
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
Make a plan
1 Show the chart in Make a plan (课件出示教材P25 Make a plan板块表格)
T It is Saturday morning now Make a plan and share it with your partner You can ask and answer with each other by using the sentence structures —What are you going to do… —I’mWe’re going to… Write down the answers in the chart
Walk around to provide help when necessary
2 Ask several pairs to show their dialogues and share their plans in the chart
Give stickers to the students who do good jobs
3 Show some mind maps of proper arrangement of time (课件出示：合理安排时间思维导图)
Lead students to realize the importance of arranging time reasonably
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
27 Share your weekend plan with your parents
28 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课设计立足学生实际生活 学生通含be going to结构句型交流行程计划
2通种方式呈现新知教学灵活变激发学生学兴趣活跃课堂气氛
3课堂学生解决问题导引导学生学
4练环节采取说唱竞赛方式学生仅参度极高时牢牢学知识记脑海中达玩中学玩中效果
5板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
· Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrase visit film trip supermarket evening tonight tomorrow next week
· Be able to listen speak read and write the key verb phrases visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket
· Be able to use the key sentence structures —What are you going to do —I’mWe’re going to to talk about the plans for the weekend And be able to replace the verb phrases and the time phrases to practice the dialogue so as to achieve accurate pronunciation and natural intonation
Make a plan
· Be able to write their own plans in the form according to their own wishes
· Be able to share their plans with their deskmates
· Be able to arrange their time reasonably and communicate with others
▶Teaching Priorities
· Be able to understand and master the key words and phrases of this lesson
· Be able to talk about the plans for the weekend by using the sentence structure be going to in the real situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to use the sentence structures —What are you going to do… —I’mWe’re going to… to talk about the plans for the weekend And be able to replace the verb phrases and the time phrases to practice the dialogue so as to achieve accurate pronunciation and natural intonation
· Be able to arrange their time reasonably and communicate with others
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song —What are you going to do
3 Play a game Choose and talk
4 Leadin
Show the picture ofLet’slearnand ask two questions
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song
3 Play a game and try to answer the question by using the word cards in the box
4 Discuss and answer the questions
Help students review the verb phrases and the sentence structures Activate the atmosphere of the class and stimulate students’ interest in learning
Presentation
1 Learn the words and the verb phrases
(1) Show pictures to teach the word and the phrase
(2) Show a movie poster a real movie ticket and a picture to teach the word and the phrase
(3) Take out a suitcase Show pictures Teach the word and the phrase
（4）Take out a shopping bag and a toy shopping cart Show pictures Teach the word and the phrase
(5) Show the pictures
(1) Observe the pictures carefully to learn the word and the phrase
(2) Observe and feel the physical item and picture to learn the word and the phrase
(3) Watch the teacher’s action and the pictures to learn the word and the phrase
(4) Act with the teacher and observe the pictures Learn the word and the phrase
(5) Describe Chen Jie’s weekend plan
The key words and phrases of this lesson are taught by pictures physical display and performance so that the teaching of words and phrases is no longer simplex and boring At the same time words phrases and sentences are integrated into one combining with the situation in accordance with the correct cognitive law
2 Learn the time words and phrases
Observe and learn the time words and phrases
Practice reading the key words and phrases
Mark the key words and the phrases in this lesson Help students understand and master the knowledge easily
3 Listen read and act
(1) Show the pictures
Play the recording
(2) Let students work in pairs to make dialogues and act them out
(1) Read the phrases and the dialogue after the recording
(2) Make their dialogues and act them out
Reading after the recording creating dialogues and acting them out make students further understand and memorize the key content of this lesson and develop their oral output ability
Practice
1 Listen and match
Make up a passage about future plans
2 Let’s chant
3 Boys VS Girls
1 Listen and complete the matching task on the PPT
2 Chant together
3 Look at two pictures and fill in the dialogue according to the two pictures on each PPT
Design different activities to make the practicing activities lively and interesting Enable students to practice the substitution of verb phrases and time phrases and break through the difficulty of this lesson through the competition
Consolidation
&
Extension
Make a plan
1 Show the chart in Make a plan
2 Ask several pairs to show their dialogues and share their plans in the chart
3 Show some mind maps of proper arrangement of time
1 Ask and answer in pairs to fill in the chart in the book
2 Show their dialogues and share their plans in the chart
3 Realize the importance of arranging time reasonably
Let students make their own schedule according to the knowledge Lead students to realize the importance of reasonable arrangement of time and develop good habit of reasonable arrangement of time
Homework
1 Share your weekend plan with your parents
2 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求听前预测听力重点容
·通完成听力练预测续事
·运基听力技巧完成旨题细节题
Let’s talk
·够理解话意够正确意群语音语调朗读话
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Where areis…going —…is going to…When areis…going谈计划点时间
·通话学解电影院周二通常半价电影票生活常识
·够听说认读单词：space travel half price
▶教学重点
1够理解话意够正确意群语音语调朗读话
2够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Where areis…going —…is going to…When areis…going谈计划点时间
▶教学难点
运what where when引导特殊疑问句进行真实交流
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频卡片电影海报价格标签等
Teaching purpose①
通歌曲课学新知进行预热游戏环节学生轻松愉悦环境中节课学词汇进行复巩固
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a song—Where are you going①(课件出示：歌曲视频)
3 Play a game Watch out for the tiger
Show the rules of this game Rules：
（游戏说明：PPT机序呈现节课学重点单词词组：this morning this afternoon this evening tonight tomorrow next week visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket 程中淘气老虎会偷偷出现学见单词词组出现时候声读出老虎出现时候集体手抱住头部喊 Ah）
4 Leadin
T：You’ve done a good job Here is a special apple and a special ice cream for you Do you want to have a look
Ss Yes…
Show the pictures of Let’s try on the PPT (课件出示：教材P26 Let’s try板块两幅图片) Let students answer who is in the apple and who is in the ice cream
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生听录音前先预测听力容发散学生思维加强学生听力技巧训练
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and answer②
T John is on his way home He sees Amy What are they talking about
(1) Show the questions of Let’s try on the PPT (出示课件) Let students predict the answers
(2) Then play the recording of Let’s try (出示课件) Ask students to catch the key information And ask them to pay attention to the changes in person and number Then ask them to answer the two questions
Teaching purpose③
通观察电影海报回答老师提问观视频运实物创设场景等种方式量学生潜移默化中学新词组生搬硬套学生记忆学
(3) Students read the dialogue and check the answers with the teacher (课件出示：教材P26 Let’s try板块听力材料答案)
2 Find some information from the poster③
(1) Show a picture of John and Jack (课件出示JohnJack图片)
T Look He is John’s cousin Jack John and Jack are going to do something interesting What are they going to do Please guess
Ss They are going to…
Encourage students to say more possible activities
(2) Let students watch the poster of Travel to Mars (课件出示电影火星旅海报) And ask students to try to find the answer to the question What are John and Jack going to do
Check the answer together They are going to see a film
Ask another question What film are they going to see
Ask students to watch the poster carefully Lead students to find the answer They are going to see a film about space travel Write down the key phrase space travel on the blackboard
T Do you know what space travel is
Ss …
Play a short video about space travel (课件出示：段关太空旅行简短视频)
T Do you like the film about space travel Why
Encourage students to say their own opinions Then lead students to read the phrase space travel three times
The teacher can provide another question What’s your favourite film Let students discuss and answer it
(3)T Try to get more information from this poster Can you say more information about this film
Lead students to find the key phrase half price
Use a real halfprice price tag to teach what half price is
T We usually see this kind of price tag in the supermarkets shoe stores clothes shops and every kind of big or small malls Who can tell me what it means
After students express their explanations the teacher can act as a sales assistant and sell some things at their half price to students Students need to speak out the right price
Then lead students to read the phrase half price three times
At last point to the word Tuesday
T When is the film half price
Ss It’s on Tuesday
Teaching purpose④
通正解决问题反找出问题方式学生课话容深入解培养学生逻辑思维力
T Clever
3 Learn the dialogue④
(1)T We know that the film is half price on Tuesday So when are you going to see it Why
Ss I’m going to see it on Tuesday Because it is cheap on that day…
T How about John and Jack When are they going to see the film
S1 I think they are going to see it on Tuesday too S2： I don’t think so…
T It seems that we have different opinions John is talking with Amy about what he is going to do with Jack Let’s watch the cartoon of Let’s talk to find the answers to the following questions You can underline the answers in the dialogue
Let students watch the video of Let’s talk and try to answer the three questions (课件出示教材P26 Let’s talk板块视频) Then check the answers
Questions：
①Where are they going（They are going to the cinema）
②What are they going to do（They are going to see a film about space travel）
③When are they going Why（Next Tuesday Because it’s half price then）
T John and Jack are going to see the film next Wednesday Amy suggests them seeing it next Tuesday The film is half price on that day Movie theaters usually charge half price on Tuesday So what does Amy say
Ss Why not go on Tuesday
T That’s right Boys and girls why not study hard in class Then we can get more free time to do interesting things
(2) Show the chart below on the PPT Let students watch the video of Let’s talk again and fill in the chart Check the answers and write down the key special question words where what when on the blackboard Lead students to read them several times
Teaching purpose⑤
机械训练递进学生根情况进行创编话练逐步锻炼学生学力学知识进行运力
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Practice the dialogue
(1) Ask students to read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
2 Retell the dialogue
Ask several pairs to retell the dialogue by filling in the blanks (出示课件)
Each pair can get two stickers as a reward
3 Make your own dialogues
Teaching purpose⑥
思维导图帮助够降低拓展环节难度学生通采访进行话练灵活运课重点句型适换关键词进行拓展效达课学目标
(1) Show a model on the PPT Ask students to fill in the blanks according to their own situations and thoughts (出示课件)
(2) Ask several pairs to show their own dialogues
Each pair that completes their dialogue can get four stickers
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
Interview and report
1 Complete the mind maps
Lead students to complete the mind maps according to what they have learned in this lesson
2 Interview your classmates
Show the chart in the book (课件出示教材P26 面表格) Let students ask and answer with each other in pairs and write down the results in the chart
3 Show time
Ask students to work in pairs to show their dialogue according to the three questions in the chart Make a model
A Where are you going this afternoon B I’m going to the nature park
A What are you going to do there B I’m going to play basketball
A When are you going B I’m going at 430 this afternoon
The best pair can get five stickers The second pair can get three stickers The third pair can get one sticker
4 Evaluation
Count the total stickers of each pair Find the best pair Give them two film posters as rewards
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Interview your family members’ plans for short future
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课重点掌握whatwherewhen三特殊疑问词引导特殊疑问句课注重学生量练话接真实情景里运话
2完成听力活动学话前学生学容进行预测出问题学生带着问题听听力阅读话学生学目明确更加够集中注意力动探究学
3学词组部分采取丰富样形式降低学词组枯燥性增加课堂色彩活力
4拓展环节思维导图重点句型展示学生进行拓展活动降低难度学生完成活动程中建立信
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the requirements of the questions and predict the key points before listening
·Be able to predict the subsequent story by completing the listening exercises
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the topic and the detail questions
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and read the dialogue according to the
correct pronunciation intonation and sense group
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the sentence structures —Where areis…going —…is going to… When areis…going to talk about planned time and place in scenes
·Through the dialogue get to know that movie theaters usually offer halfprice tickets on Tuesdays
·Be able to listen speak and read the words space travel half price
▶Teaching Priorities
· Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and be able to read the dialogue according to the corrects pronunciation intonation and sense group
· Be able to listen speak read write and use the sentence structures —Where areis…going…is going to… When areis…going to talk about planned time and place in scenes
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to use the sentence structures What… Where… When… to communicate in real situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a song—Where are you going
3 Play a game Watch out for the tiger
4 Leadin
Show the pictures of Let’s try Lead students to meet two friends
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song
3 Play the game If they see a word or a phrase read it out If they see a tiger hold their heads and say Ah
4 Meet two friends
The song previews the new knowledge in this lesson The game makes students review the words and the phrases they’ve learned in the last lesson in a pleasant environment
Presentation
Listen and answer
(1) Show the questions of
Let’s try on the PPT
(2)Play the recording of Let’s try．
(3) Check the answers
(1) Predict and guess the answers
(2) Listen and answer the questions
(3) Pay attention to the changes in person and number Read the dialogue and check the answers
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening to the recording with the questions Diverge students’ thinking and strengthen their listening skill training
2 Find some information from the poster
(1) Show a picture of John and Jack Encourage students to say more possible activities
(2) Use a short video to teach the phrase space travel
(3) Teach the phrase half price
(1) Say more possible activities that John and Jack are going to do
(2) Answer the teacher’s questions and learn the phrase space travel
(2) Learn the phrase half price
By observing the film poster answering the questions watching the video and other ways try to let students learn the new phrases in an imperceptible way
3 Learn the dialogue
(1) Give students three questions Play the video
(2) Show a chart
Check the answers and lead students to read the key special question words several times
(1) Watch the video of Let’s talk and answer these three questions
(2) Watch the video again and fill in the chart
Check the answers and read the key special question words several times
By solving the problems in the forward direction and then finding the problems in the reverse direction let students have a deep understanding of the dialogue Cultivate students’ logical thinking ability
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Practice the dialogue
Play the recording
2 Retell the dialogue
Ask several pairs to retell the dialogue by filling in the blanks
3 Make your own dialogues
Show a model on the PPT
1 Read the dialogue after the recording Practice the dialogue in pairs
2 Retell the dialogue by filling in the blanks
3 Fill in the blanks according to their own situations and thoughts and act out their own dialogues
From mechanical training to replacing the key parts according to students’ own situations gradually train their learning ability and the ability of using English
Consolidation
&
Extension
Interview and report
1 Complete the mind maps
2 Interview your classmates
3 Show time
4 Evaluation
Find the best pair and reward them
1 Complete the mind maps
2 Ask and answer with each other in pairs and write down the results in the chart
3 Show their work in pairs
4 The winner pair can get rewards
Reduce the difficulty of the consolidation and extension with the help of the mind maps Enable students to use the key sentence structures flexibly and replace the key words to expand effectively achieving the learning aims of this lesson through the interview
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Interview your family members’ plans for short future
3 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Roleplay
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说读写单词词组dictionary comic book word book postcard
·够熟练运—Where are we going —To the bookstore I’m going to buy…等句型描述买物品
Roleplay
·够运学知识根角色（顾客者书店店员）完成角色扮演达真实语境中英语进行交流目
▶教学重点
1够听说读写单词词组dictionary comic book word book postcard
2够熟练运—Where are we going —To the bookstore I’m going to buy…等句型描述买物品
▶教学难点
够运学句型谈商店里购物简单话题
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频卡片实物等
Teaching purpose①
根节课容编chant引导学生复三特殊疑问词引导句型接着学生图练话学知识进行进步复巩固引入购物话题导入部分学生带着问题进入新课学提高学生学动性积极性
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Chant together
3 Look and say
Show the pictures of different places activities and time (出示课件) Lead students to practice the sentence structures in pairs
4 Leadin
Show the picture of John and Jack standing in front of the cinema (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s learn板块JohnJack图片)
T John and Jack saw a film about space travel Now they are in front of the cinema Where are they going
Encourage more students to discuss the question and say more answers
Teaching purpose②
利问题步步引出课题：书店购物学生带着问题听音频核答案量学生联系现实生活进入课堂
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and answer②
(1) Play the recording of Let’s learn (课件出示教材P27 Let’s learn板块音频) Ask students to watch it carefully and try to find the answer to the question Where are they going
Lead students to get the answer To the bookstore
Then show some different stores on the PPT (课件出示：商店图片) Let students choose which one is the bookstore
(2) Then show more pictures of a bookstore on the PPT (课件出示：关书店图片)
Ask the questions Freely talk with students Give some help to students if they need about the third question
Questions
①Do you often go to the bookstore(Yes I doNo I don’t)
Teaching purpose③
通实物展示问答教授新单词词组程中学生简单学种类书名称观察思索总结解种类书特征基础理解记忆学生提出求完成务书店开张学生接学增加动力
②What can we do in the bookstore(We can buy books in the bookstore)
③What can we buy in the bookstore(We can buy comic books dictionaries postcards word books and so on)
(3) Show the picture of Let’s learn (出示课件) Play the cartoon of this part for the second time (出示课件) Ask students to watch it carefully and try to find the answer to the question What book is John going to buy
Lead students to get the answer John is going to buy a new comic book
2 Learn the new words and phrases③
(1) Take out a real comic book Let students pass it one by one to see the content quickly
T After looking over this book who can tell us the main features of this book
S1 It has so many pictures in this book
S2 It has very few words and sentences
…
T You all get the key points It mainly uses pictures to tell the stories It’s the comic book
Show the picture of a comic book on the PPT to teach the phrase comic book (课件出示：comic book相关容) Write down the phrase comic book on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it for three times
(2) Continue to take out a word book Let students pass it one by one to see the content quickly
T After looking over this book who can tell us the main features of this book
S1 It has so many words in this book
S2 We can read these words in this book
…
T There are so many words in this book It can help us to learn more words I want to know if someone can tell us the name of this book
Lead students to speak out the answer word book Show the picture of a word book on the PPT to teach the phrase word book (课件出示word book相关容) Write down the phrase word book on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
T Now we know comic book and word book In our schoolbag we also have maths book Chinese book and so on
(3) Take out a postcard this time
T What’s this What can we do with it
S1 I know we can write our words on it And we can send it in the post office
…
T Brilliant It is a postcard (post + cardpostcard) We can send this card in the post office
Show the picture of a postcard on the PPT to teach the word postcard (课件出示postcard相关容)
Write down the word postcard on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
(4)T We’ve learned a new word and two phrases in this class There are still many words we don’t know If we don’t know a word what tools can we use
Take out a dictionary to teach the word dictionary Ask students to take out their own dictionaries
Show the picture of a dictionary on the PPT (课件出示：词典图片)
Write down the word dictionary on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading it three times
(5) Lead students to put all kinds of books on the desk in the front of the classroom to build a bookstore There are not only the books we have learned today but also some newspapers magazines storybooks and so on Students can also put their own books on the desk
T We’ve got a bookstore now But we need to complete some tasks to make it open
Step 3 Practice④
Teaching purpose④
设计练活动易难层层递进够训练课学新单词新词组新句型接环节做铺垫
1 Task 1 Read aloud
Show the picture of Let’s learn Play the recording of this part (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s learn板块图片音频) Ask students to try to read the words the phrases and the dialogue after the recording
2 Task 2 Play a game—What’s missing
Show the words and phrases in Let’s learn on each PPT（出示课件）Students speak out the missing word or phrase loudly and quickly After four rounds students are required to read all the four words and phrases
3 Task 3 Act out the dialogue
Show the pictures of the words and the phrases in Let’s learn one by one on the PPT （课件出示：次展示教材P27 Let’s learn板块单词词组图片） Ask a question each time The question is What are you going to buy Students should answer it according to the picture
Let students work in pairs Try to practice the dialogues by using the words the phrases and the sentence structures in this part Then ask several pairs to act out their dialogues
4 Task 4 Make your own dialogues
Students ask and answer with each other to see what heshe is going to buy in a bookstore by using the sentence structures —What are you going to buy —I’m going to buy… Make a model
A What are you going to buy in the bookstore
B I’m going to buy a storybook
Provide some pictures of different kinds of books to help students make their dialogues on the PPT (课件出示：种类书图片)
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
Teaching purpose⑤
书店开张学生进行表演整节课推高潮实现语言输出学语言运实际生活情景中
The bookstore is open
1 Roleplay
T You’ve done all the tasks successfully so our bookstore is open now I’ll divide you into several groups Each group has four people Each group has one student to be the shop assistant The others are customers The bookstore can sell all kinds of books Imitate the scene in the part of Roleplay to make your own dialogues about shopping in a bookstore
Make a model first And provide the sentence structures of the dialogue （课件出示：话练框架）
2 Show time
Invite several groups to come to the bookstore in the front of the classroom Show their dialogues to the class Provide some help when necessary
3 Evaluation
The teacher and students vote the best performance the best dialogue the most interesting group and so on Then encourage students to make their own bookstore in groups Try to sell and buy books in the bookstore
4 The emotional education
3 Read good books and you will be better and better
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the key words and phrases in this lesson
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1热身导入部分复课相关知识入手通旧知导入新知教学程浅入深易难层层深入
2直观实物教学法等种记忆法指导学生记忆词汇学生更掌握学容
3巩固新知阶段学生模拟生活场景英语走进生活英语解决实际问题样仅巩固学语言学生体会英语实性趣味性
4书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases dictionary comic book word book postcard
·Be able to use the key sentence structures —Where are we going —To the bookstore I’m going to buy… to describe what they want to buy
Roleplay
·Be able to use what they have learned to play according to their roles (customers or bookstore clerks) so as to communicate in the real context
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases dictionary comic book word book postcard
· Be able to use the key sentence structures—Where are we going —To the bookstore I’m going to buy… to describe what they want to buy
▶Teaching Difficulties
Be able to use the sentence structures to talk about the simple topic of shopping in the store
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Chant together
3 Look and say
4 Leadin
Show the picture of John and Jack standing in front of the cinema and ask a question Where are they going
1 Greetings
2 Chant together
3 Look at the pictures Practice the sentence structures in pairs
4 Discuss and answer the question
Help students review the sentence structures of the three special question words with the chant The leadin part enables students to enter into the study of the new lesson with doubts which improves the initiative and enthusiasm of learning
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Watch and answer
(1) Play the recording
(2) Ask three questions
(3) Show the picture and play the recording again
(1) Listen to the recording carefully to get the answer to the question Where are they going
(2) Try to get the answers to the three questions
(3) Listen to the recording again and try to guess the answer to the question What book is John going to buy
Use questions to lead in the topic of bookstore shopping Let students listen with the questions and check the answers Let students get into the lesson by connecting with their real life
2 Learn the new words and phrases
Teach the phrases comic book word book and the words postcard dictionary in different ways Lead students to put all kinds of books on the desk in the front of the classroom to build a bookstore
Observe the different kinds of books carefully Answer the teacher’s questions to learn the new words and phrases in this lesson one by one
Build a bookstore in the front of the classroom
Help students understand and learn the names of different kinds of books Students are asked to finish the tasks before the bookstore is open which gives them more motivation for further study
Practice
1 Task 1 Read aloud
Show the picture and play the recording of this part
2 Task 2 Play a game—What’s missing
3 Task 3 Act out the dialogue
4 Task 4 Make your own dialogues Provide some pictures to help students make dialogues
1 Read the words the phrases and the dialogue after the recording
2 Speak out the missing words or phrases
3 Practice in pairs and act out the dialogues
4 Ask and answer with each other to see what heshe is going to buy in a bookstore
The exercises are designed from easy to difficult It’s a good training of the new words phrases and sentence structures of the lesson And set the stage for the next part
Consolidation
&
Extension
The bookstore is open
1 Roleplay
Divide students into several groups
Ask them to make their own dialogues about shopping in a bookstore
2 Show time
Invite several groups to show their dialogues to the class
3 Evaluation
Encourage students to make their own bookstore in groups
4 The emotional education
1 Make dialogues about shopping in a bookstore
2 Show their dialogues to the class
3 Vote the best performance the best dialogue the most interesting group and so on Sell and buy books in the bookstore they open
4 Realize the importance of reading books
The bookstore is open and students’ performances push the whole class to the climax Achieve the language output Help students apply the language to the real life situation
Homework
1 Copy the key words and phrases in this lesson
2 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够听说认读单词词组MidAutumn Festival together get together mooncake poem moon
·够读懂Read and write板块文段根文段容完成练
·够通讨节日会家庭聚会激活相关背景知识储备词汇
·够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息思考力
·够阅读中获取句型口头描述家庭成员中秋节活动终写出篇相关日记
·够根例词提示文段中找更双音节单词音节单词知道重音位置正确朗读出
·解中国传统节日俗知道藏头诗特点
▶教学重点
够读懂Read and write板块信件完成相应练
▶教学难点
够运学语言熟练描述节日活动安排写出篇相关日记
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
通学生观关节日视频图猜节日谈节日特点等方式引入课题中秋节程然流畅激发学生表达欲拓展学生知识面课开端
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading①
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a video about different festivals (课件出示段关节日简介视频)
3 Look and guess What festivals are they
Show the pictures of different festivals in the book (课件出示教材P28 Read and write板块节日图片) Let students guess and say What festivals are they What does your family do on these days
4 Discuss What do we often do on these days
(1) Divide students into several groups Let them discuss the features and the activities of different festivals Give some tips and provide some help Make a model
Chinese National Day is the birthday of our nation We usually watch the National Day parade on TV with our family members We all celebrate happily on that day
(2) After the discussion and the free talk the teacher asks a question These different festivals have something in common Can you find it
Lead students to speak out the answer The common feature is family get together
(3) Show a picture of a family tree （课件出示：棵家谱树图片） Ask students to say the right appellation of each member on the tree to complete the family tree And show a picture of a family getting together to teach the word together and the phrase get together （课件出示：家团聚图片）
Write down the word together and the phrase get together on the blackboard and lead students to practice reading them three times
(4) Ask questions When will your family get together Can you think of other festivals
Ask students to discuss and say more festivals If someone speaks out MidAutumn Festival show the picture of it on the PPT (课件出示：中秋节图片) Write down the phrase MidAutumn Festival on the blackboard Lead students to practice reading it three times
T Wu Yifan wrote a diary about his family’s plan for tomorrow’s MidAutumn Festival Let’s go and have a look
Teaching purpose②
通三步阅读方式学生逐步读懂Read and write板块日记完成相应练学重点单词时感受藏头诗特点中秋节进步解
Step 2 Whilereading②
1 Fast reading
(1) Ask students to read the diary quickly for the first time Students try to underline the family members mentioned by Wu Yifan in the diary and the activities they are going to do
(2) Check the answers together (出示课件)
2 Careful reading
(1) Ask students to read the diary carefully for the second time and try to fill in the table in the book Write down the right sentences in the table (出示课件)
(2) Check the answers together (课件出示教材P29第题答案) Ask students to correct the mistakes
(3) Lead students to read the sentences in the table two times
(4) Show the pictures of moon mooncake and poem to teach these new words (课件出示：moon mooncakepoem相关容)
Stress that mooncakemoon + cake
Write down these words on the blackboard Lead students to practice reading them three times
(5) Ask students to make a simple conclusion about MidAutumn Festival
T What can we see on that night What do we usually eat on that day What are the poems about this festival
Lead students to answer these questions with the key words in this lesson Make a model
We can see a round and bright moon on that night We usually eat mooncakes on that day
Let students enjoy some poems about the moon and MidAutumn Festival in Chinese (课件出示：李白静夜思苏轼阳关曲·中秋月李商隐嫦娥等相应诗词)
T We know that Robin and Wu Yifan are going to read a poem about the moon and MidAutumn Festival too Do you want to read with them together
Ss We’d love to
T That’s great Let’s go
3 Read the poem
(1) Ask students to read the poem again
(2) After students’ reading show the poem sentence by sentence with blanks on the PPT (出示课件) Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the poem
(3) Show the poem again Lead students to read it one time
(4) Let students discuss with each other Then ask them to express their opinions At last make a conclusion Lead students to know that the first letter in each sentence can make up the word family
Teaching purpose③
阅读复述日记学生进步巩固学知识终够运学语言知识描述家庭成员中秋节活动通听读游戏正确掌握课语音知识
Encourage students to create this kind of poem by themselves Provide some examples to help students For example Have been your teacher for a long time Always feel your passion for life People like your lovely smile People like your sweet voice Yes I really like to be your teacher (出示课件)
(5) Play the recording of Read and write (课件出示：教材P28 Read and write板块音频) Ask students to read it after the recording
Step 3 Postreading③
1 Retell the diary
(1) Ask students to read the diary by themselves several times
(2) Show some tips to help students retell the diary (出示课件)
(3) Ask some students to retell the diary The students who do well can get a piece of mooncake
2 Discuss freely
(1) Ask the questions What about your MidAutumn Festival What are you going to do Ask students to discuss with their partners and try to write down their plans in the book (课件出示：教材P29第二题)
(2) Ask some students to show their work to the class The students who do well can get a festival card
3 Tips for pronunciation
Ask students to complete the tasks for the section of Tips for pronunciation Let students read the words aloud in the way of driving the train Play the recording and then check the stress Lead students to comment on the words just read then play the recording again Ask students to read after it Lead students to clap their hands when they come to the stressed part Finally ask a few students to read aloud and the other students comment
Ask students to find more stressed words And then read them out
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension④
Enjoy the fairy tales
Teaching purpose④
绘阅读学生更加深入解中国传统节日俗拓展学生阅读知识面激发学生继续解节日兴趣课作业做铺垫
1 Show the bilingual picture book about the fairy tale of MidAutumn Festival （课件出示：双语版中国传统节日事绘中中秋节）
The teacher tells the story to the students
2 The emotional education Try to get to know more knowledge about different kinds of Chinese festivals (课件出示：中国传统节日相关知识)
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Try to get to know at least one kind of festival And write a diary to talk about your family’s plan for this festival
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1节课重点阅读教学学生通阅读完成相应练课抓住落实课堂重点围绕阅读练展开教学
2节课伴配合合作活动居培养学生协合作精神实质性奖励激发学生表现力通实物帮助学生进步理解记忆单词节日俗
3次阅读训练学生务浅入深培养学生正确阅读方法技巧
4 绘阅读帮助学生拓展课相关课外知识学生更加解中国传统文化感受祖国文化博精深加深学生爱国情怀
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to listen speak and read the key words and phrases MidAutumn Festival together get together mooncake poem moon
·Be able to understand the section of Read and write and complete the exercises after studying the passage
·Be able to activate the background knowledge and vocabulary by discussing which holidays will have family gatherings
·Be able to grasp different types of information and think in discourse through reading the questions
·Be able to get useful sentence structures from reading and verbally describe their family members’ activities during MidAutumn Festival and finally write a relevant diary
·Be able to find more twosyllable words or multisyllable words in the passage according to the example words be able to know the stress position and read them out correctly
·Learn about Chinese traditional festivals and customs Know the characteristics of the acrostic
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand the section of Read and write and complete the exercises
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the language skillfully to describe their own holiday arrangements and write a relevant diary
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a video about different festivals
3 Look and guess What festivals are they
Show the pictures of different festivals in the book
4 Discuss What do we often do on these days
(1) Divide students into groups and let them discuss Give some tips and provide help
(2) Ask a question
(3) Ask students to complete the family tree to teach the word together and the phrase get together
(4) Ask students to discuss and say more festivals
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy a video about
different festivals
3 Look and guess
4 (1) Discuss the features and the activities of different festivals
(2) Speak out the answer
(3) Complete the family tree and learn the word together and the phrase get together
(4) Discuss and say more festivals
Lead in the theme of MidAutumn Festival by letting students watch the video about festivals guess the festivals and talk about the features and the activities of the festivals Arouse students’ desire to express and expand their knowledge scope naturally and smoothly
Leave this lesson a good start
Whilereading
1 Fast reading
(1) Ask students to read the diary quickly for the first time and underline the family members mentioned by Wu Yifan in the diary and the activities they are going to do
(2) Check the answers together
2 Careful reading
(1) Ask students to read the diary carefully for the second time and try to fill in the table in the book
(2) Check the answers together Ask students to correct the mistakes
(3) Lead students to read the sentences in the table
(4) Teach the new words in the text
(5) Lead students to feel more about MidAutumn Festival
1 Read the diary quickly for the first time and finish the underline task Then check the answers together
2 (1) Read the diary carefully
And try to fill in the table in the book
(2) Check the answers and correct the mistakes
(3) Read the sentences
(4) Learn the new words in the text
(5) Learn and feel more about MidAutumn Festival
Through the threestep reading method enable students to understand the diary in Read and write gradually complete the corresponding exercises and learn the key words At the same time let students feel the features of acrostic poems and have a further understanding of MidAutumn Festival
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilereading
3 Read the poem
(1) Ask students to read the poem again
(2) Show the poem sentence by sentence on the PPT Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the poem
(3) Show the poem again
Lead students to read the poem
(4) Let students discuss with each other and think of the reason why the poem is special
Encourage students to create this kind of poem by themselves
(5) Play the recording
(1) Read the poem again
(2) Fill in the blanks according to the poem
(3) Read the poem
(4) Discuss with each other
Think of the reason why the poem is special
Try to create this kind of poem
(5) Read the passage after the recording Postreading
Postreading
1 Retell the diary
(1) Ask students to read the diary by themselves several times
(2) Show some tips to help students retell the diary
(3) Ask some students to retell the diary
2 Discuss freely
(1) Ask students to discuss their own plans for MidAutumn Festival with their partners
(2) Ask some students to show their work to the class
3 Tips for pronunciation
Ask students to complete the tasks for the section of Tips for pronunciation As students to find more stressed words and read them out
1(1) Read the diary several times
(2) Retell the diary with the tips on the PPT
(3) Show time
2 (1) Discuss their own plans for MidAutumn Festival with their partners
(2) Show their work to the class
3 Listen and read Try to find more stressed words and read them out
Reading and retelling the diary help students consolidate what they have learned Finally they can use the language learned to describe the activities of their family members during MidAutumn Festival And they can correctly grasp the phonetic knowledge of this lesson
Consolidation
&
Extension
Enjoy the fairy tales
1 Show the bilingual picture book
about the fairy tale of MidAutumn Festival Tell the story to students
2 The emotional education Try to get to know more knowledge about different kinds of Chinese festivals
1 Enjoy the bilingual picture book about the fairy tale of MidAutumn Festival together
2 Learn to get to know more knowledge about different kinds of Chinese festivals
Enable students to have a deeper understanding of Chinese traditional festival customs through reading the picture book It broadens students’ reading knowledge stimulates their interest in learning about other festivals and paves the way for homework
Homework
1 Try to get to know at least one kind of festival And write a diary to talk about your family’s plan for this festival
2 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·通完成Let’s check听力活动检测学生单元核心句型掌握
·图片信息中推测考查点做目听录音然完成相应听力务
·培养学生良听力惯持续提高学生听力水
Let’s wrap it up
·纳单元般时三核心问句What are you going to doWhen are you goingWhere are you going句法特点
·启发学生思维引导学生观察进行纳总结
Story time
·够通阅读趣味事复巩固单元学语言增加学生语言输入
·够理解事容正确意群语音语调朗读事
·够表演事恰运事中语言等
▶教学重点
般时语法点复
▶教学难点
实际情景中灵活运般时进行问答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频､图片等
Teaching purpose①
开始新课前通游戏方式带领学生单元重点单词词组句型进行较全面系统复形式新颖够活跃课堂气氛 注重学生话书写练训练
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Play a game Cube Challenge (出示课件)
（游戏说明：该游戏分两轮进行轮开头PPT会出现魔方面九格子教师机点击意格子显示出格子背容第轮求家根格子面图片说出应单词词组comic book see a film dictionary take a trip visit my grandparents word book go to the supermarket half price MidAutumn Festival第二轮求学生快速度读出格子面出现单词
词组句子We are going to draw some pictures What are you going to do tomorrow Where are you going next weektonightI’m going to buy a new comic book this eveningWe’re going to the cinema When are you going）
3 Leadin
Show the sentence structures
Teaching purpose②
听听力前先学生图片题目进行仔细观察听容进行预测注重学生听力技巧听力策略培养
Ask several students to show their dialogues
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and tick②
(1) Show the pictures of Let’s check on the PPT (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check板块图片) Let students observe these pictures carefully And try to describe them in their own words Try to predict the listening content Make a model
In Group 1 the first picture is a cinema and the second picture is about the post office Maybe it means we should choose the right place in this part
(2) Then play the recording of Let’s check (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check板块音频) Students listen to it and tick the right pictures
(3) Ask students to say the right answers Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check版块第题答案)
Teaching purpose③
部分语法点纳总结教师单方面教授通设计环节步步引导学生观察启发学生思维语法知识进行纳总结
2 Listen and fill in the blanks③
(1) Show the four sentences below the pictures (出示课件) Ask students to read them together Try to know the missing parts Think of the possible answers before listening to the recording
(2) Then play the recording of Let’s check again (出示课件) Students listen and write down the right words in their books
(3) Ask four students to read the sentences one by one Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check板块第二题答案) Ask students to pay attention to the spelling of the words and correct their mistakes
(4) Present the listening material to help students train their listening skills（课件出示：教材P30 Let’s check板块听力材料）
3 Let’s wrap it up
(1) Show a sentence What are you going to do (出示课件) Ask students to observe this sentence carefully and divide it into five parts
(2) Show the correct division of the sentence (出示课件) Take the word what as an example Ask students to think about the substitute words of it Let students write them down under the word what Then let students discuss with each other How about the other four parts What can each part be substituted with
(3) Ask students to share their opinions Check the answers together
Write down the rule on the blackboard Special question word + be +subject +going to +original verb (+others) Stress that be varies according to the person and number of the subject
(4) Ask students to look at Let’s wrap it up in the book and compare with the words on the five Russian nesting dolls
(5) Show the pictures of the five Russian nesting dolls (课件出示：教材P30 Let’s wrap it up板块俄罗斯套娃图片) Divide students into several groups Let them make sentences by using the contents on the dolls Encourage them to make as many sentences as possible and write them down on the paper
Teaching purpose④
话练帮助学生进步巩固单元重点词组句型达语言输出目
(6) Check the sentences If students can make sentences like these Are you going… Is he going… He She is going… praise and encourage them
Step 3 Practice④
1 Show the scenes and the three questions Where are you going What are you going to do When are you going (出示课件)
Ask students to make dialogues in pairs according to different scenes Make a model
Scene 1 A boy and a girl are going to the bookstore to buy comic books this afternoon
Scene 2 Mike is going to see a film in the cinema tomorrow evening
2 Ask several pairs to show their works Try to find the best pair
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
Teaching purpose⑤
通阅读事增加语言输入 学生明白实践出真知坚持胜利道理
Story time
1 Free talk
Ask students to observe the pictures of Story time Then let students freely talk about swimming Provide some questions Make a model Can you swim How did you learn to swim Let several students answer the questions
2 Watch and answer
Show some questions ①Can Zoom swim ②What will happen
Lead students to think about and answer the questions Then play the cartoon of Story time (课件出示教材P31 Story time板块视频) Ask students to listen and watch the cartoon carefully to get to know the main idea of the story
3 Answer the questions
Ask a question How does Zoom learn to swim first Ask one student to answer this question Then check the answer by showing the second picture on the PPT (出示课件) Then continue to ask Where are they going later Lead students to find the answer To the swimming pool At last ask Can Zoom swim at last Why Lead students to summarize this sentence Learn by doing Ask several students to explain the meaning of Learn by doing Then make a conclusion
4 Read the story after the cartoon
Play the cartoon of Story time again （课件出示：教材P31 Story time板块视频） Let students read after it Then roleplay the story 话练帮助学生进步巩固单元重点词组句型达语言输出目通阅读事增加语言输入 学生明白实践出真知坚持胜利道理
5 Evaluation
Where there is a will there is a way Success belongs to the persevering No pleasure without pain A good beginning is half done (出示课件)
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
29 Sort out the key words and sentence structures in this unit
30 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 整教学设计侧重培养学生学力学生创设英语环境力争限度学生创造展示发挥智空间
2 听力活动学话前学生学容进行预测听录音时出问题学生带着问题听听力阅读话学生学目明确更加够集中注意力动探究学
3 保持学生课堂体位鼓励引导学生动观察动思考动合作动回答促进学生全面力提高
4 实施单元整体教学握单元教学目标整体性
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·By completing the listening activities in the first part of Let’s check check students’ mastery of the key sentence structures in this unit
·Be able to infer the examination points from the picture information listen to the recording purposefully and then complete the corresponding listening task
·Cultivate students’ good listening habits to continuously improve their listening levels
Let’s wrap it up
·Summarize the syntactic features of the three key questions in the future tense What are you going to do When are you going Where are you going
·Inspire students’ thinking and lead students to observe more and learn to summarize by themselves
Story time
· Be able to read the interesting story review and consolidate the language they have learned in this unit and increase their language input
· Be able to understand the content of the story and read the story according to the correct pronunciation intonation and sense group
· Be able to act out the story and use the language of the story properly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Review the grammar points of the future tense
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the future tense to ask and answer in real situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play a game Cube Challenge
3 Leadin
Show the sentence structures
Ask students to ask and answer with the sentence structures
1 Greetings
2 Complete two rounds of challenges
3 Leadin
Ask and answer with partners Talk about the plans for the festival
Show the dialogues to the class
Make a comprehensive and systematic review of the key words phrases and sentence structures by playing the game Liven up the class atmosphere Focus on dialogues and writing practice training
Presentation
1 Listen and tick
(1) Show the pictures of Let’s check
(2) Then play the recording Ask students to listen and tick the right answers
(3) Check the answers together
(1) Observe the pictures carefully and try to describe them before listening to the recording (2) Then listen and tick
(3) Check the answers together
Let students observe the pictures and the questions carefully to predict the content of the listening part before listening Attention is paid to the cultivation of students’ listening skills and listening strategies
2 Listen and fill in the blanks
(1) Show the four sentences below the pictures
Ask students to read the sentences and think of the answers before listening to the recording
(2) Then play the recording again
(3) Ask four students to read the sentences and check the answers
(4) Present the listening material to help students train their listening skills
(1) Read the sentences and think of the answers before listening to the recording
(2) Then listen and fill in the blanks
(3) Read the sentences and check the answers
(4) Read the listening material
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Let’s wrap it up
(1) Show a sentence
(2) Show the correct division of the sentence
(3) Ask students to share their opinions
Check the answers together
Write down the rule on the blackboard
(4) Ask students to compare with the words on the five Russian nesting dolls
(5) Show the pictures of the five Russian nesting dolls Divide students into several groups
(6) Check the sentences Praise and encourage the good behaviors
(1) Observe the sentence on the PPT carefully and divide it into five parts
(2) Think about the substitute words of the five parts
(3) Share opinions
Check the answers together
(4) Compare with the words on the five Russian nesting dolls
(5) Make sentences by using the contents on the dolls in groups
(6) Listen to the teacher’s comments
The induction and the summary of grammar points in this part are not the unilateral teaching of the teacher but the design process Lead students to observe inspire their thinking let them summarize the knowledge of grammar by themselves step by step
Practice
1 Show the scenes and three questions Ask students to make dialogues in pairs according to different scenes
2 Ask several pairs to show their works Try to find the best pair
1 Make dialogues in pairs according to different scenes on the PPT
2 Show their work
Making dialogues can help students to further consolidate the key phrases and sentence structures and achieve the purpose of language output
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Free talk
Show the pictures of Story time
Ask some questions
2 Watch and answer
Show some questions
Play the recording
3 Answer the questions
Teach the story by asking the key questions
4 Read the story after the cartoon Let students read the story after the cartoon
5 Evaluation
1 Observe the pictures then talk freely and answer the questions
2 Think about and answer the questions
Listen to the recording carefully Get to know the main idea of the story
3 Answer the questions
4 Read the story after the cartoon and then roleplay the story
5 Understand that genuine knowledge comes from practice and that persistence means victory
Through reading the story increase the input of language so that students can understand that genuine knowledge comes from practice and that persistence is the truth of victory
Homework
1 Sort out the key words and sentence structures in this unit
2 Do the exercises
Recycle 1
教材分析
单元学题帮助学生复巩固前三单元语言知识单元吴拜访爷爷奶奶路发生事情切入点展开前三单元知识Unit 1指路问路Unit 2 交通出行方式Unit 3 周末活动计划巧妙融合系列丰富趣活动中容包含听说读写唱演等方面够交际活动中熟练运前三单元重点语言知识：turn right turn left go straight等表达问路指路词组They are going on footby bus等表示出行方式语句强调学生语言综合运力培养
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写实际情景中运第1~3单元核心句型
·够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s…询问回答某物点方位
·够情景中运句型How can we get there问路描述某路线
·够情景中正确运句型—How do you go to… —By…询问回答坐某种交通工具某
·够辨认常见交通标志解遵守交通规
·够 be going to句型交流计划句型What are you going to doWhen are you going to do it提问作答
·够听说读写第1~3单元中关点交通方式交通规计划单词词组
·够意义语境中运述单词词组
·知道英语句子语调正确语调朗读类型句子
·知道英语句子中连读正确连读
·知道音节单词重音正确读出单词重音
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·够迷路时动寻求帮助
·知道英文摇篮曲Hush Little Baby
·够图者听指示找相应点方位
·解交通法规动遵守交通规
课时安排
第课时： Page 32 & Page 33
第二课时： Page 34 & Page 35
The first period(第课时)
Page 32 & Page 33
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Page 32
&
Page 33
·够理解话意
·够通学事情景话复巩固运句型—Where is… —It’s next to… 询问回答点方位
·够情景中运句型—How can we get there —Go straightTurn leftright at the…问路描述某路线
·够查找方位够运…must…Don’t…提建议描述交通标志意思
▶教学重点
巩固拓展第二单元知识点
▶教学难点
够交际活动中灵活运第1~2单元重点语言知识
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
通游戏复第二单元学知识时活跃课堂气氛激发学生学兴趣
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sharp eyes①
Play a short sound of cars and people on the street (课件出示段街道声音) Let students listen and guess Where is it Lead students to say the answer On the street
Ask a question What can you see on the street
Show a series of pictures about different buildings and traffic signs on the street (课件出示：学建筑物交通标志图片) Students try to speak them out one by one
3 Play a game To be a traffic policeman
（游戏说明：名学生着制交通灯变换交通灯颜色学需根颜色说出相应交通规做出相应动作：绿灯时应该说Go at a green light全班起原踏步代表前进黄灯时应该说Slow down and stop at a yellow light 全班慢慢减速停红灯时应该说：Stop at a red light全班起停住脚步时老师违反交通规引导学生说出句子：You must stop at a red light Don’t go at a red light）
4 Leadin
T I want to go to the science museum in the city But I don’t know where it is How can I go to this place
Lead students to think of different ways to find the science museum Then lead students to think of different ways to get to the science museum
Teaching purpose②
部分创设较真实情景学生通完成听说读写等务帮助吴找爷爷奶奶新家培养学生语言综合运力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Wu Yifan is going to visit his grandparents②
(1)Show the map on page 32 (课件出示：教材P32图)
Lead students to find out the differences between Pictures A and Pictures B in the map Encourage them to express their opinions Then play the recording of this part （课件出示：教材P32音频）
Ask students to find out the key information and circle the right pictures
Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P32第题答案)
(2) Lead students to fill in the blanks according to the right pictures they just circled on the map
Ask one student to stand up and read hisher answers
Check the answers together Ask students to correct the mistakes (课件出示：教材P32第二题答案)
(3) Show the two questions on page 32 (出示课件)
Simply explain that the first question is the alternative question We can choose by bus or on foot (walk) to answer directly Stress that walk and on foot are the same kind of transportation The second question is to ask the time So ask students to pay attention to the departure time
Then play the recording of this part again (出示课件) Ask students to find out the key information and write down the two answers in the book
Students read the dialogue and check the answers with the teacher (课件出示：教材P32第三题答案)
(4) Play the recording of this part twice (出示课件) Ask students to imitate and read after the recording Pay attention to the tone and the intonation of the characters
Ask students to practice the dialogue in roles Invite several groups to act out the story The best actors can get a paper traffic sign as a reward
Teaching purpose③
听前预测带着目听听力效培养学生听力技巧力学生编事学生情绪高涨培养学生组合作力
2 A little boy crying on the street③
(1)Show the first picture on page 33 (课件出示教材P33第幅图)
Let students try to guess Why is the little boy crying What will Wu Yifan and Robin say to him What will the boy answer them
Encourage them to speak out their answers
(2)Show the second and third pictures on page 33 (课件出示：教材P33第二三幅图) Ask students to predict the content of these two pictures
Lead students to read the sentences in the part of These may help you Divide students into several groups Let them talk about the pictures with each other
Ask one or two groups to stand up Tell the class their story about the pictures Make a model
Wu Yifan and Robin see a little boy crying on the street He wants to cross the road But the light is red Wu Yifan and Robin say Stop Don’t go at a red light The boy tells them that he can’t find his mother and he is hungry Wu Yifan and Robin tell him where he can eat food Then they use the GPS to help the boy find the police station
(3) Play the recording of this part (课件出示：教材P33音频) Ask students to listen and feel about the story
(4) Play the recording of this part again (出示课件) Ask students to find out the key information such as red light police station go straight turn right at the second crossing go straight again and next to the supermarket Then students complete the sentences in the part of These may help you
Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P33第题答案)
Teaching purpose④
通声读两游戏活动复巩固第二单元重点知识学生认识遵守交通规重性时游戏学生玩中学学中玩
(5) Ask students to read the three sentences in the part of Now listen and tick or cross Play the recording of this part for the third time (出示课件) Ask students to find out the key information such as can’t find my mum go to the police station and turn right at the second crossing Then tick or cross
Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P33第二题答案)
Step 3 Practice④
1 Read aloud
Show the key words and sentences in this lesson on the PPT Ask students to read them together
2Play a game： Don’t do what I say
（游戏说明：老师说指令学生做相应动作：老师说turn left时学生右转前行左转老师说turn right时学生左转前行右转老师说go straight时学生停转前行老师说stop时学生走转停做错学生会淘汰出局余学生进入轮直选出获胜者奖励贴纸张）
3Play a game：To be the guardians of civilization
（游戏说明：教师PPT呈现文明交通行图片学生口头…must…Don’t…类句子提醒应该做什做什回答正确学生奖励制文明卫士奖章枚）
Teaching purpose⑤
联系生活实际创设接真实场景务学生训练第二单元重点语言适加入第三单元知识知识串联起文化拓展助丰富学生课外知识
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Little guides
Show a map on the PPT There’s a man standing in front of the cinema And there are many other places in the map Divide students into six groups Each group chooses one place and makes a dialogue to ask for the directions The teacher can make a model with one student：
T I want to go to the bookstore Where is it
S1 It’s near the shoe store
T How can I get to the bookstore
S1 Go straight Turn right at the pet hospital Then go straight You can find the bookstore in front of the shoe store
Ask several groups to stand up and show their dialogues Each group that does a good job can get a medal
2 Do a survey
Show the chart below on the PPT (课件出示：表格容）
Students ask and answer the questions in the chart Fill in the chart according to the answers of their group members The teacher invites several groups to report the results of the survey Make a model
Student A goes to school by bike He She is going to see a film on the weekend
Each group that does a good job can get a medal
3 Cultural development
T Different countries have different traffic rules In most countries people and cars should go on the right But in some other regions and countries they should go on the left Can you say some names of these countries
Lead students to say the names the UK Australia Singapore Thailand Indian Japan and so on
T So can you use …must… and Don’t… to say the traffic rules in these countries
Ss People must walk and drive on the left in Singapore People must look right before crossing the road in Hong Kong Don’t walk or drive on the right in Japan
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Review the key words phrases and sentences in Unit 1 and Unit 2
2 Try to draw some traffic signs and write down the traffic rules beside the signs
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 复前两单元知识前先学生提供全面真实综合运语言机会先复巩固重点知识然进入课学
2 课创设量接真实情景生活植入课堂游戏方式进行关学提高学生学兴趣提高学生语言技
3 组活动较培养学生组合作交流力
4 学生听听力前先猜测编出事利学生发挥观动性学生放飞脑胆想象利学生发散思维培养
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue
·Be able to review and consolidate the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s next to… by learning stories and situational dialogues and ask and answer the locations by using the sentence structures
·Be able to use the sentence structures —How can we get there —Go straightTurn leftright at the… to ask directions and describe the way to a place in situations
·Be able to find directions use …must… and Don’t… to give advice and be able to describe the meaning of some traffic signs
▶Teaching Priorities
·Consolidate and expand the key knowledge points in Unit 1 and Unit 2
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to flexibly use the key language knowledge of Unit 1 and Unit 2 in communicative activities
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sharp eyes
3 Play a game To be a traffic policeman
4 Leadin
Lead students to think of different ways to find the science museum
1 Greetings
2 Answer the teacher’s question and try to speak out the right words and phrases one by one
3 Play a game To be a traffic policeman
4 Talk about different ways to find the science museum
Review the knowledge of Unit 1 and Unit 2 Enliven the class Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Presentation
1 Wu Yifan is going to visit his grandparents
(1) Show the map on page 32 Play the recording of this part Ask students to circle the right pictures Check the answers together
(2) Lead students to fill in the blanks Check the answers together
(3) Ask students to guess the answers of some questions Then play the recording of this part again
(4) Play the recording twice
(1) Listen and circle the right pictures Check the answers together
(2) Fill in the blanks according
to the right pictures circled on the map Check the answers together and correct the mistakes
(3) Listen and write down the answers in the book
(4) Listen and read after the recording Then act out the story
Set this part as a more real situation Students help Wu Yifan find his grandparents’ new home through the completion of listening speaking reading writing and other tasks Develop students’ comprehensive language ability2
2 A little boy crying on the street
(1) Show the first picture on page 33 Ask some questions about the picture
(2) Show the second and third pictures on page 33 Ask students to predict the content of the two pictures
(3) Play the recording of this part
(1) Observe the picture and guess the answers to the teacher’s questions
(2) Predict the content of the two pictures One or two groups stand up and tell their story about the pictures
(3) Listen and feel about the story
Cultivate students’ listening skills and ability Students make up stories by themselves which keep students in high spirits and cultivate their ability of group cooperation
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
(4) Play the recording of this part again Then check the answers
(5) Play the recording of this part for the third time Then check the answers
(4) Listen and complete the sentences in the part of These may help you
Check the answers
(5) Read the dialogue and check the answers
Practice
1 Read aloud
Show the key words and sentences on the PPT
2 Play a game Don’t do what I say
3 Play a game To be the guardians of civilization
1 Try to read out the key words and sentences aloud
2 Play the game
3 Play the game
Through reading aloud and two games review and consolidate the key knowledge of Unit 1 and Unit 2 Make students realize the importance of obeying the traffic rules
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Little guides
Show a map Divide students into six groups and ask each group to choose one place and make a dialogue to ask for the directions
2 Do a survey
Show a chart Ask students to fill in the chart
3 Cultural development
1 Choose one place and make a dialogue to ask for the directions and show their dialogues to the class
2 Ask and answer the questions in the chart Fill in the chart according to the answers of their group members
3 Cultural development
Create real scenes and tasks to let students train the key language of Units 1~3 and connect the knowledge together
Cultural development is helpful to enrich students’ extracurricular knowledge
Homework
1 Review the key words phrases and sentences in Unit 1 and Unit 2
2 Try to draw some traffic signs and write down the traffic rules beside the signs
3 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Page 34 & Page 35
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Page 34 & Page 35
·学生够情景中运句型—WhatWhereWhen areis…going(to do…)
—I’mHe She is going to…询问回答计划活动点时间
·够通活动纳总结出be going to 中be称搭配be going to 面接动词原形相关知识
·培养学生助乐优秀品质
▶教学重点
巩固拓展第三单元知识点
▶教学难点
够交际活动中灵活运前三单元重点语言知识
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
通师生话角色扮演活动复巩固前三单元学知识提高学生语言综合运力歌曲导入激发学生学热情
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
Show the chart below on the PPT Talk freely about the teacher’s calendar with students
Lead students to read the chart and guess Where is the teacher going at different time Make a model
T At 10 o’clock in the morning I’m going to the supermarket
S1 At 6 o’clock in the afternoon you’re going to the cinema
S2 At 9 o’clock in the evening you’re going to stay at home
T： How about your weekend plan Where are you going What are you going to do And when are you going
Ss：…
3Role play Find the missing cat
Present a map on the PPT There is a cat on the map Two students work in a group One acts the kid who can’t find hisher cat The other student acts the policemanpolicewoman The kid comes to the police office to ask for help They can make a dialogue like this
Kid Where is my cat
Policeman Look It’s at the hospital It’s near the post office
Kid How can I go to the hospital
Policeman You can go straight Turn left at the post office It’s near the post office
Kid Can I go there on foot
Policeman Yes It’s not far You can also take the No 5 bus
Kid Thank you very much
Policeman You’re welcome
4Leadin
T Do you still remember what Wu Yifan is going to do this weekend
Ss：He is going to visit his grandparents
T：Do you still remember the little boy on the street
Ss：Yes He is crying
T：Good memory The little boy is waiting for his mother Robin is singing a song to him
Play the song and see what Robin is singing
Play the recording of the song Hush little boy (课件出示：歌曲Hush little boy音频歌词) Students listen to the song and feel the rhythm Ask students to circle the words and the phrases they don’t understand
Teaching purpose②
采取种方式学该部分歌曲仅学生够感受歌曲旋律时首歌作篇阅读材料训练提高学生阅读力
Step 2 Presentation
1Robin is singing a song to the little boy②
(1) Help students understand the words and the phrases they circled in their books such as hush if ring lost looking glass fall down and sweetest The teacher can use body language and some pictures to help students understand
(2) Lead students to read the song sentence by sentence Then the teacher plays the recording of this song again (出示课件) All students sing the song together after the recording
Encourage students to add some actions
(3) Let the boys PK with the girls to sing the song Hush little boy
(4) After the PK ask students to answer the question In the song what is Papa going to do
Ask three students to stand up and read the three sentences
Check the answers together Ask students to correct the mistakes
(5) Ask students to read the song again And circle the right answers in the book
Ask two students to stand up and say the two answers
Check the answers together (课件出示：教材P34 Read and circle答案)
Teaching purpose③
培养学生读图认图力时提高学生纳总结知识力培养学生良语音语调意识增强学生学英语信心提高英语表达积极性
2 The little boy’s mother is on the phone③
(1) Play a sound of the traffic car Let students guess Where is the little boy now (课件出示：段警车声音)
Lead students to answer He is in the police station
T：Wu Yifan and Robin take the little boy to the police station Now the little boy’s mother is talking with the policeman on the phone Can you guess what they are talking about
Lead students to say more possibilities
(2)Show the map on page 35 (课件出示教材P35图)
T：The little boy’s mother is going to the police station to find her son Let’s go and see how she can get to the police station
Lead students to observe the map carefully Ask them to draw a route to the police station on the map Then lead students to say the route together in English and write it down briefly at the bottom of the map
Show the dialogue part on page 35 (课件出示教材P35话) Ask students to fill in the blanks individually
Ask one or two students to speak out their sentences Provide some corrections if there are some mistakes
(3) Check the answers together (课件出示教材P35答案)
Lead students to read the dialogue in pairs
(4) Ask students to read the dialogue by themselves And try to finish the exercises in the part of Read answer and do Encourage students to write down more kinds of transportation
Ask students to say their answers The teacher can provide some examples such as by subway by train by plane by taxi and by bike (出示课件)
(5) Ask students to pay attention to the intonation of the sentences in the part of Listen and read aloud Lead them to read in the correct intonation Then play the recording of this part (出示课件) Ask students to listen and read after the recording
Ask students to practice reading the dialogue in pairs Then ask several pairs to read the dialogue loudly Then check their intonation and give help when necessary
Teaching purpose④
学生练程中整体感知Recycle 1事复述程实际学知识整合纳学生语言产出程学生展示机会
Step 3 Practice④
1 Play a game Challenge the repeater
Students challenge the recording of the text in the English book Ask several students to stand up and read the text Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Find out who does the best work The best student can get a Gold microphone medal
2 Retell the whole story
Teaching purpose⑤
通调查活动前面三单元容全部融合起避免学知识片面性培养学生助乐优秀品质
Lead students to retell the whole story in Recycle 1 Try to describe all the things happened on the way to Wu Yifan’s grandparents’ new house Let students review the key language points from Unit 1 to Unit 3 in this way Encourage students to retell the whole story to the class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Do a survey
Talk about the plans of students and ask them to finish the chart Show the chart课件出示：调查活动表格）
Make a model with one student Then divide students into several groups Ask students to ask and answer these questions in groups then try to finish the chart If some students in the group have the same plan they can go to the same place together
Ask one or two groups to report the results of the survey
Make a model
XXX isXXX and XXX are going to… He She is They are going to… He She is They are going to…with… They are going at… They are going there by…on foot
2 Evaluation
Show a proverb to students Cultivate students’ quality of helping others
Gifts of roses hand there are lingering fragrance
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
31 Review the key words phrases and sentences from Unit 1 to Unit 3
32 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课时通听唱读写前三单元学知识进行综合复运
2热身活动学生初步感知节课复容学生学容解期提高学英语兴趣降低学难度
3注重课知识整体性加深学生知识点整体框架印象
4注重学生语言输出语言综合运力培养学生学知识转化实实语言运力
5较培养学生英语交流力体现交际语言教学思想
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
·Be able to use the sentence structures —WhatWhereWhen areis…going(to do…) —I’mHe She is going to… in situations to ask and answer questions about planned activities places and times
·Be able to summarize the collocation of be and person in be going to and learn the related knowledge that be going to is followed by the original form of verbs
·Cultivate the excellent quality of helping others
▶Teaching Priorities
· Ma Consolidate and expand the key knowledge points from Unit 1 to Unit 3
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to flexibly use the key language knowledge of Units 1~3 in communicative activities
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
Show the chart
Let students talk about the teacher’s calendar
3 Role play Find the missing cat
4 Leadin
Play the recording of the song Hush little boy
11 Greetings
2 Free talk
Talk freely about the teacher’s calendar
3 Role play Find the missing cat Role play and make a dialogue
4 Leadin
Listen to the song and feel the rhythm Circle the words and the phrases they don’t understand
Through the activities review the knowledge in Units 1~3 and improve students’ comprehensive language ability The usage of listening and singing the song can stimulate the enthusiasm of students
Presentation
1 Robin is singing a song to the little boy
(1) Help students understand the words and the phrases they circled in their books
(2) Lead students to read the song
Play the recording of this song
(3) Let the boys PK with the girls to sing the song Hush little boy
(4) Ask students to answer the question In the song what is Papa going to do
(5) Ask students to read the song again And circle the right answers in the book Check the answers together
(1) Try to understand the meaning of the song
(2) Read the song after the teacher and sing the song together after the recording
(3) Boys and girls PK
(4) Complete the exercise In the song what is Papa going to do
(5) Read the song again And circle the right answers in the book Check the answers
By learning this part of the song in a variety of ways students can not only feel the melody of the song but also take the song as a reading material to train and improve their reading ability
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
2 The little boy’s mother is on the phone
(1) Let students guess what the people are talking about on the phone
(2) Show the map and the dialogue on page 35 Ask students to fill in the blanks
(3) Check the answers together
Lead students to read the dialogue in pairs
(4) Ask students to read the dialogue and try to finish the exercises in the part of Read answer and do
(5) Play the recording Ask students to listen and read after the recording and practice the dialogue in pairs
(1) Guess what the people are talking about on the phone
(2) Observe the map carefully draw and say the route to the police station Then fill in the blanks
(3) Check the answers together Read the dialogue in pairs
(4) Read the dialogue and try to finish the exercises in the part of Read answer and do
(5) Listen and read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation of the sentences
Practice the dialogue in pairs
Cultivate students’ ability to read and recognize pictures and improve students’ ability to summarize knowledge Training students’ good pronunciation and intonation can enhance students’ confidence in learning English and also can improve their enthusiasm to express in English
Practice
1 Play a game Challenge the repeater
1 Challenge the recording of the text in the English book
The retelling process is actually an integration and induction of what they have learned so that students can have a process of language production and have an opportunity to present themselves
2 Retell the whole story
Lead students to retell the whole story in Recycle 1
2 Try to retell the whole story in Recycle 1
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Do a survey
Ask students’ plans Ask students to ask and answer these questions in groups then try to finish the chart
1 Do a survey
Ask and answer these questions in groups And try to finish the chart Report to the class
Through the investigation all the contents of the three units were integrated together Avoid learning the knowledge in oneside
Cultivate the excellent quality
of helping others
2 Evaluation
Show a proverb
Gifts of roses hand there are lingering fragrance
2 Evaluation
Learn to help others
Homework
1 Review the key words phrases and sentences from Unit 1 to Unit 3
2 Do the exercises
Unit 4 I have a pen pal
教材分析
单元学题交笔友教学容围绕孩子谈笔友情景展开教学重点听说读写核心句型—What are Peter’s hobbies —He likes reading stories—Does he live in Sydney —No he doesn’t—Does he like doing word puzzles and going hiking —Yes he does听说读写单词词组：dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型—What are Peter’s hobbies —He likes reading stories—Does he live in Sydney —No he doesn’t—Does he like doing word puzzles and going hiking —Yes he does
·够情景中运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes…—Does heshe…
—Yes heshe does—No heshe doesn’t谈爱信息
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读公告栏四广告运课学核心句型口头描述爱时仿范例编写交友广告
·够听说读写单词词组：dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
·够正确述单词词组谈描述兴趣爱日常活动
·知道英语句子中通常需重读单词
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·解中式茶英式茶饮茶器皿饮茶惯
·培养通解方兴趣爱结交朋友意识
·够图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意根选择合适标题
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Do a survey
第三课时： Part B Let’s learn & Listen match and say
第四课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’ s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂Let’s try板块题目求听力部分重点容进行听前预测
·够通听录音运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes…交流相关容
·够语境中助图片等理解新词汇pen pal hobby jasmine idea意思正确发音
▶教学重点
1 够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
2 够情景中恰运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes…交流相关容
▶教学难点
够情景中熟练运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes…交流相关容
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
结合学生生活历选项形式呈现交友方式引出笔友话题降低难度帮助学生迅速进入单元题先学生结合旧知尝试描述关笔友信息通新课学整合旧知丰富表达
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can be active open minded and creative in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 How can we make friends
T Do you have friends Who is your best friend
Ss …
T In our daily life we have many friends How can we make friends
Show some ways of making friends on the PPT Ask students to choose
Ss A B and C
T Good job These options are all right Sometimes we can make friends through letters We don’t have to meet them We call them pen pals In this unit we’re going to talk about pen pals
Present the new phrase pen pal (出示课件) Lead students to learn and read it
3 Leadin
T Do you have pen pals Say something about your pen pals
Ss …
Teaching purpose②
呈现Let’s try板块语言情境先学生预测话谈关Zhang Peng笔友容然听录音验证预测完成判断正误练培养学生良听前预测惯通听力材料追加问题引导学生根问题检索获取效信息
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s try②
(1) Make predictions （课件出示：Unit 4情景图右图）
T Zhang Peng is talking with Oliver about his pen pal Predict what they will talk about the pen pal
Ss They will talk about his… (name age nationality height hobbies etc)
T Well done Let’s listen to it and find out what they will talk about the pen pal
（2）Listen and write T or F
Present the two statements of Let’s try (课件出示：教材P38 Let’s try板块题） Ask students to pay attention to the words basketball and tall and try to catch the key words while listening
Teaching purpose③
呈现Let’s talk板块图片引导学生观察图片信息预测学话容培养学生逻辑思维力观话视频验证预测通听话完成表格检验学生话细节理解
Ask students to listen and write T (true) or F (false) Then check the answers （课件出示：教材P38 Let’s try板块音频题答案）
（3）Listen again Read the listening material after the recording （课件出示：教材P38 Let’s try板块听力材料）Review the highlighted words and sentences
T Now what do you know about Zhang Peng’s pen pal
Ss He is Peter He’s from New Zealand He likes playing basketball And he is very tall
2 Make predictions③
Present the picture of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk板块图片）Lead students to make predictions through the picture
T This boy in the picture is Peter What is he doing
Ss He is reading a book
T I can see some cows Where do you think he lives
Ss I think he lives on a farm
T Look at the cows Their eyes are looking at the book I think they also like reading
3 Watch and answer
(1) Present the video of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk 板块视频) And ask students to answer the question Lead students to get the main idea of the dialogue
T What are they talking about
Ss They are talking about Peter’s hobbies
(2) Learn the new word hobby
T Hobby is an activity that someone enjoys doing in free time
Teach the new word hobby (课件出示：hobby相关容) Lead students to read the word in syllables Write down the word hobby on the blackboard
Then present its plural form hobbies (出示课件) Lead students to learn its irregular plural form
T Peter’s hobbies means Peter爱 then how to express Zhang Peng爱 and Oliver爱？
Ss Zhang Peng’s hobbies Oliver’s hobbies
Lead students to learn about the possessive nouns (课件出示：名词格相关容）
(3) Listen and complete the chart（出示课件）What are their hobbies You can tick (√) in the chart
Listen again and check the answers
Ask questions about each of the three people by using the key sentence structure What are…’s hobbies（课件出示：核心句型相关容）Write down the key sentence structure What are…’s hobbies on the blackboard
S1 Oliver likes doing kung fu and swimming
S2 Zhang Peng likes singing
S3 Peter likes reading stories doing kung fu swimming and singing
4 Learn the sentence structure
（1）Lead students to find some regulations of the words and the sentence structure
Present the following sentences：(出示课件）
①Oliver likes doing kung fu and swimming
②Zhang Peng likes singing
③Peter likes reading stories doing kung fu swimming and singing
Lead students to read and observe the words and the sentences above
（引导学生阅读观察述单词句子通学发现like面动词ing形式swim加ing时双写m）
Teaching purpose④
引导学生解著名中国民歌茉莉花——该歌曲海外华西方音乐界中流传甚广
Present the sentence structure HeShe likes doing… and highlight the ing Lead students to pay attention to the ing form of the verbs
（2）T Which song is Zhang Peng going to teach Peter④
Ss He is going to teach him the Chinese song Jasmine Flower
Teach the word jasmine (课件出示：jasmine相关容）
T Oliver says this is a good idea Do you know why
Ss …
Teaching purpose⑤
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
Lead students to understand the new word idea (课件出示： idea相关容)
T Yes Because this is a famous Chinese classic song Now let’s enjoy a short period of this song（课件出示：歌曲茉莉花片段）
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑤
Teaching purpose⑥
头脑风暴形式收集关兴趣爱单词词组纳类帮助学生理解记忆利简短pair work操练课核心单词词组句型通追问话第称渡第三称面教学活动做铺垫
(1) Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice the dialogue in a group of three Read in roles
(3) Act out
2 Brainstorm⑥
(1) Brainstorm the hobbies Present the hobbies on the PPT （课件出示：种爱）
Write down the phrases playing sports climbing mountains listening to music watching TV playing the piano drawing cartoons on the blackboard
Lead students to divide the hobbies into different groups Ask them to make a discussion Present the results on the PPT (课件出示：爱相关词汇分类结果）
(2) Summarize some regulations
3 What are your hobbies
Ask students to talk about their hobbies in pairs
A What are your hobbies
B I like (doing)…
Then add another question to change the first person into the third person
T What are hisher hobbies
Teaching purpose⑦
创设真实情境学生根生活实际开展话谈关朋友特征兴趣爱巩固课核心词汇句型利话程中记录笔记组织语言汇报关学朋友相关信息提高学生语言综合运力
Ss He She likes (doing)…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 Talk about your friend’s hobbies
T Who is your best friend Talk about his or her hobbies You can conduct the dialogue like this
Make a model with a student first And then ask students to work in groups and take notes while talking
2 Make a report
Ask students to make a report according to the notes they’ve just taken as the following structure
3 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Remember the key words and expressions of this class
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1结合学生生活历导入单元题选项形式呈现交友方式迅速导入课
2学呈现听力材料前引导学生先预测培养良听前预测惯注重逻辑思维力培养通学方式验证预测元化教学活动设计教学容层层递进程中帮助学生突破重点词汇句型检测学生话细节理解
3欣赏著名中国民歌茉莉花片段解该歌曲海外华西方音乐界中流传甚广
4描述兴趣爱词汇局限课开学生思维维度展开分类拓展学生表达
5创设真实语境学生根生活实际开展话谈关朋友特征兴趣爱巩固课核心词汇句型提高学生语言综合运力
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part by reading the statements in Let’s try
·Be able to understand the meaning of the recording and complete the task in Let’s try with basic listening skills
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture And be able to answer the question below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and then act out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes… properly to talk about hobbies in situations
·Be able to understand and read the new words and the phrase pen pal hobby jasmine ideacorrectly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this class
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes… properly to talk about somebody’s hobbies in situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes… skillfully to talk about somebody’s hobbies in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups
1 Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Introduce the topic of pen pal according to students’ life experience The options of how to make friends can help students enter the topic of the unit quickly Prepare for the following learning
2 How can we make friends
Talk with students about how to make friends
Teach the new phrase pen pal
2 Talk with the teacher about how to make friends
Learn and read the phrase pen pal
3 Leadin
Lead students to say something about their pen pals
3 Say something about their pen pals
Presentation
1 Let’s try
(1) Lead students to predict
(2) Ask students to listen and write T or F
(3) Present the listening material
(1) Predict what Zhang Peng and Oliver will talk about Zhang Peng’s pen pal
(2) Complete the exercise and check the answers
(3) Listen and read the listening material after the recording Review the highlighted words and sentences
Lead students to retrieve and obtain valid information according to the question Lead students to observe the picture and predict the dialogue
Cultivate their logical thinking ability Let them watch the video and verify the predictions Check their understanding of the details by asking them to complete the chart
2 Make predictions
Present the picture of Let’s talk
Make predictions through the picture
3 Watch and answer
(1) Present the video of Let’s talk
(2) Teach the word hobby
(3) Help students tick in the chart about the three boys’ hobbies
(1) Watch the video of Let’s talk and answer the question
(2) Learn the word hobby
(3) Listen and complete the chart Then practice the sentence structure
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Learn the sentence structure
(1) Lead students to find some regulations of the words and the sentence structure
(2) Get them to know about the famous Chinese classic song Jasmine Flower and teach the word jasmine
(1) Find some regulations of the words and the sentence structure
(2) Learn the word jasmine and enjoy the music
Lead students to learn about the famous Chinese classic song Jasmine Flower which is also popular among the overseas Chinese and western music circles
Practice
1 Read and act
Lead students to read the dialogue in roles and act out in groups
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice in groups in roles
(3) Act out
Lead students to read the dialogue in correct pronunciation and intonation in roles
2 Brainstorm
(1) Ask students to brainstorm the hobbies and divide them into different groups
(2) Summarize some regulations
(1) Brainstorm the hobbies and divide them into different groups
(2) Summarize some regulations
Help students understand and remember the words of hobbies Practice the key words phrases and sentence structures through pair work Lay the foundation for the following teaching activities
3 What are your hobbies
Organize students to work in pairs
Work in pairs Talk about the hobbies
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Talk about your friend’s hobbies
Make a model with a student first and then ask students to work in groups and take notes
Work in groups Talk about their friend’s hobbies Take notes while talking
Create a real situation and let students make dialogues according to the reality of life Consolidate the key vocabulary and sentence structures of this lesson Make use of the notes taken during the dialogue to organize and report the hobbies of their classmates or friends Improve students’ comprehensive language using ability
2 Make a report
Ask students to make a report according to the notes they’ve just taken
Make a report according to the notes they’ve just taken as the structure
3 Summary
Make a summary and select the best group
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Remember the key words and expressions of this class
3 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Do a survey
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说读写关兴趣爱单词词组：dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu
·够结合板块核心句型—What are your hobbies —I like…谈兴趣爱
Do a survey
·够根调查结果完成表格根表格信息做汇报
▶教学重点
1掌握课时重点词汇句型
2够结合部分核心句型—What are your hobbies —I like…谈兴趣爱
▶教学难点
够结合部分核心句型—What are your hobbies —I like…谈兴趣爱
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
通描述哆啦A梦做业余活动激发学生学兴趣帮助学生复熟悉动词dance sing fly swimread步导入授新做铺垫
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings T： Good morning boys and girls Today I’ve prepared many colorful stars for you If you behave well you can get a star The group which gets the most stars will be the super winner
2 Let’s watch①
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察图片描述哆啦A梦做事渡哆啦A梦喜欢做事导入课题hobby呈现动词原形ing形式引导学生关注动词形式句式中表述会
T：(课件出示：哆啦A梦视频) What can Doraemon do
Ss：He can… (sing dance fly swim read…) (课件出示：哆啦A梦唱歌跳舞飞行游泳书等图片)
3 Leadin②
T：Does Doraemon like singing
Ss：Yes he does
T：How do you know that
Ss：Because he looks very happy when singing
T：Well done
Write down sing—singing on the blackboard (课件出示：sing & singing相关容)
Teach the words sing and singing Ask students to pay attention to the ing form
Let students compare the following two statements
①He can sing②He likes singing
Teaching purpose③
学生熟悉单词入手singing例基hobby话题描述哆啦A梦喜欢做事情然呈现应动词ing形式呈现学程中做词离句学生具体语境中掌握词汇
Lead students to compare the meaning of the two words can means something you are able to do like means something you enjoy doing
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the word dancing and the phrase reading stories③
T：Doraemon likes singing He also likes…
Write down the sentence structures He likes… He also likes… on the blackboard (课件出示：哆啦A梦唱歌跳舞飞行游泳书图片应动词)
Ss：He also likes dancing flying swimming and reading (课件出示：动词加ing)
Write down the word dancing on the blackboard
T：Look What book is he reading
Ss：It’s a storybook
T：Yes He likes reading stories (课件出示：reading stories相关容)
Write down the phrase reading stories on the blackboard
Teach the phrase reading stories Extend the words flying swimming
Teaching purpose④
利形象生动构词法导入football拓展basketball引导学生观察总结（踢）球表达方式丰富兴趣爱描述通熟知卡通明星功夫熊猫导入kung fu词学生迅速理解掌握
Present the original form of the verb and the ing form and lead students to understand the changes of the ing form of different verbs through comparison
2 Learn the phrase playing football④
T I think Doraemon is a super star because he can do so many things Let’s find out what other hobbies Doraemon has I’ll give you some clues
(1)T：It is a ball We can play the ball with our feet So it’s a…
Ss Football
T：Wonderful Look He likes playing football（课件出示：playing football相关容）
Teach the phrase playing football And write it down on the blackboard
(2)T：What about this ball It’s a… （课件出示：篮球图片）
Ss：Basketball
T：Do you like playing basketball
Ss：…
Write down the phrase playing basketball on the blackboard
Then make a brief summary play+球类运动
3 Learn the phrase doing kung fu
T：Now we’ve known so many Doraemon’s hobbies There is another popular cartoon star He likes doing kung fu Who is he (课件出示：功夫熊猫图片)
Ss：Kung Fu Panda
T：Yes you’re right Kung Fu Panda likes doing kung fu He is also a kung fu star
Teaching purpose⑤
先听力形式检测学生否听懂正确理解Let’s learn板块话然通读分角色朗读话熟悉课核心句型呈现动词ing形式变化规提高学生语言表达准确性
Present the phrase doing kung fu and teach it (课件出示：doing kung fu相关容）
Write down the phrase doing kung fu on the blackboard
4 Let’s learn⑤
(1)T：Kung Fu Panda likes doing kung fu Zhang Peng likes doing kung fu too How about his other hobbies Listen to the dialogue Let’s see what Zhang Peng’s hobbies are (课件出示：教材P39 Let’s learn板块音频)
T：What are Zhang Peng’s hobbies
Write down the sentence structure What are…’s hobbies on the blackboard
Teaching purpose⑥
通学生快读教师模仿动作学生猜词说出消失图片三种形式活动操练单词词组
选择学生解感兴趣物兴趣爱话题操练课目标语言
Ss：He likes reading stories He also likes singing and doing kung fu
(2) Students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(3) Practice the dialogue in pairs
(4) Read the dialogue in roles
5 Learn the changing rules of ving
Help students know the changing rules first Then let them practice (课件出示：动词ing变化规相关容)
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 What’s missing
Present the pictures of different hobbies (课件出示：跳舞唱歌游泳读事书踢足球篮球练武术图片)
(1) Students read the words and the phrases quickly
(2) The teacher does the actions Students say the words or the phrases
(3) Play the game Students say the missing picture
2 Do you know their hobbies
Present the pictures of some people (出示课件) Let students talk about their hobbies
Make a model with a student first Then ask students to work in pairs like this
A What are hishertheir hobbies
Teaching purpose⑦
先brainstorm形式巩固拓展学生兴趣爱相关表达通调查活动巩固课核心词汇句型创设语境中提高学生语言运力学生够熟练运学语言谈兴趣爱
B HeSheThey like(s)…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 Talk about your hobbies
T：What are your hobbies Talk about the things you like doing in your free time （补充说明：教师根学生表达进生成板书适时拓展例：drawing playing ping pongchess… playing the guitarpianoerhu…等关兴趣爱单词词组）
2 Do a survey
(1) Make a group of six students Ask students to interview their classmates and then give a report Add more information to the chart when it’s necessary
Students can do a survey like this
A What are your hobbies
B I like singing and dancing
C I like…
…
Make a model first Then ask students to work in groups and complete the chart
(2) Show time
Ask students to give reports according to the surveys They can report like this
…likes… …likes…
3 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Recite the words and the phrases in Let’s learn
2 Practice the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1哆啦A梦视频引入利活泼爱卡通角色带领学生迅速复熟知动词导入授新做铺垫
2教学活动循序渐进层层递进呈现授新做词离句创设具体语言情境学生语境中学掌握词汇
3呈现活动设计感层次感效帮助学生提升英语核心素养学生启发引导学生思考培养学生学力
4课文容进行整合调整基课知识局限课形式兴趣爱话题基础拓展必相关单词词组丰富学生表达
5板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
· Be able to listen speak read and write the words and the phrases of interests and hobbies dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What are your hobbies —I like… to talk about interests and hobbies
Do a survey
·Be able to make a survey complete the chart and make a report
▶Teaching Priorities
· Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this period
· Be able to use the key sentence structures —What are your hobbies —I like… to talk about interests and hobbies
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to use the key sentence structures —What are your hobbies —I like… to talk about interests and hobbies
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups
Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Stimulate students’ interest in learning with the cartoon character By describing Doraemon’s free time activities lead students to review the verbs to get prepared for the leadin
2 Let’s watch
Play the cartoon and ask a question What can Doraemon do
Talk about the things Doraemon can do
3 Leadin
Talk with students Teach the words sing and singing
Lead students to compare the meaning of can and like
Talk with the teacher
Learn the words sing andsinging
Know the differences between can and like in meaning
Lead in the topic of the lesson
Lead students to pay attention to the difference of the verb form in the expression of different sentence structures and understand the difference between can do and like doing in meaning through comparison
Presentation
1 Learn the word dancing and the phrase reading stories
Learn the new word phrase and the ing form
Lead students to master the new word and the phrase in the specific context
2 Learn the phrase playing football
Teach the phrase and extend other ball games
Find out what other hobbies Doraemon has Learn the new phrase and ways to express playing ball games
Introduce the word through vivid word formation Enrich students’ expressions of interests and hobbies
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Learn the phrase doing kung fu
Introduce Kung Fu Panda Present the phrase doing kung fu and teach it
Learn and read the phrase doing kung fu
Help students understand and master the phrase doing kung fu by the introduction of Kung Fu Panda
4 Let’s learn
Lead students to understand and read the dialogue Organize them to work in roles in pairs
(1) Listen to the dialogue
(2) Read after the recording
(3) Practice the dialogue in pairs
(4) Read the dialogue in roles
Check whether students can understand the dialogue of Let’s learn correctly through listening Get students familiar with the key sentence structures through various ways of reading
Lead students to acquire the regulations of ing form Help them improve the accuracy of expression
5 Learn the changing rules of ving
Observe the words and learn the regulations of ing form and then practice
Practice
1 What’s missing
(1) Present the pictures of different hobbies
(2) Do the actions
(3) Lead students to play the game What’s missing
(1) Look at the pictures and read the words and the phrases quickly
(2) Say the words or the
phrases according to the teacher’s actions
(3) Say the missing picture
Practice the target language
through the various activities of
quick reading mime and say and say the missing picture
Practice the target language by talking about the interests and hobbies of some people that students know and are interested in
2 Do you know their hobbies
Present the pictures of some people Let students talk about their hobbies Make a model with a student Then ask students to work in pairs
Work in pairs Talk about the hobbies of some people
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Talk about your hobbies
Talk about the things they like doing in their free time
Consolidate and extend the related expressions of students’ interests and hobbies in the form of brainstorm and surveying Improve students’ language using ability in the created context
2 Do a survey
Make a group of six students Organize them to do the survey
Make a model first Then ask students to work in groups and complete the chart Ask them to give reports
Work in groups
Interview their classmates and then give a report
And then show to the class
3 Summary
Make a brief summary and evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Recite the words and the phrases in Let’s learn
2 Practice the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Listen match and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说读写关兴趣爱词组：cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
·够结合语境第三称单数句子中正确述词组熟练运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t进行提问作答
Listen match and say
·够根听力连线然进行交谈
▶教学重点
1 够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
2够运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t进行提问作答
▶教学难点
够熟练运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t进行提问作答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
助直观形象图片快速复节课学单词词组面学奠定语言表达基础
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
T Good morning boys and girls In this class if you can read the words loudly correctly and clearly you can get more points for your groups The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 A quick review①
Present the pictures of different hobbies Lead students to review the words and the expressions
Revision dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu swimming climbing mountains listening to music watching
Teaching purpose②
节话课出现物导入通设问引导学生初步感受般现时般疑问句学生交谈程中引导学生复节课核心词汇句型
TV playing the pipa drawing cartoons… (课件出示：先出示相关图片出示相应单词短语)
3 Enjoy a song—My new pen pal (课件出示：歌曲My new pen pal视频)
4 Leadin②
Present the picture of Zhang Peng’s pen pal Peter (课件出示：Peter图片)
T： Do you know who he is
Ss： He is Zhang Peng’s pen pal Peter
T： Does he live on a farm
Ss： Yes he does
T： What are his hobbies (课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk板块图片Peter爱应图片)
Ss： He likes reading stories doing kung fu swimming and singing
T： Good job John has a pen pal too （出示课件） Let’s get to know about him
Teaching purpose③
通问题设置引导学生程中目关注文信息理解话容呈现国家语言文化程中渗透中文文化乐趣导入新词引导学生关注般现时中动词第三称形式规变化
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the phrase studies Chinese and the key sentence structures③
(1) Present the short video of Let’s learn （课件出示：教材P41 Let’s learn板块视频） Ask students to think about the two questions
①What’s the name of John’s pen pal (His name is John too)
②Does he live in China too (No he doesn’t)
Write down the sentences —Does he live in China too —No he doesn’t on the blackboard
T： Good job He lives in Australia （课件出示：澳利亚国旗图片）
Write down the words Australia (country) on the blackboard
T What language do people speak in Australia
Ss They speak English
T Right Look Is John studying English now （课件出示：教材P41 Let’s learn板块图二）
Ss No he is studying Chinese
T John lives in Australia but he studies Chinese every day He thinks Chinese is interesting and full of culture
Teaching purpose
通问题设置引导学生程中目关注文信息理解话容呈现国家语言文化程中渗透中文文化乐趣导入新词引导学生关注般现时中动词第三称形式规变化
Write down the phrase studies Chinese and the sentence He lives in Australia but he studies Chinese on the blackboard
(2) Present the two phrases study Chinese studies Chinese （出示课件）Lead students to compare the two phrases and find the regulation Let students learn the new phrases and read them after the recording
(3) Present the dialogue （课件出示：教材P41 Let’s learn板块音频） Let students read it after the recording Highlight the key sentences —Does he live in China too —No he doesn’t
（补充说明：引导学生关注第三称般疑问句句中含实义动词时does帮助构成句子does身实际词义翻译）
Lead students to practice the dialogue in pairs like this
Teaching purpose④
基外国中国文化浓厚兴趣创设情境通中国美食传统节日汉服京剧等充满中国元素文化活动拓展学生相关表达引导学生笔友介绍传播中国文化
T Does John study Chinese
Ss Yes he does
2 Learn the phrase cooks Chinese food④
T Many foreigners like the culture of China They think it’s interesting and full of history What else do they like about China？
Ss They like… (Chinese food Chinese traditional festivals Han Fu Peking Opera…)
T Well done So they often learn to…
Ss They often learn to… (cook Chinese food enjoy Chinese festivals wear Han Fu sing Peking Opera…) （课件出示：活动词组应图片）
T Chinese food is very delicious Many people in other countries like Chinese food Look at this boy He cooks Chinese food with his classmates and teachers every week （课件出示：教材P41 Let’s learn板块图）
Present the new phrase cooks Chinese food (出示课件) Highlight the s at the end of the verb Ask students to learn the new phrase and read it after the recording Write down the phrase cooks Chinese food on the blackboard
Point to the picture and ask
T Does he cook Chinese food
Ss Yes he does
Students practice the dialogue in pairs
3 Learn the phrase does word puzzles
Present the pictures of foreigners enjoying Lantern Festival （课件出示：外国欢度元宵节图片）
T Do you know what festival it is
Ss Lantern Festival
T Lantern Festival is one of the most popular festivals in China What do you often do on this day
Ss I often… (get together enjoy the Lantern Show do Chinese word puzzles…) （课件出示：活动词组应图片）
(Transfer students’ answers into the third person)
T Excellent He She often… Do you know the English word puzzles （课件出示：英语字谜图片词组中文字谜做 ）
Write down the phrase does word puzzles on the blackboard
Present the new phrase does word puzzles （出示课件）Highlight the es at the end of the verb Students learn the new phrase and read it after the recording
Point to the picture and ask
T Does she do word puzzles
Ss Yes she does
Students practice the dialogue in pairs
4 Learn the phrase goes hiking
T After Lantern Festival spring comes The weather gets warmer It’s good for outdoor activities
Present the new phrase go hiking and extend the phrases fly a kite climb mountains have a picnic ride a bike （课件出示：活动词组应图片拓展词组） Students read them after the teacher
T： Here are some foreigners They make friends with Chinese people and join in the outdoor activities Let’s see what they often do （课件出示：列句子配图）
Teaching purpose⑤
创设形式活动学生操练课核心词汇句型保持学生课堂学兴趣激情
Write down the phrases goes hiking every weekendweekSaturdaySunday on the blackboard
Step 3 Practice⑤
1Play a game：What’s missing
Present the pictures and the phrases of these activities study Chinese study English cook Chinese food do word puzzles go hiking climb mountains fly a kite （出示课件）
(1) Students read the phrases together
(2) Make a model first Lead some students to read the verb phrases and the other students say the phrases in the third person
(3) Ask students to say the missing picture
2 Ask and answer
Present the pictures of the phrases （出示课件）Help students practice the key phrases and the sentence structures Let them pay attention to the happy or the sad face attached Then ask and answer
(1) The teacher asks Does heshe… Students answer Yes heshe does or No heshe doesn’t The teacher makes models with several students first
（补充说明：强调助动词开头般疑问句句式注意问句中动词原形答句先回答YesNo）
(2) Then students work in groups Groups 1~3 ask Groups 4~6 answer
Teaching purpose⑥
利听音练活动检测学生核心词句掌握情况引导学生观察句子特征解般现时表达常时间状语通记忆游戏巩固学生改写般疑问句进行问答语言力
(3) Boys ask Girls answer
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Listen match and say⑥
(1) Present the pictures and the recording in Listen match and say （课件出示：教材P41 Listen match and say板块图片音频） Lead students to read the pictures first Ask them to predict the key phrases before listening
T We have to catch the names he or she and the phrases of hobbies while listening
Then let students listen to the recording and match the pictures
Listen again and check the answers （课件出示：教材P41 Listen match and say板块答案）
(2) Present the listening material （课件出示：教材P41 Listen match and say板块听力材料） Highlight the new word characters Ask students to guess its meaning Help them get to know the word and read the sentences together
(3) Lead students to observe these four sentences and find some regulations Help them learn the simple present tense and the relevant time adverbials
(4) Let’s play a memory game
（游戏说明：学生2分钟时间记忆面四句子does创设般疑问句四公进行提问然根面描述进行回答）
Make a model：
A Does John goes hiking every day
B No he doesn’t He goes hiking every Saturday
2 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Recite the phrases in Let’s learn
2 Practice the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1利直观形象图片快速复学重点单词词组活泼欢快歌谣帮助复核心句型开展学奠定语言基础
2词组授新呈现注重情境创设注重文化渗透基外国中国文化浓厚兴趣通中国美食传统节日汉服京剧等充满中国元素文化活动拓展学生相关表达引导学生笔友介绍传播中国文化
3学生体注重学生引导启发思维学生观察总结般现时表达特点般疑问句表达方式
4创设形式操练活动帮助学生巩固课核心语言保持学生课堂学兴趣激情教学重难点效突破
5板书设计清晰明重点突出起总结作
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the phrases of interests and hobbies cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t to ask and answer
Listen match and say
·Be able to listen and match then make communication
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this period
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t to ask and answer
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t to ask and answer skillfully
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Divide students into several groups
1 Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Use the vivid pictures and the cheerful song to review the vocabulary and the phrases they learned last class quickly
Lay the foundation of language expression for the following learning
2 A quick review
Present the pictures of different hobbies
2 Review the words and the expressions they learned last class
3 Enjoy a song—My new pen pal
3 Enjoy and sing the song
4 Leadin
Present the pictures
Talk with students about Zhang Peng’s pen pal Peter
Talk with the teacher about Zhang Peng’s pen pal Peter
Lead students to have a preliminary experience of the general questions in the simple present tense through the conversation
Presentation
1 Learn the phrase studies Chinese and the key sentence structures
(1) Present the video of Let’s learn and ask students to think about two questions before watching
(2) Teach the new phrase
(3) Teach the key sentence structures
(1) Think about the questions and then watch the short video of Let’s learn
(2) Learn the new phrase
(3) Learn the key sentence structures and practice in pairs
Extend students’ expressions through Chinese food traditional
festivals Han Fu Peking Opera and other cultural forms full of
Chinese elements which foreigners are greatly interested in Lead them to introduce and spread Chinese culture to their pen pals
2 Learn the phrase cooks Chinese food
Talk with students Teach the phrase
Talk with the teacher
Brainstorm the elements that foreigners like about China Learn the phrase
3 Learn the phrase does word puzzles
Present the pictures and teach the phrase
Learn the new phrase Pay attention to the third singular form of verbs
4 Learn the phrase goes hiking
Teach the phrase
Learn and read the phrase
Talk about what outdoor activities foreigners often join in in China
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Play a game What’s missing
Present the pictures and the phrases of some activities and then make a model
(1) Read the phrases together
(2) Some students read the verb phrases and the other students say the phrases in the third person
(3) Say the missing picture
Create different forms of activities to let students practice the key words and phrases of this lesson Maintain students’ interest and passion in learning
2 Ask and answer
Present the pictures
Lead students to talk about the pictures
(1) Practice the key phrases and the key sentence structures with the teacher
(2) Work in groups
(3) Work in boys and girls
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Listen match and say
(1)Present the pictures and play the recording
Let students listen and match
Check the answers
(2)Present the listening material
(3)Help students learn the simple present tense and the relevant time adverbials
(4)Let students play a game
(1) Look at the pictures Listen and match Then check the answers
(2) Read the listening material learn the word characters and read the sentences together
(3) Learn the simple present tense and the relevant time adverbials
(4) Play a memory game
Test students’ mastery of the key words and the phrases through the listening and matching exercises Get them to know the simple present tense and its commonly used adverbials
Through the memory game consolidate students’ language ability of rewriting general questions to ask and answer
2 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Recite the phrases in Let’s learn
2 Practice the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂Let’s try板块题目求学会听前预测听重点容
·通完成听力题目发生事进行预测
·运基听力技巧完成旨题细节题
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT教师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t谈信息通话简单解澳利亚首堪培拉著名城市悉尼
·够语境中助图片等理解新词Canberra amazing意思正确发音
▶教学重点
1够理解掌握课时重点词汇句型
2够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t谈信息
▶教学难点
够听说读写情景中恰运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t谈信息
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
利图片快速复节课学词汇句型接话奠定语言基础
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can read loudly clearly and correctly in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 A quick review①
(1) Present the pictures of the following activities （课件出示相关图片相应词汇） Let students review the words and the expressions they learned last class
Activities cook Chinese food study Chinese study English do word puzzles go hiking write a letteran email climb mountains do kung fu play football read stories sing dance swim run
(2) Let students change the verbs into ing forms Help them review the rules of adding ing at the end of the verbs （出示课件）
3 Leadin
T How can you connect with your pen pal（课件出示）
Ss I can connect with my pen pal by… (QQ WeChat emails letters phone calls…)
Teaching purpose②
导入环节快速进入Let’s try板块快速阅读听前两问题预测听力关键词然听录音选择正确答案培养良听前预测惯
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s try②
(1)T School is over Miss White is talking to Wu Yifan Read the questions Predict the key information we are going to catch during the listening Then listen and circle the correct answers （课件出示分步出示教材P40 Let’s try 板块问题音频答案）
（2）Let students listen again Ask them to read the listening material after the recording Highlight the key information pen pal and 11 （课件出示教材P40 Let’s try板块听力材料）
Teaching purpose③
呈现Let’s talk板块图片引导学生观察图片信息预测学话容培养学生逻辑思维力观话视频解话意带着问题听话录音完成问答题检验学生话细节理解
2 Make predictions③
Present the picture of Let’s talk （课件出示教材P40 Let’s talk板块图片） Lead students to make predictions through the picture
T Who are the two boys
Ss They are John and Wu Yifan
T What is Wu Yifan doing
Ss He is writing an email
T Can you guess what they are talking about
Ss They are talking about…(Ask students to make predictions)
3 Watch and answer
(1) Present the video of Let’s talk （课件出示教材P40 Let’s talk板块视频） Let students watch it Lead them to answer the question and get the main idea of the dialogue
T What are they talking about
Ss They are talking about Wu Yifan’s new pen pal in Australia
(2) Listen again and answer
①Does the new pen pal live in Sydney（No he doesn’t）
Write down the sentence Does the new pen pal live in Sydney on the blackboard
②Is his name John（Yes it is）
Teaching purpose④
通回答问题理解话基学生话容细节感知加深利设问引导学生解两John爱认识具相似爱更容易成朋友
③Does the new pen pal like doing word puzzles and reading stories （No he doesn’t He likes doing word puzzles and going hiking）
Write down the sentence structures —Does the new pen pal like… —Yes he does No he doesn’t on the blackboard
4 Get more details④
（1）T Does the new pen pal live in Sydney Australia
Ss No he doesn’t
T Where does the pen pal John live
Ss He lives in Canberra
Present the flag of Australia pictures of Sydney and Canberra and famous animals of Australia （出示课件） Get students to know something about Australian culture Write down the words and the phrase Australia(country） Sydney（the biggest city） Canberra (capital) on the blackboard
T Sydney is the biggest city in Australia Canberra is the capital There are many famous animals Kangaroos and koalas are famous around the world These animals are amazing
Write down the word amazing on the blackboard
Teach the new words Canberra and amazing （出示课件） Help students learn to read them in syllables correctly
（2）T Does Wu Yifan’s new pen pal like doing word puzzles and going hiking
Ss Yes he does
T Does John like doing word puzzles and going hiking too
Ss Yes he does
T Wu Yifan’s new pen pal’s name is John too What do the two Johns like
Ss They both like doing word puzzles and going hiking
T What does John want to do
Ss He wants to make friends with Wu Yifan’s new pen pal
Teaching purpose⑤
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
T Why does he want to make friends with Wu Yifan’s pen pal
Ss Because they have the same hobbies They both like doing word puzzles and going hiking
T Good job People with similar hobbies and favourites are more likely to be friends
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑤
(1) Students read after the recording （出示课件） Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice the dialogue in pairs Read in roles
Teaching purpose⑥
基话创设关John信息帮助学生更解Wu Yifan笔友般疑问句形式操练课核心句型接巩固活动拓展相关表达做充分语言准备
(3) Act out Boys play the role of Wu Yifan Girls play the role of John
2 Let’s know more about Wu Yifan’s pen pal⑥
Present a set of pictures Lead students to read them Make a model first
（课件出示单词词组sing read stories play football do kung fu climb mountains watch cartoons配图张图片右角机附笑脸哭脸PPT中动画形式出现呈现核心句型—Does he like… —Yes he doesNo he doesn’t）
T Does he like singing
Ss (Students guess the answer) Yes he does No he doesn’t
Teaching purpose⑦
通帮助John设计交友广告整合话容完成文重构提高学生语言综合运力
Present the pictures and check whether the students guess the right answers
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Design an ad for John on a pen pal website⑦
T John is an outgoing boy He wants to make more friends from different countries Can you help him design an ad on a pen pal website
(1) What message can we share on the website
Ss We can share his name country city age hobbies favourite things…
T Well done If you share more people can know him better
(2)T Work in groups Design an ad for John You can do like this
Teaching purpose⑧
指导学生根教材方表格完善John交友信息学生熟练运学语言谈相关信息兴趣爱时渗透结交朋友兴趣爱情感教育
Hi My name is John I’m…years old I’m from… I live in… My favourite…is…
(3)T Share your ads Let’s see which group does best
2 Finish the message to John⑧（出示课件）
Lead students to go over the chart on page 40 and understand how to write it Then ask students to complete the message and give a brief report
3 A friendsmaking column
Lead students to create a friendsmaking column in the classroom after class Ask them to paste the messages on the column Let them read the messages and choose their friends They can chat with each other to get deeper understanding
4 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Remember the key words and expressions of this class
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1利直观形象图片复前节课学核心词汇句型学话奠定语言基础
2结合学生生活导入新课话创设语言背景学生情境中展开语言学
3注重学生听力惯逻辑思维培养引导学生读题预测听力关键词通观察图片信息预测话容
4关注学生语音语调引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
5师生话程中注意情感目标渗透引导学生解两John爱认识具相似爱更容易成朋友
6巩固活动注重话容整合重构基情境提高学生语言综合运力
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the questions and predict the key points of the listening part
·Be able to predict the story by finishing the listening questions
·Be able to understand the recording and finish the exercises
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture
·Be able to answer the questions below the dialogueBe able to read the dialogue correctly and fluently and act it out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t properly to ask for information about others Learn about the cities of Canberra and Sydney
·Be able to understand and read the new words Canberra amazing
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key words and sentence structures of this class
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t properly to ask for information about others
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t properly to ask for information about others
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Divide students into several groups
Greet the teacher Get to know the evaluation rules of group work
Use pictures to review the words and the sentence structures learned last class quickly Lay a language foundation for the upcoming dialogue
2 A quick review
Lead students to review the key points of last class
(1) Review the words and the expressions
(2) Review the ing form
3 Leadin
Talk with students about how to connect with pen pals
Talk with the teacher about how to connect with pen pals
Presentation
1 Let’s try
(1)Play the recording Lead students to listen and complete the exercises
(2)Present the listening material
(1) Predict the key words Then listen and circle the correct answers
(2) Listen again Read the listening material after the recording
Lead students to predict the key words of the listening part Cultivate their good listening habits of prediction
2 Make predictions
Lead students to make predictions through the picture
Talk with the teacher and make predictions through the picture
Lead students to observe the picture and predict the dialogue Cultivate their logical thinking ability Let them watch the video to get the main idea first and then listen to it and answer the questions to test their understanding of the details
3 Watch and answer
（1）Play the video
Lead students to answer the question and get the main idea of the dialogue
（2）Let students listen again and answer the questions
(1) Watch the video of Let’s talk answer the question and get the main idea of the dialogue
(2) Listen again and answer the questions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Get more details
Lead students to get more information about the dialogue
Teach the words and the phrase
Talk with the teacher to get more information about the dialogue
Learn the words and the phrase
Talk with students to lead them to find out the common interests of two John’s and realize that people with similar interests are more likely to be friends
Practice
1 Read and act
Play the recording
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice the dialogue in pairs and read in roles
(2) Act out
Lead students to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation
2 Let’s know more about Wu Yifan’s pen pal
Present a set of pictures Lead students to read them Then make a model
Talk with the teacher to practice the key sentence structures
Create some information about John based on the dialogue Practice the key sentence structures and make language preparation for the next activity and extend their related expressions
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Design an ad for John on a pen pal website
Organize students to work in groups
(1) Talk about the message they can share on the website
(2) Work in groups Design an ad for John
(3) Share their ads
Lead students to talk about their own information and hobbies skillfully Permeate the emotional education of making friends with people who have the common interests
2 Finish the message to John
Ask students to complete the message and give a brief report
Go over the chart and understand how to write it
Complete the message and give a brief report
3 A friendsmaking column
Create a friendsmaking column in the classroom after class
4 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Select the best group
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Remember the key words and expressions of this class
3 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够正确听说认读单词shall goal join club share
·够通讨伴爱激活相关背景知识储备词汇
·够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉细节信息思考推理问题力
·够根示范广告仿写想建立俱乐部广告
·根提示正确找读出文段中句子应该重读单词
▶教学重点
1够通讨伴爱激活相关背景知识储备词汇
2够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉细节信息思考推理问题力
▶教学难点
够根示范广告仿写想建立俱乐部广告
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音等
Teaching purpose①
师生话形式复单元核心句型整合课部分重点词组热身环节扫清部分词汇障碍接学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can act bravely actively and be openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 Free talk①
T I like cooking noodles and making salad （课件出示：cooking noodlesmaking salad相关容） What are your hobbies
Ss I like…and…
T （课件出示爱图片） What about these boys and girls What are their hobbies
Ss HeSheThey like(s)…
Teaching purpose②
通伴合作交流彼兴趣爱结合校园社团活动创设情境导入生词club join share学阅读语篇次扫清部分词汇障碍做语言铺垫激活学生相关背景知识
3 Talk and write②
T Work in pairs Talk about your hobbies and your partner’s hobbies Finish this table with your partner Write it down in your book （课件出示Read and write板块表格）
4 Leadin
T There are many clubs in our school Do you know these clubs （课件出示club相关容社团图片）
Teach the new word club
Ss They are the singing club dancing club football club basketball club reading club robots club and cooking club…
Write down the sentence Join our football club on the blackboard
T Do you want to join the clubs？ （课件出示join相关容）
Ss Yes
Teach the new word join
T In the clubs we can share our hobbies That will be great fun （课件出示share相关容）
Teaching purpose③
引导学生通快速阅读四广告初步解广告容作者整体感知文
Teach the new word share
Write down the words club join share in turn on the blackboard
Step 2 Whilereading
1 The Notice Board③（课件出示教材P42 NOTICE BOARD容）
Ask students to read the notices quickly try to get their main ideas and circle the writers of these notices
T What are the topics of these notices Who writes them （课件出示句型提示）
S1 The topic of the first notice is… …writes it (Shall we dance Amy)
Write down the word shall and the sentence Shall we dance on the blackboard
Highlight the new word shall Present its pronunciation and show students how to use the word （课件出示shall相关容）
S2 The topic of the second notice is… …writes it (Goal Goal Goal John)
Write down the word goal on the blackboard
Highlight the new word goal Present its pronunciation and show students how to use the word （课件出示goal相关容）
S3 The topic of the third notice is… …writes it (Let’s read together Mike)
S4 The topic of the fourth notice is… …writes it (Science Club YOUR club Robin)
Teaching purpose④
引导学生通快速阅读四广告初步解广告容作者整体感知文引导学生学完成细节题通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉细节信息力深入文理解
2 Careful reading④（课件出示先出示句型提示出示答案）
Ask students to read the notices carefully and try to understand the content in details
Offer proper guidance and help while students answer the questions
(1)T What are the notices about
S1 In the first notice Amy needs… (a partner in the dance class)
S2 In the second notice John wants you to… (join the football club)
S3 In the third notice Mike wants to share… (his books)
S4 In the fourth notice Robin wants you to… (come to the science room to learn to make robots)
(2)T Do the four people in the text want pen pals
Ss No they don’t
T How do you know
Teaching purpose⑤
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读引导学生通记忆关键词尝试复述短文提高语言表达力
Ss (Give the reasons)
(3) Ask students to find out the hobbies in the text
3 Read the notice board⑤
(1) Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice reading in pairs
(3) Retell the notice board Write down no more than five key words Then try to retell
Teaching purpose⑥
学生解学句子重读规律培养学生语音意识学生够正确读出阅读文段中典型例句单词重音
4 Tips for pronunciation⑥
(1) Present the part of Tips for pronunciation first （课件出示教材P43 Tips for pronunciation容） Lead students to guess the function of these squares under the words Make a model first Show students how to identify the stress in pronunciation
(2) Students read the text after the recording （课件出示教材P43 Tips for pronunciation音频） Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation especially the words stressed Try to read correctly fluently and emotionally and underline the words stressed
(3) Learn the regulations (课件出示句子重读规律)
(4) Read the sentences in Tips for pronunciation
Ask students to try to read these sentences first and then act out Choose the group which reads the best
T Can you find out more sentences like these Please show us how to read them
Step 3 Postreading
Teaching purpose⑦
短文填空活动形式引导学生仿写广告通选项词中动词原形单三形式引导学生关注语第三称单数时面谓语动词单三形式
1 Finish this ad for a cooking club⑦（课件出示教材P43 Let’s cook容）
(1)T Here is an ad for a cooking club Choose the right words to complete the text
(2) Check the answers Lead students to pay attention to the forms of the verbs after the singular third person
Answers talks cooks makes does
Teaching purpose⑧
引导学生根课示范广告仿写交友者建立社团广告巩固课核心词汇句型提高学生语言综合运力
(3) Let’s read it together
2 Make your own ad⑧
(1)T Do you want to make friends through an ad Do you want to find someone who has the same hobbies as you to join the club Make your own ad You can choose one to complete and do it like this
T If you can create more in the ad that will be greater
(2) Share the ads Choose the best and the most attractive ad
3 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Recite the new words of this class
2 Practice reading the passages Try to read the stress correctly
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课堂评价方式引导鼓励学生课胆表达想法积极发言培养学生思维力积极开发课堂思维
2师生话伴交流形式创设情境导入新词面阅读扫清部分词汇障碍做语言铺垫激活学生相关背景知识
3教学活动循序渐进通快速阅读整体感知文通学利细节题引导学生语篇中抓细节逐层深入理解文
4引导学生解学句子重读规律培养学生语音意识学生够正确读出阅读文段中典型例句单词重音
5拓展部分学生尝试创造广告牌引导学生学会选择关键信息通鲜明社团特征号召性语句吸引关注评选出优秀篇
6教学程学生体注重学生引导思维品质培养阅读程中渗透阅读策略
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to listen speak and read the words shall goal join club share
·Be able to discuss the hobbies and activate the relevant background knowledge and the reserved vocabulary
·Be able to capture information in details through questions and train the ability of thinking and reasoning
·Be able to write one’s own club ads according to the demonstration in the textbook
·Be able to find out the words pronounced in stress and read them correctly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to activate the relevant background knowledge and the reserved vocabulary by discussing their own and partner’s hobbies
·Be able to capture detailed information in the text Train the ability of thinking and reasoning through questions while reading
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to write one’s own club ads according to the demonstration in the textbook
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups
Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Encourage students to express their ideas bravely in class and keep openminded
2 Free talk
Talk with students about hobbies
Talk with the teacher about hobbies
Review the key sentence structures in this unit
3 Talk and write
Lead students to finish the table with their partner
Work in pairs Talk about their hobbies and their partner’s hobbies
Create scenes to introduce new words Clear some barriers of words and make a preparation for the upcoming reading Activate students’ relevant background knowledge
4 Leadin
Talk about the clubs in school Lead in the new words club join share
Talk about the clubs with the teacher Learn the new words club join share
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilereading
1 The notice board
Lead students to read the notices quickly
Teach the new words
Try to get their main ideas Circle the writers of these notices
Learn the new words
Read the four ads quickly to get a preliminary understanding of the content and the writers
2 Careful reading
Lead students to read the notices carefully and understand the content in details
(1) Find out what the notices are about
(2) Think about whether the four people in the text want pen pals
(3) Find out the hobbies in the text
Lead them to capture the detailed information in the text through questions and deepen their understanding of the text
3 Read the notice board
Lead students to read practice and retell
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice reading in pairs
(3) Retell the notice board
Lead students to read the text with correct pronunciation and intonation Improve their oral expressing ability through retelling the text
4 Tips for pronunciation
Lead students to read the words stressed correctly
(1) Guess the function of the squares under the words and identify the stress in pronunciation
(2) Read after the recording and underline the words stressed
(3) Learn the regulations
(4) Read the sentences and act out
Lead students to understand the main rules of sentence stress Cultivate their phonological awareness and let them be able to read the words stressed correctly in the reading text
Postreading
1 Finish this ad for a cooking club
(1) Complete the text
(2) Check the answers
(3) Read it together
Lead students to pay attention to the forms of the verbs following the singular third person
2 Make your own ad
Lead students to make their own ads
(1) Make their own ads according to the texts
(2) Share the ads Choose the best and the most attractive ad
Consolidate the key words and sentence structures and improve students’ comprehensive language using ability
3 Summary
Make a brief summary of this class Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Homework
1 Recite the new words of this class
2 Practice reading the passages Try to read the stress correctly
3 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up &
Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够完成Let’s check板块语篇听力训练巩固单元学重点容
·够学会图片信息中推测考查点做目听录音听完成判断务
·培养学生良听力惯策略提高学生听力水
Let’s wrap it up
·够通图配文方式帮助学生理解般现时第三称单数形式通找关键词进行词尾转换方式帮助学生纳单元语法现象
·够教师引导启发思维学会总结
Story time
·够通阅读趣味事复巩固单元学语言增加语言输入
▶教学重点
够复巩固单元学核心单词词组句型
▶教学难点
够教师引导启发思维学会巩固复纳总结
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频等
Teaching purpose①
开放式提问引导学生复单元核心词汇通学生交流关父母朋友兴趣爱复单元核心句型面句子表达篇章输出奠定基础
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings Greet students Divide them into several groups and tell them If you can join actively response quickly and be openminded in class your group can get more points The group which gets the most points will be the winner
2 A quick review （课件出示图片词组）
T Let’s get a quick review How many hobbies can you name in these five columns sports art music outdoor activities indoor activities If you can name one you’ll get one point for your group （课件出示分类形式呈现爱相关词汇）
3 Free talk
Talk with students about their own their parents’ or their friends’ hobbies
Teaching purpose②
带领学生逐读图学会图片信息中推测考查点预测听力文容做目听录音注重学生良听力惯培养持续提高学生听力水
Step 2 Presentation & Practice
1 Let’s check②
(1) Make predictions
Present the pictures of Let’s check (课件出示教材P44 Let’s check板块图片) Lead students to go over the pictures and predict the content they are going to listen
T In the dialogues we are going to talk about four people They are Andy Mike Amy and John’s mother What are the dialogues going to talk about
Ss The dialogues are going to talk about their hobbies
T Nice guess What are their hobbies from Dialogue 1 to Dialogue 4
S1 In Dialogue 1 he likes playing football or the piano
S2 In Dialogue 2 he likes going by bus or by bike
S3 In Dialogue 3 she likes doing word puzzles or reading stories
S4 In Dialogue 4 she likes watching news or cooking
T Good job Let’s see whether we get the right guess
(2) Listen and tick
Play the recording （课件出示教材P44 Let＼＇s check板块音频）
Lead students to listen to it and tick the correct pictures Then check the answers（课件出示教材P44 Listen and tick答案）
(3) Listen again and fill in the blanks
Try to fill in the blanks according to the pictures before listening Listen again and complete the sentences Check the answers after listening（课件出示教材P44 Listen again and fill in the blanks容答案）
Teaching purpose③
通图配文形式帮助学生理解短文意义引导学生观察动词形式学探究通找关键词进行词尾转换方式帮助学生纳单元语法现象解学般现时第三称单数形式
(4) Present the listening material and let students read the text together （课件出示教材P44 Let’s check板块听力材料）
2 Let’s wrap it up③（出示课件）
(1) Let students observe the picture in the book and then read the passage and underline the verbs Then lead them to fill in the blanks Check the answers together
(2) Work in groups Discuss about the regulations of these verbs Lead students to put them into different groups and find out more words like these
Write down the changing rules of verbs following the third person singular on the blackboard Present the rules on the PPT（课件出示：动词第三称单数形式变化规）
(3)T How do we use these verbs
Ss We use them after the third person singular in the simple present tense (Students can answer in Chinese)
T Excellent Here is a short passage written in the first person Can you change it into the third person
Ss Yes
T Great Let’s have a try
Teaching purpose④
观事视频整体感知理解事容握旨
Step 3 Consolidation & Extension
Story time
1 Let’s read
(1) Know the main characters and the main idea of the story④
T What does the squirrel look like
Ss It is cute It has got a big and long tail
T Yes Let’s get into the story and see what the story talks about the squirrel
Watch the video of Story time （课件出示教材P45 Story time板块视频） Get the main idea
Teaching purpose⑤
复动词般现时利问题设置帮助学生深入理解文巩固单元核心句型
T What does the story talk about the squirrel
Ss It talks about the squirrel’s bushy tail
(2) Circle the verbs in the simple present tense⑤
Ask students to read the story as fast as they can and circle the verbs in the simple present tense
Lead students to have a basic understanding of the simple present tense
(3) Read and answer the questions
Ask students to read the story carefully and try to get a better understanding Let them think about these questions and underline the answers while reading
①What is the Monkey King’s hobby（The Monkey King likes reading books）
②What is Zac’s hobby（He likes singing and dancing very much）
③Why was the Monkey King so angry（He doesn’t like Zac’s music One day Zac sang for the king The king was very angry）
T So how does the squirrel’s tail get bushy
Ss The king shouted Go away Then he threw Zac out of the tree From that day on all squirrels’ tails were bushy
Teaching purpose⑥
培养学生学会正确意群语音语调朗读事组合作角色表演活动形式引导学生恰熟练运事中语言通事拓展阅读丰富学生语言表达增加单元题相关语言输入
T Is it a true story
Ss …
(4)Read the story⑥
①Read the story after the recording Imitate the pronunciation and the intonation
②Practice in groups Choose a short part to perform the story
③Ask several students to come to the front of the classroom and act out the story
2 Summary
Make a brief summary according to the blackboard design Evaluate students’ group work and select the best group
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
33 Remember the key words and sentence structures
34 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 利快速复方式激活学生相关词汇单元背景知识复前先学生回忆总结仅帮助学生唤醒旧知面学中更针性复牢记遗忘知识
2教学活动设计循序渐进学生体注重组合作交流探究引导启发学生思维培养学生学力思维力
3教学活动设计词逐句句步入篇章引导学生关注语言细节复巩固单元核心语法点提高语言表达准确度
4通学事丰富语言输入拓展单元题相关表达解松鼠尾巴变蓬松趣味事
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to complete the listening exercises in Let’s check and consolidate the key words and sentence structures in this unit
·Be able to predict the test points through pictures and try to listen to the recording with purpose then complete the exercises
·Develop students’ good listening habits and strategically improve their listening level
Let’s wrap it up
·Be able to understand the usage of the third person singular in simple present tense And be able to summarize the main grammatical phenomenon in this unit
·Be able to inspire thinking and learn to summarize under the teacher’s guidance
Story time
·Be able to review the key expressions of this unit and enrich the language input through reading the story
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to review and consolidate the key words phrases and sentence structures of this unit
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to inspire thinking and learn to consolidate and summarize under the teacher’s guidance
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
Greet students Divide them into several groups
Greet the teacher Acquire the evaluation rules of group work
Set up an evaluation mechanism
2 A quick review
Lead students to review the words of the hobbies in this unit
Get a quick review of the words of the hobbies in this unit
Review the key vocabulary and sentence structures of this unit Lay the foundation for the following sentence expressions and text output
3 Free talk
Talk with students about their own their parents’ or friends’ hobbies
Talk with the teacher about their own their parents’ or their friends’ hobbies
Presentation
&
Practice
1 Let’s check
(1) Present the pictures of Let’s check Lead students to go over the pictures and predict the content
(2) Play the recording Lead students to listen and tick the correct pictures Then check the answers
(3) Play the recording again Lead students to complete the sentences Check the answers after listening
(4) Present the listening material
(1) Go over the pictures and make predictions
(2) Listen and tick
Check the answers
(3) Fill in the blanks before listening Listen again and complete the sentences
(4) Read the listening material together
Lead students to observe the pictures one by one and learn to infer the test points Predict the content of the listening text so as to listen purposefully Cultivate students’ good listening habits in order to continuously improve their listening level
2 Let’s wrap it up
（1）Lead students to complete the exercise in Let’s wrap it up
（2）Ask students to work in groups and discuss about the regulations of the verbs
（3）Teach how to use the verbs
(1) Read the passage and underline the verbs Then fill in the blanks
(2) Work in groups Discuss about the regulations of these verbs Put them into different groups and find out more words like these
(3) Learn to use the words
Help students understand the meaning of the short passage through the picture Lead them to observe the verb forms and summarize the main grammatical phenomenon in this unit Learn the third person singular in the simple present tense
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Let’s read
(1) Lead students to watch the video of Story time and know the main characters and get the main idea
(2) Teach the verbs in the simple present tense
(3) Ask students to read the story and answer the questions
(4) Let students practice reading the story and act out
(1) Watch the video of Story time Know the main characters and get the main idea
(2) Circle the verbs in the simple present tense
(3) Read the story and answer the questions
(4)①Read the story
②Practice in groups
③Act out
Watch the video of the story get an overall perception of the story and grasp the main idea
Review the simple present tense Help students deeply understand the text and consolidate the key sentence structures of this unit
Make sure students can read the story correctly
2 Summary
Have an overview of the class according to the blackboard design
Enrich students’ language expressions and increase the language input related to the unit topic
Homework
1 Remember the key words and sentence structures
2 Do the exercises
Unit 5 What does he do
教材分析
单元学题物职业生活情况教学容通家长日OliverSarah谈父母工作情景MikeXiao Yu回家路谈家工作生活场景展开教学重点听说读写核心句型—What does heshe do —He She is…—Where does heshe work —He She works…—How does heshe go to work —He She goes to work…听说读写单词词组：factory worker postman businessman police officer fisherman scientist pilot coach
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型—What does he do —He is a businessman—Where does he work —He works at sea—How does he go to work —He goes to work by bike
· 够情景中运句型—What does heshe do —He She is…—Where does heshe work —He She works…—How does heshe go to work —He She goes to work…谈物职业生活情况
·够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读关爱职业语篇
运单元学核心句型口头描述爱喜欢职业时仿范例完成信息表
·够听说读写单词词组：factory worker postman businessman police officer fisherman scientist pilot coach
·够正确述单词词组谈描述物职业生活情况
·知道逗号英语句子中停顿标志
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备：救生衣救生艇消防员衣服工程抢险车等
·够视角认识职业明白事某职业应具备条件构思职业梦想
·够通图捕捉关键信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意选择合适标题
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Listen match and say
第三课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时： Part B Let’s learn & Write and discuss
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求学会听前预测听力重点容
·够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够情景中运句型—What does heshe do—He She is…谈物职业
·够情景中运第三称单数特殊疑问句
·够语境中助图片等理解country head teacher意思正确发音
▶教学重点
够情景中运句型—What does he she do—He She is…谈物职业
▶教学难点
够情景中运第三称单数特殊疑问句
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示职业相关图片头脑风暴帮助学生唤醒旧知激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Revision—Brainstorm
Show some pictures of different jobs on the PPT Help students review the words of the jobs（课件出示：职业图片职业词汇：driver doctor cook farmer basketball player dancer singer 等中间呈现jobs）
3 Leadin
T My father is a teacher My mother is a nurse What about your father and mother
Ss My father is aan…
T In this unit we’re going to talk about jobs We’ll learn how to ask and answer about jobs
Write down the topic What does he do on the blackboard
T Today is Parents’ Day Our friends’ parents will come to school to meet the teachers Who will come Can you guess
Ss
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听录音前预测听力重点容
1 Listen and circle②
(1) Show the part of Let’s try to students Students read the question by themselves（课件出示：教材P48 Let’s try板块容）
T Listen to the recording Please pay attention to the bold words Who will come
(2) Play the recording（课件出示：教材P48 Let’s try板块音频）
Students listen to the recording and try to answer the question
(3) Play the recording again and ask students to circle the answers in the book（出示课件）Then check the answers
Teaching purpose③
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通图片容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
T What does Sarah’s father do Is he a doctor a teacher or a taxi driver
Ss He’s a doctor
2 Look and predict③
Show the picture of Let’s talk to students Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue（课件出示：教材P48 Let’s talk板块图片）
Questions ①Who are they ②Who are they talking about ③Is it Parents’ Day today Who will come Oliver’s father or his mother or both？…
Teaching purpose④
引导学生带着问题观文动画整体感知文获取信息
3 Watch and answer④
Show the questions on the PPT Let students watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions（课件出示：教材P47 Let’s talk板块视频列问题）
Q1 Who are they talking about（They are talking about Oliver’s father and mother）
Q2 Who will come（Oliver’s mother will come）
T Yes Oliver’s mother will come today And how about Oliver’s father
Teaching purpose⑤
引导学生带着问题读文进步感知文获取信息引导学生文学新单词词组句型
S1 Oliver’s father can’t come
T Why
S2 Because Oliver’s father is in Australia now
4 Read and answer⑤
Students read the dialogue and try to answer the questions（课件出示：列问题）
Q3 What does Oliver’s father do
Q4 What does Oliver’s mother do
T What does Oliver’s father do
S1 He’s a businessman
T Yes He’s a businessman He sales things He often goes to other countries Maybe Japan the USA
Help students understand the words businessman country Teach the words Students learn to read
T What does Oliver’s mother do
S2 She’s a teacher
T Yes She’s a head teacher In our school Mr…Mrs…is our head teacher
Teach the phrase head teacher Students learn to read
T Do you want to be a head teacher (Ask several students Help them to answer)
S3 Yes I want to be a head teacher No I want to be aan…
Teaching purpose⑥
通学生听录音读引导正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
T What does Oliver’s father do What does Oliver’s mother do How does Sarah ask How does Oliver answer
Write down the sentence structures —What does heshe do —He She is… on the blackboard
Students practice in pairs
5 Read and act⑥
(1)Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation（出示课件）
(2)Let students practice the dialogue in groups Then act out
(3)Make a new dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Choose and say
Show some word cards（writer cleaner taxi driver singer dancer football player）to students Students read the words and the phrases one by one
Teaching purpose⑦
助PPT学生呈现物职业帮助学生操练新句型
Then let some students choose one card each time And ask them to use the sentences to describe it For example I like writing stories for children The boys ask What does heshe do The girls answer HeShe is a writer Then exchange
2 Pair work⑦
(1) Show some pictures of famous people on the PPT （出示课件）(2) Make a model
Point to the picture of Mo Yan and ask one student
T What does he do
S1 He is a writer
T Do you want to be a writer too
S1 Yes I want to be a writer No I want to be aan…
(3) Students practice in pairs
(4) Show time
Teaching purpose⑧
通创设然真实情境学生情境中合理运学语言询问职业作简单汇报培养学生语言综合运力
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen and make evaluations to them
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Make a survey
1 Create a situation
T Oliver’s father is a businessman His mother is a head teacher There are some other jobs Let’s see
Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：教材P48 Let’s try板块方职业图片）Lead students to review the words of the jobs
T My father is a teacher My mother is a nurse What does your father or mother do What does your classmates’ father or mother do Let’s make a survey
2 Make a demonstration
Show a chart to the class
Name
Father
Mother
Lin Hong
teacher
nurse
T … what does your father do
S1 He is a…
T What does your mother do
S1 She’s a…
Write down the answers in the chart
3 Work in groups
Ask students to work in groups of four as the demonstration and finish the chart
4 Make a report
Some students show the chart to the class and make a report with the structure My father is a teacher My mother is a nurse …’s father is aan… Her His mother is aan…
The other students listen and make evaluations to them
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 整教学设计流程清晰达成课程教学目标
2 逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
3 情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
4 教学中适引入代名信息调动学生积极性学生解许课堂外信息时代接轨
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening tasks
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture and answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and act it out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures—What does heshe do—He She is…to talk about people’s jobs properly
·Be able to use the third person singular special questions in situations
·Be able to understand and read the new word and phrasecountry head teachercorrectly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and use the key sentence structures —What does heshe do —He She is… properly
▶Teaching Difficulties
Be able to use the third person singular special questions in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision—Brainstorm
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Review the words of the jobs
3 Free talk
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of the jobs
Review some words of the jobs
Prepare for the next part
Presentation
1 Listen and circle
(1) Show the part of Let’s try to students Ask students to read the question by themselves
(2) Play the recording
(3) Play the recording again and check the answers
(1) Look at the part of Let’s try Read the question
(2) Listen to the recording and answer the question
(3) Listen to the dialogue and try to circle the answers
Check the answers
Lead students to predict the main idea before listening Cultivate students’ ability of logical reasoning
2 Look and predict
Show the picture of Let’s talk to students
Look at the picture carefully
Answer the questions Predict the main idea of the dialogue
Develop students’ observation and logical reasoning ability by predicting the main idea of the dialogue
3 Watch and answer
Show the questions on the PPT
Play the cartoon
Check the answers
Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
Check the answers
Lead students to understand the content of the dialogue by asking questions Get an overall perception of the text and get useful information Help students learn the words the phrase and the sentence structures
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Read and answer Teach the new sentences
Show the questions on the PPT
Help students understand the words businessman country
Teach the phrase head teacher
Read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
Try to understand and learn the words businessman country
Learn the phrase head teacher
Practice the sentence structures in pairs
5 Read and act
(1) Ask students to read after the recording
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups and act out
(3) Let students make a new dialogue
(1) Read after the recording
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups and act out
(3) Make a new dialogue
Make sure students are able to read the dialogue correctly and fluently and act it out in groups
Practice
1 Choose and say
Show some word cards to students Ask students to choose and say
2 Pair work
(1) Show some pictures on the PPT
(2) Make a model
(3) Ask students to practice in pairs
(4) Show time
1 Read the words of the jobs one by one Choose word cards and describe them Then ask and answer
2 (1) Look at the pictures
(2) Learn the model
(3) Practice in pairs
(4) Show to the class
Practice the key words and sentence structures
Consolidation
&
Extension
Make a survey
1 Create a situation
2 Make a demonstration
3 Work in groups
4 Make a report
Work in groups of four
Ask and write down the answers in the chart
Then try to make a report
Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Listen match and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·通图片课件等结合教材中张鹏Oliver职业体验日谈父母工作情景学
会听说读写关职业单词词组：factory worker postman businessman police officer
·够熟练运述单词词组通种活动运句型What does heshe do谈
职业
Listen match and say
·够教师帮助听录音获取相关信息完成听连线务
·够根完成连线容四父母职业进行问答练
▶教学重点
够听说读写熟练运列关职业单词词组：factory worker postman
businessman police officer
▶教学难点
够学词汇句型谈职业
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文音频视频教学卡片等
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示相关职业图片帮助学生复职业相关词汇激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision①
Show some pictures of the jobs on the PPT Help students review the words of the jobs（课件出示：职业相关物图片：driver cleaner writer singer farmer dancer basketball player等）
T There are some jobs around us Let’s see What does heshe do What do they do
Ss He She is aan They’re
3 Leadin
T What other jobs do you know
Ss Teacher doctor nurse
T Cool There are lots of jobs around us What do you want to be
S1 I want to be a doctor
T Today is Career Day What career will you act First let’s learn some more jobs They’re so cool Let’s go
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
PPT出示图片引导学生理解businesswoman教学印象更深刻时面活动扫清障碍
1 Look and learn②
Present the pictures of Let’s learn on the PPT （课件出示：教材P49 Let’s learn板块四幅图片）Lead students to learn the new word businessman
T It’s Career Day Zhang Peng and Oliver are talking about Oliver’s father in front of the display What does Oliver’s father do Do you remember Please circle the right picture
Students look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
Write down business + manbusinessman on the blackboard Use the picture and the recording to teach the word（出示课件）
Point to Picture 3 and lead students to practice the word like this
A What does he do
B He’s a businessman
Show a picture of a businesswoman on the PPT（课件出示：女商图片）
T She’s a woman What does she do Can you guess
Lead students to say the word businesswoman Show the word on the PPT（出示课件）
Show two pictures on the PPT（课件出示：男商女商图片）
Point to the pictures and lead students to practice the words like this
A What does he she do
B He’s She’s a businessmanbusinesswoman
Teaching purpose③
结合图片话引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词种方式引导学生操练新单词
2 Learn the new word postman③
T There is another man in the pictures Can you find What does he do
Students look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
T Yes he’s a postman He works in a post office
Write down post+ manpostman on the blackboard Teach the new word（出示课件）
Ask students to read the word one by one
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the word like this
A What does he do
B He’s a postman
Teach the word postwoman with the picture and the recording （课件出示：postwoman相关容）
Show two pictures on the PPT Let students practice the words with the sentences —What does heshe do —He’s She’s a postman postwoman（课件出示：男邮递员女邮递员图片）
Point to the pictures and lead students to practice the words like this
A What does he she do
Teaching purpose④
助PPT出示图片通介绍工作点引出工作物帮助学生理解新单词充分利旧单词引出新词汇帮助学生认读新单词
B He’s She’s a postmanpostwoman
3 Learn the new phrase factory worker④
T There are some other jobs in the pictures Look at Picture 1 What does the woman do
Students look at the picture carefully and try to spell the phrase
T She works in a factory Work—worker Yes she’s a factory worker
Write down factory worker on the blackboard Teach the word factory and the phrase factory worker with the recording（出示课件）
Ask students to read the phrase one by one
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the phrase in pairs like this
A Is she a head teacher
B No she isn’t
A What does she do
B She’s a factory worker
4 Learn the new phrase police officer
T Look at Picture 4 There is a woman What does she do
Students look at the picture carefully and try to spell the phrase
T She works in a police office Police—police office—officer Cool She’s a police officer
Write down police officer on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the phrase（出示课件）
Let several students read the phrase one by one
Teaching purpose⑤
利单词卡片帮助学生操练新词汇句型中练运新词汇活跃课堂气氛
Point to the pictures and lead students to practice the phrase the same as above
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to play a game Students read the words or the phrases as fast as they can
2 What’s missing
Use the word cards to play this game
The teacher hides one card and asks What’s missing The student who raises hisher hand fastest has a chance to answer If he or she is right the teacher gives a prize to him or her Then the teacher shows the card to students and asks
T What does he she do
Ss He She is a an…
3 Listen match and say
（1）Show the part of Listen match and say on the PPT （课件出示：教材P49 Listen match and say板块容）
T Chen Jie and John are talking about the jobs of their parents What do they do Now let’s listen and match
（2）Play the recording（课件出示教材P49 Listen match and say板块音频）
Students listen to the recording and match by themselves
（3）Check the answers
Play the recording again Check the answers（出示课件）
（4）Work in pairs
Students ask and answer in pairs
A What does Jiao Jie’s mother do
B She’s a businesswoman
Teaching purpose⑥
通游戏学生情境中合理运学词汇激发学生英语学动力培养学生语言综合运力
…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
1 Create a situation
T Today is Career Day What career will you act Now let’s play a game
(游戏说明：选四五名学生讲台前面播放段音乐想象扮演职业做出相关动作老师说出口令Freeze学生必须立刻冰冻样迅速停止动作教师逐指出学提问What does heshe do求根台学生动作Is heshe aan…猜测相关职业表演者YesNo I’m aan…公布答案猜中学生予奖励)
2 Make a demonstration
Choose four or five students to the front of the platform to play the game as a demonstration
3 Work in groups
Students work in groups to play the game
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the words and the phrases 3 times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 通师生间谈话复节课学句型面学做铺垫
2 充分利图片进行词汇教学帮助学生直观解学知识
3 遵循学生认知规律学单词词组句型时先知义音形学生理解中学运
4 通图片引导学生试着说出businesswomanpostwoman帮助学生进行效拓展学生进行学方法指导
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new words and phrases factory worker postman businessman police officer by talking about the pictures and the PPT
·Be able to talk about the jobs by using the sentence structure What does heshe do
Listen match and say
·Be able to listen and get the information to complete the task with the help of the teacher
·Be able to ask and answer about their parents’ careers
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the new words and phrases factory worker postman businessman police officer
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to talk about other people’s careers by using the language they have learned
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show some pictures of the jobs on the PPT Help students
review the words of the jobs
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Review the words of the jobs
3 Free talk
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of jobs Review some words about the jobs Prepare for the following study
Presentation
1 Look and learn
Present the pictures on the PPT
Teach the new word businessman
Use the PPT to show a picture of a businesswoman Lead students to learn the word businesswoman
Look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
Learn and practice the words businessman businesswoman
Lead in the new word properly Help students learn the new words through the pictures and the questions
Pave the way for later activities
2 Learn the new word postman
Let students find the right picture and teach the new word postman Ask students to practice the word
Lead students to learn the word postwoman
Show the pictures and let students practice the words
Find the right picture Learn and practice the new word
Look at another picture and try to say postwoman
Point to the pictures and practice
Use the pictures to teach the new words Lead students to learn and practice
3 Learn the new phrase factory worker
Teach the phrase and ask students to read the phrase one by one and practice in pairs
4 Learn the new phrase police officer
Teach the phrase
Ask students to read the phrase one by one and practice in pairs
Look at the pictures carefully and try to spell the phrases
Practice the phrases in pairs
Lead in the new phrases properly Lead students to learn new words through the pictures and the questions Practice the new phrases in pairs
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Flashing cards
2 What’s missing
Use the word cards to play this game
3 Listen match and say
(1) Show the part of Listen match and say on the PPT and ask students the question
(2) Play the recording
(3) Play the recording again
Check the answers
(4) Ask students to practice the dialogues in pairs
1 Read the words or phrases as fast as they can
2 Play the game
3 (1) Look at the words and the phrases carefully
(2) Listen and match
(3) Listen and check the
answers
(4) Practice the dialogues in pairs
Make classroom atmosphere active Help students practice the new words and phrases Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Create a situation
2 Make a demonstration
3 Work in groups
Give a demonstration
Work in groups of four or five
Use the sentence structures they have learned to play the game
Create a real situation to motivate students to use the words and the sentence structures and develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Homework
1 Copy the words and the phrases 3 times
2 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求学会听前预测听力重点容
·够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
·够情景中运句型Where does he workHow does he go to work询问工作点班交通工具
·够语境中助图片等理解stay healthy work hard study hard意思正确发音
·够树立努力学健康生活意识
▶教学重点
够情景中运句型Where does he workHow does he go to work询问工作点班交通工具
▶教学难点
够运核心句型谈工作点班交通工具
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示A部分已学职业图片头脑风暴帮助学生唤醒旧知激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision①
Show some pictures of the jobs on the PPT Help students review the words of the jobs（课件出示：A部分职业名词图片）
T What does he she do
Ss He She is a an…
3 Leadin
T My father is a teacher My mother is a nurse What about your father and mother
S1 My father is aan…
T In Part B we’re going to continue to talk about jobs
Write down the topic What does he do on the blackboard
Teaching purpose②
帮助学生读懂题目求逐步引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容次听录音核答案师生录音容进行话练
Step 2 Presentation
1 Listen and circle②
(1) Show the picture of Mike and Xiao Yu on the PPT （课件出示：MikeXiao Yu图片）
T Mike and Xiao Yu are going home now Mike sees a man coming towards them He is Xiao Yu’s uncle They’re talking about Xiao Yu’s uncle
(2) Show the questions to students Ask students to predict the main idea of the listening content
(3) Play the recording（出示课件）
Teaching purpose③
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Students listen to the recording and try to circle the answers
(4)Play the recording again and check the answers
(5)Talk about the appearance and workplace of Xiao Yu’s uncle with students (课件出示：教材P50 Let’s try板块听力材料)
2 Look and predict③
Show the picture to students (课件出示：教材P50 Let’s talk板块图片) Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
Questions ①Who is the man that Mike and Xiao Yu are talking about ②Where is the man What does he do…
Teaching purpose④
利问题逐步引导学生理解文引出教授新单词
3 Watch and answer④
Show the questions on the PPT（出示课件） Play the cartoon Ask students to watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions Then check the answers（课件出示：教材P50 Let’s talk板块视频）
Q1 Who is that man（He’s Mike’s uncle）
Q2 What does he do（He is a fisherman）
Teaching purpose⑤
引导学生语境中助图片等理解stay healthy work hard study hard意思帮助正确发音帮助学生树立努力学健康生活意识
Write down fish +er +manfisherman on the blackboard And teach the word
Write down the questions on the blackboard
4 Read and answer Learn the new phrases and sentences⑤
Show the questions on the PPT (出示课件) Students read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
Q3 Where does he work (He works at sea)
Q4 How does he go to work (He goes to work by bike)
Show a picture of a sea on the PPT （课件出示：sea相关容）
T He sees lots of fish every day
Use gestures and exaggerated tones to help students understand
Write down the key sentences He works at sea and He goes to work by bike on the blackboard Lead students to read and practice the sentences in pairs
A Where does he work
B He works at sea
A How does he go to work
B He goes to work by bike
T What else do you know about Mike’s uncle （He works hard and stays healthy）
Teach the phrases work hard and stay healthy
Make sentences to help students understand them
Let students look at the last sentence of the dialogue and lead them to say out the right answer
T What should we do（We should study hard and stay healthy）
Help students understand study hard Then teach the phrase
Teaching purpose⑥
通学生听录音读引导正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演根话提供句型模板学生填词练话
T Yes we should study hard and stay healthy It’s good for us
Ask students to make sentences with the word should
5 Read and act⑥
（1）Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation（出示课件）
（2）Let students practice the dialogue in groups and act out
（3）Lead students to make a new dialogue as the model (课件出示：话练框架)
Teaching purpose⑦
助PPT学生呈现职业场景交通方式关词汇帮助学生操练新句型
Step 3 Practice
1 Read the words and the phrases⑦
Show some words on the PPT line by line（课件出示：逐行出示词汇）
Students read the words and the phrases
2 Find and classify
Ask students to find out different types of vocabulary in each line Then lead students to classify the words and phrases into three sorts （课件出示：分类结果） Lead students to find the special question words What Where How
3 Ask questions
T How can we ask
Show the questions on the PPT
4 Practice in pairs
Show the model of the dialogue (课件出示：话练范例)
5 Show time
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen and make evaluations to them
Teaching purpose⑧
通创设然真实情境学生情境中合理运学语言询问职业作简单汇报培养学生语言综合运力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Make a survey
1 Create a situation
T Mike and Xiao Yu are talking about their uncles’ jobs How about you What does your father or mother do Where does he or she work How does he or she go to work Let’s make a survey
2 Make a demonstration
Show a chart to the class (出示课件) Make a demonstration with a student
T … what does your father do
S1 He is a doctor
T Where does he work
S1 He works in a hospital
T How does he go to work
S1 He goes to work by car
Write down the answers in the chart
3 Work in groups
Lead students to work in groups of four Students ask and write down the answers in the chart
4 Make a report
Show the chart to the class and make a model
T …’s father is a doctor He works in a hospital He goes to work by car
Some students try to make a report The other students listen and make evaluations to them
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1教学活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力
2听力教学中逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
3情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
4效利表格帮助学生学表格设计目然起辅助作
5话表演学方式激发学生学兴趣拓宽学生参面调动学生积极性动性全体学生提供锻炼口语机会
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to predict the main content of the listening part
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening tasks
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture Be able to answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and act out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structuresWhere does he workHow does he go to workto talk about where others work and how they go to work properly
·Be able to understand and read the new phrasesstay healthy work hard study hardcorrectly
·Be able to help students establish the consciousness of studying hard and living healthily
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to use the key sentence structures Where does he work How does he go to work to talk about where others work and how they go to work in situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to talk about where others work and how they go to work
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
T What does heshe do
Ss He She is aan…
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Review the words of the jobs
3 Free talk
Review some words of the jobs
Prepare for the next part
Presentation
1 Listen and circle
(1) Show the picture of Mike and Xiao Yu on the PPT
(2) Show the questions to students Let them predict the main idea of the listening content
(3) Play the recording
(4) Play the recording again and
check the answers
(5) Talk about Xiao Yu’s uncle
(1) Look at the picture
(2) Read the questions of
Let’s try and predict the main idea of the listening content
(3) Listen to the recording
and try to circle the answers
(4) Listen again and check
the answers
(5) Talk about Xiao Yu’s
uncle
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening Cultivate students’ logical reasoning ability
2 Look and predict
Show the picture to students Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
Look at the picture carefully
Answer the questions Predict the main idea of the dialogue
Cultivate students’
observation ability and logical reasoning ability
Activate existing knowledge extract knowledge related to the text
3 Watch and answer
Show the questions on the PPT
Play the cartoon
Check the answers
Teach the word fisherman
Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
Check the answers
Learn the word fisherman
Use the questions to lead students to understand the dialogue and lead in the new word
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Read and answer Learn the new phrases and sentences
Show the questions on the PPT
Teach the key sentences
Teach the phrases work hard stay healthy study hard
Read the dialogue and try to answer the questions Read and practice the sentences in pairs
Try to understand and learn the phrases work hard stay healthy study hard
Help students to understand the phrases and read them correctly
Help students build up the awareness of working hard and living a healthy life
5 Read and act
(1) Let students read after the recording
(2) Let students practice the
dialogue in groups and act out
(3) Lead students to make a new dialogue
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups and act out
(3) Make a new dialogue
Make sure students are able to read the dialogue correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Show some words and phrases on the PPT line by line
2 Ask students to find and classify
3 Show the questions
4 Show the model of the dialogue
5 Show time
1 Read the words and the phrases
2 Find out different types of vocabulary in each line Then try to classify the words and the phrases
3 Ask questions
4 Practice in pairs
5 Show time
Prepare for the next part
Present some words of occupations places and transportation tools on the PPT to help students practice the key words and sentence structures
Consolidation
&
Extension
Make a survey
1 Create a situation
2 Make a demonstration
3 Let students work in groups
4 Make a report
Work in groups of four
Ask and write down the answers in the chart
Then try to make a report
Create a real situation to develop students’
comprehensive language
using ability
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Write and discuss
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·通图片课件等结合教材中Oliver吴谈家工作情景学会听说读写关职业单词：fisherman scientist pilot coach
·够熟练运述单词结合板块核心句型What does heshe doWhere does heshe work询问职业工作点
Write and discuss
·够图片提示写出四种职业名称选择工作点
·够根完成容四职业工作点进行交流
▶教学重点
够听说读写熟练运列关职业单词：fisherman scientist pilot coach
▶教学难点
够学关职业词汇句型谈职业工作点
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频教学卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示相关职业工作点班方式单词卡片帮助学生复职业相关词汇句型讨图片物然渡讨学生家长话题激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
2 Revision
Show some pictures and word cards on the PPT Help students review the words of the jobs
Ask students to talk about them and review the key sentences in pairs
3 Free talk & Leadin
Talk about students’ parents’ jobs workplaces and the ways to work
T Do you know any other jobs There are more jobs around us They’re very cool Let’s go and have a look
Teaching purpose②
利图片课时话引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词种方式引导学生操练新单词加深学生单词印象
Write down the topic What does he do on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Look and learn②
Present the pictures on the PPT Lead students to learn the new word fisherman（课件出示：教材P51 Let’s learn板块图片）
T What does Mike’s uncle do Do you remember Please circle the right picture
Students look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
Write down the word fisherman on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the word（出示课件）
Then write down the word fisherwoman on the blackboard Students try to read by themselves
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the word in pairs like this
A What does he do
B He’s a fisherman
A Where does he work
Teaching purpose③
结合话图片引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词学生话中操练新单词PPT展示中国著名科学家图片激发学生爱国热情民族豪感
B He works at sea
2 Listen and learn the dialogue Learn the word scientist③
T Oliver and Wu Yifan are talking Who are they talking about What does he or she do Now let’s listen
Play the recording and lead students to answer the questions（课件出示：教材P51 Let’s learn板块音频）
T Who are they talking about
Ss They are talking about Oliver’s aunt
T What does she do
Ss She is a scientist She teaches science
T Yes Where does she work … She works at a university
Show a picture of a university on the PPT and teach the word university（课件出示：university相关容）
Show the picture to students（课件出示：教材P51 Let’s learn板块图二）
Write down the word scientist on the blackboard Help students learn the word by comparing with the word science Use the recording to teach the word (出示课件)
Show some scientists’ pictures on the PPT （课件出示：科学家图片：袁隆钱学森李四光竺桢邓稼先）
Students practice the word and the dialogue in pairs
A Who’s that man
B He’s… He’s a famous scientist
3 Learn the word pilot
T Look at Picture 3 There is a woman She’s so cool She works on a rescue plane What does she do Let’s listen（课件出示：救援飞机图片词汇）
Write down the word pilot on the blackboard Teach the word to students（课件出示：pilot相关容） Lead them to read the word one by one
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the word in pairs like this
A What does she do
B She is a pilot
A Where does she work
Teaching purpose④
通旧单词记忆帮助学生挑战新单词发音促学生更记住新单词词音词性
B She works on a rescue plane
4 Learn the word coach④
T (课件出示：教材P51 Let’s learn板块图四) Look at Picture 4 There is a man He’s strong What does he do
Students look at the picture carefully and try to spell the word
Show the word coat to help them spell the new word coach
Write down the word coach on the blackboard Teach it and lead students to read the word one by one（课件出示：coach相关容）
Point to the picture and lead students to practice the word the same as above
5 Read the words
Play the recording of Let’s learn（课件出示教材P51 Let’s learn板块音频）
Teaching purpose⑤
利单词卡片媒体开展游戏活动帮助学生操练新单词句型中运新单词活跃课堂气氛
Students read after the recording Then students practice the words by themselves The teacher gives help when they need
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Play the game High voice and low voice
Use the word cards to play this game
The teacher shows one card to students Students read the corresponding word right away If the teacher raises the card up students should read the word in a higher voice If the teacher brings the card down students should read the word in a lower voice
2 Sharp eyes
Use the PPT to play a game Students read the words or the phrases as fast as they can（课件出示：课学单词词组接快速滑屏幕）
3 Pair work
Students look at the pictures of Let’s learn in the book and ask and answer in pairs
A What does he she do
Teaching purpose⑥
通活动学生情境中合理运学词汇激发学生英语学动力培养学生语言综合运力帮助学生解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备：救生衣救生艇消防员衣服工程抢险车等
B He She is aan…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
Write and discuss
1 Create a situation
T There are some cool persons around us Let’s go and have a look
2 The places where people work
Show the pictures and the words of pet hospital university gym sea plane on the PPT (课件出示：宠物医院学体育馆海飞机词汇图片) Ask students to match the to with the corresponding pictures
Show a picture of a gym on the PPT to help students understand the word gym Teach them to read the word （课件出示：体育馆图片）
3 Talk about the people working in these places
The teacher points to the pictures and asks some students to answer the questions
T（Point to the picture of the pet hospital）Who works in a pet hospital？
S1 A doctor He works in a pet hospital
T（Point to the picture of the university）Who works in a university
…
4 Finish the task
Ask students to complete the sentences of Write and discuss in the book
5 Check the answers
6 Talk about other jobs
T Can you think of any other jobs Where do those people work
Students talk about other jobs
S1 My aunt is a cleaner She works in a company
…
Show the picture of the main scene to students (课件出示：Unit 5情景图) Talk about the picture with students Help students know something about rescue
T Orange is often used for emergency rescue clothes and equipment in many countries such as life jackets lifeboats firemen’s clothes and engineering emergency vehicles
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the words 3 times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 PPT出示相关职业工作点班方式单词卡片帮助学生复职业相关词汇句型激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
2 充分结合图片话引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词种方式引导学生操练新单词
3 情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
4 注重话题延续性讨图片物讨学生家长话题讨Mike’s uncleOliver’s aunt然书五物样然渡整堂课串成机整体
5 帮助学生解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备：救生衣救生艇消防员衣服工程抢险车等
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new words fisherman scientist pilot coach by talking about the pictures and the PPT
·Be able to use the above words skillfully and talk about the jobs and the workplaces by using What does heshe doWhere does heshe work
Write and discuss
·Be able to write down the names of the four jobs with the help of the pictures and choose the workplaces for them
·Be able to communicate with each other about their careers and workplaces according to the completed contents
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the new words fisherman scientist pilot coach
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to talk about other people’s careers and workplaces by using the language they have learned
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show some pictures and word cards on the PPT
Lead students to review the sentences
3 Free talk & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Review the words of the jobs Talk about them and review the sentences
3 Talk about their parents’ jobs and workplaces
Review some words and the sentence structures about jobs and workplaces
Prepare for the following study
Presentation
1 Look and learn
Present the pictures on the PPT Teach the word fisherman
Point to the picture
Look at the pictures carefully and find the right picture
Learn and practice the new word in pairs
Deepen students’ impression of the new word by reviewing what they learned in the last class and practicing with the key sentence structures
2 Listen and learn the dialogue Learn the word scientist
Play the recording
Show some pictures
Teach the word scientist
Listen to the recording and answer the questions Learn the word scientist Practice the word and the dialogue in pairs
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Learn the word pilot
Show Picture 3 and a picture of rescue plane Play the recording of pilot and teach the word
Look at the pictures carefully
Learn the new word and read it one by one
Practice in pairs
Lead in the new words properly Help students learn the new words through the pictures and the questions
Show some pictures of famous Chinese scientists to help students stimulate their patriotism and national pride
4 Learn the word coach
Show Picture 4 and show the word coat to help students spell the new word coach Then teach the word
Look at the picture carefully Read the word coat and try to spell the new word coach Practice the word the same as above
5 Read the words
Play the recording Give help when necessary
Read after the recording Then practice the words
Lead students to read the words by themselves Elevate students’ learning initiative
Practice
1 Play the game High voice and low voice
2 Sharp eyes
3 Pair work
1 Read the words in a higher voice or a lower voice according to the teacher’s actions
2 Read the words or the phrases as fast as they can
3 Look at the pictures of Let’s learn and ask and answer in pairs
Enliven the class Help students practice the words in different ways Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Consolidation
&
Extension
Write and discuss
1 Create a situation
2 The places where people work Show the pictures and the words of some places
3 Talk about the people working in these places
4 Finish the task
5 Check the answers
6 Talk about other jobs
Match the words to the corresponding pictures of the workplaces
Talk about the people working in these places
Write down the words and complete the sentences of Write and discuss in the book
Check the answers
Talk about other jobs
Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Help students understand that orange is often used in emergency rescue clothes and equipment in many countries
Homework
1 Copy the words 3 times
2 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够通头脑风暴活动说出五种职业名称激活背景知识储备词汇
·够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息力
·够根阅读获取信息完成意义仿写活动
·够通朗读选阅读文段中句子明白英语中逗号句中停顿标识朗读技巧
·够根例句提示文段中找更类句子正确朗读句子
·够视角认识职业明白事某职业应具备条件构思理想职业
▶教学重点
够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息力
▶教学难点
够根阅读获取信息完成意义仿写活动
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
通头脑风暴活动学生说出五种职业名称激活学生背景知识储备词汇引导学生职业名称词汇词形进行类加深记忆
2 Write and say①
(1) List five jobs
T There are many jobs around us Now please list five jobs
Students write down five jobs in their books
(2) Compare with partners
Students compare with their partners
T Please compare with your partners How many different jobs are there in the lists
(3) Classify the words of the jobs
Students work in groups to classify the words of the jobs according to the word forms (课件出示：词形进行类职业名称词汇)
3 Leadin
T Today we’re going to continue to talk about jobs We are going to understand the necessary conditions of some jobs and try to conceive your own career dream
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力引导学生通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Step 2 Whilereading
1 Look and predict②
Show the pictures of Read and write to students Let students look at the pictures carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of each paragraph（课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块三幅图片）
Questions ①Who is heshe②What’s heshe doing③What jobs does heshe want to do…
2 Read and write a title③
Teaching purpose③
帮助学生读懂选择题目求逐步引导学生理解文通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力
Students read the paragraphs for the first time quickly Do the exercise on page 53 Choose a title for the text
Check the answer Write down the title on the line
3 Read and fill in the table
Students read the paragraphs for the second time carefully Try to fill in the table in the book
Check the answers (课件出示：教材P53 表格题答案)
Teaching purpose④
充分助PPT教师语言帮助学生进步理解文新单词特if句型理解
4 Understand the paragraphs④
Students read the paragraphs and find the difficult words and the sentences The teacher helps them understand the words and the sentences
Show Picture 1 on the PPT to help students understand the words and the phrase gym reportersports reporter (课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块第幅图片gym reportersports reporter图片相关容)
Show some pictures to help students understand the phrase be good at…
T（课件出示：姚明图片）Yao Ming is good at basketball
T Do you understand the word if For example If you’re happy you can laugh If you’re sad you may cry If you like singing you can be a singer
Show some pictures on the PPT and make more sentences to help students understand the word if
（出示课件）
T Look She is good at singing She is a singer If you like singing you can be a singer
T He is a dancer He is good at dancing If you’re good at dancing you can be a dancer
Show Picture 2 to help students understand the word secretary （课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块第二幅图片）
Do the action on the keyboard to help students understand the word type and the phrase type very quickly
Show Picture 3 to help students understand the paragraph （课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块第三幅图片）
Teaching purpose⑤
通学生听录音读引导学生模仿正确停顿正确意群语音语调朗读话
T What does Robin like What does he want to be
Ss He likes science He wants to be a scientist
5 Read after the recording⑤
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P52 Read and write板块音频）
Teaching purpose⑥
通话活动帮助学生视角认识职业活动程中渗透学生安全意识教育引导明白没家长陪时参加校外活动应该首先取家长许
Students read after the recording and imitate the right pause Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
6 Talk about the hobbies and the jobs⑥
Students talk about their hobbies and jobs in pairs
A What’s your hobby
B My hobby is singing
A What job do you want to do
B I want to be a music teacher
A Where are you going to work
B I’m going to work in a school
…
7 Imitative writing activity
Students write a short paragraph by imitating the paragraphs by themselves and share it in groups Then several students show their writings to the class The other students make evaluations to them
8 The Real World Camp
T At the Real World Camp children can do different jobs Do you want to go there Please fill in this form（课件出示：教材P53申请表）
Teaching purpose⑦
引导学生通阅读绘事激发学兴趣学生组单位仿制绘进步巩固单元职业词汇句型培养学生创造力合作力
T Pay attention to the last line There is the Parent’s signature If you are not accompanied with your parent(s) you should get permission from your parent(s) to participate in these extraschool activities
Step 3 Postreading
1 Read a comic named Job⑦
（1）Show a comic to students on the PPT（课件出示：绘事）
Students enjoy the comic
（2）Students read the comic
（3）Students work in groups to make a comic about jobs
（4）Show their comics to the class
Teaching purpose⑧
引导学生通朗读选阅读文段中句子明白英语中逗号句中停顿标识朗读技巧鼓励学生根例句提示文段中找更类句子正确朗读句子然班展示交流提升学信心
2 Tips for pronunciation⑧
（1）Listen and repeat
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P53 Tips for pronunciation音频）
Students read after the recording Feel the comma pause in the sentences And practice the sentences
（2）Find and practice
Find more similar sentences in the passage according to the example prompts and read the sentences correctly Then practice in groups
（3）Show time
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations to them
（4）Summary
T When there are several parallel words in a sentence pause after each word
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Choose some sentences and practice them
2 Do the exercises ( 见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 教学活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力图片语言等帮助学生读懂题目求逐步引导学生理解文通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力
2 引导学生职业名称词汇词形进行类加深学生词汇记忆通头脑风暴活动编组话组讨等方式帮助学生复巩固学知识
3 活动程中渗透学生安全意识教育引导明白没家长陪时参加校外活动应该首先取家长许
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to say five jobs through the brainstorm Activate background knowledge and reserve vocabulary
·Be able to train students’ ability to capture different types of information in the text through reading tasks
·Be able to complete the meaningful imitative writing activity according to the information they get from reading text
·Be able to understand the reading skill that the comma is the mark of pause in the sentence by reading the sentences selected from the passage
·Be able to find more similar sentences in the passage according to the example sentence prompts and read the sentences correctly
·Be able to understand the profession from different perspectives and understand the necessary conditions to engage in some professions and conceive your own career dream
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to train students’ ability to capture different types of information in the text through reading tasks
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to complete the meaningful imitative writing activity according to the information they get from reading text
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
2 Write and say
(1) List five jobs
(2) Compare with partners
(3) Classify the words of the jobs
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 (1) Write down five jobs in their books
(2) Compare with their partners
(3) Work in groups to classify the words of the jobs according to the word forms
Activate students’ background knowledge and review the vocabulary through the brainstorm
Classify the words of the jobs according to the word forms to deepen the memory
Whilereading
1 Look and predict
Look at the pictures carefully Answer the questions and predict the main idea of each paragraph
Develop students’ ability of observation and logical reasoning
2 Read and write a title
Read the paragraphs for the first time quickly
Then choose a title for the text
Check the answer
Help students understand the requirements of choosing the topic Lead them to understand the text step by step and train them to capture different types of information in the text through reading tasks
3 Read and fill in the table
Read the paragraphs for the second time carefully Try to fill in the table
Check the answers
4 Understand the paragraphs
Read the paragraphs and find the difficult words and sentences and try to understand them
Help students understand the text and the new words
Make sure students are able to read the paragraphs correctly and fluently
5 Read after the recording
Read after the recording and imitate the right pause
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Whilereading
6 Talk about the hobbies and the jobs
Talk about their own hobbies and jobs in pairs
Help students understand the occupation from different perspectives
Permeate the education of students’ safety consciousness
7 Imitative writing activity
Write a short paragraph by imitating the paragraphs
Share their writings in groups
8 The Real World Camp
Fill in the form
Postreading
1 Read a comic named Job
(1) Show a comic to students on the PPT Ask students to enjoy the comic
(2) Lead students to read the comic
(3) Let students work in groups to make a comic about jobs
(4) Let students show their comics to the class
Enjoy the comic and then try to make their own comics in groups Show their comics to the others
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and further consolidate the vocabulary and the sentence structures in this unit
Cultivate students’ creativity and cooperation ability
2 Tips for pronunciation
(1) Listen and repeat
(2) Find and practice
(3) Show time
Ask several students to show to the class Ask the other students to listen to them and make evaluations to them
(4)Summary
(1) Read after the recording
Feel the comma pause in the sentences
Practice the sentences
(2) Find more similar sentences in the passage according to the example prompts and read the sentences correctly
(3) Show to the class
(4) Summary
Help students understand the reading skill that the comma is the mark of pause in the sentences
Encourage students to find more similar sentences in the passage and read the sentences correctly and then show to the class to improve their selfconfidence in learning
Homework
1 Choose some sentences and practice them
2 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够通图相关文字信息学会中推测考查点做目听录音完成听匹配务
·够活动中培养学生听前预测惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水
Let’s wrap it up
·通活动够找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律
Story time
·通阅读趣味事复巩固单元学语言增加学生语言输入
·够图片教师帮助理解事容
·够正确意群语音语调朗读事
·够表演事恰运事中语言进行交流
▶教学重点
复巩固单元学语言引导学生语法点进行纳总结规律
▶教学难点
够图片教师帮助理解事容正确语音语调朗读事
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文音频视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示相关职业物班点班方式图片帮助学生复相关句型面学做铺垫接谈图片谈方父母延续话题
Show some pictures on the PPT Help students review the sentences （课件出示：职业物班点班方式图片）
A What does he she do
B He She is a an…
A Where does heshe work
B He She works…
A How does he she go to work
B He She goes to work byon…
3 Free talk
Students talk about their parents as the above sentence structures
Teaching purpose②
引导学生通图相关文字信息学会中推测考查点做目听录音培养听前预测惯逐渐提高听力水
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s check②
(1) Look and predict
Show the pictures and the phrases of Let’s check Lead students to predict the listening content（课件出示：教材P54 Let’s check板块容）
(2) Listen and match
Play the recording for the first time（课件出示：教材P54 Let’s check板块音频）
Students listen and grasp the key information of the listening content then match the pictures to the phrases according to the listening content
(3) Listen again and answer the questions
Students read the three questions by themselves（课件出示：教材P54 Let’s check板块三问题）
Play the recording again Students try to answer the questions and then write down the answers
（4）Play the recording and check the answers
Teaching purpose③
引导学生通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律游戏活动中进行操练激发学生学兴趣
（5）Talk about the listening material （出示课件）
Students talk about the listening material with their partners
2 Let’s wrap it up③
（1）Show a photo of a person（课件出示：教师朋友图片）
T This is my best friend Do you want to know something about her You can ask me For example what does she do
S1 What does she do
S2 Where does she work
S3 How does she go to work
…
Students ask some questions to the teacher
Write down the answers and other information about the person on the blackboard Make a model
She has a dog She goes to work on foot She works in an office…
（2）Describe the person
Lead students to describe the person according to the above information
（3）Ask questions
Lead students to ask questions based on the above information
（4）Analysis and summary
Ask students to work in groups to talk about how they ask the questions Lead students to observe the change of verbs in questions Then help them sum up and make a report to the class
(5) Fill in the blanks
Students try to fill in the blanks in Let’s wrap it up in the book Then check the answers
(6) Play the game I didn’t hear you
A Mary has a cat
B Sorry I didn’t hear you What does Mary have
A Mary has a cat
Teaching purpose④
利问题逐步引导学生语境中助图片等理解事意利媒体课件帮助正确发音表演事
Students work in pairs
Step 3 Consolidation & Extension④
Story time
1 Create a situation
Use the PPT to show some pictures of the jobs（课件出示：学职业图片）Students say the words of the jobs one by one
T There are many jobs around us But there are also some unusual jobs Look this is a job ad of the zoo What unusual jobs does it have Let’s go and have a look
2 Show some unusual jobs
Use the pictures to help students understand some unusual jobs (课件出示：驯狮员蜂农电脑游戏测试员魔术师助手图片)
3 Talk about the unusual jobs
Talk about these unusual jobs to students
T What do you want to be Do you want to be aan…
Ss …
T Why do you want to be aan…Why not
Ss Because…
Lead in some descriptions of the attitude about the jobs
Help students understand the phrases too dangerous get stung
4 Look and predict
Show the pictures to students（课件出示：教材P55 Story time板块配图）Let students look at the pictures carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogues
Questions ①Who are they②What jobs are they talking about③What job does Zip want to do…
5 Watch and answer
Play the cartoon（课件出示：教材P55 Story time板块视频） Ask students to try to answer the questions
Q1 How many unusual jobs does Zoom think of What are they
Q2 What job does Zip want to do
Check the answers
Then ask students to read the story by themselves and answer the question
Q3 Why doesn’t Zip like those unusual jobs
Play the cartoon again Check the answer（出示课件）
6 Read the story
Play the cartoon（出示课件）Students read after it Pay attention to the pronunciation the intonation and the emotion
7 Practice and act out the story
Students practice the story in groups and act it out
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Read the story and enjoy it
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1课时Let’s check板块中注重引导学生通图相关文字信息学会中推测考查点做目听录音听完成匹配务通活动培养学生听前预测惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水
2Let’s wrap it up板块中逐步引导学生通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律游戏活动中进行操练激发学生学兴趣
3Story time板块中利问题逐步引导学生语境中助图片等理解事意利媒体帮助正确发音表演事激发学生学兴趣
4课堂教学突出学生体充分发挥引导作利种方式引导学生探索学纳运
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to learn to infer the test points by looking at the pictures and the relevant text information Listen to the recording purposefully and complete the matching task after listening
·Be able to develop the habit of prelistening prediction and help students improve their listening ability
Let’s wrap it up
·Be able to find out the grammar points that need to be paid attention to and summarize the rules through the activities
Story time
· Be able to review and consolidate the language learned in this unit by reading the interesting story and increase students’ language input
·Be able to understand the story with the help of pictures and the teacher
·Be able to read the story according to the correct pronunciation intonation and meaning group
·Be able to act out the story and communicate by using the language of the story appropriately
▶Teaching Priorities
· Be able to review the sentence structures of this unit and lead students to sum up the grammar points and summarize the rules
▶Teaching Difficulties
· Be able to understand the story with the help of pictures and the teacher and read the story aloud with correct pronunciation and intonation
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show some pictures on the PPT Help students review the sentences
3 Free talk
1 Greetings
2 Review the sentences
3 Talk about their parents by using the sentence structures in this unit
Help students review the relevant sentence structures to prepare for the following study
Presentation
1 Let’s check
(1) Look and predict
(2) Listen and match
(3) Listen again and answer the questions
(4) Play the recording and check the answers
(5) Talk about the listening content
(1) Look at the pictures and the phrases Predict the listening content
(2) Listen to the recording and match the pictures to the phrases according to the listening content
(3) Listen to the recording again
Try to answer the questions and then write down the answers
(4) Check the answers
(5) Talk about the listening content with their partners
Help students learn to guess the test points from the pictures and the relevant text information Listen to the recording purposefully Develop students’ habits of predicting before listening Improve their listening ability
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1) Show a photo of a person Lead students to ask some questions Write down the answers and other information about the person on the blackboard
(2) Describe the person
(3) Ask questions
Lead students to ask questions based on the information
(4) Analysis and summary
(5) Fill in the blanks
(6) Play the game I didn’t hear you
(1) Look at the photo and ask some questions to the teacher
(2) Try to describe the person according to the above information
(3) Ask questions based on the above information
(4) Work in groups to talk about how they ask the questions Observe the change of verbs in questions Then sum up and make a report to the class
(5) Try to fill in the blanks in the book
Check the answers
(6) Work in pairs to play the game I didn’t hear you
Lead students to find the grammar essential points which need to be paid attention to Let students summarize and master the grammar knowledge through selfobservation Stimulate students’ interest Cultivate students’ learning ability
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Create a situation Show some pictures of the jobs on the PPT
2 Show some unusual jobs
3 Talk about the unusual jobs Lead in some descriptions of the attitude about the jobs
Help students understand the phrases too dangerous get stung
4 Look and predict
5 Watch and answer
6 Read the story
7 Practice and act out the story
1 Say the words of the jobs one by one
2 Understand some unusual jobs with the pictures
3 Talk about the unusual jobs Try to understand the phrases too dangerous get stung
4 Look at the pictures Predict the main idea of the dialogues
5 Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
6 Read after the cartoon Pay attention to the pronunciation the intonation and the emotion
7 Practice the story in groups Then act it out
Use questions to lead students to understand the story with the help of pictures Use the cartoon to help them pronounce correctly and act out the story
Homework
1 Read the story and enjoy it
2 Do the exercises
Unit 6 How do you feel
教材分析
单元学题表达情绪心理状态情绪疏导提出建议教学容通SamSarah家谈卡通片场景Sarah姐弟妈妈谈爸爸生病原计划动物园话场景展开教学重点听说读写核心句型How do you feelThe mice are afraid of the catThe cat is angry with themHe should see a doctorDon’t be angry听说读写单词词组：feel sad angry happy worried afraid wrong ill see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten等
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写句型How do you feelThe mice are afraid of the catThe cat is angry
with themHe should see a doctorDon’t be angry
·够情景中运句型The mice are afraid of the catThe cat is angry with them等简单
表达相关情绪心理状态够运What should…do寻求解决问题方法够How
does…feel询问情绪心理状态够…should…Don’t…等句子疏导情
绪提出建议
·够理解蚂蚁Robin互相帮助事够正确意群语音语调朗读事运单元学核心句型复述事时根阅读获信息写出事梗概
·够听说读写单词词组：feel sad angry happy worried afraid wrong ill see the doctor
do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten等
·够正确述单词词组简单表达动物种情绪心理状态疏导
情绪提出建议
·够图片文字支持完成表格仿写语句
·知道英语句子中单词间失爆破现象
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·渗透中心关心想貌取知恩图报情感态度教
育
·解中国卡通名片黑猫警长
·解蚂蚁相关基科学知识
·够通图捕捉信息根提示做出听前预测
·够通读文段获取旨意细节信息进行推理判断
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Write and say
第三课时： Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
第四课时： Part B Let’s learn & Play card games
第五课时： Part B Read and write
第六课时： Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求学会听前预测听力重点容
·够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表
演
·够情景中运be+表示情绪形容词表达心情感受
·够语境中助图片等理解chase mice bad hurt be afraid of be angry with意思正确发音
▶教学重点
够听懂话意正确意群语音语调朗读话
▶教学难点
够情景中运be+表示情绪形容词表达心情感受
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
Teaching purpose①
PPT播放歌曲学生尝试唱情景图然引出单元表达情绪话题
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands by using the PPT （出示课件）
Students can sing along with the song and do actions after it
3 Free talk
T That’s cool How do you feel now Are you happy
Ss …
4 Leadin
Present the pictures of the main scene（课件出示：Unit 6情景图）
T Look at these pictures How does Sarah feel
Lead students to talk about the pictures by using the sentences below
Is she happysadangry…in Picture…
Use the facial expressions to help students understand the words
T In this unit we’re going to talk about feelings
Write down the topic How do you feel on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
1 Finish the exercises②
(1) Show the part of Let’s try to students（课件出示教材P58 Let’s try板块容）
T It’s cold outside Sam is talking with Sarah Where are they Are they at home Are they at school What will they do Can you guess
(2) Ask students to read the questions quickly
T Now let’s listen and find the right answers
(3) Play the recording（课件出示：教材P58 Let’s try板块音频）
Students listen to the recording and try to circle the right answers
(4) Play the recording again and check the answers（出示课件）
Q1 Where are they (At home)
Teaching purpose③
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通动作帮助学生理解chase面学扫清障碍
Q2 What will they do (Watch films)
2 Look and predict③
Show the picture of Let’s talk to students（课件出示：教材P58 Let’s talk板块图片）Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
T Sam and Sarah are at home Look out of the window What’s the weather like
Ss It’s cold windy outside
T And what do you see in Sarah’s hand
Ss I see a DVD There is a cat and a mouse in the picture on the DVD
T Yes Maybe the cat is chasing the mouse now
Write down the word chase on the blackboard Do the action to help students understand the word and then teach the word
T Sam and Sarah are at home What will they do
Ss They will watch a film
T What film will they watch Can you guess
Teaching purpose④
引导学生带着问题观文动画整体感知文获取信息
Ss There is a cat in the picture on the DVD Maybe it’s a film about a cat
T Cool Let’s watch it
3 Watch and answer④
(1) Show the questions on the PPT（出示课件）
Q1 What’s the cartoon about
Q2 What does the cat do
(2) Play the cartoon（课件出示：教材P58 Let’s talk板块视频）
Students watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
(3) Check the answers
A1 It’s about a cat
A2 It’s a police officer
T Cool The cat is a police officer He chases the mice The mice are afraid of him
Show a picture to help students understand the word and the phrase mice be afraid of… on the PPT（课件出示：猫抓老鼠老鼠害怕图片）
Lead students to read the words
Write down the sentence The mice are afraid of him on the blackboard and teach the sentence
4 Read and answer Learn the new words
Show the question on the PPT（出示课件）
Q3 Why is the cat angry with the mice
Students read the dialogue and try to answer the question
Ss Because the mice are bad They hurt people
Use the pictures to help students understand the words bad hurt (课件出示：badhurt相关容)
Lead students to read the words
5 Learn the new sentence structure
T Because the mice are bad They hurt people The cat is angry with them
Lead students to read the word angry
Teaching purpose⑤
通听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
Write down the sentence structure …be angry with… on the blackboard
T Maybe our cat is chasing a mouse now Why
Ss Because the cat is angry with the mice
T Good
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑤
(1) Students read after the recording（课件出示：教材P58 Let’s talk板块音频）Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Students act out the dialogue
2 Choose the word to fill in the blanks
(1) Show some sentences on the PPT
(2) Students try to fill in the blanks by using am is are
Answers a is b is c am d are e is f are
(3) Students say the sentences
Ask several students to read the sentences to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
Teaching purpose⑥
通图片引导学生学会运学语言描述情绪通做做猜猜游戏帮助学生巩固学新知识提高学生学积极性
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
1 Look and say
(1) Ask students to look at the three pictures in the book Use some questions to lead them to understand
T How do you feel about Picture 1
S1 I’m afraid of him
…
(2) Lead students to discuss in pairs
T How do these pictures make you feel Please tell your partner
(3) Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
2 Guessing game
Choose one student to come to the front of the classroom Ask himher to act out an emotion with actions and expressions
T How does heshe feel
The other students guess it Praise the student who guesses right
Students play the game in groups
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1整教学设计流畅清晰达成课程教学目标
2活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力
3逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
4情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
·Be able to understand the questions and predict the main content of the listening part
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening task
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture And be able to answer the question below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and act it out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structure be+ adj to express their feelings in situations
· Be able to understand and read the new words and the phrases chase mice bad hurt be afraid of be angry with correctly by using the pictures in the context
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structure be+ adj to express feelings in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands
3 Free talk
4 Leadin
Present the pictures of the main scene
Lead students to observe and talk about the pictures
1 Greetings
2 Sing along with the song and do actions after it
3 Free talk
4 Observe and talk about the pictures of the main scene
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Use the pictures of the main scene to lead in the topic of expressing feelings in this unit naturally
Presentation
1 Finish the exercises
(1) Show the part of Let’s try
(2) Let students read the questions quickly
(3) Play the recording
(4) Play the recording again and check the answers
(1) Predict the listening content
(2) Read the questions quickly
(3) Listen to the recording
and try to circle the right answers
(4) Check the answers
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening Cultivate students’ logical reasoning ability
2 Look and predict
Show the picture of Let’s talk Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue Teach the word chase
Look at the picture carefully Answer the teacher’s questions
Predict the main idea of the dialogue Learn the word chase
Use the questions to lead students to predict the main idea of the dialogue Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability Pave the way for further learning
3 Watch and answer
(1) Show the questions on the PPT
(2) Play the cartoon
Let students watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
(3) Check the answers
Teach the word and the phrase mice be afraid of… Teach the sentence
(1) Read the questions
(2) Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
(3) Check the answers
Learn the word and the phrase mice be afraid of…
Learn the sentence
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
4 Read and answer Learn the new words
Show the question on the PPT
Lead students to read the dialogue and answer the question
Teach the words bad hurt
Read the dialogue and try to answer the question
Try to understand and learn the words
Help students get an overall perception of the dialogue and get useful information Use the questions to lead students to learn the new words the phrase the sentence structure and the sentence
5 Learn the new sentence structure
Teach the sentence structure …be angry with…
Learn the new sentence structure …be angry with…
Practice
1 Read and act
(1) Play the recording and let students read after the recording
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Let students act out the dialogue
(1) Read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Act out the dialogue
Make sure students can read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally
2 Choose the word to fill in the blanks
(1) Show some sentences on the PPT
(2) Let students try to fill in the blanks by using am is are
(3) Let students read the sentences
(1) Look at the sentences on the PPT
(2) Try to fill in the blanks by using am is are
(3) Some students read the
sentences and the other students evaluate them
Prepare for the next part Practice the key words and sentences
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Look and say
(1) Let students look at the three pictures in the book Use some questions to lead them to talk about the pictures
(2) Let students discuss in pairs
(3) Ask several students to show to the class and the other students listen and make evaluations
(1) Look at the three pictures and talk about them with the help of the teacher
(2) Discuss in pairs
(3) Show to the class and
make evaluations
Help students use the language they have learned to describe their own feelings by looking at the pictures
2 Guessing game
Choose one student to come to the front of the platform Ask himher to act out an emotion with actions and expressions and the other students guess it Praise the student who guesses right
Let students play the game in groups
One student acts out an emotion with actions and expressions The other students try to guess Then play the game in groups
Consolidate the knowledge through the game Improve students’ motivation of learning
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Write and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·通图片课件等结合教材中Sarah猫生活事件中状态情绪学会听说读写列单词：feel sad angry happy worried afraid
·够结合板块核心句型表达物动物情绪心理状态
Write and say
·观察图中物动作表情
·够根生活验判断写出描述物情绪心理状态形容词
▶教学重点
够听说读写熟练运列单词：feel sad angry happy worried afraid
▶教学难点
够学语言表达物动物情绪心理状态
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
Teaching purpose①
播放歌曲学生唱激发学生学兴趣PPT出示图片师生讨图片然引出单元表达情绪话题
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands（出示课件）
Students sing along with the song and do actions after the video
3 Free talk
T What a nice song How do you feel Are you happy now
Ss …
T In our life people have different feelings
Show some pictures of people on the PPT（课件出示：物情绪图片）
Students try to describe the pictures
Then show some pictures of animals on the PPT（课件出示：动物情绪图片）
T Look Animals also have feelings
Students try to describe the pictures
4 Leadin
T Today we’re going to learn how to describe feelings
Write down the topic How do you feel on the blackboard
Teaching purpose②
结合图片利问题引导学生学新单词媒体教授新单词通种方式帮助学生操练新单词
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Look at Picture 1 Learn the words angry afraid
T Sam and Sarah were talking about a cartoon It’s about a cat The cat is a police officer He chases the mice They’re afraid of him Why
Ss Because the mice are bad They hurt people The cat is angry with them
Show Picture 1 to students（出示课件）
Students look at the picture carefully
Talk about the picture with students
Questions ①Who is she ②What is it ③What are they doing ④How does she feel ⑤How does the cat feel ⑥Why
Lead students to answer the questions
Write down the words angry afraid on the blackboard and teach them
Help students practice the words in pairs then in groups like this
Angry angry Sarah is angry Afraid afraid the cat is afraid
2 Look at Picture 2 Learn the words ill sad
Show Picture 2 to students
Students look at the picture carefully
Talk about the picture with students
Questions ①How does the cat feel ②How does Sarah feel
Lead students to answer the questions
Write down the words ill sad on the blackboard and teach them
Help students read the word ill through the word hill
Help students read the word sad through the word bad
Help students practice the words like this
Ill ill the cat is ill Sad sad Sarah is sad
3 Look at Picture 3 Learn the word worried
Show Picture 3 to students
Students look at the picture carefully
Talk about the picture with students
Questions ①Where is the cat②How does the cat feel③How does Sarah feel
Lead students to answer the questions
Write down the word worried on the blackboard and teach it
Use sentences to help students compare the word worried with the word worry
Help students practice the word like this
Worried worried Sarah and the cat are worried
4 Look at Picture 4 Learn the word happy
T The cat is in the tree Sarah and the cat are worried Who can help them Look at Picture 4
Show Picture 4 to students
Students look at Picture 4 carefully
Talk about the picture with students
Questions ①Who’s that man②How does the cat feel③How does Sarah feel
Lead students to answer the questions
Write down the word happy on the blackboard and teach it
Help students practice the word like this
Happy happy Sarah and the cat are happy
5 Read and practice
Teaching purpose③
利单词卡片帮助学生操练新单词快速认读新单词
Play the recording （课件出示：教材P59 Let’s learn板块音频）
Students read after it
Then ask students to read the sentences by themselves and act out
Step 3 Practice
1 Flashing cards③
Use the word cards to help students practice the words Students read the words as fast as they can
Teaching purpose④
利游戏连线说说帮助学生句型中练运新单词活跃课堂气氛
2 Play a game④
（游戏说明：教师次选名学讲台前面请抽出张单词卡做出相应表情学根表演句型Are you happysadangry…猜猜猜表演学生试着说：I’m happysadangry…because…）
3 Look and match then say
Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：物情绪图片）
Then show the words one by one (课件出示：逐展示情绪类单词)
Students look and try to match the words to the pictures
Check the answers（课件出示：答案）
Then talk about the pictures with students
T How does he she feel How do they feel
Ss He She is… They’re…
Students practice in pairs Then the teacher asks several students to show to the class the other students listen and make evaluations
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Write and say
（1）Show the pictures to students (课件出示：教材P59 Write and say板块图片) Ask questions and lead students to answer
Questions ①What is heshe doing②What are they doing③How does heshe feel④How do they feel
Students try to answer the questions
（2）Students write down the words to finish the sentences
Teaching purpose⑤
通游戏学生情境中合理运学词汇句型激发学生英语学动力培养学生语言综合运力
（3）Check the answers
（4）Students point and say
Students work in pairs
2 Play the game—changing the face⑤
（1）Ask one student to come to the front of the platform and make a face The teacher asks How does heshe feel The other students answer Then the student changes another face The teacher asks and the other students answer
（2）Students work in groups to play the game changing the face
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the words three times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1课前利首学生耳熟详歌曲导入歌曲明快节奏调动学生学积极性舒缓学生课前紧张情绪较快投入英语学中
2结合图片利问题引导学生感知理解新单词帮助学生轻松学新单词通活动帮助学生操练新单词
3通变脸游戏创设生活植入课堂活泼游戏形式帮助学生进步巩固学知识学生玩中学学中玩
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new words feel sad angry happy worried afraid by observing the pictures and the PPT
·Be able to express the feelings of people and animals by using the key sentence structures
Write and say
·Observe the movements and the expressions of the people in the pictures
· Be able to judge and write down the adjectives to describe the feelings of the characters according to life experience
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the new words feel sad angry happy worried afraid skillfully
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the target language to express the feelings of people and animals
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands
3 Free talk
Show some pictures on the PPT Talk to students
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing along with the song and do actions
3 Try to describe the pictures
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and lead in the topic of feelings
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Look at Picture 1 Learn the words angry afraid
Show Picture 1 to students
Talk about the picture with students with some questions
Teach the words angry afraid
Help students practice the words in pairs and in groups
Look at the pictures carefully and talk about them with the teacher
Answer the questions
Learn and practice the words
Lead in the new words properly Help students learn the new words through the pictures and the questions
Help students practice the new words in different ways
2 Look at Picture 2 Learn the words ill sad
Show Picture 2 to students
Talk about the picture with students with some questions
Teach the words ill sad
Help students read the words ill sad through the words hill bad
Help students practice the words
3 Look at Picture 3 Learn the word worried
Show Picture 3 to students
Talk about the picture to students with some questions
Teach the word worried
Use the sentences to help students compare the word worried with the word worry
Help students practice the word
4 Look at Picture 4 Learn the word happy
Show Picture 4 to students
Talk about the picture with students with some questions
Teach the word happy
Help students practice the word
5 Read and practice
Read after the recording
Then read and act out
Make sure students can read the sentences correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to help students practice the words
2 Play a game
Play a guessing game to help students practice the words and the sentence structures
3 Look and match then say
Show some pictures and words on the PPT
Let students look and try to match the words to the pictures and then check the answers Talk about them by using How does heshe feelHow do they feel HeShe is…They’re… with students
Ask students to practice in pairs and show to the class
1 Read the words as fast as they can
2 Play a guessing game to practice the words and the sentence structures
3 Look and try to match the words to the pictures Check the answers Then talk about them and practice in pairs At last several students show to the class and the other students make evaluations
Help students practice the new words in sentences Liven up the class Cultivate students’ interest in learning
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Write and say
(1) Show the pictures to students Ask questions and lead them to answer
(2) Let students write down the words to finish the sentences
(3) Check the answers
(4) Let students point and
say
（1）Look at the pictures and talk about them with the teacher
（2）Write down the words to finish the sentences
（3）Check the answers
（4）Point and say
Help students use the words and the sentence structures properly in situations
Stimulate students’ motivation in English learning
Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
2 Play the game —changing the face
(1) Ask one student to come to the front of the platform and make a face The teacher asks How does heshe feel Ask the other students to answer Then let the student change another face The teacher asks and let the other students answer
(2) Let students work in groups to play the game changing the face
（1）One student comes to the front of the platform and makes a face The other students answer the teacher’s question Then the student changes another face The other students answer the teacher’s question
（2）Work in groups to play the game
Homework
1 Copy the words three times
2 Do the exercises
The third period（第三课时）
Part B Let’s try & Let’s talk
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s try
·够读懂题目求够听前预测听力重点容
·够运基听力技巧完成Let’s try板块听力务
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片PPT老师帮助理解话意回答话面问题
·够通听录音学会正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色
表演
·够情景中运句型…should…Don’t…提出建议
·够What’s wrong询问状况
·够语境中助图片等理解wrong should feel well意思正确发音
·教学程中学生进行中心关心着想德育教育
▶教学重点
够理解话意正确意群语音语调朗读话
▶教学难点
够情景中运句型…should…Don’t…提出建议
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频时钟教具等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
利情绪状态图片帮助学生复相关单词唤醒旧知激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫提前渗透句型
2 Revision①
Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：表示情绪状态图片angry afraid ill sad worried happy等） Talk about them with students Help students review the words of feelings
T How does he she feel
Ss He’s She’s…
…
T …is ill What will you say to him her
Lead students to answer by using He She should…
Ss He She should go to the hospital
T Yes He She should see a doctor
3 Leadin
T That’s a good suggestion Today we are going to learn how to give suggestions
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容次听录音核答案录音容学生进行话练
Write down the topic How do you feel on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Finish the exercises②
(1) Predict the listening content
Show the part of Let’s try to students （课件出示教材P60 Let’s try板块容）
T It’s seven o’clock in the morning and it’s time to get up Two people are talking Who are they Doctors or parents Can you guess
Show the words doctors parents to students（课件出示doctorsparents两单词）
(2) Read the questions
T Who is talking What are they talking about Let’s listen and circle
Please pay attention to the options We should listen and circle the right answers
Students read the questions quickly by themselves
(3) Play the recording（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s try板块音频）
Students listen to the recording and try to circle the right answers
(4) Play the recording again and check the answers
(5) Talk about the listening material （出示课件）
Teaching purpose③
通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Questions ①Who is talking (Parents) ②What are they talking about (Going to the zoo) ③What’s wrong with Dad(He’s illHe has a fever) ④What should he do(He should see a doctor)
2 Look and predict③
Show the picture to students (课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块图片) Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
Teaching purpose④
利问题逐步引导学生理解文相继教授新单词新句型引导学生重点句型进行认知操练
Questions ①Who are they②What are they talking about③How does Sam feel…
3 Watch and answer④
Show the questions on the PPT (课件出示：列问题) Let students watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
Q1 What’s wrong
Q2 How does Sam feel
Q3 What does Sam’s mum say
Play the cartoon（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块视频） Students watch the cartoon Then check the answers
A1 Sam’s father is ill
A2 He is sad
A3 Don’t be sad
Write down the sentences What’s wrong Don’t be sad on the blackboard And then teach them
Let students spell the word wrong by themselves
T The letter w doesn’t sound in this word
Teaching purpose⑤
教学程中学生进行中心关心着想德育教育
Students practice the word and the sentences
4 Read and answer Learn the new words and sentence⑤
Show the questions on the PPT（课件出示：列问题）
Q4 Sam’s father is ill What should his father do
Q5 Sam is sad What should he do
Students read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
A4 He should see a doctor
A5 He should go to the zoo next time
Write down the sentence He should see a doctor on the blackboard Then teach the word should and the sentence
Ask students to practice in pairs
T What does Sam say
Ss He says How does Dad feel now
Lead students to answer the question
T Yes His father is not well Sam cares for his father He should go to the hospital with his father We should care for others
Teaching purpose⑥
通播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确意群语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演
Help students understand the words feel well
Help students establish the consciousness of caring for others
5 Read and act⑥
(1) Let students read after the recording（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块音频）Let them pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Let students act out the dialogue
Teaching purpose⑦
助图片学生呈现情景片段帮助学生操练新句型出合理建议
Step 3 Practice
1 Look and say⑦
Show the pictures on the PPT one by one（课件出示：逐出示爬树图生病图座图禁止游泳图）
Students look and try to say
2 Pair work
(1) Show the pictures in the book to students（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块Act with your friends图片）
T Your friends need some help Call them and give them your suggestions
(2) Make a demonstration
Look at the first picture Make a demonstration with a student
Simulate a phone call with your hands
T What’s wrong with you
S1 I’m angry
T Don’t be angry You should take a deep breath
(3) Practice in pairs
(4) Show time
S1 What’s wrong with you
S2 I’m ill
S1 Oh I’m sorry to hear that You should see a doctor
S3 What’s wrong with you
S4 I’m sad
S3 You should listen to happy music
T You should think about some happy thingsread a joke book
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
Teaching purpose⑧
通创设然真实情境学生情境中合理运学语言解心理医生职业尝试合理建议培养学生语言综合运力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Play a psychologist
1 Create a situation
Show a picture of a psychologist on the PPT （课件出示张心理医生片）
T There’s a special job—the psychologist He She helps other people in psychology He She can give some suggestions to people
Show some words of the feelings on the left of the PPT（课件左侧出示：表示种情绪感觉词汇angry afraid ill sad worried happy hungry tired等）Students read the words one by one
Show some words or phrases of some actions on the right of the PPT（课件右侧出示：动词动词词组dance swim listen to music sing songs draw cartoons read books watch TV do exercise go shopping play basketball play sports等） Students read the words or the phrases one by one
2 Make a demonstration
T I’m a psychologist now What’s wrong with you How do you feel
S1 I am angry
T Don’t be angry You should take a deep breath Can you tell me something
…
3 Work in groups
T Now please work in groups of four
4 Show time
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1教学活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力
2听力教学中逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容
3情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
4教学程中学生进行中心关心着想德育教育
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s try
· Be able to understand the requirements of the questions and predict the main content of the listening part
·Be able to use basic listening skills to complete the listening tasks
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the picture be able to answer the questions below the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and act it out in groups
· Be able to use the sentence structures …should…and Don’t…to give suggestions properly in situations
·Be able to ask other people by usingWhat’s wrong
· Be able to understand and read the new words wrong should feel well correctly in situations
·Help students establish the consciousness of caring for others
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures …should… and Don’t… to give suggestions properly in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show some pictures on the PPT Talk about them with students Help students review the words of feelings
Lead students to answer by using He She should…
3 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Look at the pictures and talk about them with the teacher Review the words of feelings
Try to answer by using HeShe should…
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and help them review some words Lead in the topic of giving suggestions
Prepare for the further learning and permeate the sentence structure in advance
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Finish the exercises
(1) Let students predict the listening content
Show the part of Let’s try
Show the words doctors parents
Lead students to predict
（2）Let students read the questions quickly by themselves
（3）Play the recording
（4）Play the recording again and check the answers
（5）Talk about the listening material
(1) Look at the part of Let’s try and the two words and predict the listening content
(2) Read the questions quickly
(3) Listen to the recording and try to circle the right answers
(4) Check the answers
(5) Talk about the listening material
Lead students to predict the listening content before listening Cultivate students’ logical reasoning ability
2 Look and predict
Show the picture to students
Let students look at the picture carefully
Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the dialogue
Look at the picture carefully
Answer the questions
Predict the main idea of the dialogue
Use the questions and the picture to help students predict the main idea of the dialogue
Activate the old knowledge
3 Watch and answer
Show the questions on the PPT
Play the cartoon and check the answers
Teach the sentences What’s wrong Don’t be sad
Let students spell the wordwrong by themselves
Watch the cartoon and try to answer the questions
Check the answers
Learn and practice the word and the sentences
Use the questions to lead students to understand the dialogue step by step
Help students understand the new word and sentences
4 Read and answer Learn the new words and sentence
Show the questions on the PPT
Let students read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
Teach the word should and the sentence He should see a doctor
Help students understand the words feel well and establish the consciousness of caring for others
Read the dialogue and try to answer the questions
Learn the word should and the sentence
Practice the word and the sentence structure in pairs
Learn the words feel well and try to understand them
Establish the consciousness of caring for others with the help of the teacher
Use the questions to lead students to learn the new words and the sentence structure
Help students establish the consciousness of caring for others
5 Read and act
(1) Let students read after the recording
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Let students act out the dialogue
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups
(3)Act out the dialogue
Make sure students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Look and say
Show some pictures on the PPT one by one
2 Pair work
(1) Show the pictures in the book to students
(2) Make a demonstration
Make a demonstration with a student Simulate a phone call with the hands
(3) Practice in pairs
(4) Show time
1 Look at the pictures and try to say
2 (1) Observe the pictures in the book
(2) A student makes a demonstration with the teacher
(3) Practice in pairs
(4) Several students show
to the class The other students listen and make evaluations
Help students practice the key words and sentence structures through scenes made of pictures and give them some suggestions
Consolidation
&
Extension
Play a psychologist
1 Create a situation
Show a picture of a psychologist on the PPT and introduce the job
Show some words of feelings on the left of the PPT Show some words or phrases of some actions on the right of the PPT
2 Make a demonstration
3 Work in groups
4 Show time
1 Learn about the psychologist
Read the words or the phrases one by one
2 A student makes a demonstration with the teacher
3 Work in groups of four
4 Several students show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
Create a real situation to develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Help students learn about the psychologist and try to give others some appropriate suggestions
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Do the exercises
The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Play card games
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·通图片课件等结合教材中陈杰吴MikeOliver情境中表现情绪感受教师父母朋友分提出针性建议疏导情绪场景学会听说读写词组：see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
·够熟练运句型You should…提出合理建议
Play card games
·够根伴抽卡片容提出相应建议
▶教学重点
够听说读写熟练运列词组：see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
▶教学难点
够学词组句型针情况提出合理建议
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
Teaching purpose①
节课图片进行话练帮助学生复相关句型然导入新课
1 Greetings
2 Revision①
Show the pictures on page 60 to students Talk about the pictures with students（课件出示：教材P60 Let’s talk板块方图片）
Students talk about the pictures in pairs
A What’s wrong with you
B I’m angry
A Don’t be angry You should take a deep breath
…
3 Free talk
Prepare the word cards about ill sad angry worried
Ask several students to choose one card and act it out
T What’s wrong with him her
Ss Are you ill sad angry worried
S1 Yes I’m angry …
T What should heshe do Can you give himher some suggestions
Ss You should…
4 Leadin
T People may meet problems anytime How to solve the problems Today we’re going to learn how to give more suggestions to other people
Write down the topic How do you feel on the blackboard
Teaching purpose②
结合话图片引导学生学新词组媒体教授新词组引导学生话中操练新词组
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Look at Picture 1 Learn the phrase see a doctor
Present Picture 1（课件出示：教材P61 Let’s learn板块第幅图）Talk about the picture with students
T Who is the girl
Ss She’s Chen Jie
T How does she feel
Ss She’s ill
T What’s your suggestion What does Miss White say to her
Ss You should see a doctor
Write down the phrase see a doctor on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the phrase（出示课件）
Ask students to practice the phrase like this
A Ill ill I’m ill
B See a doctor see a doctor You should see a doctor
2 Look at Picture 2 Learn the phrase do more exercise
Present Picture 2 Talk about the picture with students
T Who is the boy
Ss He’s Wu Yifan
T Wu Yifan can’t run fast What does the PE teacher say to him
Lead students to answer You should do more exercise
Write down the phrase do more exercise on the blackboard Lead students to spell words by syllables
Use the recording to teach the phrase（出示课件）
Explain the different usage of the words more and much briefly
Ask students to practice the phrase like this
A Healthy healthy I want to be healthy
B Do more exercise do more exercise You should do more exercise
3 Look at Picture 3 Learn the phrase wear warm clothes
Present Picture 3 Talk about the picture with students
T What’s the weather like
Ss It’s cold
T What should Mike do What does his mum say to him
Lead students to answer You should wear warm clothes
Write down the phrase wear warm clothes on the blackboard Use the word pear to help students spell the word wear
Use the recording to teach the phrase （出示课件）
Ask students to practice the phrase like this
A Cold cold It’s cold outside
B You should wear warm clothes
4 Look at Picture 4 Learn the phrases take a deep breath count to ten
Present Picture 4 Talk about the picture with students
T Who are they
Ss Oliver and John
T How does Oliver feel
Ss He is angry
T What should Oliver do What does John say to him
Lead students to answer You should take a deep breath and count to ten
Write down the phrases take a deep breath count to ten on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the phrases（出示课件）
Students read the phrases one by one
Ask students to practice the phrases like this
A Angry angry I’m angry
B You should take a deep breath and count to ten
5 Read and act
（1）Students read after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Let students practice by acting out in scenes For example scenes of being ill running slowly panting feeling so cold and being angry etc
Ask them to work in groups
Teaching purpose③
利单词卡片制卡片帮助学生操练新词组根实际情况运学知识出合理建议活跃课堂气氛
（3）Show time
Step 3 Practice③
1 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to play a game Students read the phrases as fast as they can
2 Play card games
Use the word cards to play this game Students work in pairs
Students make some word cards They write down the words cold ill angry worried on the cards
One student chooses a card and says something according to the card The other student gives advice to himher
A I’m… What should I do
B You should…
Ask several students to show to the class
Teaching purpose④
通活动学生情境中合理运学词汇激发学生英语学动力培养学生语言综合运力
The other students listen and make evaluations
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension④
Agony aunt
1 Create a situation
Show a picture to create a situation on the PPT (课件出示：知心姐姐图片)
T Look She is the agony aunt She helps other people But today she is ill Can you help her to write back the letters Let’s see the letters
2 Give advice
Show some letters on the PPT
Students try to give some advice to them
Students can work in groups
3 Write down the advice
Students write down the advice
4 Write back the letters
T Let’s help the agony aunt We can help her to write back the letters
Students try to write back the letters
5 Show the letters
Choose some students to show their letters to the class The other students try to find out who is the right person to be the intimate friend
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Copy the phrases three times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1节课教材图片引导学生进行话练帮助学生复相关句型然导入新课面学做铺垫
2充分结合图片话引导学生学新词组媒体教授新词组引导学生种方式操练新词组
3操练环节利单词卡片制卡片帮助学生操练新词组根实际情况运学知识出合理建议活跃课堂气氛
4情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然学语言突出教学重点
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak read and write the new phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten by observing and talking about the pictures
·Be able to make reasonable suggestions by using the sentence structureYou should…
Play card games
·Be able to give suggestions according to the content of the word cards
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak read write and use the new phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten skillfully
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the phrases and the sentence structures they have learned to make reasonable suggestions for different situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Show the pictures on page 60 to students
Talk about the pictures with students
3 Free talk
Prepare the word cards about ill sad angry worried
Ask several students to choose one card and act it out
Talk with students
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Look at the pictures and talk about them in pairs
3 Several students choose one card and act it out
Talk with the teacher
Help students review the relevant sentence structures and lead in the topic
Presentation
1 Present the pictures Learn the phrases
Present Pictures 1~4 Talk about the pictures with students
Use some questions to lead students to learn
Write down the phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath and count to ten on the blackboard Use the recording to teach the phrases
Use the word pear to help students spell the word wear
Ask students to practice the phrases in pairs in groups
Look at Pictures 1~4 and talk about them
Learn and practice the phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath and count to ten
Point to the pictures and practice the phrases in pairs in groups
Lead in the new phrases properly Lead students to learn the new phrases through the pictures and the questions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
2 Read and act
（1）Let students read after the recording
（2）Let students practice by acting out in scenes For example scenes of being ill running slowly panting feeling so cold and being angry etc Ask them to work in groups
（3）Show time
（1）Read after the recording
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
（2）Practice the dialogue by acting out in scenes in groups
（3）Show to the class
Make sure students can read the sentences correctly and fluently
Practice
1 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to play a game
2 Play card games
Use the word cards to play this game Let students work in pairs
Let students make some word cards and write down the words cold ill angry worried on the cards
Ask one student to choose a card and say something according to the card
Ask the other student to give advice to himher
1 Read the phrases as fast as they can
2 Make some word cards
Write down the words cold ill angry worried on the cards
One student chooses a card and says something according to the card
The other student gives some advice to himher
Use the word cards and the selfmade cards to help students practice the new phrases
Use what they’ve learned to make reasonable suggestions according to the real situations
Consolidation
&
Extension
Agony aunt
1 Create a situation
Show a picture to create a situation on the PPT
2 Give advice
Show some letters on the PPT
Ask students to try to give advice to them
3 Write down the advice
Let students write down the advice
4 Write back the letters
Ask students to try to write back the letters
5 Show the letters
1 Observe the picture on the PPT
2 Read the letters on the PPT and try to give advice to them
3 Write down the advice
4 Try to write back the letters
5 Some students show their letters to the class The other students try to find out who is the right person to be the intimate friend
Create a real situation to stimulate students’ motivation in English learning and develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Homework
1 Copy the phrases three times
2 Do the exercises
The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Read and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够通绘制表情图复表示情绪单词
·够语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意完成排序题
·够根阅读获取信息完成事缩写活动口头复述
·够根例句提示文段中找更类现象够正确朗读句子语篇
·活动中渗透学生貌取明白团结力量应乐助道理
▶教学重点
够根阅读获取信息完成相应阅读务
▶教学难点
够语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音等
Teaching purpose①
通PPT出示图片引导学生复相关容激活背景知识储备词汇动脑动手面进入阅读做准备激发学兴趣
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading①
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play a song If you’re happy clap your hands on the PPT（出示课件）
Students sing along with it
3 Look and say
（1）Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：带情绪物图片）Let students look at the pictures
（2）Talk about the pictures
Talk about one picture with a student to make a demonstration
T How does she feel
S1 She is angry
T What should she do
S1 She should take a deep breath and count to ten
Students talk about the pictures with their partner
4 Draw faces for each word
T Now please open your English book and turn to page 62 Look at this part Can you read these words
Students read the words together
Ss Afraid happy angry sad
Students draw faces for each word by themselves
Teaching purpose②
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助图片预测教学容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力通预测教学容激活已知识提取文关知识进入文话题
Step 2 Whilereading
1 Look and predict②
Show the picture to students (课件出示：教材P62 Read and write板块图片) Let students look at the picture carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the story
Teaching purpose③
帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生快速阅读事提炼出文章旨意
Questions ①Who are they (Point to the ant and write down the word ant on the blackboard Help students spell the word) ②What will happen between Robin and the ant Can you guess ③How do they feel…
2 Fast reading③
Ask students to read the story for the first time quickly and try to finish the first task
Then check the answer
Teaching purpose④
引导学生通务语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意完成排序题事学生展开话助动作图片等学生理解事学中渗透学生貌取明白团结力量应乐助道理
Help students understand the main idea of the story
3 Careful reading④
Ask students to read the story for the second time carefully and try to number the pictures and underline the corresponding sentences
Then check the answers
Talk about the story with students to help them understand the story
T Robin is going to sit on the grass
Use the picture to help students understand sit on and grass （课件出示：Robin坐草图片）
T He hears Wait (Use the action to help students understand) Whom does Robin find
Ss A little ant
T How does the ant feel
Ss He is afraid
T What does Robin say (Lead students to answer)
Ss Don’t worry
Help students understand the word worry through the word worried
T The next day it is raining What’s wrong with Robin
T Oh He’s stuck in the mud
Show the picture to students （课件出示：Robin陷泥里图片） Help them understand the phrase stuck in the mud Teach the phrase
T Who helps Robin then
Ss The ant and his friends
T How do they help Robin (Lead students to answer)
Ss They pull Robin out of the mud
Use the action to help students understand the word pull
T What do you think of ants
Ss They’re small But they are strong
T Cool Unity is strength How do they feel
Ss They feel happy
T Why (Lead students to answer)
Ss Because they help each other
Teaching purpose⑤
通学生听录音读引导学生模仿正确停顿正确意群语音语调朗读事
T Yes Everyone needs help We should help others when they are in trouble
Help students understand the word everyone Teach the word
4 Read after the recording⑤
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P62 Read and write板块音频）
Students read after it Imitate the right pause Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Teaching purpose⑥
引导学生根阅读获取信息完成事缩写活动口头复述
5 Fill in the blanks and retell the story⑥
(1) Fill in the blanks
Students fill in the blanks by themselves
Then talk about them in groups
Check the answers
Answers afraid worried pull Robin out of the mud is happy
(2) Retell the story
Students try to retell the story according to the sentences and the pictures
Ask several students to retell the story to the class
Teaching purpose⑦
补充篇关宠物短文培养学生阅读兴趣阅读力
Step 3 Postreading
1 Read a passage about pets and fill in the chart⑦
Show a passage about pets and the chart on the PPT (课件出示：阅读材料表格)
Students read the passage and try to fill in the chart
Check the answers
Teaching purpose⑧
学生通朗读词组感受单词间失爆破现象鼓励学生根例子提示事中找更类词组正确朗读然班展示交流提升学生学信心
2 Tips for pronunciation⑧
（1）Listen and repeat
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P63 Tips for pronunciation音频）
Students read after the recording and feel the phenomenon of loss of plosion between the words
Practice the phrases
T 爆破音爆破音相遇时失爆破爆破音（b p d t g k）中意两相邻时第爆破音形成阻碍失爆破稍停顿快速第二完全爆破爆破音滑
（2）Find and practice
Find more similar phrases in the story on page 62 according to the examples and read them correctly
Practice in groups
（3）Show time
Ask several students to show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Choose some more phrases and practice them
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1引导学生通PPT出示图片复相关容帮助学生激活背景知识储备词汇动脑动手面进入阅读做准备充分激发学生学兴趣
2引导学生通务语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意完成排序题事学生展开话助动作图片等学生理解事
3学程中渗透学生貌取明白团结力量应乐助道理
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to review the emotional words by drawing pictures of expressions
·Be able to train students’ reading ability to capture different types of information and extract the main idea of the story through the reading tasks
·Be able to abbreviate the story and retell it orally
·Be able to find more similar phrases in the story according to the examples and read them correctly
·Be able to conduct moral and emotional education in activities Help students know thatDon’t judge a person by his appearance understandthe strength of unityand know the truth of be willing to help others
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to complete the corresponding reading tasks
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to capture different types of information in the story and extract the main idea of the text
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prereading
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play a song If you’re happy clap your hands by using the PPT
3 Look and say
（1）Show some pictures on the PPT
（2）Talk about the pictures
（3）Talk about one picture with a student to make a demonstration
4 Draw faces for each word
1 Greetings
2 Sing along with the recording
3（1）Look at the pictures
（2）Talk about the pictures with partners
4 Read the words together Then draw faces for each word on page 62
Activate students’ background knowledge and reserved vocabulary through pictures
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Prepare for the following reading
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilereading
1 Look and predict
Show the picture to students
Ask some questions to lead students to predict the main idea of the story
Point to the ant and help students spell the word
Look at the picture carefully
Answer the questions and predict the main idea of the story
Try to spell the word ant
Use the questions and the picture to lead students to predict the main idea of the story
Cultivate students’ observation ability and logical reasoning ability
2 Fast reading
Ask students to read the story for the first time quickly and try to finish the first task
Check the answer
Help students understand the main idea of the story
Read the story for the first time quickly Try to finish the first task
Check the answer
Understand the main idea of the story
Help students understand the requirements of the questions Lead them to read the story quickly and extract the main idea of the story
3 Careful reading
Ask students to read the story for the second time carefully and try to number the pictures and underline the corresponding sentences
Then check the answers
Talk about the story with students to help them understand the story
Teach the new words and phrases
Read the story for the second time carefully Try to number the pictures and underline the corresponding sentences
Check the answers
Then talk about the story with the teacher Try to understand the story
Learn the new words and phrases
Capture different types of information and extract the main idea of the story through the reading tasks
Conduct moral and emotional education in activities
4 Read after the recording
Play the recording
Read the story after the recording
Imitate the right pause
Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Make sure students are able to read the story correctly and fluently
5 Fill in the blanks and retell the story
(1) Check the answers
(2) Retell the story
(1) Fill in the blanks Then talk about them in groups Check the answers
(2) Try to retell the story according to the sentences and the pictures
Retell to the class
Help students abbreviate the story and retell it orally
Postreading
1 Read a passage about pets and fill in the chart
Show a passage about pets and the chart on the PPT
Ask students to fill in the chart
Check the answers
Read the passage and try to fill in the chart
Check the answers
Cultivate students’ reading interest and ability
2 Tips for pronunciation
（1）Listen and repeat
Play the recording
Ask students to read after the recording and feel the phenomenon of loss of plosion between the words
Ask students to practice the phrases
（2）Find and practice
Ask students to find more similar phrases in the story according to the examples and read them correctly
Ask students to practice in groups
（3）Show time
（1）Read after the recording
Feel the phenomenon of loss of plosion between the words
Practice the phrases
（2）Find more similar phrases in the story according to the examples and read them correctly
Practice in groups
（3）Several students show to the class The other students listen to them and make evaluations
Help students feel the phenomenon of loss of plosion between the words Encourage students to find more similar phrases and read them correctly Improve students’ self confidence in learning by showing to the class
Homework
1 Choose some more phrases and practice them
2 Do the exercises
The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Let’s check & Let’s wrap it up & Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s check
·够通图相关文字信息学会中推测重点做目听录音听完成匹配务
·够活动中培养学生良听力惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水力
Let’s wrap it up
·够通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律
Story time
·够图片教师帮助理解事容
·够正确意群语音语调朗读事
·够表演事恰运事中语言进行交流
▶教学重点
复单元句型引导学生语法点进行纳总结规律
▶教学难点
图片教师帮助理解事容正确语音语调朗读事
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
助歌曲chant唤醒学生旧知激发学生学兴趣面学做铺垫
2 Sing a song
Play a song If you’re happy clap your hands on the PPT（出示课件）Students sing along with it
3 Let’s chant
Show the word cards to students Students try to chant like this：
A Ill ill I am ill What should I do
B See a doctor see a doctor You should see a doctor
A Cold cold It’s cold What should I do
B Wear warm clothes wear warm clothes You should wear warm clothes
…
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生通图相关文字信息读懂题目求学会中推测考查点引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容做目听录音活动中培养学生良听力惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s check②
（1）Show the pictures to students (课件出示：教材P64 Let’s check板块图片) Talk about the pictures with students Let them predict the listening content
T Who are they
Ss They are Mike Wu Yifan Oliver and Zhang Peng
T Yes There are four students on the left How do they feel What should they do Can you guess Look There are four phrases on the right Now let’s listen and match
（2）Listen and match
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P64 Let’s check板块音频） Students listen and match them Then check the answers（课件出示：教材P64 Listen and match答案）
（3）Read the questions and the options
Students read the four questions and the options
Help students listen to the recording with the questions
（4）Listen again and circle the right answers
Play the recording again（出示课件） Students listen again and try to circle the right answers
（5）Play the recording for the third time and check the answers （出示课件）
Teaching purpose③
引导学生通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律活动中进行操练激发学生学兴趣
（6）Listen and read after the recording
2 Let’s wrap it up③
（1）Look and say
Show some pictures on the PPT（课件出示：表示物情绪感受图片）
Talk about the pictures
T How does hesheit feel How do they feel
Write down the words of emotions and feelings on the blackboard according to the answers of students
（2）Work in groups
Students work in groups to add more words and then sort the words into two categories
（3）Give some advice
Lead students to give some advice to others as the demonstration
A I’m hungry
B You should eat some bread
Teaching purpose④
利问题逐步引导学生语境中助图片等理解事意利媒体帮助正确发音提醒学生注意事中物情绪变化表演事
Students work in pairs
Step 3 Consolidation & Extension④
Story time
1 Look and predict
Show the pictures to students (课件出示：教材P65 Story time板块图片) Let students look at the pictures carefully Ask some questions to lead them to predict the main idea of the story
Questions ①Who are they②Where are they③What are they doing④How does Zip feel…
2 Look at Picture 1 and talk about it
Lead students to look at Picture 1 carefully Talk about the picture with students
T Who are they
Ss Zoom and Zip
T Where are they
Ss They are at home
T What are they going to do
Ss They’re going to watch TV
T What will Zoom do Why
Ss He’ll go and make some popcorn because Zip wants to have some popcorn
3 Look at Pictures 2 3 4 and talk about them
Lead students to look at Pictures 2 3 and 4 carefully Talk about the pictures with students
T How does Zip feel in Picture 2
Ss She’s so happy
Write down the word happy on the blackboard
T What time is it now
Ss It’s 700
(Point to Picture 3)
T Ten minutes later what does Zip think
Ss Zoom must be making lots of popcorn
(Point to Picture 4)
T What time is it
Ss It’s 732
T How does Zip feel
Ss She’s a little worried
Write down the word worried on the blackboard
4 Look at Pictures 5 6 and talk about them
Lead students to look at Picture 5 and Picture 6 carefully Talk about the pictures with students
T Where is Zoom
Ss He’s in the vegetable garden
T What did Zoom do
Ss He planted the popcorn seeds
T Yes He is waiting for them to grow but they take a long time to grow How does Zip feel
Ss She’s angry
Write down the word angry on the blackboard
T What should Zip do
Ss She should count to ten and take a deep breath
5 Watch and read
Play the cartoon (课件出示：教材P65 Story time板块视频) Students read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation the intonation and the emotion
6 Talk about the story
Talk about the story with students Let them pay attention to the key words happy worried angry on the blackboard
T How does Zip feel at first
Ss She’s happy
T Why does she feel happy
Ss Because Zoom is going to make popcorn for her
T Then how does Zip feel
Ss She’s worried
T Why does she feel worried about half an hour later
Ss Because Zoom doesn’t come back And Zip can’t find Zoom in the kitchen
T How does Zip feel at last
Ss She’s angry
T What suggestions do you give to Zip
Ss She should count to ten and take a deep breath
7 Practice and act out the story
Students practice the story in groups and pay attention to the emotional changes of the characters in the story Then act it out in class
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
1 Read the story and enjoy it
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1课时Let’s check板块逐步帮助学生通图相关文字信息读懂题目求学会中推测考查点引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容做目听录音活动中培养学生良听力惯帮助学生逐渐提高听力水力
2Let’s wrap it up板块逐步引导学生通活动找出需注意语法点进行纳总结规律活动中进行操练激发学生学兴趣
3Story time板块利问题逐步引导学生语境中助图片等理解事意利媒体帮助正确发音表演事
4课堂教学突出学生体教师充分发挥引导作利种方式引导学生探索学纳运
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s check
·Be able to learn to infer the test points by looking at the pictures and the relevant text information
·Be able to listen to the recording purposefully and complete the matching task after listening
·Be able to develop the habit of prelistening prediction and improve the listening ability
Let’s wrap it up
·Be able to find out the grammar points that need to be paid attention to and summarize the rules through activities
Story time
·Be able to understand the story with the help of pictures and the teacher
·Be able to read the story according to the correct sense group pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to act out the story and communicate appropriately in the language of the story
▶Teaching Priorities
·Review the sentence structures of this unit and lead students to sum up the grammar points and summarize the rules
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to understand the story with the help of the pictures and the teacher and be able to read the story aloud with correct pronunciation and intonation
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
Play the song If you’re happy clap your hands
3 Let’s chant
Show the word cards to students
1 Greet the teacher
2 Sing along with the recording
3 Try to chant
Help students review the relevant knowledge to prepare for the following study Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Presentation
1 Let’s check
（1）Show the picture to students Talk about the picture with students Let them predict the listening content
（2）Listen and match
Play the recording
Let students listen and match them
Then check the answers
（3）Read the questions and the options
（4）Listen again and circle the right answers
（5）Play the recording for the third time and check the answers
（6）Listen and read after the recording
(1) Look at the picture
and talk about it with the teacher Predict the listening content
(2) Listen and match them
Then check the answers
(3) Read the four questions
and the options
(4) Listen again and try to
circle the right answers
(5) Check the answers
(6) Listen and read after the recording
Help students learn to guess the test points from the pictures and the relevant text information Listen to the recording purposefully Develop students’ good habit of predicting before listening Improve their listening ability
▶Teaching Procedures
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1) Look and say
Show some pictures on the PPT and talk about them
Write down the words of emotions and feelings on the blackboard according to the answers of students
(2) Work in groups
Let students work in groups to add more words and then sort the words into two categories
(3) Give some advice
Lead students to give some advice to others
Let students work in pairs
(1) Look at the pictures and talk about them with the teacher
(2) Work in groups to add more words Then sort the words into two categories
(3) Give some advice to others
Work in pairs
Lead students to find out the grammar points which need to be paid attention to Then summarize the rules Let students practice them in activities to stimulate their interest in learning
Consolidation
&
Extension
Story time
1 Look and predict
2 Look at Pictures 1~6 and talk about them
Write down the words happy worried angry on the blackboard
3 Watch and read
Play the cartoon
4 Talk about the story
Talk about the story with students Let them pay attention to the key words happy worried angry on the blackboard
5 Practice and act out the story
1 Look at the pictures carefully and answer the questions Predict the main idea of the story
2 Talk about Pictures 1~6 with the teacher
3 Read the story after watching the cartoon Pay attention to the pronunciation the intonation and the emotion
4 Talk about the story with the teacher Pay attention to the key words happy worried angry
5 Practice the story in groups Pay attention to the emotional changes of the characters in the story Then act it out
Use questions to lead students to understand the story step by step with the pictures Use the media to help students pronounce correctly and act out the story well
Homework
1 Read the story and enjoy it
2 Do the exercises
Recycle 2
教材分析
单元学容通事活动等形式复巩固第4~6单元核心词汇句型
教学目标
知识力目标
·够听说读写实际情景中运第4~6单元核心句型
·够情景中运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes + ving等简单句询问描述某喜
·够情景中正确运句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t询问某否做什
·够情景中运句型—What does heshe do —He She is…询问回答某职业
·够情景中运句型Where does he workHow does he go to work询问解某工作点出行方式
·够运句型How does…feel询问某情绪表示情绪形容词描述情绪
·够运句型You should…Don’t…安慰提供建议
·句型What’s wrong询问状况
·够听说读写第4~6单元关业余爱职业情绪单词词组
·够意义语境中运述单词词组
·知道英语句子语调根正确语调朗读类型句子
·知道英语句子中连读失爆破正确朗读含现象句子
·知道句子重音正确读出句子重音
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·视角认识职业明白事某职业基条件尊重种职业构思职业理想
·解诚实宝贵品质
·解英语事基构成素
课时安排
第课时： Page 66 & Page 67
第二课时： Page 68 & Page 69
The first period(第课时)
Page 66 & Page 67
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Page 66
·够通观察图片听懂情景话
·够情景中运句型—What does heshe do —He She is…询问回答某职业
·够运句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes + ving询问描述某喜
Page 67
·够运句型How does…feel询问某情绪
·够表示情绪形容词描述情绪
·够运句型You should…Don’t…安慰提供建议
·够句型What’s wrong询问状况
▶教学重点
够情景中复运第4~6单元核心句型
▶教学难点
够情景中合理运学句型
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音等
Teaching purpose①
PPT出示相关单词词组帮助学生唤醒旧知面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Prelearning
1 Greetings
2 Brainstorm①
Show some pictures of jobs on the PPT （课件出示：职业片附单词词组：teacher postman fisherman fireman coach scientist pilot businessman factory worker farmer police officer等） Help students review the words or the phrases of jobs
3 A guessing game
The teacher says some sentences to describe the jobs And students try to guess the jobs
T：He works at sea He likes fishing What does he do
S1：He’s a fisherman
T：She works in a factory What does she do
S2：She’s a factory worker
…
Ask several students to make riddles about jobs Then say the riddles to the class The other students try to guess the jobs
4 Read and do
Show some words or phrases on the PPT （课件出示：单词词组：happy angry sad afraid ill worried see a doctor do more exercise take a deep breath wear warm clothes talk run read books play computer games sing song等）
Ask students to make facial expressions or do actions while reading the words or the phrases Help students review the words of the feelings and some activities
5 I do you say
Ask some students to do actions to the class one by one One student asks What’s hisher hobby The other students try to guess
Teaching purpose②
逐步帮助学生读懂题目求引导学生学会听前预测听力重点容分步完成听力务利表格帮助学生梳理信息运信息进行话练情景中运学语言
Step 2 Whilelearning
P66②
1 Understand the background knowledge
Students read the background knowledge by themselves first
Then the teacher introduces the background knowledge
T：Peter’s family are going to visit Ken’s family in another town Peter’s father is talking about them
2 Guess the jobs
Students work in groups to guess the jobs of Ken’s family
3 Listen and fill in the blanks
（1）Play the recording （课件出示：教材P66音频） Students listen to the recording and try to write down their jobs on the lines
（2）The teacher and students check the answers together (课件出示：教材P66 第题答案)
Praise the students who write the answers right
4 Listen again Write down the hobbies for the people
（1）Play the recording again (课件出示教材P66音频) Students listen to the recording and try to write down the hobbies for the people on the lines
（2）The teacher and students check the answers together (课件出示：教材P66 第二题答案)
Praise the students who write the answers right
5 Finish the chart
Show a chart to students Ask them to fill in the blanks according to the listening text
6 Talk about Ken’s family
Students work in pairs to talk about Ken’s family Make a model
T：Ken’s father is a farmer What does his mother do
S1：She’s a factory worker
T：What’s her hobby
S2：She likes reading
…
Teaching purpose③
引导学生观察讨图片设置连线务帮助学生理解图片容助完成连线务引导学生运学句型进行话练教学程中引导学生培养安全意识
P67③
1 Look and talk
Students read the background knowledge by themselves first
T：Peter’s family are on the bus What are they doing on the bus Now let’s have a look
Point to Peter’s family in the picture and talk with students
T：Who is she
Ss：She’s Peter’s mother
T：What is she doing
Ss：She’s reading
T：How does she feel
Ss：She feels sad
…
2 Look and match
Show the matching task on the PPT Let students look at the picture in the book carefully and try to finish it
3 Talk about Peter’s family
Ask students to talk about Peter’s family Make a model：
T：Peter’s family are on the bus What is his cousin doing
S1：He’s running
T：How does he feel
S1：He feels happy
T：How does Peter’s aunt feel
S1：She feels angry
T：Why
S1：Because Peter’s cousin is running on the moving bus
T：Yes It’s very dangerous So what can we say to him
（Lead students to answer the question）
S2：You should sit down
S3：Don’t run on a moving bus
…
Students work in pairs to talk about Peter’s family
4 Talk about the pictures
Show some pictures on the PPT （出示课件） Lead students to use the sentence structures You should…Don’t… to comfort others and give advice to others
Step 3 Postlearning
1 Peter’s puzzle
（1）Show the puzzle to students (课件出示：教材P67字谜)
T：Peter is doing word puzzles on the bus This is Peter’s puzzle Let’s try to do it
（2）Do the puzzle
Students do the puzzle by themselves
（3）Check the answers (课件出示：教材P67字谜答案)
Praise the students who finish it quickly and well
2 My dream career④
Teaching purpose④
通创设然真实情景学生情景中合理运学语言引导学生角度认识职业构思理想职业作简单汇报培养学生语言综合运力
（1）Create a situation
T：There are many interesting things in our life What do you like to do What’s your hobby What do you want to be Let’s make a survey For example if you like fishing you can be a fisherman
（2）Make a demonstration
Show a chart to the class （课件出示：调查表）
Make a demonstration with one student
T：… what’s your hobby
S1：I like fishing
T：What do you want to be
S1：I want to be a fisherman
…
Fill in the chart according to the answers of students
3 Work in groups
T：Now please work in groups of four Ask your partners’ hobbies and dream career and write down the answers in the chart
4Make a report
Ask one student to make a model
S1：I’m… I like… I want to be aan…
…likes… HeShe wants to be aan…
Ask several students to try to make a report The other students listen to them and make evaluations
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
35 Write down your dream career
36 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 充分发挥媒体辅助作效利课件帮助学生学
2 教学设计层次分明逐步引导帮助学生学引导学生听前预测分步完成听力务利表格帮助学生梳理信息运信息进行话练层层递进引导学生逐步完成学务
3 引导学生情境中理解活动中运突出语功通创设合理情景帮助学生情景中真实然复学语言突出教学重点
4 通创设然真实情境学生情境中合理运学语言培养学生语言综合运力达学致目
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Page 66
·Be able to understand the listening material by observing the picture
·Be able to ask and answer about someone’s occupation by using the sentence structures —What does heshe do —He She is… in scenes
·Be able to ask and describe someone＼＇s hobbies by using the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes + ving
Page 67
·Be able to ask about someone’s feelings by using the sentence structure How does…feel
·Be able to use emotional adjectives to describe feelings
·Be able to use the sentence structures You should…Don’t… to comfort others and offer advice
·Be able to ask about other people by using the sentence What’s wrong
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to review and use the key sentence structures of Unit 4 to Unit 6 properly
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to review and use the key sentence structures in situations properly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prelearning
1 Greetings
2 Brainstorm
Show some pictures of jobs on the PPT
3 A guessing game
Say some sentences to describe the jobs
4 Read and do
Show some words or phrases on the PPT
5 I do you say
Ask some students to do actions to the class one by one
1 Greetings
2 Review the words or the phrases of jobs
3 Guess the jobs according to the teacher’s sentences Then several students make riddles and the other students guess the jobs
4 Make facial expressions or do actions and review the words of feelings and some activities
5 Do actions to the class one by one One student asks the other students try to guess
Show relevant words or phrases on the PPT Help students activate the old knowledge Prepare for the later learning
Whilelearning
P66
1 Understand the background knowledge
Introduce the background knowledge
2 Guess the jobs
3 Listen and fill in the blanks
(1)Play the recording
(2)Check the answers
4 Listen again Write down the hobbies for the people
(1)Play the recording again
(2)Check the answers
5 Finish the chart
6 Talk about Ken’s family
1 Read and understand the background knowledge
2 Work in groups to guess the jobs of Ken’s family
3 (1) Listen and write down the jobs
(2) Check the answers
4 (1) Listen again Write down the hobbies for the people
(2) Check the answers
5 Try to fill in the blanks according to the listening text
6 Work in pairs to talk about Ken’s family
Help students understand the requirements of the questions Lead students to predict the key content of listening text before listening and then complete the listening task step by step Help students sort out the information by using the chart then lead them to use the information for dialogue practice
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Whilelearning
P67
1 Look and talk
Introduce the background knowledge
2 Look and match
3 Talk about Peter’s family
4 Talk about the pictures
1 Read and understand the background knowledge Look at the picture and talk about it
2 Look at the picture carefully and try to finish the matching task
3 Work in pairs to talk about Peter’s family as the model
4 Use the sentence structures
You should…Don’t … to comfort others and give advice to others
Lead students to observe and discuss the picture and set the matching task to help them understand the picture Lead students to develop safety awareness in the process of teaching
Postlearning
1 Peter’s puzzle
(1)Show the puzzle to students
(2)Ask students to do the puzzle
(3)Check the answers
Praise the students who finish it quickly and well
（1）Observe the puzzle
（2）Do the puzzle
（3）Check the answers
Help students practice the key words and sentence structures Train students’ ability of expressing in scenes and prepare for the expansion of communication activities
2 My dream career
(1)Create a situation
(2)Make a demonstration
3 Work in groups
4 Make a report
Work in groups of four Ask
and write down the answers in the chart
Then several students try to make a report The other students listen to them and make evaluations of their reports
Create a natural and real situation Help students use the language reasonably in the situation Help them understand occupations from different perspectives and conceive their own dream career Develop students’ comprehensive language using ability
Homework
28 Write down your dream career
29 Do the exercises
The first period(第课时)
Page 68 & Page 69
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Page 68
&
Page 69
·够句型—What are…’s hobbies —He She likes+ ving询问描述某喜
·够句型—Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t询问某否做什
·够句型—What does heshe do —He She is…询问回答某职业
·够句型Where does he workHow does he go to work询问解某工作点出行方式
▶教学重点
够通事活动复运第4~6单元词汇句型
▶教学难点
够情景中合理运句型
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音视频教学卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Prereading①
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
引导学生复第4~6单元词汇句型激活旧知面学做准备
2 Flashing cards
Use the word cards to play this game
Show the word cards of Unit 4 to Unit 6 one by one Ask students to read the words as fast as possible
Reward the students who read fast and accurately
3 A guessing game
Say some sentences about jobs Let students try to guess the words of jobs
Check the answers like this to review the sentence structures
T What does heshe do
Ss He She is…
T Where does heshe work
Ss He She works…
4 Ask and answer
Show some pictures about hobbies on the PPT （课件出示 物爱图片） Lead students to ask and answer in pairs
A What are…’s hobbies
B He She likes+ ving
Show some pictures about emotions on the PPT （课件出示 物情绪图片） Lead students to ask and answer in pairs
A How does heshe feel
B HeShe…
5 Leadin
T Good job Peter’s family are at Ken’s house now Ken’s father tells a story Let’s read the story together
Teaching purpose②
逐步引导学生理解文通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力活动程中渗透诚信宝贵品质德育教育
Step 2 While reading②
1 Fast reading
T Now we’re going to read a story What is the main idea of the story
Lead students to look at the chart on page 69
Write down the words When Where on the blackboard
T When does the story happen Where does the story happen
Students read the story for the first time and write down the answer to Where in the chart
Check the answers
2 Watch and circle
T How many people are mentioned in the story
Ss 4
Write down the word Who on the blackboard
T What do they do Now please read the story quickly and circle their jobs in the story You have 10 seconds to do this
Students read the story and try to circle the jobs in the story
Check the answers
Play the recording (课件出示 教材P68音频) Students listen to the recording and fill in the blanks on page 69
Check the answers
Who a rich old businessman a factory worker a coach a fisherman
3 Read again and fill in the chart
Show a chart on the PPT Ask students to read the story again and fill in the chart
Read and fill in the blanks
Write down the phrase What happens on the blackboard
T Now let’s read the story carefully Then try to fill in the blanks on page 69
Let students read the story by themselves and fill in the blanks on page 69
Check the answers
5 Answer the questions
Show the two questions below the passage on page 68 to the class （课件出示 教材P68 Read and answer问题）
Let students discuss them in groups Then check the answers
T How does the fisherman feel after three months
S1 He feels very sad
T How does he feel at the end
S2 He feels very happy
T Why
S3 Because he owns the money
S4 Because he is honest
T What does the story tell us Tick what you agree with in the book
Ss People should be honest
Teaching purpose③
引导学生总结事构成素根事素复述事鼓励学生仿事素写出事素表尝试创编事培养学生创造力
Step 3 Post reading③
1 Summarize the elements of a story
T Peter likes the story very much He is going to tell it to his best friend Let’s take a look at the elements of a story
2 Retell the story
(1)Ask students to look at the chart on page 69 and then try to retell the story
(2)Ask students to work in groups to prepare
(3)Ask several students to show their work to the class
3 Try to make a story
Show a list of story elements on the PPT （课件出示 事素表）
Then tell the story to the class as a model （课件出示 事范例）
Ask students to make a list of story elements and then try to make a story
Tell the story in groups
Asks several students to show their stories to the class Other students listen to them and make evaluations of their stories
▶板书设计
▶作业设计
37 Tell your story to your family
38 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 教学活动设计具梯度性遵循学生认知规律学生问题导引导学生学培养学生学力
2 图片语言等帮助学生读懂题目求逐步引导学生理解事通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力活动程中渗透诚信宝贵品质德育教育
3 引导学生总结梳理事构成素助事素复述事引导学生仿事素写出事素表尝试创编事培养学生创造力
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Page 68 & Page 69
·Be able to ask and express someone’s preference by using the sentence structures —What are…’s hobbies —He She likes+ ving
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Does heshe… —Yes heshe doesNo heshe
doesn’t to ask whether someone does something
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What does heshe do —He She is… to ask and
answer questions about someone’s occupation
·Be able to use the sentence structures Where does he work and How does he go to work to ask where someone works and how they go to work
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to review and use the key words and sentence structures of Unit 4 to Unit 6 properly through the story and the activities
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures in situations properly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prelearning
1 Greetings
2 Flashing cards
Show the word cards of Unit 4 to Unit 6
3 A guessing game
Say some sentences about jobs Let students try to guess the words of the jobs
Check the answers to review the sentence structures
4 Ask and answer
Show some pictures about hobbies and emotions on the PPT Let students ask and answer in pairs
5 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Read the words out as fast as possible Review the words of Unit 4 to Unit 6
3 Try to guess the words of the jobs
4 Look at the pictures Ask and answer someone’s hobbies and feelings in pairs
1 Greetings
2 Read the words out as fast as possible Review the words of Unit 4 to 6
3 Try to guess the words of the jobs
4 Look at the pictures Ask and answer someone’s hobbies and feelings in pairs
While reading
1 Fast reading
Look at the chart on page 69 Read the story for the first time and write down the answer to Where in the chart
Check the answer
Lead students to understand the story and train them to capture different types of information in the story by reading tasks
In the process of the activity the teacher permeates the moral education that integrity is people’s precious quality
2 Watch and circle
Read the story and circle the jobs in the story
Watch the cartoon and fill the blanks on page 69
Check the answers
3 Read again and fill in the chart
Read the story again and fill in the chart
Check the answers
4 Read and fill in the blanks
Read the story by themselves carefully Then fill in the blanks on page 69
Check the answers
5 Answer the questions
Discuss them in groups and answer the questions on page 68
Check the answers
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Post reading
1 Summarize the elements of a story
Learn the elements of a story
Lead students to summarize the elements of a story and retell the story according to the story elements table Encourage students to write their own story elements table and try to create a story Cultivate students’ creativity
2 Retell the story
(1)Let students look at the chart on page 69 and then try to retell the story
(2)Let students work in groups to prepare
(3)Ask several students to show their work to the class
(1)Look at the chart on page 69 Then try to retell the story
(2)Work in groups to prepare
(3)Show to the class
3 Try to make a story
Show a list of story elements on the PPT Then tell the story to the class as a model
Make a list of story elements and then try to make a story
Tell the story in groups
Show their stories to the class
Homework
30 Tell your story to your family
31 Do the exercises
PEP学英语六年级册教学计划
第学期
基情况
年级班xx名学生三年时间英语学部分学生已掌握良英语学基础英语学怀着浓厚学兴趣课认真听讲积极举手发言学积极性高语言模仿力强养成良英语学惯学方法部分学生英语底子较差学英语兴趣高时甚没时完成作业学期继续抓尖子生培养工作时做进生辅导工作量思想重视英语加强英语学兴趣
二教材分析
册教材注重学生语言应力培养教材整体构思容安排活动设计教学方法选等方面紧密联系学生生活实际知识技目标融会完成务程中充分体现交际教学思想册6单元2复单元单元分ABC三部分10页复单元4页单元教学容安排：
单元
题目
话题
Unit one
How can I get there
Means of transportation
traffic rules
Unit two
Ways to go to
school
Locations directions
Unit three
My weekend plan
Spare time activities
Recycle one
Unit four
I have a pen pal
Hobbies daily routine
Unit five
What does he do
jobs
Unit six
How do you feel
angry sad
Recycle two
教材配套活动手册6单元2复单元单元设计教材中ABC三部分容
三指导思想
贯彻落实国家教育方针学实践 三代表重思想实现国家跨世纪发展目标培养高素质围绕学校中心工作结合实际力求做计划目实施教学纲求便学生获基语言知识技培养良学惯继续学英语奠定良初步基础
四教具媒体
实物课文挂图单词图片录音机录音带投影仪投影片物头饰动物头饰玩具模型等
五采取措施
a) 遵循英语教学规律寓思想教育语言教学中
b) 激发学动机培养学兴趣
c) 加强语言实践着重力培养
d) 听说训练视听说相结合
e) 努力创设情景量英语
f) 发挥导作创设谐气氛
g) 优化课堂教学提高课堂效率
h) 指导学方法养成良惯
PEP学六年级册英语教学工作总结
学期担六年级英语教学工作完成PEP册教材全部教学容具体情况
扎实备课认真课断反思
新调学校数学生情况熟悉第次教版册教材熟悉四册容整体教材编排体系认真备课认真阅读种教科参考书全面深入解学生结合教学验学生学情况认真编写教案断加修改完善课堂教学中充分利身边资源学生创设真实交际情境注重学生学兴趣激发学方法培养适时鼓励分层教学学生跳跳摘苹果品尝成功喜悦节课认真反思断改进教学方法手段提高课堂效率节课前On duty中学生机会成课堂锻炼学生交际力培养学生良倾听惯合作品质时课堂效延伸
二学生英语综合运力增强
1单元两Let’s try 容学生听力中感知新语言学生听力力提高根听段话做出正确判断养成学间认真倾听惯
2学生够乐交流更信息家朋友爱等结合前学问候语神情方然
3认读学词语根拼读规律音标读出简单单词正确朗读学事短文助图片读懂简单事短文逐步培养意群阅读惯
4正确书写单词句子写段完整话 My pen pal Plant trees等基正确写字母标点符号
三存问题改进措施
时态综合运中常出现混淆五年级学期重点时态现进行时没掌握单学般时般现时学生掌握情况三时态放起知措专门设计复课Mr Wood事形式听说读写四方面进行针性训练收较教学效果学生正确灵活运学期学般时时断复较学生熟练正确运学语言
Unit 1 How can I get there
重点词汇：
hospital 医院 cinema 电影院
post office 邮局 bookstore 书店
museum 博物馆 go straight 直走
turn right 右转 turn left 左转
crossing 十字路口 science 科学
turn 转弯 left 左
straight 笔直 right 右
重点句型
1 —Where is the ……里？
—It＇s nearnext to the
……附 ……相邻
2How can I get to the
……？
3Turn rightTurn leftGo straight
右转左转直走
问（ask）路指（tell）路
英语中常见问路表达方法：
Excuse me where is+点 please
Excuse me how can I get to+点？
Excuse me can you tell me where+点+is
英语中常见指路表达方法：
It＇s+表示位置短语
Turn leftright at+点
Go straight along+点
常见方位介词短语：
1 in表示……里面
2 on表示……面两者互相接触
3 under表示……方
4 behind表示……面
5 in front of表示……前面正behind相反
6 beside 表示……旁边
7 above 表示……面两者接触
8 between 表示……中间
9 near表示……附
10 next to 表示……附相near
11 in the middle of 表示中间
12 over ……面……方穿越over there 里
Unit 2 Ways to go to school
重点词汇：
bus 公汽车 plane 飞机
taxi 出租汽车 ship （）船
subway 铁 train 火车
by （表示方式） on foot 行
stop 停 slow 慢
down 减少降低 slow down 慢
重点句型
1 How do you get to ……？
2 I usuallyoftensometimes come to school on footby
通常常时候步行……学校
3 Don＇t go at the red light 闯红灯
4 I must pay attention to the traffic lights
必须注意交通信号灯
语法：询问出行方式
句型结构How dodoes+语+comego to+点？
答语：
语+come(s)go(es) to+点+by+交通工具
语+ come(s)go(es) to+点+on foot
语+take(s) a+交通工具
语+take(s) the +车号+交通工具
by面定直接加交通工具单数形式外脚丫footon搭配步行on foot表示
— How do you go to Germany — I go to Germany by plane
— How does John come to the park — He takes a taxi to the park
— How do they go home — They go home on foot
语法二：频度副词
频度副词表示动作频率程度常频度副词频率高低图表示：
always usually often sometimes never
总 通常 常 时 未决
100 80 60 40 0
语法三：情态动词must
must情态动词意必须语气强烈没称数变化面接动词原形句型结构：语+must+动词原形+
— Mum can I watch TV now
— Yes you can But you must do your homework first
You must follow the traffic rules
语法四：祈句
祈句表达请求命令建议叮嘱祝愿等祈句通常省略语（you）
■肯定祈句
1Do型祈句
句型结构：动词原形+
Take turns Keep to the right
2Be型祈句
句型结构：Be+形容词
例：Be quiet 保持安静 Be a good boy 做孩子
3Let型祈句
句型结构：Let＇sLet me+动词原形+
例：Let me help you Let’s play football
否定祈句
1Don＇t型祈句
句型结构：Don＇t+动词原形+
例：Don’t swim in the river Don’t turn in the street
2No型祈句
句型结构：
（1）No+动词ing形式+
（2）No+名词+
例：No fishing 禁止钓鱼 No photos 禁止拍请勿拍
Unit 3 My weekend plan
核心词汇
1 名词 film 电影 trip 旅行 supermarket 超市 dictionary 词典 word 单词 postcard明信片
2 动词 visit 拜访
3 形容词 comic 滑稽
4 副词 evening 晚傍晚 tonight 晚 tomorrow 明天
5 短语 see a film 电影 take a trip 旅行 next week 周 comic book(童)连环画册 word book 单词书
二解词汇
1 名词 lesson 课 space 太空 half 半 price 价格 moon cake 月饼 poem 诗 moon 月亮
2 动词 travel (尤指长途)旅行
3 副词 together 起
4 短语 MidAutumn Festival 中秋节 get together 聚会
三核心句型
1 — What are you going to do tomorrow 明天算做什
— I’m going to have an art lesson 美术课
句型结构 — What +be动词+语+going to do+……算做什
— 语+be going to+动词原形+ ……算……
举反三 — What is he going to do算做什
— He is going to climb mountains 爬山
— What are they going to do算做什
— They are going to cook the meals 算做饭
2 — When are you going 什时候
— Next Wednesday 星期三
句型结构 — When +be动词+语+going (to+动词原形+)……什时候……
— 语+be动词+going+时间状语……算……
举反三 — When is he going什时候
— He is going at 4 o’clock 算四点
— When are they going什时候
— They are going this Sunday morning算星期日午
3 — Where are we going 算
— To the bookstore 书店
句型结构 — Where +be动词+语+going+……算
— 语+be动词+going to+点名词……算……
举反三 — Where is he going算
— He is going to the hospital 医院
— Where are Mike and Chen Jie going迈克陈杰算
— They are going to the cinema 电影院
四解句型
1 Have a good time 玩开心
2 Why not go on Tuesday 什星期二
解读 why not意什 why don’t you意什
3 Here they are 里
4 We should always rememberLearn by doing应该直记着实践中学
解读 should意应该应否定形式should加not
Unit 4 I have a pen pal
核心词汇
1 名词 puzzle谜 hiking远足
2 动词 studies(study第三称单数形式)学
二解词汇
1 名词 hobby业余爱 jasmine茉莉 idea想法意 Canberra堪培拉(澳利亚首) goal射门 club俱乐部
2 动词 shall表示征求意见 join加入 share分享
3 形容词 amazing令惊奇
4 短语 pen pal笔友
三核心句型
1 — What are his hobbies什爱
— He likes flying kites and singing English songs 喜欢放风筝唱英文歌
举反三 What are your hobbies什爱
What are her hobbies什爱
拓展句型 — What is hisher hobby 什爱
— HeShe likes+动名词+ 喜欢……
拓展动名词构成方式
(1)般动词面加ing
go — going ask — asking do — doing
(2)发音字母e 结尾e加ing
write — writing take — taking have — having
(3)重读闭音节结尾词末尾辅音字母双写末尾辅音字母加ing stop — stopping shop — shopping plan — planning
2 — Does he live in Sydney住悉尼
— No he doesn’t 没
注意般疑问句否定句中动词第三称单数变回原形
四解句型
1 Why not 什呢
解读 why not 接动词原形询问什…… why don’t you意什
2 Really 真
Unit 5 What does he do
核心词汇
1 名词 factory工厂 worker工 postman邮递员 businessman商企业家 fisherman渔民 scientist科学家 pilot飞行员 coach教练
2 短语 police officer警察
二解词汇
1 名词 country 国家 sea 海 university 学 gym 体育馆 reporter 记者
secretary 秘书
2 stay保持 if果 use type字 quickly迅速
3 短语 head teacher校长
三核心句型
1 — What does he do做什
— He’s a businessman 商
解读询问某职业常句型回答
句型结构 What dodoes … do……做什
— What do you do做什
— I’m a doctor 医生
— What does your father do爸爸做什
— He is an engineer 工程师
拓展问职业What’s sb询问
— What’s your mother妈妈做什
— She is an accountant会计
2 Where does he work工作
解读常见询问某工作点句型
句型结构 Where dodoes … work ……工作
— Where does Mike work迈克工作
— He works in a bank 家银行工作
— Where does your father work爸爸工作
— He works in a company 家公司工作
3 How does he go to work班
解读 询问什交通工具句型
句型结构 How dodoes … go to work……班
— How does Amy go to work埃米班
— She goes to work on foot 步行班
— How do you go to work班
— I go to work by car 汽车班
四解句型
1 Is your father here today爸爸天
举反三 — Is John here today 天约翰
— No he isn’t 没
2 Do you want to be a head teacher too想成校长
句型结构 DoDoes+语+want to be+职业名词……想成……
举反三 Do you want to be a pilot想成飞行员
3 What does Xiao Yu’s uncle look like 肖雨叔叔长什样
句型结构 What +dodoes+语+look like……长什样
举反三 — What does your sister look like姐姐长什样
— She is tall and thin 高瘦
Unit 6 How do you feel
核心词汇
1 表达感受形容词 angry生气 afraid 害怕 sad 难 worried 担心发愁 happy 高兴
2 wear 穿 more更 deep 深 breath 呼吸
3 短语 see a doctor 病 take a deep breath 深深吸口气 count to ten 数十
二解词汇
1 名词 mice(mouse复数)老鼠 grass草坪 ant蚂蚁 mud泥 everyone
2 动词 chase追赶 hurt()受伤 should应该 feel觉感 sit坐 hear听见 worry担心担忧 stuck陷住法移动 pull拉拽
3 形容词 ill病舒服 wrong毛病 bad邪恶坏
4 副词 well健康身体
三核心句型
1 Why is the cat angry with the mice什猫生老鼠气
解读why引导特殊疑问句常询问原答语常because引导句子
2 The cat is ill 猫生病
解读陈述句表达感受身体状况中ill意病舒服isfeels换意觉感
3 How does Dad feel now 爸爸现感觉样
解读句常询问方心情身体状况语第三称单数形式时助动词does
4 What should he do应该做什
解读询问某该做什常见句型
四解句型
1 What’s this cartoon about动画片关什
2 You should see a doctor 应该病
解读句常见出意见建议句型
3 What suggestions can you give 出什建议
解读询问建议常见句型
拓展提出建议常句型
WhatHow about … ……样
Why notdon’t you+动词原形+什……呢
4 Robin is going to sit on the grass when he hears Wait 罗宾刚坐草时听等等
解读when引导时间状语句
5 How does cold weather make John feel 寒冷天气约翰感觉样
解读 make sb do sth意某做某事
第三称单数语六种形式
家知道般现时中语第三称单数时谓语动词第三称单数形式常动词原形加ses学语第三称单数十分清楚现纳总结：
称代词he she it第三称单数：
He likes watching TV 喜欢电视
She has lunch at twelve 十二点吃午餐
It looks like a cat 起猫
二单名名称呼做语第三称单数：
①Han Mei looks like her mother 韩梅起母亲
②Beijing is in China 北京中国
③Uncle Wang often makes cakes 王叔叔常做蛋糕
三单数数名词this that the+单数数名词做语时第三称单数：
①A horse is a useful animal 马动物
②This book is yours 书
③That car is red 辆汽车红色
④The cat is Lucy＇s 猫露茜
四定代词someone somebody nobody everything something等指示代词this that做语时第三称单数：
①Everyone is here 家齐
②There is something wrong with the watch 块手表毛病
③This is a pen 支钢笔
④That is an eraser 块橡皮擦
五数名词做语时第三称单数：
①The milk is in the glass 牛奶玻璃杯里
②The bread is very small 面包
六数字字母做语时作第三称单数：
①6 is a lucky number 6吉利数字
②I is a letter I字母
PEP学英语毕业总复
：学生易错词汇
1 a an选择 元音音素开头单词an辅音音素开头单词a
2 am is are选择 单数is 复数are I am you are
3 have has 选择 表示某某物单数has 复数have I ＼you have
4 there is there are 选择表示某某物某单数there is 复数there are
5 some any 选择肯定句some 疑问句否定句any
6疑问词选择what (什) who (谁) where (里) whose (谁) why（什）when(什时候）which（）how old () how many （少）how much（少钱）
二：形容词较级详解
需事物作出较时需较级较级句子结构通常：
什 + 动词be (am is are ) + 形容词较级 + than（）+ 什 ：
I’m taller and heavier than you （更高更重）
An elephant is bigger than a tiger （象老虎更）
形容词较级形容词基础变化变化规：
① 般直接词尾加er tall taller strong stronger
② e结尾直接加r fine – finer
③ 辅音字母加y结尾先改yi加erfunny funnier
④ 双写字母加erbig – bigger thin – thinner hot – hotter
☆注意☆ 较两者应该互相应较东西
典型错误：My hair is longer than you（头发更长）
较两者头发（整）较象没性
改：My hair is longer than yours My hair is longer than your hair
较级专项练
面中选出合适单词完成句子
heavy tall long big
(1) How is the Yellow River
(2) How is Mr Green He’s 175cm
(3) How are your feet I wear size 18
(4)How is the fish It’s 2kg
二根句意写出缺单词
(1) I’m 12 years old You’re 14 I’m than you
(2) A rabbit’s tail is than a monkey’s tail
(3) An elephant is than a pig
(4) A lake is than a sea
(5) A basketball is than a football（贵）
三根答句写出问句
(1) I’m 160 cm
(2) I’m 12 years old
(4) Amy’s hair is 30 cm long
四：动词式详解 动词式构成规：
A规动词
①般直接动词面加ed： worked learned cleaned visited
② e结尾动词直接加d： lived danced used
③辅音字母加y结尾动词改yi加ed（类动词较少）
study – studied carry – carried worry – worried
（注意playstay辅音字母加y属类）
④双写字母（类动词较少） stopped
B规动词（类词规须熟记）学阶段记住动词原形式：sing – sang eat – ate
see – saw have – had do – did go – went take – took buy – bought get – got read – read fly – flew amis – was
are – were say – said leave – left swim – swam tell – told draw – drew come – came lose – lost find – found drink – drank hurt – hurt feel – felt
五：动词现分词详解 动词ing形式构成规：
① 般直接面加ing doing going working singing eating
② e 结尾动词先e加ing having writing
③ 双写字母（类动词极少）：running swimming sitting getting
六：称数
称代词 物代词
格 宾格
第称 单数 I（） me my（）
复数 we（） us our（）
第二称 单数 you（） you your（）
复数 you（） you your（）
第三称 单数 he（） him his（）
she（） her（）it（） it its（）
复数 they（） them their
（）
七：句型专项类
1 肯定句：指肯定语气陈述句子
：I’m a student She is a doctor He works in a hospital
There are four fans in our classroom He will eat lunch at 1200 I watched TV yesterday evening
2 否定句：含否定词表示否定意义词句子
：I’m not a student She is not (isn’t) a doctor
He does not (doesn’t) work in a hospital
There are not (aren’t) four fans in our classroom
He will not (won’t) eat lunch at 1200
I did not (didn’t) watch TV yesterday evening
☆注意☆ 结：否定句肯定句基础加否定词 not动词be句子not加be面缩写成isn’taren’tam not 般分开写没动词be句子先动词前面加助动词（dodoesdid）然面加not缩写起don’t doesn’t didn’t ）三助动词根称时态选择中does般现时语第三称单数情况did般时语什称数did
3般疑问句：指询问事实句子类句子必须yesno回答
：Are you a student Yes I am No I’m not
Is she a doctor Yes she is No she isn’t
Does he work in a hospital Yes he does No he doesn’t
Are there four fans in our classroom Yes there are No there aren’t
Are you going to buy a comic book tonight Yes I am No I am not (Yes we are No we aren’t)
Will he eat lunch at 1200 Yes I will No I will not(won’t)
Are they swimming Yes they are No they aren’t
Did you watch TV yesterday evening Yes I did No I didn’t
☆注意☆ 结：般疑问句肯定句基础
①动词be调首位写末尾标点符号变成问号
②没动词be句子句首加助动词（dodoesdid）紧面动词变回原形末尾标点符号变成问号
三助动词根称时态选择中does般现时语第三称单数情况did般时语什称数did 般疑问句重原问答致问句里第单词（助动词）简略答句里词致
4特殊疑问句：特殊疑问词（what where who which when whose why how等）开头引导句子类句子应该问什答什yes no回答：
What is this It’s a computer
What does he do He’s a doctor
Where are you going I’m going to Beijing
Who played football with you yesterday afternoon Mike
Which season do you like best Summer
When do you usually get up I usually get up at 630
Whose skirt is this It’s Amy’s
Why do you like spring best Because I can plant trees
How are you I’m fine I’m happy
How did you go to Xinjiang I went to Xinjiang by train
☆中how形容词连组成特殊疑问词组提问： how many（少(数量)） how much（少(钱)） how tall（高） how long（长） how big（） how heavy（重）
例句：How many pencils do you have I have three pencils
How many girls can you see I can see four girls
How many desks are there in your classroom There are 51
☆结：how many 提问数名词数量三种句式搭配
How many + 名词复数 + do you have 少……？
How many + 名词复数 + can you see 见少……？
How many + 名词复数 + are there… 少……？
八：完全缩略形式 I’mI am he’she is she’sshe is they’rethey are you’reyou are there’sthere is they’rethey are can’tcan not don’tdo not doesn’tdoes not isn’tis not aren’tare not let’slet us won’twill not I’llI will wasn’twas not
总结：通常情况＇mam＇sis（ let’slet us） ＇reare n＇tnot （can’tcan not）
九：字母相关题型
( 注：五元音字母 Aa Ee Ii Oo Uu )
般时五种表达方法
般时
1）amisaregoing to + dowillshall + do
shall第三称单数常will 代二者缩写成＇ll
will 陈述句中称征求意见时常第二称
Which paragraph shall I read first
Will you be at home at seven this evening
2) be going to +动词原形点表示
a 语意图做某事
What are you going to do tomorrow
b 计划安排发生事
The play is going to be produced next month
c 迹象发生事
Look at the dark clouds there is going to be a storm
3) be +定式表计划正式安排发生事
We are to discuss the report next Saturday
4) be about to +定式意马做某事
He is about to leave for Beijing
注意：be about to tomorrow next week 等表示明确时时间状语连
般时
1．般时基概念
般时表示某时刻动作状态某段时间常动作状态般时助动词shall（第称）will（第二三称）+动词原形构成美国英语什称律will
2．般时形式
●will 常简略 ＇ll语连写起：I＇llhe＇llit＇llwe＇llyou＇llthey＇ll
●般疑问句will you…？简略答语须YesI will NoI will not Shall you…？（较少见）简略答语须 YesI shall． No I shall not．
3．般时法 [
1）表示动作状态
般时常表示时间状语连：
tomorrow（明天） next week（周） from now on（现开始）in the future（）等
2）表示常发生动作
4．般时法
般时表示某时刻动作状态表达形式shall（第称）will（第二三称）+动词原形构成外种形式
1）be going to+动词原形表示发生算进行事例： ①It is going to rain 雨
②We are going to have a meeting today 天开会
2）go comestartmovesailleavearrivestaylive fly等进行时态表示计划发生动作例：
I＇m leaving for Beijing
北京
3）be to+动词原形表示计划发生事征求方意见例：
①Are we to go on with this work继续干？
②The boy is to go to school tomorrow男孩明天学
4）be about to+动词原形表示发生动作意：快马面般时间状语例：
We are about to leave马走
5）某词come go leave arrive start get staylive fly等般现时表示
①The meeting starts at five o＇clock会议五点开始
②He gets off at the next stop站车
般时五种表达方法
般时表示某时间发生动作存状态表示常反复发生动作常常表示时间状语连常表达形式五种现纳：
willshall表示助动词willshall＋动词原形形式表示发生事情征求方意见表示客气邀请口语中will称书面语中第称常shall：
1 Tomorrow will be Sunday 明天星期天
2 The rain will stop soon 雨快停
3 Shall we go there at five 五点钟？
4 Will you please open the door 请门开？
二be going to结构表示be going to＋动词原形表示期事先考虑发生动作已迹象表明必发生某事意算：
1 We＇re going to meet outside the school gate 算校门口见面
2 Look It＇s going to rain 瞧快雨
三现进行时表示表示位置转移动词（：go come leave start arrive等）现进行时表示时：
1 Uncle Wang is coming 王叔叔
2 They＇re leaving for Beijing 前北京
四般现时表示根规定时间表预计发生动作时间条件状语句中般现时表示时：
1 The new term starts (begins) on August 29th 新学期八月二十九日开学
2 If it doesn＇t rain tomorrow we will go out for a picnic 果明天雨出野餐
五be＋动词定式be about to ＋动词原形结构表示：
1 He is to visit Japan next year 明年访问日
2 They＇re about to leave (They＇re leaving) 走
英文书信格式
1 信头（Heading）
指发信姓名（单位名称）址日期般写信纸右角般公函商业信函信纸印单位公司名称址电话号码等需信头面右边写写信日期 英文址写法中文完全址名称序：第行写门牌号码街名第二行写县市省州邮编国名然写日期标点符号般行末尾行间该例写日期时候
2 日期写法：
：1997年7月30日英文：July 301997（普遍） July 30th1997
30th July1997等1997写成97
3 信址（Inside Address）：
般社交信中信收信址通常省略公务信函中收信姓名址等写信头日期方左角求信头求样必写日期
4 称呼（Salutation）：
写信收信称呼语位置信址方二行方该行顶格写起称呼面般逗号（英国式）号（美国式）
（1）写亲亲戚关系密切朋友时DearMy dear加表示亲属关系称呼直称名（里指名字姓氏）例：My dear fatherDear Tom等
（2）写公务信函Dear MadamDear SirGentleman（Gentlemen）注意：Dear纯属公务客气形式Gentlemen总复数形式出现前加DearDear Sir复数形式
（3）写收信信头衔职位职称学位等加姓氏姓氏名字例：Dear Prof Tim Scales Dear Dr John Smith
5 正文（Body of the Letter）：
位置面称呼语隔行信核心部分求正文层次分明简单易懂中文信正文中般Hello（）正文缩进式齐头式两种段书信第行第字母稍微右缩进通常五字母宜段第二行左面顶格写起缩进式美国写信段落缩进式齐头式行左面顶格写起商务信件采齐头式写法
6 结束语（Complimentary Close）：
正文面二行处信纸中间偏右处开始第词开头写句末逗号象结束语写法
（1）写家亲戚Your loving grandfatherLovingly yoursLovingly等
（2）写熟朋友Yours cordiallyYours affectionately等
（3）写业务信函Truely yours（Yours truely）Faithfully yours（Yours faithfully）等
（4）级长辈Yours obediently（Obediently yours）Yours respectfully（Respectfully yours）等
7 签名（Signature） ：
低结束语二行信纸中间偏右方开始结束语正方签完名字面字机出名字便识职务职称名字面然写亲朋友信必
8 附言（Postscript） ：
封信写完突然想起遗漏事情时PS表示写遗漏话长话短说通常信末签名面行左方应正文齐头
注意：正式信函中应避免附言
9 附件（Enclosure） ：
信件果附件信纸左角注Encl：Enc：
例：Encl：2 photos（附两张片）果福建附件止项应写成Encl：Encs
时称呼正文间Re：Subject：（事）字样般信纸中间称呼齐应底加横线引起读信注意收信便读信前解信中容事般公务信函中省略
中英文址写法
1***室 房 RM *** ***村（乡） *** Village
2***号 No *** ***号宿舍 *** Dormitory
3***楼 层 *** F ***住宅区 区 *** Residential Quater
4甲 乙 丙 丁 A B C D ***巷 弄 *** Lane
5***单元 Unit *** ***号楼 幢 *** Buld
6***公司 *** Com *** Crop ***厂 *** Factory
7***酒楼酒店 *** Hotel ***路 *** Road
8***花园 *** Garden ***街 *** Street
9***县 *** County ***镇 *** Town
10***市 *** *** City ***区 *** District
11*** 信箱 Mailbox *** ***省 *** Prov
英文址般写法描述相反写示范：
例：
宝山区示范新村37号403室
Room 403No37ShiFan Residential Quarter BaoShan District
虹口区西康南路125弄34号201室
Room 201No34Lane 125XiKang Road(South)HongKou District
河南省南阳市中州路42号
Room 42 Zhongzhou RoadNanyang City Henan Prov
湖北省荆州市红苑酒店
Hongyuan Hotel Jingzhou city Hubei Prov
河南南阳市八路272号特钢公司
Special Steel CorpNo272 Bayi RoadNanyang City Henan Prov
中山市东区亨达花园7栋702
Room 702 7th Building Hengda Garden East District Zhongshan
福建省厦门市莲花五村龙昌里34号601室
Room 601 No34 Long Chang Li Xiamen Fujian
厦门公交总公司承诺办
Cheng Nuo Ban Gong Jiao Zong Gong Si Xiamen Fujian
山东省青岛市开路53号国棉四厂二宿舍1号楼2单元204户甲
NO 204Entrance A Building NO 1 The 2nd Dormitory of the NO 4 Stateowned Textile Factory 53 Kaiping Road Qingdao Shandong
英文址写法
寄达城市名批译 ：
国城市英文等书写汉语拼音书写例北京英文写Peking汉语拼音写Beijing二者然拉丁字母拼读方法前者音标相拼者声母韵母相拼批译时注意识免错译
二街道址单位名称批译：
常见英文书写汉语拼音书写英文汉语拼音混合书写三种
1英文书写例Address：6 East Changan Avenue PeKing译北京市东长安街6号
2汉语拼音书写例：105 niujie Beijing译北京市牛街105号
3英文汉语拼音混合书写例：NO70 dong feng dong RdGuangzhou译广州东风东路70号
三机关企业等单位批译：
收件机关企业等单位应先译收件址译单位名称批译方法：
1中文语序书写译
例：SHANGHAI FOODSTUFFS IMP AND EXP CO
译：海食品进出口公司
2英文介词短语充定语般位修饰名词译该名词前
例：Civil Aviation Administration Of China
译：中国民航局：
3机关企业单位分支机构般英文branch(分部分公司等)表示
例：Beijing Electron Co Ltd Xian branch
译：北京电子限公司西安分公司
四姓名方面：
外国惯名（First name）前姓(Last name)碰您起填注意
序填反没关系中国银行收支票时承认
例：刘刚写成Gang Liu写成Liu Gang
五址翻译——翻译原：先
1中国喜欢先说说**区**路**号
外国喜欢先说说 ：**号**路**区您翻译时应该先写写例：中国山东省青岛市四方区洛阳路34号3号楼4单元402户房开始写 起： Room402Unit4Building3No34LuoyangRoadsifangDistrictQingdaoCityShandong ProvChina
（逗号面空格）
注意：中路名公司名村名等均翻译成意英文写拼音行
您支票中国邮递员送关键明白技术厦您写成Technology Building更迷糊 注意：填写姓名时姓前名中间空格首字母写填写址时址址逗号空格第字母写
常见中英文址
201室——Room 201
12号——No12
2单元——Unit 2
3号楼——Building No3
长安街——Changan Street
南京路——Nanjing Road
长安公司——Changan Company
宝山区——BaoShan District
酒店——Hotel
花园——Garden
县——County
镇——Town
市——City
省——Province
室房——Room
村——Vallage
号——No
号宿舍——Dormitory
楼层F住宅区区——ResidentialQuater
甲乙丙丁ABCD
巷弄——Lane
单元——Unit
号楼栋——Building
公司——ComCropLTDCO
厂——Factory
酒楼酒店——Hotel
路——Road
花园——Garden
街——Street
信箱——Mailbox Postbox
区——District
院——Yard
学——College
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
